Gramps - User contributions [en]

Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Settings

2024-09-15T11:00:49Z

DaveSch: /* Display Name Editor */

{{man index|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Tools|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Filters|5.2}}
{{languages|Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings}}
{{#vardefine:chapter|15}}
{{#vardefine:figure|0}}
This section deals with various settings you can manage within Gramps.

== Preferences ==
[[File:EditPreferencesTabsOnly-overview-52.png|right|thumb|650px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Overview of all Preferences tabs]]

Most of the settings affecting the entire Gramps program are configured in the {{man label|Preferences}} dialog. To invoke it, select the menu {{man menu|Edit ➡ Preferences...}}.

There are overrides that can be set ''before'' running Gramps (such setting the Language shown in the interfaces or for reports) that can be set temporarily or permanently from the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Command_Line|command line interface]].

For configuration options that are limited to the current view or Gramplet set, choose via the menu {{man menu|View ➡ Configure View...}}, click on [[File:Gramps-config.png|34px]]{{man button|Configure View...}} toolbar button or press the ''Configure active view'' [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#Common_keybindings|keyboard keybinding]].

The tabs on the top display the available option categories as follows:
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Data|Data]]}}
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#General|General]]}}
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Family_Tree|Family Tree]]}}
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Import|Import]]}}
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Limits|Limits]]}}
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Colors|Colors]]}}
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Genealogical Symbols|Genealogical Symbols]]}}
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#ID_Formats|ID Formats]]}}
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Text|Text]]}}
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Warnings|Warnings]]}}
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Researcher|Researcher]]}}

Also ''other'' additional tabs maybe shown from any [[5.2_Addons#Addon_List|addons]] you may have installed.
{{-}}
=== Data ===
[[File:EditPreferences-Data-tab-default-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit -> Preferences..." "Data" tab defaults]]
The {{man label|Data}} tab contains preferences relevant to the following two sections:
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Options|Display Options]]}}
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Input_Options|Input Options]]}}
{{-}}
==== Display Options ====
[[File:EditPreferences-Data-tab-DisplayOptions-section-default-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit -> Preferences..." "Data" tab "Display Options" section defaults]]
The {{man label|Display Options}} section contains the following options:

*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Automate Place format:}} This option controls the display of places. {{man tooltip|Enables automatic place title generation using specified format.}} This feature was labeled as "Enable automatic place title generation" in the 5.0 revision and as "Place format(auto place title)" in the 5.1 revision. The [[Gramps_4.1_Wiki_Manual_-_What%27s_new%3F#Place_hierarchies|hierarchy of Places]] was new in the [[Template:Releases/4.1.0|4.1.0]] revision and the [[Gramps_4.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Places|Places tab]] of Preferences only existed in the 4.2 version. Major revisions are expected for Place hierarchies so this interfaces is likely to relocated and renamed again.
** '''Full''' (default)
*** Selecting the {{man button|Edit...}} button will show the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Place_Format_Editor|Place Format Editor]]}}
*{{man label|Coordinates format:}} This option controls the display of Coordinates. (See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Supported_longitude.2Flatitude_formats|Supported longitude/latitude formats]])
** '''DEG Degree,minutes,seconds notation''' (default)
** DEG-: degree, minutes, seconds notation with :
** D.D4 degree notation, 4 decimals
** D.D8 degree notation, 8 decimals (precision like ISO-DMS)
** RT90 Output format for the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Swedish_grid Swedish coordinate system RT90]
*{{man label|Name format:}} This option controls the display of names in the current database (the setting is saved in the database and is not system wide). In Gramps there are two type of name display formats: the predefined formats, and the user defined custom formats{{man label|Custom name display options are unique to each family tree.}}. Several different predefined name formats are available: "Surname, Given Suffix", "Given Surname Suffix", "Given", "Primary[sur] Primary[con] NotPatronymic, Given Patronymic[sur] Suffix Primary[pre]"
** Clicking on the right hand side {{man button|Edit...}} button will bring up a {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Name_Editor|Display Name Editor]]}} window where the available list of options is shown. The format is given as well as an example. When predefined formats are not suitable one can define one's own format. You can use the {{man button|Add}} button to add a Name format to the list. Clicking once will give you a '''SURNAME,Given Suffix(call)''' format and as example : '''SMITH, Edwin Jose Sr (Ed)'''. If you added new name formats to the list the {{man button|Remove}} and {{man button|Edit}} buttons become available to change the name format list.
***{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Consider single pa/matronymic as surname}}: Checkbox unselected by default. If selected enables Gramps to consider patronymic and matronymic names as surnames.

{{man note|1=Note|2=Besides this database-wide setting Gramps allows you to decide the name display format individually for every single name via the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_3#Name_Editor|Name Editor]]}} dialog}}

*{{man label|Date format *:}} This option controls the display of dates. It is a global setting, requiring a restart of Gramps to take effect, and applies to the display of dates in all databases loaded within Gramps until such time as the date display format is changed again. Several different formats are available, which may be dependent on your locale. {{man menu|Please note that once changed, it is necessary to restart Gramps to view the new date display format}}
** '''YYYY-MM-DD (ISO)''' (default) - Example 2020-09-30 - Displays the date using the international standard [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601 ISO 8601 Data elements and interchange formats – Information interchange] particularly useful when sharing data between countries with different conventions for writing numeric dates and times.
** Numerical
** Month Day, Year
** MON DAY, YEAR
** Day Month Year
** DAY MON YEAR

*{{man label|Age display precision *:}} {{man menu|Please note that once changed, it is necessary to restart Gramps to view the new Age precision format}}
** '''Years''' (default)
** Years, Months
** Years, Months, Days
*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Round the year}} {{new|5.1}}
*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Display ages for events after death *}} {{man menu|Please note that once changed, it is necessary to restart Gramps to see the change.}} {{new|5.1}}

*{{man label|Calendar on reports:}} '''Gregorian''' (default). This option controls the display of calendar on reports, tools, gramplets, views. Several different calendars are available (see [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_Editing_Data:_Detailed_-_part_1#Editing_dates|Date Edition]]). Two dates with two different calendars will not properly display timeline or period, (e.g. Using the Gregorian calendar as the default displayed calendar, users will have a better coherency for displaying dates on period).
*{{man label|Calendar on input:}} '''Gregorian''' (default).
*{{man label|Show leap day anniversaries:}} '''On the previous day''' (default). {{man tooltip|For non leap years, anniversaries are displayed on either February 28, March 1 or not at all in Gregorian calendars}} {{new|5.2.0}}

*{{man label|Status bar:}} This option controls the information displayed in the status bar. This can be either the '''[[Gramps_Glossary#active_person|Active Person]]'s name and ID''' (default) or '''Relationship to [[Gramps_Glossary#home_person|home person]]'''.

*{{man label|Citation formatter:}} '''Legacy''' (default). Select from the available plugins for composing and display of Citation data. The built-in "Legacy" [[Addon_list_legend#cite|CITE plugin]] is compatible with versions 5.1.6 and earlier. {{new|5.2.0}}

===== Place Format Editor =====
{{man note|See|[[Hierarchical Place Structure]]}}
[[File:EditPreferences-Data-tab-Display-section-PlaceFormatEditor-dialog-default-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Place Format Editor - dialog (default) from Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Data" tab "Display" section]]

Accessed from the Edit > Data tab [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Options|Display Options]] section "Automate Place Format" option.

This tab contains preferences relevant to how Places should be shown.

*{{man label|Name:}} A unique name for the place format.
*{{man label|Levels:}} The place names to be displayed.
Each level in the hierarchy is represented by a positive integer, starting with 0 for the selected place and increasing by 1 for each level up the hierarchy. The levels can also be represented by negative integers, starting with -1 for the top level (usually a country) and decreasing by 1 for each level lower in the hierarchy. In addition, the populated place (city, town, village or hamlet) is represented by the letter p; this can be used with an offset (e.g. p+1 or p-2).

The names to be displayed are defined as a comma-separated list of ranges. A range can either be a single level, or a start level and an end level separated by a colon. The start level must be less than the end level in a range. The start and end levels default to 0 and -1 if missing.

*{{man label|Street format:}} "None" (default), "Number Street" or "Street Number". Option to concatenate the number and street in order to suppress the comma. For this option to work, the street must have the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Place_Editor_dialog|'''Type''']] ''Street'' and house number must have the '''Type''' ''Number''.
*{{man label|Language:}} (Empty by Default) A two-digit language code.
*{{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Reverse display order}} (checkbox unchecked by default)

See also:
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Place_Editor_dialog|Place Editor dialog]]
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Place_Name_Editor_dialog|Place Name Editor dialog]]
{{-}}
{{stub}}

=====Display Name Editor=====

{{man note|1=Note|2=Custom name display formats are stored in the Family Trees, thus before loading any Family Tree the {{man label|Custom format details}} expander is disabled.}}

[[File:EditPreferences-Data-tab-DisplayOptions-section-DisplayNameEditor-dialog-default-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Display Name Editor - dialog (default) from Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Data" tab > "Display Options" section]]
The following keywords are replaced with the appropriate name parts:
* Given - given name (first name)
* Title - title (Dr., Mrs.)
* Call - call name
* Initials - first letters of Given
* Primary, Primary[pre] or [sur] or [con]- full primary surname, prefix, surname only, connector
* Patronymic, or [pre] or [sur] or [con] - full pa/matronymic surname, prefix, surname only, connector
* Familynick - family nick name
* Rest - non primary surnames
* Rawsurnames- surnames (no prefixes and connectors)
* Surname - surnames (with prefix and connectors)
* Suffix - suffix (Jr., Sr.)
* Nickname - nick name
* Common - nick name as first option if it exists, Call as second option, otherwise first of Given
* Prefix - all prefixes (von, de)
* Notpatronymic- all surnames, except pa/matronymic & primary

{{man menu|UPPERCASE versions of these keywords forces uppercase to be displayed.}} Extra parentheses, commas are removed. Other text appears literally.

[[File:NameEditor-format_reference_example-51.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Display Name Editor - reference person]]

'''Example:''' Dr. Edwin Jose von der Smith and Weston Wilson Sr (“Ed”) - Underhills
''Edwin Jose'': Given, ''von der'': Prefix, ''Smith'' and ''Weston'': Primary, ''and'': <abbr title="a connector">[con]</abbr>, ''Wilson'': Patronymic,
''Dr.'': Title, ''Sr'': Suffix, ''Ed'': Nickname, ''Underhills'' <abbr title="family nick name">Familynick</abbr>, Jose <abbr title="called (preferred given name)">call</abbr>.

All the fields in the Example except the Family Nickname can be added in the standard Person Editor dialog. Double-click the Preferred name in Names tab of the Person Editor to access additional fields including: the Family Nick Name, Grouping controls, exception Sorting & Display controls, Date range controls for using a particular name.

{{stub}}

{{-}}

==== Input Options ====
[[File:EditPreferences-Data-tab-InputOptions-section-default-52.png|right|thumb|650px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit -> Preferences..." "Data" tab "Input Options" section defaults]]

*{{man label|Surname Guessing:}} This option affects the initial family name of a child when they are added to the family tree. The default {{man label|Father's surname}} will use the family name of the father. Selecting {{man label|None}} means that no surname guessing will be attempted. Selecting {{man label|Combination of mother's and father's surname}} will use the father's name followed by the mother's name. Finally, {{man label|[https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Icelandic_name Icelandic style]}} will use the father's given name followed by the "sson" suffix (e.g. the son of Edwin will be guessed as Edwin''sson'').

{{man tip|1=Tip |2=The {{man label|Surname Guessing:}} option only affects the initial family name guessed by Gramps when the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Edit_Person_dialog|Edit Person]]}} dialog is launched from a {{man label|Family Editor}} window.
You can modify that name any way you see fit. Set this Preferences [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display|Display tab]] option to the value that you will most frequently use, as it will save you a lot of typing.

See:
* [https://gramps-project.org/bugs/view.php?id=1715 feature request to support other local variations for surname guessing]
* [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Category:Names_by_culture Category:Names by culture], From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia}}

*{{man label|Default family relationship:}}
** '''Unknown'''(default)
** Married
** Unmarried
** Civil Union

*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Hide LDS tab in [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#LDS|person]] and [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#LDS_2|family]] editors}}: Latter Days Saints {{new|5.2.0}}
{{-}}

=== General ===
[[File:EditPreferences-General-tab-EnviromentSettings-section-default-52.png|Right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} General Preferences - Enviroment Settings - section - (defaults)]]

This tab contains one section containing preferences relevant to the general operation of the program.

==== Environment Settings ====
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Display Tip of the Day}}: This checkbox option controls the enabling and disabling of the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Tip_of_the_Day_dialog|Tip of the Day]]}} dialog at startup. {{man tooltip|Show useful information about using Gramps on startup.}}
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Remember last Family Tree}}: Selecting this checkbox option causes the last used database to load upon start. It bypasses the '''Manage Family Trees''' dialog.
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Remember last view displayed}}: This checkbox option controls the enabling and disabling of the the display of the last [[Gramps_Glossary#view|View]]. Enabling will bring you to the view where you stopped the program the last time. {{man tooltip|Remember last view displayed and open it next time.}}
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Enable spelling checker}}: This checkbox option controls the enabling and disabling of the spelling checker for notes. The '''gtkspell''' package must be loaded for this to have an effect. ( See: [[Troubleshoot Spellcheck]] )

*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Show text label beside Navigator buttons *}} ''checked'' (default) This checkbox controls whether or not a text description is displayed next to the icon in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Navigator|Navigator]] in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Main_Window|Main Window]]. This option takes effect after the program has been restarted. {{man tooltip|Show or hide text beside Navigator buttons (People, Families, Events...). Requires Gramps restart to apply.}}

*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Show Clipboard icon on toolbar}}
*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Show Reports icon on toolbar}}
*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Show Tools icon on toolbar}}
*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Show Addons icon on toolbar}}
*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Show Preferences icon on toolbar}}

*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Show close button in gramplet bar tabs}} ''unchecked''(default) {{man tooltip|Show close button to simplify removing gramplets from bars.}}

*{{man label|Markup for invalid date format:}} Default: <code>%s</code>
** Convenience markups are:
*** Bold (Default)
*** <big><big>Makes font relatively larger</big></big>
*** Italic
*** <s><s>Strikethrough</s></s>
*** Subscript
*** Superscript
*** Makes font relatively smaller
*** <tt><tt>Monospace font</tt></tt>
*** Underline
**** For example: %s will display Underlined bold date.

*{{man label|Multiple surname box height:}} Default:'''150''' Pixels {{man tooltip|Enter height in pixels. When multiple surnames are entered, these names display in a box. This setting sets the size of this box.}}

====Tip of the Day dialog====

[[File:TipOfTheDay-dialog--example-WhatsThatFor-52.png|Right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Tip of the Day dialog]]

When enabled in {{man menu|Edit > Preferences}} {{man label|General}} tab the {{man label|Tip of the Day}} dialog shows helpful hints.

The following options are available:
*{{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Display on startup}} (check box checked by default - once enabled) - uncheck to stop further tips appearing.
*{{man button|Forward}} - Advance to the next tip.
*{{man button|Close}} - exit for this session until the Gramps program is restarted.
[[Category:Tips]]

{{-}}

=== Family Tree ===
{{stub}}
[[File:EditPreferences-FamilyTree-tab-default-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: {{man menu|Edit>Preferences...}} - "Family Tree" - tab - defaults]]

The {{man label|Family Tree}} tab contains the following four sections:
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Database_Settings|Database Settings]]}}
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Database_Location|Database Location]]}}
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Backup_Management|Backup Management]]}}
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Family_Tree.27s_Media_path|Family Tree's Media path]]}}

See also:
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Backing_up_a_Family_Tree|Backing up a family tree]] - more information on backups
* [[Template:Backup_Omissions|Backup omissions]] - what is not included during a backup
* Addon [[Addon:PostgreSQL|PostgreSQL]] - this adds support for PostgreSQL databases.

====Database Settings====
*{{man label|Database backend:}} -
** '''[[Gramps_Glossary#sqlite|SQLite]]''' (''default'') - the [[DB-API Database Backend]]
** ... If other database backends addons are installed, they will be added to the list <abbr title="exempli gratia - Latin phrase meaning 'for example'">e.g.</abbr>: [[Addon:PostgreSQL|PostgreSQL]] backend

The ''[[Gramps_Glossary#bsddb|BSDDB]]'' - Legacy Database backend was superseded in the Gramps 5.1 version.

====Database Location====
*{{man label|Host:}} - Server address or other computer IP address for the location of the database.
*{{man label|Port:}} - Port number to access the Host database
*{{man label|Family Tree Database path:}} Unless you have a definite reason to change this, stay with the default path. The default path where databases are stored is <code>grampsdb</code> within the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_User_Directory|User Directory]].

====Backup Management====
*{{man label|Backup path:}} - Location in which to save your Gramps backup archive files.
*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Backup on exit}} - Selecting this option will Backup Your family tree upon choosing to exit Gramps. The file be saved to the Backup path specified above. The filename of the backup will match the Family Tree appended with a date and time.
*{{man label|Autobackup:}} timer interval for triggering full backups during Gramps editing sessions.
** '''Never''' (''default'')
** Every 15 minutes
** Every 30 minutes
** Every hour
** Every 12 hours {{new|5.2.0}}
** Every day {{new|5.2.0}}
{{-}}

====Family Tree's Media path====
*{{man label|Base media path:}} Here you can fill in a base path for the media objects. Selecting the {{man button|Directory}} button gives you a {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Select_media_directory_dialog|Select media directory]]}} dialog where you can fill in the required path.

{{man tip|The base relative media path is specific to the active family tree.|It is not a global setting in Gramps. Each family tree is able to have a unique media base path that is stored with the database.}}

{{man tip|To make media paths relative|You also need to select the {{man label|[ ] Convert to a relative path}} checkbox, at the bottom of the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Select_a_media_object_selector|Select a media object selector]]}} dialog. Once checked for the first time it will be remembered for each subsequent media selection.}}

See also:
*[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Media_Manager|{{man label|Gramps Media Manager}}]] a group of four separate tools two of which allow you to:
** {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Convert_paths_from_relative_to_absolute|Convert paths from relative to absolute]]}}
** {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Convert_paths_from_absolute_to_relative|Convert paths from absolute to relative]]}}

=====Select media directory dialog=====

{{stub}}

See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#File_Chooser]]
{{-}}

=====Missing Media Objects 'broken link' icon of a box with a red 'x'=====
{{stub}}
[[File:Broken Media Path.png|right|350px|thumb|Fig. {{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Media object with a broken filepath]]

If the Preview thumbnails displays 'broken link' icon of a box with a red 'x' you will need to correct {{man label|Base media path:}} for your family tree in the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Family_Tree.27s_Media_path|Family Tree's Media path]]}} section.
{{-}}

=== Import ===
[[File:EditPreferences-Import-tab-default-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Import" - tab - defaults]]
The {{man label|Import}} tab has two sections as follows:

==== Tag Records ====

*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Add tag on import}}: Checkbox (Default: <code>Imported %Y/%m/%d %H:%M:%S</code> ) '''Note - Adding a [[Gramps_Glossary#tag|Tag]] on import can significantly slow down the importing of your data.''' {{man tooltip|Specified tag will be added on import. Clear to set default value.}}

==== Source GEDCOM import ====

*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Add default source on GEDCOM import}}: This checkbox option affects the importing of [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#GEDCOM_import|GEDCOM data]]. If this is set, each item that is imported will contain a [[Gramps_Glossary#source|Source]] reference to the imported file. '''Note - Adding a default source can significantly slow down the importing of your GEDCOM data.'''

{{-}}

=== Limits ===
[[File:EditPreferences-Limits-tab-default-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Limits" - tab - defaults]]

Settings used for calculation operations.

See also:
* [[Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Probably Alive]]
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Editing_dates|Editing dates]]
* Setting the [[Match_dates#Changing_after.2Fbefore.2Fabout_range|date approximation .ini]] manually

==== Calculation limits ====

*{{man label|Date 'about' year range: (date ± #):}} Default: <code>50</code>
** Defines the number of years +/- of the event date "<code>about <date></code>" that the event will return as valid for a filter.
** Used in the calculation of the person's age.
*{{man label|Date 'after' year range: (date + #):}} Default: <code>50</code>
** Defines the number of years after the event date "<code>after <date></code>" that the event will return as valid for a filter.
** Used in the calculation of the person's age.
*{{man label|Date 'before' year range: (date - #):}} Default: <code>50</code>
** Defines the number of years before the event date "<code>before <date></code>" that the event will return as valid for a filter.
** Used in the calculation of the person's age.
*{{man label|Maximum age probably alive:}} Default: <code>110</code>
** Absent a Death event, the age by which Gramps will consider the person is no longer alive.
*{{man label|Maximum sibling age difference:}} Default: <code>20</code>
*{{man label|Minimum years between generations:}} Default: <code>13</code>
*{{man label|Average years between generations:}} Default: <code>20</code>
*{{man label|Max generations for relationships:}} You can enter the number of generations used to determine relationships. The default value is '''<code>15</code>'''. Limits the scope of features based on the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Relationship_Calculator|Relationship Calculator]].
{{-}}

=== Colors ===
{{stub}}
[[File:EditPreferences-Colors-tab-default-52.png|right|thumb|650px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Colors" - tab - UK/Australian dialect defaults]]

This tab has seven section related to allowing you to set the '''colors used for boxes in the graphical views'''.

Each of the colors can be customized using the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Pick_a_Color_selector|Pick a Color selector]].

==== Colors used for boxes in the graphical views ====

You can select the
* {{man label|Color scheme:}} ''Light colors''(default) or ''Dark colors''
** {{man button|Restore to defaults}} - restores themes default colors.

====Colors for Male persons====
* Background for Alive: [ ] #b8cee6
* Border for Alive: [ ] #1f4986
* Background for Dead: [ ] #b8cee6
* Border for Dead: [ ] #000000

====Colors for Female persons====
* Background for Alive: [ ] #feccf0
* Border for Alive: [ ] #861f69
* Background for Dead: [ ] #feccf0
* Border for Dead: [ ] #000000

====Colors for people who are neither male nor female====
* Background for Alive: [ ] #94ef9e
* Border for Alive: [ ] #2a5d16
* Background for Dead: [ ] #94ef9e
* Border for Dead: [ ] #000000

====Colors for Unknown persons====
* Background for Alive: [ ] #f3dbb6
* Border for Alive: [ ] #8e5801
* Background for Dead: [ ] #f3dbb6
* Border for Dead: [ ] #000000

====Colors for Family nodes====
* Default background: [ ] #eeeeee
* Default border: [ ] #cccccc
* Background for Married: [ ] #eeeeee
* Background for Unmarried: [ ] #eeeeee
* Background for Civil Union: [ ] #eeeeee
* Background for Unknown: [ ] #eeeeee
* Background for Divorced: [ ] #eeeeee
* Border for Divorced: [ ] #ff7373

====Other colors====
* Background for Home Person: [ ] #bbe68a
{{-}}

=== Genealogical Symbols ===
{{stub}}
{{man warn|Prerequisites exist for this feature|The Genealogical Symbols tab can only be used if the [[#Prerequisite_to_use_Genealogical_Symbols|prerequisite]] program <code>[[#Prerequisite_to_use_Genealogical_Symbols|python-fontconfig]]</code> is present that Gramps can use.}}

[[File:EditPreferences-GenealogicalSymbols-tab-default-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Genealogical Symbols" - Preferences tab - defaults]]

Allows you to use Genealogical symbols instead of text abbreviations in reports, charts and the Gramps interface.

This tab gives you the possibility to use one font which is able to show all genealogical symbols. (Once configured see: [[#Prerequisite_to_use_Genealogical_Symbols|Prerequisite to use Genealogical Symbols]])

If you select the "{{man label|Use symbols}}" checkbox, Gramps will use the selected font if it exists.

This can be useful if you want to add phonetic in a note to show how to pronounce a name or if you mix multiple languages like Greek and Russian.

You can only configure the death symbol from this tab.

:List of Genealogical Symbols shown (listed in order shown at bottom screenshot):

* Female
* Male
* Asexuality, sexless, genderless
* Lesbianism
* Male homosexuality
* Heterosexuality
* Transgender, hermaphrodite (in entomology)
* Transgender
* Neuter

* Illegitimate
* Birth
* Baptism/Christening
* Engaged
* Marriage
* Divorce
* Unmarried partnership
* Buried
* Cremated/Funeral urn
* Killed in action
* Extinct

* Death

{{-}}

{| class="wikitable"
|-
! meaning
! symbol
! Unicode code point(s)
! name
|-
! male
| ♂
| U+2642
| Male Sign
|-
! female
| ♀
| U+2640
| Female Sign
|-
! unknown
| ⚪︎
| U+26AA
| Medium White Circle
|-
! hermaphrodite
| ⚥
| U+26A5
| Interlocked Male and Female Sign
|-
! neuter
| ⚲
| U+26B2
| Neuter

|-
! birth
| *
| U+002A
| Asterisk
|-
! baptisation, christening
| ~
| U+007E
| Tilde
|-
! death
| ✝︎
| U+271D
| Latin Cross
|-
! burial
| ⚰︎
| U+26B0
| Coffin
|-
! cremation
| ⚱︎
| U+26B1
| Funeral Urn
|-
! stillborn
| ✝︎*
| U+0086 U+002A
| Latin Cross, Asterisk
|-
! born illegitimately
| *⃝
| U+002A U+20DD
| Circled Asterisk
|-
! born illegitimately
| ⊛
| U+229B
| Circled Asterisk Operator
|-
! killed in action
| ⚔︎
| U+2694
| Crossed Swords
|-
! this line extinct
| ‡
| U+2021
| Double Dagger
|-
! approximate(ly)
| ±
| U+00B1
| Plus-Minus
|-
! before
| <
| U+003C
| Less-Than Symbol
|-
! after
| >
| U+003E
| Greater-Than Symbol

|-
! engaged
| ⚬
| U+26AC
| Medium Small White Circle
|-
! married
| ⚭
| U+26AD
| Marriage Symbol
|-
! divorced
| ⚮
| U+26AE
| Divorce Symbol
|-
! unmarried
| ⚯
| U+26AF
| Unmarried Partnership Symbol
|}
{{-}}
====Prerequisite to use Genealogical Symbols====
{{stub}}
[[File:EditPreferences-GenealogicalSymbols-tab-default-51.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Genealogical Symbols" - Preferences tab - defaults]]

=====Initial setup=====

If the fontconfig [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Prerequisite|prerequisite has been installed]], then on the {{man label|Genealogical Symbols}} tab select the {{man button|Try to find}} button, Gramps will attempt to detect any suitable unicode text fonts that can be used.

[[File:EditPreferences-GenealogicalSymbols-FindFont-51.png|center|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Genealogical Symbols" - Finding fonts]]

When the search has completed select one of the fonts from the {{man button|Choose font}} list and then select the checkbox:

{{checkbox|1|Use symbols}}

=====Prerequisite=====
Prerequisite : '''python-fontconfig''' : Python bindings of fontconfig and its dependencies are required for displaying genealogical symbols
{{man note|Use the [[Addon:Prerequisites_Checker_Gramplet|Prerequisites Checker]]|Do you have <code>python-fontconfig</code> installed? Run the Prerequisites Checker Addon and look for something similar to the following line:<pre>* python-fontconfig 0.5.0 (Success version 0.5.x is installed.)</pre>}}

See also:
* Tamura Jones expounds on [https://www.tamurajones.net/GenealogySymbols.xhtml Genealogical Symbols] ''(the 'Unicode' section is particularly relevant)''
* [[GEPS 039: Genealogical symbols in gramps]]
* Feature request: {{bug|9098}} Gramps should be able to use genealogy symbols everywhere.
* [[Customize the Genealogical Symbols lookup table]] located in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_User_Directory#MS_Windows|Gramps user directory]] at: [https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/blob/maintenance/gramps51/gramps/gen/utils/symbols.py gramps\gen\utils\symbols.py]
{{-}}

=== ID Formats ===
{{man tip|ID Prefixes |The ID prefixes use formatting conventions common for C, Python, and other programming languages. For example, the <code>%04d</code> expands to an integer, prepended with zeros to have the total width of four digits. If you would like IDs to be 1, 2, 3, etc., simply set the formatting parameter to <code>%d</code>, the 'd' specifies Decimal Integer, outputting the number in base 10. See: Python [https://docs.python.org/3/library/string.html#format-specification-mini-language (String) Format Specification Mini-Language]}}

[[File:EditPreferences-IDFormats-tab-default-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "ID Formats" - tab - defaults]]

This tab contains preferences relevant to the automatic generation of Gramps IDs.

*{{man label|Person:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Person. Default value: <code>I%04d</code>
*{{man label|Family:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Family. Default value: <code>F%04d</code>
*{{man label|Place:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Place. Default value: <code>P%04d</code>
*{{man label|Source:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Source. Default value: <code>S%04d</code>
*{{man label|Citation:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Citation. Default value: <code>C%04d</code>
*{{man label|Media Object:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Media Object. Default value: <code>O%04d</code>
*{{man label|Event:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for an Event. Default value: <code>E%04d</code>
*{{man label|Repository:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Repository. Default value: <code>R%04d</code>
*{{man label|Note:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Note. Default value: <code>N%04d</code>

You can use the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Reorder_Gramps_ID|Reorder Gramps ID]] tool to change the format.
{{-}}

=== Text ===

[[File:EditPreferences-Text-tab-default-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Text" - tab - defaults]]

This tab contains preferences relevant to how missing and private names and records should be shown.

*{{man label|Missing surname:}} in the input field you can determine how a missing surname should be displayed. Default value is '''<code>[Missing Surname]</code>'''. You can change this to [--] or whatever is most convenient for you.
*{{man label|Missing given name}} in the input field you can determine how a missing given name should be displayed. Default value is '''<code>[Missing Given Name]</code>'''. You can change this to whatever you want.
*{{man label|Missing record:}} Default: <code>[Missing Record]</code>
*{{man label|Private surname:}} Default: <code>[Living]</code>
*{{man label|Private given name:}} Default: <code>[Living]</code>
*{{man label|Private record:}} Default: <code>[Private Record]</code>
{{-}}

=== Warnings ===

[[File:EditPreferences-Warnings-tab-default-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Warnings" - tab - defaults]]

This tab controls the display of warning dialogs, allowing the re-enabling of dialogs that have been disabled.

*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Suppress warning when adding parents to a child.}} Checkbox checked by Default (See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Error_and_Warning_Reference#Suppress_warning_when_adding_parents_to_a_child|Dialog]])
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Suppress warning when cancelling with changed data.}} Checkbox unchecked by Default (See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Error_and_Warning_Reference#Suppress_warning_when_cancelling_with_changed_data|Dialog]])
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Suppress warning about missing researcher when exporting to GEDCOM.}} Checkbox unchecked by Default (See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Error_and_Warning_Reference#Suppress_warning_about_missing_researcher_when_exporting_to_GEDCOM|Dialog]])
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Suppress tooltip warnings about data being saved immediately.}} Checkbox unchecked by Default {{new|5.2.0}}
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Show plugin status dialog on plugin load error.}} Checkbox unchecked by Default (See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Error_and_Warning_Reference#Module_not_loaded_warnings|Dialog]])

See the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Error_and_Warning_Reference|Error and Warning Reference]] page for examples.
{{-}}

=== Researcher ===
{{man tip|Researcher Information|This contact information is independent of the family trees you create. Most exports and reports will be filtered to protect the privacy of living people of the Tree... including yourself. This information feeds into the authoring and citation features of any publication (or archival) options.}}
[[File:EditPreferences-Researcher-tab-default-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Researcher" - tab - defaults]]

Allows you to {{man label|Enter your information so people can contact you when you distribute your Family Tree}} in the corresponding text entry fields. Although Gramps requests information about you, this information is used only so that Gramps can create valid GEDCOM output files. A valid GEDCOM file requires information about the file's creator. If you choose, you may leave the information empty, however none of your exported GEDCOM files will be valid.

The available text entry fields are (all blank by default):
*{{man label|Name:}}
*{{man label|Address:}}
*{{man label|Locality:}}
*{{man label|City:}}
*{{man label|State/County:}}
*{{man label|Country:}}
*{{man label|ZIP/Postal Code:}}
*{{man label|Phone:}}
*{{man label|Email:}}

The information entered under this preference acts as default value for family tree specific values that can be adjusted with the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Edit_Database_Owner_Information|Edit Database Owner Information]] tool.
{{-}}

== Other settings ==

Besides {{man label|Preferences}} dialog, there are other settings available in Gramps. For various reasons they have been made more readily accessible, as listed below.
{{-}}
===Column Editor===

{{man tip|1=Column Editor|2=The {{man label|Column Editor}} is available and works in the same way for all list views. Specifically, it is available for People View, Family View (children list). Sources View, Citations View, Places View, Media View, Repositories View and the Notes View.}}

[[File:ConfigureTheActiveView-icon-on-toolbar-51.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Selecting the {{man button|Configure View...}} button]]

[[File:ColumnEditor-dialog-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Column Editor - Dialog - People default]]

The columns of the list views may be added, removed, or reordered in a {{man label|Column Editor}} dialog.

To use the {{man label|Column Editor }} dialog for the current view, choose via the menu {{man menu|View ➡ Configure View...}}, click on [[File:Gramps-config.png|34px]]{{man button|Configure View...}} toolbar button or press the ''Configure active view'' [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#Common_keybindings|keyboard keybinding]].

Only columns with a selected checkbox will be shown in the view. You can also change the position of a column in the View by clicking and dragging it to a new position in the Editor ([https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Drag-and-drop ''drag and drop'']). Once you have made the changes you want click {{man button|Apply}}, then click {{man button|OK}} to exit the Editor and see your changes in the View.

By default, the View List, displays several columns of information about the respective category. You can add or remove columns to and from the display

The default sort key for the view [always ascending] is the left-most field [i.e. at the top in the Column Editor], so changing which field is in that position affects default sorting.

[[File:ConfigurePersonView-51.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Column Editor - Dialog - People example]]The {{man label|Column Editor}} dialog will have a different selection of columns for each category of View that displays a simple table.

Changes will only be enacted when the {{man button|Apply}} button is clicked.

Once the View columns changes have been applied, clicking once on the column header sorts in ascending order, clicking again sorts in descending order.

The subset of columns and the current [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters|filters]] will also constrain the data exported via the {{Man menu|Family Trees ➡ [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Export_View|Export View...]]}} operation. Hidden columns and records will not be exported.
{{-}}

=== Sorting columns ===

[[File:PeopleCategory-PeopleListView-SortedByBirthDateColumn-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Sorted by "Birth Date" column in the list mode of the People Category View - example]]

By default, each Category View presenting data in a columnated table layout will sort the rows in ascending order based on the data in the first (left-most) column. If the table has grouped rows, the grouped data will be sub-sorted. ''(Tables in tabbed subsets of data, Editors and Selectors will work similarly.)''

Click once on a different column header to sort on the data of that column in ascending order. Click the header again to sort in reverse order.

The {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Column_Editor|Column Editor]]}} dialog can be used to add, remove and rearrange the displayed columns. Choosing a different first column will make that the new default sorting column of the view [though always ascending].
{{-}}

===Setting Home person===
[[File:MenuEdit-SetHomePerson-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu showing ''Set Home Person'']]

To set (designate) the [[Gramps_Glossary#home_person|Home person]], select the People Category and select the desired person to make them into the [[Gramps_Glossary#active_person|Active Person]] and then choose {{man menu|Edit ->Set Home Person}} via the menus.

Alternately, when editing any Person, right-clicking on inactive areas (areas without a text-entry box) of the top section displays a pop-up menu which includes an option to {{man menu|Make Home Person}} of that profile.

The Home person is the persistently designated person who becomes the [[Gramps_Glossary#active_person|Active Person]] when one of the following occurs:
*By default, when the Family tree database is opened ''(The [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#General_Gramps_settings|General]] setting in [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Preferences|Preferences]] can modify this default behavior. The "Remember last view displayed" will return to the last [[Gramps_Glossary#active_person|Active Person]] of the previous session.)''
*As the toolbar {{man button|Home}} button is clicked
*When the Home menu item is selected from either the {{man button|Go}} menu or the right-click context menu in selected views
*As the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#15|keybinding]] {{Man key press|ALT|Home}} is pressed to return to the '''Home Person'''.

The toolbar {{man button|Home}} button is available in the People Category, Relationships Category, and Pedigree Category. [[File:Gramps Go-Home48x48 win.png|text-bottom]]
====See also====
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Setting_the_Home_Person|Setting the Home Person]]
{{-}}

===Adjusting viewing controls===

Whether the toolbar, the sidebar, or the filter (not available on Pedigree and Relationships Views) are displayed in the main window is adjusted through the View menu.

In the different views clicking the {{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#View|View]]}} menu will shows for boxes you can click:
*Navigator
*Toolbar
*Sidebar
*Bottombar
*Full Screen {{man key press|F11}}

Additionally, depending on the view you are in, other options will be available on {{man label|Configure}}.

*Gramplets:
**Set Columns to 1
**Set Columns to 2
**Set Columns to 3
*Relationships:
**Show Siblings
**Show Details
*Geography:
**Time period
**Layout

All other Views: the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Column_Editor|column editor]].

===Export View===

[[File:Menubar-FamilyTrees-overview-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menubar - "Family Trees" - overview example showing "Export View" menu entry]]

On most [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Categories_of_the_Navigator|Category List Views]], displayed data maybe be exported, choose via the {{man menu|Family Trees ->Export View...}} [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Main_Menus|menu]] command.

This Menu command only appears if the displayed data can be exported. Gramps will export data on screen according your choice: '''CSV''' or '''Open Document''' spreadsheet format.

Note that the current configuration of the View's columns will control what data will be exported. The export will contain only the displayed column data (in the same order) and be limited to records matching any [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters|filters]] you have applied.
{{-}}
====Export View as Spreadsheet dialog====

[[File:ExportViewAsSpreadsheet-CSV-file-dialog-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Export View as Spreadsheet" CSV(default) file-dialog - example]]

Gramps will then display the {{man label|Export View as Spreadsheet}} dialog where after choosing a file location to save to and a name for your file; export data on from the Category List View in one of two spreadsheet formats:
* '''CSV''' (default)
* '''OpenDocument Spreadsheet''' - ODS format.

{{-}}
[[File:ExportViewAsSpreadsheet-exampleODS-Displayed-in-LibreOfficeCalc-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Example ODS Spreadsheet - Displayed in LibreOffice Calc]]

The example screenshot shows an export to the '''OpenDocument Spreadsheet''' (ODS format) displayed as a Spreadsheet in Libreoffice Calc.

{{-}}

===Modularity and plugins===
Gramps has been designed for expansion. The Plugin (a.k.a. Plug-in, addon, extension) framework provides a path for third party development outside the normal Gramps release distributions.

The documentation for each addon is maintained outside the flow of these main wiki chapters. The interface and functionality of the software and documentation may not conform with the styles seen throughout the rest of Gramps... although we encourage Developers to try to make their additions as seamless as possible.

A brief description and screenshot of each addon can be found in the [[5.2_Addons#Addon_List|Addon List]] section of the wiki manual. The separately maintained documentation page for the addon is linked from the 1st column of that list.

See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Plugin_Manager|Plugin Manager]] and [[5.2 Addons|Third-Party Addons]].
{{-}}

===Customize report output formats===
[[File:TextReports-DocumentOptions-PlainText-output-settings-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Document Options - tab defaults for Text Reports (Plain Text - output selected) example]]

What kind of output customization is available? This dialog allows you to change the fonts, font sizes, font color, background color of the text and alignment of paragraphs on the report.

For most report dialogs, in the top part are option tabs specifically related that particular report. The lower part will have more broadly reusable features and is called the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Document_Options|Document Options]]}} section.

From the {{man label|Style:}} drop down list you can choose an existing custom style. Or to make your own {{man label|Style:}} select the {{man button|Style Editor...}} button to show the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Document_Styles_dialog|Document Styles]]}} dialog and then select the {{man button|Add a new style}} button to show the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Style_editor_dialog|Style editor]]}} dialog.

{{stub}}
{{-}}
====Document Styles dialog====

[[File:DocumentStyles-dialog-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Document Styles - dialog - default]]

The {{man label|Document Styles}} dialog, list the ''default'' style and any custom styles for that report and allows you to edit or delete any custom styles you have created. Select the {{man button|+ (Add a new style)}} button to show the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Style_editor_dialog|Style editor]]}} dialog.
{{-}}

====Style editor dialog====

The {{man label|Style editor}} dialog allow you to customize the document style specific to each report.

Change the {{man label|Style sheet name:}} <code>New Style</code> (default) field to a unique name as it will appear in {{man label|Document Options}} {{man label|Style:}} drop down list.

Once changes for your custom style have been finalized select the {{man button|OK}} button to save the changes or {{man button|Cancel}} to exit.

{{-}}
=====Style editor dialog tabs=====
On the left hand side you will see the {{man label|Style}} column that list the paragraph options specific to that report that you may modify. For example the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Ahnentafel_Report|Ahnentafel Report]]}} shows the style options for AHN-Entry, AHN-Generation and AHN-Title.

On the right hand side are three tabs associated with each style listed in the left hand column:
{{-}}
======Description======

[[File:StyleEditor-dialog-Description-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Description options tab - Document Styles - dialog (default styles for Ahnentafel Report) (Gramps 4.2.0 Windows 7) ]]

*{{man label|Description}} : The description describes what each paragraph is all about. For example shown here is the style used for the Ahnentafel Report ( AHN-Entry ).
{{-}}

======Font options======

[[File:StyleEditor-dialog-FontOptions-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Font options" tab - "Style Editor" dialog for "Document Styles" (default styles for Ahnentafel Report)]]

*{{man label|Font options}} : Here you can set the {{man label|Type face}} Roman or Swiss, the {{man label|Size}} of the font in pt., the {{man label|Color}} of the font and some {{man label|Options}} like Bold, Italic or Underline.
{{-}}

======Paragraph options======

[[File:StyleEditor-dialog-ParagraphOptions-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Paragraph options" tab - "Style Editor" dialog for "Document Styles" (default styles for Ahnentafel Report)]]

*{{man label|Paragraph options}} : Here you set the {{man label|Alignment}}, the {{man label|Background color}}, {{man label|Indentation}}, {{man label|Spacing}} and {{man label|Borders}} of your style.
{{-}}

===Context menu===
Used in various places in Gramps; how you access the context menu is dependent on your operating systems:
* On Microsoft windows, you generally use the right button of your mouse to show the context menu or use the keyboard shortcut {{man button|Shift}}+{{man button|F10}}. see [https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/previous-versions/windows/desktop/mpc/using-context-menus Using Context Menus - Microsoft Docs]
* On Apple macOS, you generally press {{man button|Ctrl}} while clicking the button of your mouse to show the context menu. see: [https://developer.apple.com/design/human-interface-guidelines/macos/menus/contextual-menus/ Contextual Menus - Menus - macOS - Human Interface Guidelines - Apple Developer]

See also:
* [[Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Keybindings|Keybindings]]

== Customizing ==
Here are some ways that you can customize Gramps.
=== Preferences ===

The Display tab of the Preferences allows selection of the Name format used by default throughout Gramps. The Edit button for the {{man label|Name format:}} opens the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Name_Editor|Display Name Editor]]}}, allowing the creation of user-defined (custom) stylings beyond the pre-defined (built-in) name format choices.

See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Preferences|Preferences]]

The Edit button for a person's preferred and alternative names opens the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Name_Editor|Name Editor]]}}, allowing the selection of a name format exceptions that will override the format chosen in the Display tab of Preferences for the entire Tree.

The name format, grouping and sorting can be overridden for selected individuals and surnames. The Edit Person dialogs have two Edit buttons to access this feature. The button for Preferred name is to the right of the Suffix field. However, for any selected Name (Preferred or Alternative) in the Names tab which opens the Name Editor. The built-in and custom Display Name formats can be selected exceptions to "Group as:" and "Sort as:" options that default to the Name format selected in Preferences.

=== Pick a Color selector ===
The [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Colors|Colors]] tab of the Preferences allows customizing of the color of various elements of diagrams in the Charts category's graphical views.

==== Color Palette ====
[[File:PickAColor-selector-dialog-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Pick a Color" - palette selector dialog]]
Select a color from the 45 [[Gramps_Glossary#swatch|swatches]] in predefined color palette area. Or select from the recently used {{man label|Custom}} color swatches. Or click the {{man button|+}} button to create your own custom color. Right-click on any swatch to add another custom color and open the gradient selector.

You can drag any color swatch to any swatch in the preference (or configure) dialog.

{{-}}
==== Color Gradient ====
[[File:PickAColor-gradient-dialog-52.png|right|thumb|436px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Pick a Color" - gradient selector dialog]]
The gradient selector dialog is for adjust the [[Gramps_Glossary#swatch|color swatch]] at the top of the dialog. Once changed, either click the {{man button|Select}} button to apply the color. Drag the single gradient dialog swatch to any swatch in the preference (or configure) dialog.

Specific colors of the swatch can be changed in several ways:
* via direct entry 'color Hex color code'
* the hue slider (with a numeric fine control
* mouse left-click in the 1-dimensional (hue) rainbow gradient or the 2-dimensional (brightness and saturation) hue gradient.
* mouse right-click in either gradient to show the numeric control for the dimension(s) of the gradient
* mouse left-click on the eyedropper color picker to choose from any pixel shown on the monitor(s)
{{-}}

=== File Chooser ===
[[File:FileChooser_Bookmarks_Breadcrumbs.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Linux GTK File Chooser: highlighting breadcrumbs and bookmarking]]
[[File:FileChooser Bookmarks Breadcrumbs mac.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} macOS GTK File Chooser: highlighting breadcrumbs and bookmarking]]
[[File:FileChooser Bookmarks Breadcrumbs win.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Windows GTK File Chooser: highlighting breadcrumbs and bookmarking]]
The Open and Save dialogs (File Chooser) for Gramps are based on the [https://docs.gtk.org/gtk3/iface.FileChooser.html GTK File Chooser]. Each operating system has expected behaviors for clicks, double-clicks, sorting, [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#Handy_Shortcuts|keybindings]], environmental variables, and standard file locations that are characteristic of File Chooser dialogs native to the operating system. A few of these can be customized via the user interface to feel more similar to the OS native File Choosers. However, the idiosyncrasies of various OSes mean shared network folders and URI support may not be as readily browsed as when using the OS native File Choosers.

The [https://developer-old.gnome.org/gtk4/stable/GtkFileChooser.html GtkFileChooser] allows for adding quick navigation hotlinks to commonly used places of the filesystem. In the default implementation, these are displayed in the left sidebar navigation pane. It may be a bit unclear at first that these shortcuts come from various sources and in various flavors, so let's explain the terminology here:
* '''[[#Bookmarking_file_folders|Bookmarks]]''': are created by the user, by dragging folders from the right pane to the left pane, or by using the “Add”. Bookmarks can be renamed and deleted by the user.
* '''Shortcuts''': can be provided by the Gramps application. For example, program may want to add a shortcut for a Downloads or Documents folder. Shortcuts ''cannot'' be added or removed by the user. The the 'Rename...' context menu option allows them to be relabeled.
* '''Volumes''': are provided by the underlying filesystem abstraction. They are the “roots” of the filesystem. The Home and Downloads hotlinks are common "roots". Volumes cannot be modified by the user.

====Context Menu options====
Right-click on any file or folder in the current directory to open context pop-up menu with the following options:
* Open With File Manager
* Copy Location
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Bookmarking_file_folders|Add to Bookmarks]]
* ❏ Show Hidden Files
* ☑ Show Size Column
* ☑ Show Type Column
* ❏ Show Time
* ❏ Sort Folders before Files

Right-click in the navigation sidebar to open context pop-up menu with the following options:
* Open
* Remove
* Rename...
====Breadcrumbs and text-entry address bar====
By default, the file folder navigation in the File Chooser is by browsing. There are also some shortcuts on the left and breadcrumbs (highlighted in green in the dialog illustration) for quick navigation up and down the path.

Optionally, a text-entry address bar can be used to directly key-in or paste a path. Toggle between displaying breadcrumbs and the text-entry address bar with the {{Man key press|CTRL|L}} [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings|keybinding]].

====Bookmarking file folders====
File folder bookmarks can be user defined to make finding standard locations easier. These bookmarks are remembered between sessions and regardless of which Family Tree has been loaded.

With any Open or Save dialog open, navigate to the file location containing the folder to be bookmarked. Create the bookmark by either: dragging the folder icon to the navigation column on the left; or, right-clicking that folder to use the {{Man menu|Add to Bookmarks}} context menu option.

Right-clicking an existing Bookmark allows renaming that bookmark or removing it.

====File Formats====
Support for several file formats are built into the standard distribution of Gramps. Import plugin and Export Plugin Addons can be installed via the Plugin Manager or Preferences to expand the options.

See the [[Output_formats|Output Format]] article for list of file formats.

====See also====
* [https://ubuntugenius.wordpress.com/2010/05/14/how-to-show-text-entry-address-bar-or-breadcrumbs-navigation-buttons-in-nautilus-after-ubuntu-10-04-upgrade/ How to Show Text-Entry Address Bar or “Breadcrumbs” (Navigation Buttons)] in Nautilus After Ubuntu 10.04 Upgrade

*Discourse discussions about the GTK File Chooser:
** [https://gramps.discourse.group/t/need-suggestions-for-documenting-the-gtk-file-chooser/1820/8 Documenting the File Chooser in the wiki]
** [https://gramps.discourse.group/t/macos-and-windows-gtk-file-chooser-dialog-capture-request/3364 Illustrating the File Chooser in the Wiki]
** [https://gramps.discourse.group/t/can-i-cause-folders-to-sort-to-the-top-of-the-list-when-presented-with-the-folder-contents/1708/14 File Chooser: Sorting files and folders]

=== Language ===

Gramps has been translated into a number of [[Portal:Translators|languages]]. Usually Gramps automatically starts in your local language, as chosen for other applications, but sometimes this may not be right for you. And in other cases, a module or addon will not yet have been translated and a warning dialog will appear saying something like “Warning: plugin XYZ has no translation for any of your configured languages, using US English instead”. (Note that the US dialect of English is the default rather than British.) This can become annoying or intrusive.

The most idealistic situation is that you are as fluent in US English as the language selected for the operating system GUI on your computer. And that you would take the opportunity to translate that Gramps feature for users who are non-English speakers.

If your system is configured to show a language other then English, you can override this for Gramps.

As an example, assume that a computer in the Netherlands is configured to default to Unicode 8 Dutch: "LANG: nl_NL.UTF-8". You could either reset the OS language

In Windows, use the SET command to change the LANG environment variable to "en_GB.UTF-8" for British English. You can do this from the command line interface or [https://gramps-project.org/bugs/view.php?id=11009 create a startup shortcut with the following Target]:
<code>C:\Windows\System32\cmd.exe /c "SET LANG=en_GB.UTF-8 && START /D ^"C:\Program Files\GrampsAIO64-5.2.3^" gramps.exe"</code>

{{stub}} '''{{man warn|tbd|Describe for each main platform how the normal language is determined and how the user can [[Howto:Change_the_language_of_reports#Run_Gramps_in_a_different_language|choose a different language]].'''}}

==== Linux ====
{{stub}}

If you want to choose a locale 'variant' for sorting that is not the default variant, then you can start Gramps from the terminal (or console) with a different LC_COLLATE environment. For example, the default sorting (collation) variant for Swedish is "reformed", but you can instead choose "standard" by typing:
export LC_COLLATE="sv_SE.UTF-8@collation=standard"
python Gramps.py

==== macOS ====

For macOS see [[Mac_OS_X:Application_package#Advanced_setup|Advanced setup]] for details on how the language is normally chosen, and how to choose a special, non-default setting for the language, the sorting order or the format of such things as day and month names and number separators.

==== MS Windows ====
[[File:Microsoft Window Gramps AIO Installer Choose Components-Selection-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Microsoft Window Gramps AIO Installer Choose Components-Selection window.]]
If you want to run Gramps in another language other than English using the Gramps AIO installer, then you must select it during installation process.

Otherwise it will not be available.

More information can be found at [[Installing_Gramps_for_Windows_computers#Missing_other_languages]] page.

{{-}}

===Add Windows OS Menu Item===
[[File:Edit-Target-GrampsAIO64-Properties-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Edit-Target-GrampsAIO64-Properties for shortcut example.]]

To make Gramps work in your selected language (See table below for your [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Language_codes|language code]]), complete the following:
* Using your mouse right button click on the "{{man label|GrampsAIO64 5.x.x}}" icon on Desktop and from menu choose: {{man label|Copy}}.
* Right click anywhere on Desktop and from menu choose: {{man label|Paste shortcut}}
* New icon will be created with name: "{{man label|GrampsAIO64 5.x.x (2)}}"
* Right click on that and from menu choose: {{man label|Properties}}
* A new window will open, click on first tab called {{man label|General}} and change text from "{{man label|GrampsAIO64 5.x.x (2)}}" to something more descriptive like: "{{man label|GrampsAIO Danish}}"
** Click on second tab called {{man label|Shortcut}}, change text in first entry called {{man label|Target}} from (note path will vary depending on Gramps version used):
***<code>"C:\Program Files\GrampsAIO64-5.x.x\grampsw.exe"</code> to:
***<code>%comspec% /c set LANG=da_DK.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"</code>
* Click {{man label|OK}}

Now when you click on that icon Gramps will start in Danish.

{{-}}
{{man tip|You can download a zip file attached to feature request:{{bug|13204}} Gramps AIO64 5.2 Language icons Shortcuts Pack ( for the 18 languages shown in the Language table below)}}
{{-}}

===Change the windows LANG variables===
Another option if you want Gramps to always load in say: French Canadian language, you can go to Windows > System Properties, and add the LANG variable in the user section of the environment variables dialog with the appropriate Value.

The value to add is:
<pre>
Name: LANG
Value: fr_CA.UTF-8
</pre>

* [https://www.redswitches.com/blog/environment-variables/#method-1-set-environment-variables-through-the-gui How to Set Environment Variables in Windows 10]

===Language codes===
Select from the following table of [[Portal:Translators|languages Gramps]] has been translated into:

{| {{prettytable}}
!Language
!ISO code
!Example
!Notes
|-
| English-USA (Default)
| en_US.UTF-8
| %comspec% /c set LANG=en_US.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"
|
|-
| English (British)
| en_GB.UTF-8
| %comspec% /c set LANG=en_GB.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"
|
|-
| Finnish
| fi.UTF-8
| %comspec% /c set LANG=fi.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"
|
|-
| Russian
| ru_RU.UTF-8
| %comspec% /c set LANG=ru_RU.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"
|
|-
| Albanian
| sq_AL.UTF-8
| %comspec% /c set LANG=sq_AL.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"
|
|-
| German
| de_DE.UTF-8
| %comspec% /c set LANG=de_DE.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"
|
|-
| French
| fr_FR.UTF-8
| %comspec% /c set LANG=fr_FR.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"
|
|-
| French Canadian
| fr_CA.UTF-8
| %comspec% /c set LANG=fr_CA.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"
|
|-
| Macedonian
| mk_MK.UTF-8 ???
|
|
|-
| Nederlands (Dutch)
| nl_NL.UTF-8
| %comspec% /c set LANG=nl_NL.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"
|
|-
| Dutch
| nl_BE.UTF-8
| %comspec% /c set LANG=nl_BE.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"
|
|-
| Slovak
| sk_SK.UTF-8
| %comspec% /c set LANG=sk_SK.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"
|
|-
| Hebrew
| he_IL.UTF-8
| %comspec% /c set LANG=he_IL.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"
|
|-
| Danish
| da_DK.UTF-8
| %comspec% /c set LANG=da_DK.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"
|
|-
| Greek
| el_GR.UTF-8
| %comspec% /c set LANG=el_GR.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"
|
|-
| Italian
| it_IT.UTF-8
| %comspec% /c set LANG=it_IT.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"
|
|-
| Esperanto
| eo.UTF-8 ???
|
|
|-
| Chinese (Simplified)
| zh_CN.UTF-8
| %comspec% /c set LANG=zh_CN.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"
|
|-
| Chinese (Hong Kong)
| zh_HK.UTF-8 ???
|
|
|-
| Chinese (Traditional)
| zh_TW.UTF-8
| %comspec% /c set LANG=zh_TW.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"
|
|-
| Ukrainian
| uk_UA.UTF-8
|
|
|-
| Portuguese
| pt_PT.UTF-8
| %comspec% /c set LANG=pt_PT.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"
|
|-
| Portuguese (Brazil)
| pt_BR.UTF-8
| %comspec% /c set LANG=pt_BR.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"
|
|-
| Afrikaans
| af_ZA.UTF-8
|
|
|-
| Norwegian Bokmål
| nb_NO.UTF-8
| %comspec% /c set LANG=nb_NO.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"
|
|-
| Norwegian Nynorsk
| nn_NO.UTF-8
| %comspec% /c set LANG=nn_NO.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"
|
|-
| Turkish
| tr_TR.UTF-8
| %comspec% /c set LANG=tr_TR.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"
|
|-
| Spanish
| es_ES.UTF-8
| %comspec% /c set LANG=es_ES.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"
|
|-
| Polish
| pl_PL.UTF-8
| %comspec% /c set LANG=pl_PL.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"
|
|-
| Slovenian
| sl_SI.UTF-8
| %comspec% /c set LANG=sl_SI.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"
|
|-
|
|
|
|
|-
|
|
|
|
|-
|
|
|
|
|-
|
|
|
|
|}
*The language codes are two-letter lowercase ISO language codes (such as "da") as defined by [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_ISO_639-1_codes ISO 639-1].
*The country codes are two-letter uppercase ISO country codes (such as "BE") as defined by [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1 ISO 3166-1].

===Advanced manipulation of settings===
{{stub}}

{{man warn| Warning ** Make sure you have closed Gramps **|The contents of this section is outside the scope of interest of a general user of Gramps. If you proceed with tweaking the options on the low level you may damage your Gramps installation. Be careful. '''YOU HAVE BEEN WARNED!'''}}

Besides the settings available in Preferences, you may also wish to explore the advanced settings.

Gramps uses '''[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/INI_file#Keys_(properties) INI keys]''' and [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/INI_file#Sections INI sections] for managing user preferences and program settings these are stored in the text file <code>gramps.ini</code> under the <code>.gramps/gramps[XX]</code> folder in your home or user directory.

The <code>gramps.ini</code> file has following sections:
* [behavior] : typical Key names are: [https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/blob/master/gramps/gui/grampsgui.py#L502 betawarn], enable-autobackup, use-tips...
* [colors] :
* [csv] :
* [database] : related to database settings for the Family Tree.
* [export] : export and import folders/directories
* [geography] :
* [interface] : a lot of keys regarding height and width of the different Views: e.g. event-height: 450, event-ref-height: 585, event-ref-width: 728, event-width: 712...
* [paths] : keys related to recent imported files and folders/directories
* [plugin] :
* [preferences] : keys related to preferences: all the common prefixes , todo -colors..
* [researcher] : all information regarding the researcher
* [spacing] :
* [test] :
* [utf8] :

====Example <code>gramps.ini</code> file====
Example contents of the <code>gramps.ini</code> file:

<pre>
;; Gramps key file
;; Automatically created at 2023/09/13 14:17:45

[behavior]
;;addmedia-image-dir=''
;;addmedia-relative-path=0
;;addons-allow-install=0
;;addons-projects=[['Gramps', 'https://raw.githubusercontent.com/gramps-project/addons/master/gramps52', True]]
;;addons-url='https://raw.githubusercontent.com/gramps-project/addons/master/gramps52'
;;autoload=0
;;avg-generation-gap=20
;;check-for-addon-update-types=['new']
;;check-for-addon-updates=0
;;date-about-range=50
;;date-after-range=50
;;date-before-range=50
;;do-not-show-previously-seen-addon-updates=1
;;generation-depth=15
;;immediate-warn=0
;;last-check-for-addon-updates='1970/01/01'
;;max-age-prob-alive=110
;;max-sib-age-diff=20
;;min-generation-years=13
;;owner-warn=0
;;pop-plugin-status=0
;;previously-seen-addon-updates=[]
;;recent-export-type=3
;;runcheck=0
;;spellcheck=0
;;startup=0
;;surname-guessing=0
translator-needed=0
;;use-tips=0
;;web-search-url='http://google.com/#&q=%(text)s'
;;welcome=100

[colors]
;;border-family=['#cccccc', '#252525']
;;border-family-divorced=['#ff7373', '#720b0b']
;;border-female-alive=['#861f69', '#261111']
;;border-female-dead=['#000000', '#000000']
;;border-male-alive=['#1f4986', '#171d26']
;;border-male-dead=['#000000', '#000000']
;;border-other-alive=['#2a5f16', '#26a269']
;;border-other-dead=['#000000', '#000000']
;;border-unknown-alive=['#8e5801', '#8e5801']
;;border-unknown-dead=['#000000', '#000000']
;;family=['#eeeeee', '#454545']
;;family-civil-union=['#eeeeee', '#454545']
;;family-divorced=['#ffdede', '#5c3636']
;;family-married=['#eeeeee', '#454545']
;;family-unknown=['#eeeeee', '#454545']
;;family-unmarried=['#eeeeee', '#454545']
;;female-alive=['#feccf0', '#62242D']
;;female-dead=['#feccf0', '#3a292b']
;;home-person=['#bbe68a', '#304918']
;;male-alive=['#b8cee6', '#1f344a']
;;male-dead=['#b8cee6', '#2d3039']
;;other-alive=['#94ef9e', '#285b27']
;;other-dead=['#94ef9e', '#062304']
;;scheme=0
;;unknown-alive=['#f3dbb6', '#75507B']
;;unknown-dead=['#f3dbb6', '#35103b']

[csv]
;;delimiter=','
;;dialect='excel'

[database]
;;autobackup=0
;;backend='sqlite'
;;backup-on-exit=1
;;backup-path='C:\\Users\\[username]'
;;compress-backup=1
;;host=''
;;path='C:\\Users\\[username]\\AppData\\Roaming\\gramps\\grampsdb'
;;port=''

[export]
;;proxy-order=[['privacy', 0], ['living', 0], ['person', 0], ['note', 0], ['reference', 0]]

[geography]
;;center-lat=0.0
;;center-lon=0.0
;;lock=0
;;map_service=1
;;path=''
;;personal-map=''
;;show_cross=0
;;use-keypad=1
;;zoom=0
;;zoom_when_center=12

[interface]
dbmanager-height=370
;;dbmanager-horiz-position=12
;;dbmanager-vert-position=85
;;dbmanager-width=780
;;dont-ask=0
;;filter=0
;;fullscreen=0
;;grampletbar-close=0
;;hide-lds=0
;;ignore-gexiv2=0
;;ignore-osmgpsmap=0
;;ignore-pil=0
;;main-window-height=500
;;main-window-horiz-position=15
;;main-window-vert-position=10
;;main-window-width=775
;;mapservice='OpenStreetMap'
;;open-with-default-viewer=0
;;pedview-layout=0
;;pedview-show-images=1
;;pedview-show-marriage=0
;;pedview-show-unknown-people=0
;;pedview-tree-direction=2
;;pedview-tree-size=5
;;place-name-height=100
;;place-name-width=450
;;sidebar-text=1
;;size-checked=0
;;statusbar=1
;;surname-box-height=150
;;toolbar-addons=1
;;toolbar-clipboard=1
;;toolbar-on=1
;;toolbar-preference=1
;;toolbar-reports=1
;;toolbar-text=0
;;toolbar-tools=1
;;treemodel-cache-size=1000
;;view=1
;;view-categories=['Dashboard', 'People', 'Relationships', 'Families', 'Ancestry', 'Events', 'Places', 'Geography', 'Sources', 'Citations', 'Repositories', 'Media', 'Notes']

[paths]
;;quick-backup-directory='C:\\Users\\[username]'
;;quick-backup-filename='%(filename)s_%(year)d-%(month)02d-%(day)02d.%(extension)s'
;;recent-export-dir='C:\\Users\\[username]'
;;recent-file=''
;;recent-import-dir='C:\\Users\\[username]'
;;report-directory='C:\\Users\\[username]'
;;website-cal-uri=''
;;website-cms-uri=''
;;website-directory='C:\\Users\\[username]'
;;website-extra-page-name=''
;;website-extra-page-uri=''

[plugin]
;;addonplugins=[]
;;hiddenplugins=[]

[preferences]
;;age-after-death=1
;;age-display-precision=1
;;calendar-format-input=0
;;calendar-format-report=0
;;cite-plugin='cite-default'
;;coord-format=0
;;cprefix='C%04d'
;;date-format=0
;;default-source=0
;;eprefix='E%04d'
;;family-relation-type=3
;;family-warn=1
;;february-29=0
;;fprefix='F%04d'
;;hide-ep-msg=0
;;invalid-date-format='%s'
;;iprefix='I%04d'
last-view='dashboardview'
last-views=['dashboardview', '', '', '', '', '', '', '', '', '', '', '', '']
;;name-format=1
;;no-given-text='[Missing Given Name]'
;;no-record-text='[Missing Record]'
;;no-surname-text='[Missing Surname]'
;;nprefix='N%04d'
;;online-maps=0
;;oprefix='O%04d'
;;paper-metric=0
;;paper-preference='Letter'
;;patronimic-surname=0
;;place-auto=1
;;place-format=0
;;pprefix='P%04d'
;;private-given-text='[Living]'
;;private-record-text='[Private Record]'
;;private-surname-text='[Living]'
;;quick-backup-include-mode=0
;;rprefix='R%04d'
;;sprefix='S%04d'
;;tag-on-import=0
;;tag-on-import-format='Imported %Y/%m/%d %H:%M:%S'
;;use-last-view=0

[researcher]
;;researcher-addr=''
;;researcher-city=''
;;researcher-country=''
;;researcher-email=''
;;researcher-locality=''
;;researcher-name=''
;;researcher-phone=''
;;researcher-postal=''
;;researcher-state=''

[spacing]
dbman=[22.605613425925927, 5.877459490740741, 9.856047453703704]

[test]
;;january='January'

[utf8]
;;baptism-symbol='~'
;;birth-symbol='*'
;;buried-symbol='[]'
;;cremated-symbol='⚱'
;;dead-symbol='✝'
;;death-symbol=2
;;divorce-symbol='o|o'
;;engaged-symbol='o'
;;in-use=0
;;killed-symbol='x'
;;marriage-symbol='oo'
;;partner-symbol='o-o'
;;selected-font=''
</pre>

====Advanced backup filename setting====
You can also define the naming pattern for the backup filename by setting the ''<code>paths.quick-backup-filename</code>'' in the <code>~/.gramps/gramps52/gramps.ini</code> key file like the following:
{{-}}
[paths]
;;quick-backup-filename='%(filename)s_%(year)d-%(month)02d-%(day)02d.%(extension)s'

by removing the two semicolons(<code>;;</code>) from the front of INI key line and using use any of the following keywords for the filename pattern:
*filename
*year
*month
*day
*hour
*minutes
*seconds
*extension :
**'''.gpkg'''(default) if you include media.
**''.gramps'' if you exclude media.

Use the appropriate ~/.gramps/gramps{XX}/gramps.ini key file.
*Gramps version 5.2 :
~/.gramps/gramps52/gramps.ini

See also:
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Backup_dialog]]
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Command_Line#Configuration_.28config.29_option]]
* [[Install_latest_BSDDB#Make_Gramps_use_bsddb3]]
* [[Customize_the_Genealogical_Symbols_lookup_table#Genealogy_symbols_preferences]]

===Theme===
The look of Gramps can be changed.

* [[Addon:Themes]]
* [[Windows_AIO_themes]]
* [[GEPS_029:_GTK3-GObject_introspection_Conversion#GTK_3_theme|GTK 3 theme - GEPS 029: GTK3-GObject introspection Conversion]]
* [[Overrule_Gramps_Icons]] - for older Gramps versions.
* [[UI style]]

Some reports can also be changed:

* [[Website report Themes]]
{{-}}
{{man index|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Tools|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Filters|5.2}}
{{languages|Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings}}
{{grampsmanualcopyright}}

[[Category:Documentation]]

Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Settings

2024-09-15T10:57:59Z

DaveSch: /* Display Name Editor */

{{man index|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Tools|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Filters|5.2}}
{{languages|Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings}}
{{#vardefine:chapter|15}}
{{#vardefine:figure|0}}
This section deals with various settings you can manage within Gramps.

== Preferences ==
[[File:EditPreferencesTabsOnly-overview-52.png|right|thumb|650px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Overview of all Preferences tabs]]

Most of the settings affecting the entire Gramps program are configured in the {{man label|Preferences}} dialog. To invoke it, select the menu {{man menu|Edit ➡ Preferences...}}.

There are overrides that can be set ''before'' running Gramps (such setting the Language shown in the interfaces or for reports) that can be set temporarily or permanently from the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Command_Line|command line interface]].

For configuration options that are limited to the current view or Gramplet set, choose via the menu {{man menu|View ➡ Configure View...}}, click on [[File:Gramps-config.png|34px]]{{man button|Configure View...}} toolbar button or press the ''Configure active view'' [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#Common_keybindings|keyboard keybinding]].

The tabs on the top display the available option categories as follows:
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Data|Data]]}}
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#General|General]]}}
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Family_Tree|Family Tree]]}}
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Import|Import]]}}
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Limits|Limits]]}}
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Colors|Colors]]}}
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Genealogical Symbols|Genealogical Symbols]]}}
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#ID_Formats|ID Formats]]}}
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Text|Text]]}}
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Warnings|Warnings]]}}
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Researcher|Researcher]]}}

Also ''other'' additional tabs maybe shown from any [[5.2_Addons#Addon_List|addons]] you may have installed.
{{-}}
=== Data ===
[[File:EditPreferences-Data-tab-default-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit -> Preferences..." "Data" tab defaults]]
The {{man label|Data}} tab contains preferences relevant to the following two sections:
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Options|Display Options]]}}
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Input_Options|Input Options]]}}
{{-}}
==== Display Options ====
[[File:EditPreferences-Data-tab-DisplayOptions-section-default-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit -> Preferences..." "Data" tab "Display Options" section defaults]]
The {{man label|Display Options}} section contains the following options:

*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Automate Place format:}} This option controls the display of places. {{man tooltip|Enables automatic place title generation using specified format.}} This feature was labeled as "Enable automatic place title generation" in the 5.0 revision and as "Place format(auto place title)" in the 5.1 revision. The [[Gramps_4.1_Wiki_Manual_-_What%27s_new%3F#Place_hierarchies|hierarchy of Places]] was new in the [[Template:Releases/4.1.0|4.1.0]] revision and the [[Gramps_4.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Places|Places tab]] of Preferences only existed in the 4.2 version. Major revisions are expected for Place hierarchies so this interfaces is likely to relocated and renamed again.
** '''Full''' (default)
*** Selecting the {{man button|Edit...}} button will show the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Place_Format_Editor|Place Format Editor]]}}
*{{man label|Coordinates format:}} This option controls the display of Coordinates. (See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Supported_longitude.2Flatitude_formats|Supported longitude/latitude formats]])
** '''DEG Degree,minutes,seconds notation''' (default)
** DEG-: degree, minutes, seconds notation with :
** D.D4 degree notation, 4 decimals
** D.D8 degree notation, 8 decimals (precision like ISO-DMS)
** RT90 Output format for the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Swedish_grid Swedish coordinate system RT90]
*{{man label|Name format:}} This option controls the display of names in the current database (the setting is saved in the database and is not system wide). In Gramps there are two type of name display formats: the predefined formats, and the user defined custom formats{{man label|Custom name display options are unique to each family tree.}}. Several different predefined name formats are available: "Surname, Given Suffix", "Given Surname Suffix", "Given", "Primary[sur] Primary[con] NotPatronymic, Given Patronymic[sur] Suffix Primary[pre]"
** Clicking on the right hand side {{man button|Edit...}} button will bring up a {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Name_Editor|Display Name Editor]]}} window where the available list of options is shown. The format is given as well as an example. When predefined formats are not suitable one can define one's own format. You can use the {{man button|Add}} button to add a Name format to the list. Clicking once will give you a '''SURNAME,Given Suffix(call)''' format and as example : '''SMITH, Edwin Jose Sr (Ed)'''. If you added new name formats to the list the {{man button|Remove}} and {{man button|Edit}} buttons become available to change the name format list.
***{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Consider single pa/matronymic as surname}}: Checkbox unselected by default. If selected enables Gramps to consider patronymic and matronymic names as surnames.

{{man note|1=Note|2=Besides this database-wide setting Gramps allows you to decide the name display format individually for every single name via the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_3#Name_Editor|Name Editor]]}} dialog}}

*{{man label|Date format *:}} This option controls the display of dates. It is a global setting, requiring a restart of Gramps to take effect, and applies to the display of dates in all databases loaded within Gramps until such time as the date display format is changed again. Several different formats are available, which may be dependent on your locale. {{man menu|Please note that once changed, it is necessary to restart Gramps to view the new date display format}}
** '''YYYY-MM-DD (ISO)''' (default) - Example 2020-09-30 - Displays the date using the international standard [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601 ISO 8601 Data elements and interchange formats – Information interchange] particularly useful when sharing data between countries with different conventions for writing numeric dates and times.
** Numerical
** Month Day, Year
** MON DAY, YEAR
** Day Month Year
** DAY MON YEAR

*{{man label|Age display precision *:}} {{man menu|Please note that once changed, it is necessary to restart Gramps to view the new Age precision format}}
** '''Years''' (default)
** Years, Months
** Years, Months, Days
*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Round the year}} {{new|5.1}}
*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Display ages for events after death *}} {{man menu|Please note that once changed, it is necessary to restart Gramps to see the change.}} {{new|5.1}}

*{{man label|Calendar on reports:}} '''Gregorian''' (default). This option controls the display of calendar on reports, tools, gramplets, views. Several different calendars are available (see [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_Editing_Data:_Detailed_-_part_1#Editing_dates|Date Edition]]). Two dates with two different calendars will not properly display timeline or period, (e.g. Using the Gregorian calendar as the default displayed calendar, users will have a better coherency for displaying dates on period).
*{{man label|Calendar on input:}} '''Gregorian''' (default).
*{{man label|Show leap day anniversaries:}} '''On the previous day''' (default). {{man tooltip|For non leap years, anniversaries are displayed on either February 28, March 1 or not at all in Gregorian calendars}} {{new|5.2.0}}

*{{man label|Status bar:}} This option controls the information displayed in the status bar. This can be either the '''[[Gramps_Glossary#active_person|Active Person]]'s name and ID''' (default) or '''Relationship to [[Gramps_Glossary#home_person|home person]]'''.

*{{man label|Citation formatter:}} '''Legacy''' (default). Select from the available plugins for composing and display of Citation data. The built-in "Legacy" [[Addon_list_legend#cite|CITE plugin]] is compatible with versions 5.1.6 and earlier. {{new|5.2.0}}

===== Place Format Editor =====
{{man note|See|[[Hierarchical Place Structure]]}}
[[File:EditPreferences-Data-tab-Display-section-PlaceFormatEditor-dialog-default-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Place Format Editor - dialog (default) from Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Data" tab "Display" section]]

Accessed from the Edit > Data tab [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Options|Display Options]] section "Automate Place Format" option.

This tab contains preferences relevant to how Places should be shown.

*{{man label|Name:}} A unique name for the place format.
*{{man label|Levels:}} The place names to be displayed.
Each level in the hierarchy is represented by a positive integer, starting with 0 for the selected place and increasing by 1 for each level up the hierarchy. The levels can also be represented by negative integers, starting with -1 for the top level (usually a country) and decreasing by 1 for each level lower in the hierarchy. In addition, the populated place (city, town, village or hamlet) is represented by the letter p; this can be used with an offset (e.g. p+1 or p-2).

The names to be displayed are defined as a comma-separated list of ranges. A range can either be a single level, or a start level and an end level separated by a colon. The start level must be less than the end level in a range. The start and end levels default to 0 and -1 if missing.

*{{man label|Street format:}} "None" (default), "Number Street" or "Street Number". Option to concatenate the number and street in order to suppress the comma. For this option to work, the street must have the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Place_Editor_dialog|'''Type''']] ''Street'' and house number must have the '''Type''' ''Number''.
*{{man label|Language:}} (Empty by Default) A two-digit language code.
*{{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Reverse display order}} (checkbox unchecked by default)

See also:
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Place_Editor_dialog|Place Editor dialog]]
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Place_Name_Editor_dialog|Place Name Editor dialog]]
{{-}}
{{stub}}

=====Display Name Editor=====

{{man note|1=Note|2=Custom name display formats are stored in the Family Trees, thus before loading any Family Tree the {{man label|Custom format details}} expander is disabled.}}

[[File:EditPreferences-Data-tab-DisplayOptions-section-DisplayNameEditor-dialog-default-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Display Name Editor - dialog (default) from Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Data" tab > "Display Options" section]]
The following keywords are replaced with the appropriate name parts:
* Given - given name (first name)
* Title - title (Dr., Mrs.)
* Call - call name
* Initials - first letters of Given
* Primary, Primary[pre] or [sur] or [con]- full primary surname, prefix, surname only, connector
* Patronymic, or [pre] or [sur] or [con] - full pa/matronymic surname, prefix, surname only, connector
* Familynick - family nick name
* Rest - non primary surnames
* Rawsurnames- surnames (no prefixes and connectors)
* Surname - surnames (with prefix and connectors)
* Suffix - suffix (Jr., Sr.)
* Nickname - nick name
* Common - nick name as first option, Call as second option, otherwise first of Given
* Prefix - all prefixes (von, de)
* Notpatronymic- all surnames, except pa/matronymic & primary

{{man menu|UPPERCASE versions of these keywords forces uppercase to be displayed.}} Extra parentheses, commas are removed. Other text appears literally.

[[File:NameEditor-format_reference_example-51.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Display Name Editor - reference person]]

'''Example:''' Dr. Edwin Jose von der Smith and Weston Wilson Sr (“Ed”) - Underhills
''Edwin Jose'': Given, ''von der'': Prefix, ''Smith'' and ''Weston'': Primary, ''and'': <abbr title="a connector">[con]</abbr>, ''Wilson'': Patronymic,
''Dr.'': Title, ''Sr'': Suffix, ''Ed'': Nickname, ''Underhills'' <abbr title="family nick name">Familynick</abbr>, Jose <abbr title="called (preferred given name)">call</abbr>.

All the fields in the Example except the Family Nickname can be added in the standard Person Editor dialog. Double-click the Preferred name in Names tab of the Person Editor to access additional fields including: the Family Nick Name, Grouping controls, exception Sorting & Display controls, Date range controls for using a particular name.

{{stub}}

{{-}}

==== Input Options ====
[[File:EditPreferences-Data-tab-InputOptions-section-default-52.png|right|thumb|650px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit -> Preferences..." "Data" tab "Input Options" section defaults]]

*{{man label|Surname Guessing:}} This option affects the initial family name of a child when they are added to the family tree. The default {{man label|Father's surname}} will use the family name of the father. Selecting {{man label|None}} means that no surname guessing will be attempted. Selecting {{man label|Combination of mother's and father's surname}} will use the father's name followed by the mother's name. Finally, {{man label|[https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Icelandic_name Icelandic style]}} will use the father's given name followed by the "sson" suffix (e.g. the son of Edwin will be guessed as Edwin''sson'').

{{man tip|1=Tip |2=The {{man label|Surname Guessing:}} option only affects the initial family name guessed by Gramps when the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Edit_Person_dialog|Edit Person]]}} dialog is launched from a {{man label|Family Editor}} window.
You can modify that name any way you see fit. Set this Preferences [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display|Display tab]] option to the value that you will most frequently use, as it will save you a lot of typing.

See:
* [https://gramps-project.org/bugs/view.php?id=1715 feature request to support other local variations for surname guessing]
* [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Category:Names_by_culture Category:Names by culture], From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia}}

*{{man label|Default family relationship:}}
** '''Unknown'''(default)
** Married
** Unmarried
** Civil Union

*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Hide LDS tab in [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#LDS|person]] and [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#LDS_2|family]] editors}}: Latter Days Saints {{new|5.2.0}}
{{-}}

=== General ===
[[File:EditPreferences-General-tab-EnviromentSettings-section-default-52.png|Right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} General Preferences - Enviroment Settings - section - (defaults)]]

This tab contains one section containing preferences relevant to the general operation of the program.

==== Environment Settings ====
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Display Tip of the Day}}: This checkbox option controls the enabling and disabling of the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Tip_of_the_Day_dialog|Tip of the Day]]}} dialog at startup. {{man tooltip|Show useful information about using Gramps on startup.}}
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Remember last Family Tree}}: Selecting this checkbox option causes the last used database to load upon start. It bypasses the '''Manage Family Trees''' dialog.
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Remember last view displayed}}: This checkbox option controls the enabling and disabling of the the display of the last [[Gramps_Glossary#view|View]]. Enabling will bring you to the view where you stopped the program the last time. {{man tooltip|Remember last view displayed and open it next time.}}
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Enable spelling checker}}: This checkbox option controls the enabling and disabling of the spelling checker for notes. The '''gtkspell''' package must be loaded for this to have an effect. ( See: [[Troubleshoot Spellcheck]] )

*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Show text label beside Navigator buttons *}} ''checked'' (default) This checkbox controls whether or not a text description is displayed next to the icon in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Navigator|Navigator]] in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Main_Window|Main Window]]. This option takes effect after the program has been restarted. {{man tooltip|Show or hide text beside Navigator buttons (People, Families, Events...). Requires Gramps restart to apply.}}

*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Show Clipboard icon on toolbar}}
*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Show Reports icon on toolbar}}
*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Show Tools icon on toolbar}}
*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Show Addons icon on toolbar}}
*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Show Preferences icon on toolbar}}

*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Show close button in gramplet bar tabs}} ''unchecked''(default) {{man tooltip|Show close button to simplify removing gramplets from bars.}}

*{{man label|Markup for invalid date format:}} Default: <code>%s</code>
** Convenience markups are:
*** Bold (Default)
*** <big><big>Makes font relatively larger</big></big>
*** Italic
*** <s><s>Strikethrough</s></s>
*** Subscript
*** Superscript
*** Makes font relatively smaller
*** <tt><tt>Monospace font</tt></tt>
*** Underline
**** For example: %s will display Underlined bold date.

*{{man label|Multiple surname box height:}} Default:'''150''' Pixels {{man tooltip|Enter height in pixels. When multiple surnames are entered, these names display in a box. This setting sets the size of this box.}}

====Tip of the Day dialog====

[[File:TipOfTheDay-dialog--example-WhatsThatFor-52.png|Right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Tip of the Day dialog]]

When enabled in {{man menu|Edit > Preferences}} {{man label|General}} tab the {{man label|Tip of the Day}} dialog shows helpful hints.

The following options are available:
*{{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Display on startup}} (check box checked by default - once enabled) - uncheck to stop further tips appearing.
*{{man button|Forward}} - Advance to the next tip.
*{{man button|Close}} - exit for this session until the Gramps program is restarted.
[[Category:Tips]]

{{-}}

=== Family Tree ===
{{stub}}
[[File:EditPreferences-FamilyTree-tab-default-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: {{man menu|Edit>Preferences...}} - "Family Tree" - tab - defaults]]

The {{man label|Family Tree}} tab contains the following four sections:
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Database_Settings|Database Settings]]}}
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Database_Location|Database Location]]}}
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Backup_Management|Backup Management]]}}
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Family_Tree.27s_Media_path|Family Tree's Media path]]}}

See also:
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Backing_up_a_Family_Tree|Backing up a family tree]] - more information on backups
* [[Template:Backup_Omissions|Backup omissions]] - what is not included during a backup
* Addon [[Addon:PostgreSQL|PostgreSQL]] - this adds support for PostgreSQL databases.

====Database Settings====
*{{man label|Database backend:}} -
** '''[[Gramps_Glossary#sqlite|SQLite]]''' (''default'') - the [[DB-API Database Backend]]
** ... If other database backends addons are installed, they will be added to the list <abbr title="exempli gratia - Latin phrase meaning 'for example'">e.g.</abbr>: [[Addon:PostgreSQL|PostgreSQL]] backend

The ''[[Gramps_Glossary#bsddb|BSDDB]]'' - Legacy Database backend was superseded in the Gramps 5.1 version.

====Database Location====
*{{man label|Host:}} - Server address or other computer IP address for the location of the database.
*{{man label|Port:}} - Port number to access the Host database
*{{man label|Family Tree Database path:}} Unless you have a definite reason to change this, stay with the default path. The default path where databases are stored is <code>grampsdb</code> within the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_User_Directory|User Directory]].

====Backup Management====
*{{man label|Backup path:}} - Location in which to save your Gramps backup archive files.
*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Backup on exit}} - Selecting this option will Backup Your family tree upon choosing to exit Gramps. The file be saved to the Backup path specified above. The filename of the backup will match the Family Tree appended with a date and time.
*{{man label|Autobackup:}} timer interval for triggering full backups during Gramps editing sessions.
** '''Never''' (''default'')
** Every 15 minutes
** Every 30 minutes
** Every hour
** Every 12 hours {{new|5.2.0}}
** Every day {{new|5.2.0}}
{{-}}

====Family Tree's Media path====
*{{man label|Base media path:}} Here you can fill in a base path for the media objects. Selecting the {{man button|Directory}} button gives you a {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Select_media_directory_dialog|Select media directory]]}} dialog where you can fill in the required path.

{{man tip|The base relative media path is specific to the active family tree.|It is not a global setting in Gramps. Each family tree is able to have a unique media base path that is stored with the database.}}

{{man tip|To make media paths relative|You also need to select the {{man label|[ ] Convert to a relative path}} checkbox, at the bottom of the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Select_a_media_object_selector|Select a media object selector]]}} dialog. Once checked for the first time it will be remembered for each subsequent media selection.}}

See also:
*[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Media_Manager|{{man label|Gramps Media Manager}}]] a group of four separate tools two of which allow you to:
** {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Convert_paths_from_relative_to_absolute|Convert paths from relative to absolute]]}}
** {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Convert_paths_from_absolute_to_relative|Convert paths from absolute to relative]]}}

=====Select media directory dialog=====

{{stub}}

See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#File_Chooser]]
{{-}}

=====Missing Media Objects 'broken link' icon of a box with a red 'x'=====
{{stub}}
[[File:Broken Media Path.png|right|350px|thumb|Fig. {{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Media object with a broken filepath]]

If the Preview thumbnails displays 'broken link' icon of a box with a red 'x' you will need to correct {{man label|Base media path:}} for your family tree in the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Family_Tree.27s_Media_path|Family Tree's Media path]]}} section.
{{-}}

=== Import ===
[[File:EditPreferences-Import-tab-default-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Import" - tab - defaults]]
The {{man label|Import}} tab has two sections as follows:

==== Tag Records ====

*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Add tag on import}}: Checkbox (Default: <code>Imported %Y/%m/%d %H:%M:%S</code> ) '''Note - Adding a [[Gramps_Glossary#tag|Tag]] on import can significantly slow down the importing of your data.''' {{man tooltip|Specified tag will be added on import. Clear to set default value.}}

==== Source GEDCOM import ====

*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Add default source on GEDCOM import}}: This checkbox option affects the importing of [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#GEDCOM_import|GEDCOM data]]. If this is set, each item that is imported will contain a [[Gramps_Glossary#source|Source]] reference to the imported file. '''Note - Adding a default source can significantly slow down the importing of your GEDCOM data.'''

{{-}}

=== Limits ===
[[File:EditPreferences-Limits-tab-default-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Limits" - tab - defaults]]

Settings used for calculation operations.

See also:
* [[Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Probably Alive]]
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Editing_dates|Editing dates]]
* Setting the [[Match_dates#Changing_after.2Fbefore.2Fabout_range|date approximation .ini]] manually

==== Calculation limits ====

*{{man label|Date 'about' year range: (date ± #):}} Default: <code>50</code>
** Defines the number of years +/- of the event date "<code>about <date></code>" that the event will return as valid for a filter.
** Used in the calculation of the person's age.
*{{man label|Date 'after' year range: (date + #):}} Default: <code>50</code>
** Defines the number of years after the event date "<code>after <date></code>" that the event will return as valid for a filter.
** Used in the calculation of the person's age.
*{{man label|Date 'before' year range: (date - #):}} Default: <code>50</code>
** Defines the number of years before the event date "<code>before <date></code>" that the event will return as valid for a filter.
** Used in the calculation of the person's age.
*{{man label|Maximum age probably alive:}} Default: <code>110</code>
** Absent a Death event, the age by which Gramps will consider the person is no longer alive.
*{{man label|Maximum sibling age difference:}} Default: <code>20</code>
*{{man label|Minimum years between generations:}} Default: <code>13</code>
*{{man label|Average years between generations:}} Default: <code>20</code>
*{{man label|Max generations for relationships:}} You can enter the number of generations used to determine relationships. The default value is '''<code>15</code>'''. Limits the scope of features based on the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Relationship_Calculator|Relationship Calculator]].
{{-}}

=== Colors ===
{{stub}}
[[File:EditPreferences-Colors-tab-default-52.png|right|thumb|650px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Colors" - tab - UK/Australian dialect defaults]]

This tab has seven section related to allowing you to set the '''colors used for boxes in the graphical views'''.

Each of the colors can be customized using the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Pick_a_Color_selector|Pick a Color selector]].

==== Colors used for boxes in the graphical views ====

You can select the
* {{man label|Color scheme:}} ''Light colors''(default) or ''Dark colors''
** {{man button|Restore to defaults}} - restores themes default colors.

====Colors for Male persons====
* Background for Alive: [ ] #b8cee6
* Border for Alive: [ ] #1f4986
* Background for Dead: [ ] #b8cee6
* Border for Dead: [ ] #000000

====Colors for Female persons====
* Background for Alive: [ ] #feccf0
* Border for Alive: [ ] #861f69
* Background for Dead: [ ] #feccf0
* Border for Dead: [ ] #000000

====Colors for people who are neither male nor female====
* Background for Alive: [ ] #94ef9e
* Border for Alive: [ ] #2a5d16
* Background for Dead: [ ] #94ef9e
* Border for Dead: [ ] #000000

====Colors for Unknown persons====
* Background for Alive: [ ] #f3dbb6
* Border for Alive: [ ] #8e5801
* Background for Dead: [ ] #f3dbb6
* Border for Dead: [ ] #000000

====Colors for Family nodes====
* Default background: [ ] #eeeeee
* Default border: [ ] #cccccc
* Background for Married: [ ] #eeeeee
* Background for Unmarried: [ ] #eeeeee
* Background for Civil Union: [ ] #eeeeee
* Background for Unknown: [ ] #eeeeee
* Background for Divorced: [ ] #eeeeee
* Border for Divorced: [ ] #ff7373

====Other colors====
* Background for Home Person: [ ] #bbe68a
{{-}}

=== Genealogical Symbols ===
{{stub}}
{{man warn|Prerequisites exist for this feature|The Genealogical Symbols tab can only be used if the [[#Prerequisite_to_use_Genealogical_Symbols|prerequisite]] program <code>[[#Prerequisite_to_use_Genealogical_Symbols|python-fontconfig]]</code> is present that Gramps can use.}}

[[File:EditPreferences-GenealogicalSymbols-tab-default-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Genealogical Symbols" - Preferences tab - defaults]]

Allows you to use Genealogical symbols instead of text abbreviations in reports, charts and the Gramps interface.

This tab gives you the possibility to use one font which is able to show all genealogical symbols. (Once configured see: [[#Prerequisite_to_use_Genealogical_Symbols|Prerequisite to use Genealogical Symbols]])

If you select the "{{man label|Use symbols}}" checkbox, Gramps will use the selected font if it exists.

This can be useful if you want to add phonetic in a note to show how to pronounce a name or if you mix multiple languages like Greek and Russian.

You can only configure the death symbol from this tab.

:List of Genealogical Symbols shown (listed in order shown at bottom screenshot):

* Female
* Male
* Asexuality, sexless, genderless
* Lesbianism
* Male homosexuality
* Heterosexuality
* Transgender, hermaphrodite (in entomology)
* Transgender
* Neuter

* Illegitimate
* Birth
* Baptism/Christening
* Engaged
* Marriage
* Divorce
* Unmarried partnership
* Buried
* Cremated/Funeral urn
* Killed in action
* Extinct

* Death

{{-}}

{| class="wikitable"
|-
! meaning
! symbol
! Unicode code point(s)
! name
|-
! male
| ♂
| U+2642
| Male Sign
|-
! female
| ♀
| U+2640
| Female Sign
|-
! unknown
| ⚪︎
| U+26AA
| Medium White Circle
|-
! hermaphrodite
| ⚥
| U+26A5
| Interlocked Male and Female Sign
|-
! neuter
| ⚲
| U+26B2
| Neuter

|-
! birth
| *
| U+002A
| Asterisk
|-
! baptisation, christening
| ~
| U+007E
| Tilde
|-
! death
| ✝︎
| U+271D
| Latin Cross
|-
! burial
| ⚰︎
| U+26B0
| Coffin
|-
! cremation
| ⚱︎
| U+26B1
| Funeral Urn
|-
! stillborn
| ✝︎*
| U+0086 U+002A
| Latin Cross, Asterisk
|-
! born illegitimately
| *⃝
| U+002A U+20DD
| Circled Asterisk
|-
! born illegitimately
| ⊛
| U+229B
| Circled Asterisk Operator
|-
! killed in action
| ⚔︎
| U+2694
| Crossed Swords
|-
! this line extinct
| ‡
| U+2021
| Double Dagger
|-
! approximate(ly)
| ±
| U+00B1
| Plus-Minus
|-
! before
| <
| U+003C
| Less-Than Symbol
|-
! after
| >
| U+003E
| Greater-Than Symbol

|-
! engaged
| ⚬
| U+26AC
| Medium Small White Circle
|-
! married
| ⚭
| U+26AD
| Marriage Symbol
|-
! divorced
| ⚮
| U+26AE
| Divorce Symbol
|-
! unmarried
| ⚯
| U+26AF
| Unmarried Partnership Symbol
|}
{{-}}
====Prerequisite to use Genealogical Symbols====
{{stub}}
[[File:EditPreferences-GenealogicalSymbols-tab-default-51.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Genealogical Symbols" - Preferences tab - defaults]]

=====Initial setup=====

If the fontconfig [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Prerequisite|prerequisite has been installed]], then on the {{man label|Genealogical Symbols}} tab select the {{man button|Try to find}} button, Gramps will attempt to detect any suitable unicode text fonts that can be used.

[[File:EditPreferences-GenealogicalSymbols-FindFont-51.png|center|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Genealogical Symbols" - Finding fonts]]

When the search has completed select one of the fonts from the {{man button|Choose font}} list and then select the checkbox:

{{checkbox|1|Use symbols}}

=====Prerequisite=====
Prerequisite : '''python-fontconfig''' : Python bindings of fontconfig and its dependencies are required for displaying genealogical symbols
{{man note|Use the [[Addon:Prerequisites_Checker_Gramplet|Prerequisites Checker]]|Do you have <code>python-fontconfig</code> installed? Run the Prerequisites Checker Addon and look for something similar to the following line:<pre>* python-fontconfig 0.5.0 (Success version 0.5.x is installed.)</pre>}}

See also:
* Tamura Jones expounds on [https://www.tamurajones.net/GenealogySymbols.xhtml Genealogical Symbols] ''(the 'Unicode' section is particularly relevant)''
* [[GEPS 039: Genealogical symbols in gramps]]
* Feature request: {{bug|9098}} Gramps should be able to use genealogy symbols everywhere.
* [[Customize the Genealogical Symbols lookup table]] located in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_User_Directory#MS_Windows|Gramps user directory]] at: [https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/blob/maintenance/gramps51/gramps/gen/utils/symbols.py gramps\gen\utils\symbols.py]
{{-}}

=== ID Formats ===
{{man tip|ID Prefixes |The ID prefixes use formatting conventions common for C, Python, and other programming languages. For example, the <code>%04d</code> expands to an integer, prepended with zeros to have the total width of four digits. If you would like IDs to be 1, 2, 3, etc., simply set the formatting parameter to <code>%d</code>, the 'd' specifies Decimal Integer, outputting the number in base 10. See: Python [https://docs.python.org/3/library/string.html#format-specification-mini-language (String) Format Specification Mini-Language]}}

[[File:EditPreferences-IDFormats-tab-default-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "ID Formats" - tab - defaults]]

This tab contains preferences relevant to the automatic generation of Gramps IDs.

*{{man label|Person:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Person. Default value: <code>I%04d</code>
*{{man label|Family:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Family. Default value: <code>F%04d</code>
*{{man label|Place:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Place. Default value: <code>P%04d</code>
*{{man label|Source:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Source. Default value: <code>S%04d</code>
*{{man label|Citation:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Citation. Default value: <code>C%04d</code>
*{{man label|Media Object:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Media Object. Default value: <code>O%04d</code>
*{{man label|Event:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for an Event. Default value: <code>E%04d</code>
*{{man label|Repository:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Repository. Default value: <code>R%04d</code>
*{{man label|Note:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Note. Default value: <code>N%04d</code>

You can use the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Reorder_Gramps_ID|Reorder Gramps ID]] tool to change the format.
{{-}}

=== Text ===

[[File:EditPreferences-Text-tab-default-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Text" - tab - defaults]]

This tab contains preferences relevant to how missing and private names and records should be shown.

*{{man label|Missing surname:}} in the input field you can determine how a missing surname should be displayed. Default value is '''<code>[Missing Surname]</code>'''. You can change this to [--] or whatever is most convenient for you.
*{{man label|Missing given name}} in the input field you can determine how a missing given name should be displayed. Default value is '''<code>[Missing Given Name]</code>'''. You can change this to whatever you want.
*{{man label|Missing record:}} Default: <code>[Missing Record]</code>
*{{man label|Private surname:}} Default: <code>[Living]</code>
*{{man label|Private given name:}} Default: <code>[Living]</code>
*{{man label|Private record:}} Default: <code>[Private Record]</code>
{{-}}

=== Warnings ===

[[File:EditPreferences-Warnings-tab-default-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Warnings" - tab - defaults]]

This tab controls the display of warning dialogs, allowing the re-enabling of dialogs that have been disabled.

*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Suppress warning when adding parents to a child.}} Checkbox checked by Default (See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Error_and_Warning_Reference#Suppress_warning_when_adding_parents_to_a_child|Dialog]])
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Suppress warning when cancelling with changed data.}} Checkbox unchecked by Default (See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Error_and_Warning_Reference#Suppress_warning_when_cancelling_with_changed_data|Dialog]])
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Suppress warning about missing researcher when exporting to GEDCOM.}} Checkbox unchecked by Default (See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Error_and_Warning_Reference#Suppress_warning_about_missing_researcher_when_exporting_to_GEDCOM|Dialog]])
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Suppress tooltip warnings about data being saved immediately.}} Checkbox unchecked by Default {{new|5.2.0}}
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Show plugin status dialog on plugin load error.}} Checkbox unchecked by Default (See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Error_and_Warning_Reference#Module_not_loaded_warnings|Dialog]])

See the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Error_and_Warning_Reference|Error and Warning Reference]] page for examples.
{{-}}

=== Researcher ===
{{man tip|Researcher Information|This contact information is independent of the family trees you create. Most exports and reports will be filtered to protect the privacy of living people of the Tree... including yourself. This information feeds into the authoring and citation features of any publication (or archival) options.}}
[[File:EditPreferences-Researcher-tab-default-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Researcher" - tab - defaults]]

Allows you to {{man label|Enter your information so people can contact you when you distribute your Family Tree}} in the corresponding text entry fields. Although Gramps requests information about you, this information is used only so that Gramps can create valid GEDCOM output files. A valid GEDCOM file requires information about the file's creator. If you choose, you may leave the information empty, however none of your exported GEDCOM files will be valid.

The available text entry fields are (all blank by default):
*{{man label|Name:}}
*{{man label|Address:}}
*{{man label|Locality:}}
*{{man label|City:}}
*{{man label|State/County:}}
*{{man label|Country:}}
*{{man label|ZIP/Postal Code:}}
*{{man label|Phone:}}
*{{man label|Email:}}

The information entered under this preference acts as default value for family tree specific values that can be adjusted with the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Edit_Database_Owner_Information|Edit Database Owner Information]] tool.
{{-}}

== Other settings ==

Besides {{man label|Preferences}} dialog, there are other settings available in Gramps. For various reasons they have been made more readily accessible, as listed below.
{{-}}
===Column Editor===

{{man tip|1=Column Editor|2=The {{man label|Column Editor}} is available and works in the same way for all list views. Specifically, it is available for People View, Family View (children list). Sources View, Citations View, Places View, Media View, Repositories View and the Notes View.}}

[[File:ConfigureTheActiveView-icon-on-toolbar-51.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Selecting the {{man button|Configure View...}} button]]

[[File:ColumnEditor-dialog-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Column Editor - Dialog - People default]]

The columns of the list views may be added, removed, or reordered in a {{man label|Column Editor}} dialog.

To use the {{man label|Column Editor }} dialog for the current view, choose via the menu {{man menu|View ➡ Configure View...}}, click on [[File:Gramps-config.png|34px]]{{man button|Configure View...}} toolbar button or press the ''Configure active view'' [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#Common_keybindings|keyboard keybinding]].

Only columns with a selected checkbox will be shown in the view. You can also change the position of a column in the View by clicking and dragging it to a new position in the Editor ([https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Drag-and-drop ''drag and drop'']). Once you have made the changes you want click {{man button|Apply}}, then click {{man button|OK}} to exit the Editor and see your changes in the View.

By default, the View List, displays several columns of information about the respective category. You can add or remove columns to and from the display

The default sort key for the view [always ascending] is the left-most field [i.e. at the top in the Column Editor], so changing which field is in that position affects default sorting.

[[File:ConfigurePersonView-51.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Column Editor - Dialog - People example]]The {{man label|Column Editor}} dialog will have a different selection of columns for each category of View that displays a simple table.

Changes will only be enacted when the {{man button|Apply}} button is clicked.

Once the View columns changes have been applied, clicking once on the column header sorts in ascending order, clicking again sorts in descending order.

The subset of columns and the current [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters|filters]] will also constrain the data exported via the {{Man menu|Family Trees ➡ [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Export_View|Export View...]]}} operation. Hidden columns and records will not be exported.
{{-}}

=== Sorting columns ===

[[File:PeopleCategory-PeopleListView-SortedByBirthDateColumn-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Sorted by "Birth Date" column in the list mode of the People Category View - example]]

By default, each Category View presenting data in a columnated table layout will sort the rows in ascending order based on the data in the first (left-most) column. If the table has grouped rows, the grouped data will be sub-sorted. ''(Tables in tabbed subsets of data, Editors and Selectors will work similarly.)''

Click once on a different column header to sort on the data of that column in ascending order. Click the header again to sort in reverse order.

The {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Column_Editor|Column Editor]]}} dialog can be used to add, remove and rearrange the displayed columns. Choosing a different first column will make that the new default sorting column of the view [though always ascending].
{{-}}

===Setting Home person===
[[File:MenuEdit-SetHomePerson-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu showing ''Set Home Person'']]

To set (designate) the [[Gramps_Glossary#home_person|Home person]], select the People Category and select the desired person to make them into the [[Gramps_Glossary#active_person|Active Person]] and then choose {{man menu|Edit ->Set Home Person}} via the menus.

Alternately, when editing any Person, right-clicking on inactive areas (areas without a text-entry box) of the top section displays a pop-up menu which includes an option to {{man menu|Make Home Person}} of that profile.

The Home person is the persistently designated person who becomes the [[Gramps_Glossary#active_person|Active Person]] when one of the following occurs:
*By default, when the Family tree database is opened ''(The [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#General_Gramps_settings|General]] setting in [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Preferences|Preferences]] can modify this default behavior. The "Remember last view displayed" will return to the last [[Gramps_Glossary#active_person|Active Person]] of the previous session.)''
*As the toolbar {{man button|Home}} button is clicked
*When the Home menu item is selected from either the {{man button|Go}} menu or the right-click context menu in selected views
*As the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#15|keybinding]] {{Man key press|ALT|Home}} is pressed to return to the '''Home Person'''.

The toolbar {{man button|Home}} button is available in the People Category, Relationships Category, and Pedigree Category. [[File:Gramps Go-Home48x48 win.png|text-bottom]]
====See also====
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Setting_the_Home_Person|Setting the Home Person]]
{{-}}

===Adjusting viewing controls===

Whether the toolbar, the sidebar, or the filter (not available on Pedigree and Relationships Views) are displayed in the main window is adjusted through the View menu.

In the different views clicking the {{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#View|View]]}} menu will shows for boxes you can click:
*Navigator
*Toolbar
*Sidebar
*Bottombar
*Full Screen {{man key press|F11}}

Additionally, depending on the view you are in, other options will be available on {{man label|Configure}}.

*Gramplets:
**Set Columns to 1
**Set Columns to 2
**Set Columns to 3
*Relationships:
**Show Siblings
**Show Details
*Geography:
**Time period
**Layout

All other Views: the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Column_Editor|column editor]].

===Export View===

[[File:Menubar-FamilyTrees-overview-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menubar - "Family Trees" - overview example showing "Export View" menu entry]]

On most [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Categories_of_the_Navigator|Category List Views]], displayed data maybe be exported, choose via the {{man menu|Family Trees ->Export View...}} [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Main_Menus|menu]] command.

This Menu command only appears if the displayed data can be exported. Gramps will export data on screen according your choice: '''CSV''' or '''Open Document''' spreadsheet format.

Note that the current configuration of the View's columns will control what data will be exported. The export will contain only the displayed column data (in the same order) and be limited to records matching any [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters|filters]] you have applied.
{{-}}
====Export View as Spreadsheet dialog====

[[File:ExportViewAsSpreadsheet-CSV-file-dialog-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Export View as Spreadsheet" CSV(default) file-dialog - example]]

Gramps will then display the {{man label|Export View as Spreadsheet}} dialog where after choosing a file location to save to and a name for your file; export data on from the Category List View in one of two spreadsheet formats:
* '''CSV''' (default)
* '''OpenDocument Spreadsheet''' - ODS format.

{{-}}
[[File:ExportViewAsSpreadsheet-exampleODS-Displayed-in-LibreOfficeCalc-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Example ODS Spreadsheet - Displayed in LibreOffice Calc]]

The example screenshot shows an export to the '''OpenDocument Spreadsheet''' (ODS format) displayed as a Spreadsheet in Libreoffice Calc.

{{-}}

===Modularity and plugins===
Gramps has been designed for expansion. The Plugin (a.k.a. Plug-in, addon, extension) framework provides a path for third party development outside the normal Gramps release distributions.

The documentation for each addon is maintained outside the flow of these main wiki chapters. The interface and functionality of the software and documentation may not conform with the styles seen throughout the rest of Gramps... although we encourage Developers to try to make their additions as seamless as possible.

A brief description and screenshot of each addon can be found in the [[5.2_Addons#Addon_List|Addon List]] section of the wiki manual. The separately maintained documentation page for the addon is linked from the 1st column of that list.

See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Plugin_Manager|Plugin Manager]] and [[5.2 Addons|Third-Party Addons]].
{{-}}

===Customize report output formats===
[[File:TextReports-DocumentOptions-PlainText-output-settings-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Document Options - tab defaults for Text Reports (Plain Text - output selected) example]]

What kind of output customization is available? This dialog allows you to change the fonts, font sizes, font color, background color of the text and alignment of paragraphs on the report.

For most report dialogs, in the top part are option tabs specifically related that particular report. The lower part will have more broadly reusable features and is called the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Document_Options|Document Options]]}} section.

From the {{man label|Style:}} drop down list you can choose an existing custom style. Or to make your own {{man label|Style:}} select the {{man button|Style Editor...}} button to show the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Document_Styles_dialog|Document Styles]]}} dialog and then select the {{man button|Add a new style}} button to show the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Style_editor_dialog|Style editor]]}} dialog.

{{stub}}
{{-}}
====Document Styles dialog====

[[File:DocumentStyles-dialog-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Document Styles - dialog - default]]

The {{man label|Document Styles}} dialog, list the ''default'' style and any custom styles for that report and allows you to edit or delete any custom styles you have created. Select the {{man button|+ (Add a new style)}} button to show the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Style_editor_dialog|Style editor]]}} dialog.
{{-}}

====Style editor dialog====

The {{man label|Style editor}} dialog allow you to customize the document style specific to each report.

Change the {{man label|Style sheet name:}} <code>New Style</code> (default) field to a unique name as it will appear in {{man label|Document Options}} {{man label|Style:}} drop down list.

Once changes for your custom style have been finalized select the {{man button|OK}} button to save the changes or {{man button|Cancel}} to exit.

{{-}}
=====Style editor dialog tabs=====
On the left hand side you will see the {{man label|Style}} column that list the paragraph options specific to that report that you may modify. For example the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Ahnentafel_Report|Ahnentafel Report]]}} shows the style options for AHN-Entry, AHN-Generation and AHN-Title.

On the right hand side are three tabs associated with each style listed in the left hand column:
{{-}}
======Description======

[[File:StyleEditor-dialog-Description-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Description options tab - Document Styles - dialog (default styles for Ahnentafel Report) (Gramps 4.2.0 Windows 7) ]]

*{{man label|Description}} : The description describes what each paragraph is all about. For example shown here is the style used for the Ahnentafel Report ( AHN-Entry ).
{{-}}

======Font options======

[[File:StyleEditor-dialog-FontOptions-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Font options" tab - "Style Editor" dialog for "Document Styles" (default styles for Ahnentafel Report)]]

*{{man label|Font options}} : Here you can set the {{man label|Type face}} Roman or Swiss, the {{man label|Size}} of the font in pt., the {{man label|Color}} of the font and some {{man label|Options}} like Bold, Italic or Underline.
{{-}}

======Paragraph options======

[[File:StyleEditor-dialog-ParagraphOptions-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Paragraph options" tab - "Style Editor" dialog for "Document Styles" (default styles for Ahnentafel Report)]]

*{{man label|Paragraph options}} : Here you set the {{man label|Alignment}}, the {{man label|Background color}}, {{man label|Indentation}}, {{man label|Spacing}} and {{man label|Borders}} of your style.
{{-}}

===Context menu===
Used in various places in Gramps; how you access the context menu is dependent on your operating systems:
* On Microsoft windows, you generally use the right button of your mouse to show the context menu or use the keyboard shortcut {{man button|Shift}}+{{man button|F10}}. see [https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/previous-versions/windows/desktop/mpc/using-context-menus Using Context Menus - Microsoft Docs]
* On Apple macOS, you generally press {{man button|Ctrl}} while clicking the button of your mouse to show the context menu. see: [https://developer.apple.com/design/human-interface-guidelines/macos/menus/contextual-menus/ Contextual Menus - Menus - macOS - Human Interface Guidelines - Apple Developer]

See also:
* [[Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Keybindings|Keybindings]]

== Customizing ==
Here are some ways that you can customize Gramps.
=== Preferences ===

The Display tab of the Preferences allows selection of the Name format used by default throughout Gramps. The Edit button for the {{man label|Name format:}} opens the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Name_Editor|Display Name Editor]]}}, allowing the creation of user-defined (custom) stylings beyond the pre-defined (built-in) name format choices.

See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Preferences|Preferences]]

The Edit button for a person's preferred and alternative names opens the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Name_Editor|Name Editor]]}}, allowing the selection of a name format exceptions that will override the format chosen in the Display tab of Preferences for the entire Tree.

The name format, grouping and sorting can be overridden for selected individuals and surnames. The Edit Person dialogs have two Edit buttons to access this feature. The button for Preferred name is to the right of the Suffix field. However, for any selected Name (Preferred or Alternative) in the Names tab which opens the Name Editor. The built-in and custom Display Name formats can be selected exceptions to "Group as:" and "Sort as:" options that default to the Name format selected in Preferences.

=== Pick a Color selector ===
The [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Colors|Colors]] tab of the Preferences allows customizing of the color of various elements of diagrams in the Charts category's graphical views.

==== Color Palette ====
[[File:PickAColor-selector-dialog-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Pick a Color" - palette selector dialog]]
Select a color from the 45 [[Gramps_Glossary#swatch|swatches]] in predefined color palette area. Or select from the recently used {{man label|Custom}} color swatches. Or click the {{man button|+}} button to create your own custom color. Right-click on any swatch to add another custom color and open the gradient selector.

You can drag any color swatch to any swatch in the preference (or configure) dialog.

{{-}}
==== Color Gradient ====
[[File:PickAColor-gradient-dialog-52.png|right|thumb|436px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Pick a Color" - gradient selector dialog]]
The gradient selector dialog is for adjust the [[Gramps_Glossary#swatch|color swatch]] at the top of the dialog. Once changed, either click the {{man button|Select}} button to apply the color. Drag the single gradient dialog swatch to any swatch in the preference (or configure) dialog.

Specific colors of the swatch can be changed in several ways:
* via direct entry 'color Hex color code'
* the hue slider (with a numeric fine control
* mouse left-click in the 1-dimensional (hue) rainbow gradient or the 2-dimensional (brightness and saturation) hue gradient.
* mouse right-click in either gradient to show the numeric control for the dimension(s) of the gradient
* mouse left-click on the eyedropper color picker to choose from any pixel shown on the monitor(s)
{{-}}

=== File Chooser ===
[[File:FileChooser_Bookmarks_Breadcrumbs.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Linux GTK File Chooser: highlighting breadcrumbs and bookmarking]]
[[File:FileChooser Bookmarks Breadcrumbs mac.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} macOS GTK File Chooser: highlighting breadcrumbs and bookmarking]]
[[File:FileChooser Bookmarks Breadcrumbs win.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Windows GTK File Chooser: highlighting breadcrumbs and bookmarking]]
The Open and Save dialogs (File Chooser) for Gramps are based on the [https://docs.gtk.org/gtk3/iface.FileChooser.html GTK File Chooser]. Each operating system has expected behaviors for clicks, double-clicks, sorting, [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#Handy_Shortcuts|keybindings]], environmental variables, and standard file locations that are characteristic of File Chooser dialogs native to the operating system. A few of these can be customized via the user interface to feel more similar to the OS native File Choosers. However, the idiosyncrasies of various OSes mean shared network folders and URI support may not be as readily browsed as when using the OS native File Choosers.

The [https://developer-old.gnome.org/gtk4/stable/GtkFileChooser.html GtkFileChooser] allows for adding quick navigation hotlinks to commonly used places of the filesystem. In the default implementation, these are displayed in the left sidebar navigation pane. It may be a bit unclear at first that these shortcuts come from various sources and in various flavors, so let's explain the terminology here:
* '''[[#Bookmarking_file_folders|Bookmarks]]''': are created by the user, by dragging folders from the right pane to the left pane, or by using the “Add”. Bookmarks can be renamed and deleted by the user.
* '''Shortcuts''': can be provided by the Gramps application. For example, program may want to add a shortcut for a Downloads or Documents folder. Shortcuts ''cannot'' be added or removed by the user. The the 'Rename...' context menu option allows them to be relabeled.
* '''Volumes''': are provided by the underlying filesystem abstraction. They are the “roots” of the filesystem. The Home and Downloads hotlinks are common "roots". Volumes cannot be modified by the user.

====Context Menu options====
Right-click on any file or folder in the current directory to open context pop-up menu with the following options:
* Open With File Manager
* Copy Location
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Bookmarking_file_folders|Add to Bookmarks]]
* ❏ Show Hidden Files
* ☑ Show Size Column
* ☑ Show Type Column
* ❏ Show Time
* ❏ Sort Folders before Files

Right-click in the navigation sidebar to open context pop-up menu with the following options:
* Open
* Remove
* Rename...
====Breadcrumbs and text-entry address bar====
By default, the file folder navigation in the File Chooser is by browsing. There are also some shortcuts on the left and breadcrumbs (highlighted in green in the dialog illustration) for quick navigation up and down the path.

Optionally, a text-entry address bar can be used to directly key-in or paste a path. Toggle between displaying breadcrumbs and the text-entry address bar with the {{Man key press|CTRL|L}} [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings|keybinding]].

====Bookmarking file folders====
File folder bookmarks can be user defined to make finding standard locations easier. These bookmarks are remembered between sessions and regardless of which Family Tree has been loaded.

With any Open or Save dialog open, navigate to the file location containing the folder to be bookmarked. Create the bookmark by either: dragging the folder icon to the navigation column on the left; or, right-clicking that folder to use the {{Man menu|Add to Bookmarks}} context menu option.

Right-clicking an existing Bookmark allows renaming that bookmark or removing it.

====File Formats====
Support for several file formats are built into the standard distribution of Gramps. Import plugin and Export Plugin Addons can be installed via the Plugin Manager or Preferences to expand the options.

See the [[Output_formats|Output Format]] article for list of file formats.

====See also====
* [https://ubuntugenius.wordpress.com/2010/05/14/how-to-show-text-entry-address-bar-or-breadcrumbs-navigation-buttons-in-nautilus-after-ubuntu-10-04-upgrade/ How to Show Text-Entry Address Bar or “Breadcrumbs” (Navigation Buttons)] in Nautilus After Ubuntu 10.04 Upgrade

*Discourse discussions about the GTK File Chooser:
** [https://gramps.discourse.group/t/need-suggestions-for-documenting-the-gtk-file-chooser/1820/8 Documenting the File Chooser in the wiki]
** [https://gramps.discourse.group/t/macos-and-windows-gtk-file-chooser-dialog-capture-request/3364 Illustrating the File Chooser in the Wiki]
** [https://gramps.discourse.group/t/can-i-cause-folders-to-sort-to-the-top-of-the-list-when-presented-with-the-folder-contents/1708/14 File Chooser: Sorting files and folders]

=== Language ===

Gramps has been translated into a number of [[Portal:Translators|languages]]. Usually Gramps automatically starts in your local language, as chosen for other applications, but sometimes this may not be right for you. And in other cases, a module or addon will not yet have been translated and a warning dialog will appear saying something like “Warning: plugin XYZ has no translation for any of your configured languages, using US English instead”. (Note that the US dialect of English is the default rather than British.) This can become annoying or intrusive.

The most idealistic situation is that you are as fluent in US English as the language selected for the operating system GUI on your computer. And that you would take the opportunity to translate that Gramps feature for users who are non-English speakers.

If your system is configured to show a language other then English, you can override this for Gramps.

As an example, assume that a computer in the Netherlands is configured to default to Unicode 8 Dutch: "LANG: nl_NL.UTF-8". You could either reset the OS language

In Windows, use the SET command to change the LANG environment variable to "en_GB.UTF-8" for British English. You can do this from the command line interface or [https://gramps-project.org/bugs/view.php?id=11009 create a startup shortcut with the following Target]:
<code>C:\Windows\System32\cmd.exe /c "SET LANG=en_GB.UTF-8 && START /D ^"C:\Program Files\GrampsAIO64-5.2.3^" gramps.exe"</code>

{{stub}} '''{{man warn|tbd|Describe for each main platform how the normal language is determined and how the user can [[Howto:Change_the_language_of_reports#Run_Gramps_in_a_different_language|choose a different language]].'''}}

==== Linux ====
{{stub}}

If you want to choose a locale 'variant' for sorting that is not the default variant, then you can start Gramps from the terminal (or console) with a different LC_COLLATE environment. For example, the default sorting (collation) variant for Swedish is "reformed", but you can instead choose "standard" by typing:
export LC_COLLATE="sv_SE.UTF-8@collation=standard"
python Gramps.py

==== macOS ====

For macOS see [[Mac_OS_X:Application_package#Advanced_setup|Advanced setup]] for details on how the language is normally chosen, and how to choose a special, non-default setting for the language, the sorting order or the format of such things as day and month names and number separators.

==== MS Windows ====
[[File:Microsoft Window Gramps AIO Installer Choose Components-Selection-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Microsoft Window Gramps AIO Installer Choose Components-Selection window.]]
If you want to run Gramps in another language other than English using the Gramps AIO installer, then you must select it during installation process.

Otherwise it will not be available.

More information can be found at [[Installing_Gramps_for_Windows_computers#Missing_other_languages]] page.

{{-}}

===Add Windows OS Menu Item===
[[File:Edit-Target-GrampsAIO64-Properties-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Edit-Target-GrampsAIO64-Properties for shortcut example.]]

To make Gramps work in your selected language (See table below for your [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Language_codes|language code]]), complete the following:
* Using your mouse right button click on the "{{man label|GrampsAIO64 5.x.x}}" icon on Desktop and from menu choose: {{man label|Copy}}.
* Right click anywhere on Desktop and from menu choose: {{man label|Paste shortcut}}
* New icon will be created with name: "{{man label|GrampsAIO64 5.x.x (2)}}"
* Right click on that and from menu choose: {{man label|Properties}}
* A new window will open, click on first tab called {{man label|General}} and change text from "{{man label|GrampsAIO64 5.x.x (2)}}" to something more descriptive like: "{{man label|GrampsAIO Danish}}"
** Click on second tab called {{man label|Shortcut}}, change text in first entry called {{man label|Target}} from (note path will vary depending on Gramps version used):
***<code>"C:\Program Files\GrampsAIO64-5.x.x\grampsw.exe"</code> to:
***<code>%comspec% /c set LANG=da_DK.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"</code>
* Click {{man label|OK}}

Now when you click on that icon Gramps will start in Danish.

{{-}}
{{man tip|You can download a zip file attached to feature request:{{bug|13204}} Gramps AIO64 5.2 Language icons Shortcuts Pack ( for the 18 languages shown in the Language table below)}}
{{-}}

===Change the windows LANG variables===
Another option if you want Gramps to always load in say: French Canadian language, you can go to Windows > System Properties, and add the LANG variable in the user section of the environment variables dialog with the appropriate Value.

The value to add is:
<pre>
Name: LANG
Value: fr_CA.UTF-8
</pre>

* [https://www.redswitches.com/blog/environment-variables/#method-1-set-environment-variables-through-the-gui How to Set Environment Variables in Windows 10]

===Language codes===
Select from the following table of [[Portal:Translators|languages Gramps]] has been translated into:

{| {{prettytable}}
!Language
!ISO code
!Example
!Notes
|-
| English-USA (Default)
| en_US.UTF-8
| %comspec% /c set LANG=en_US.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"
|
|-
| English (British)
| en_GB.UTF-8
| %comspec% /c set LANG=en_GB.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"
|
|-
| Finnish
| fi.UTF-8
| %comspec% /c set LANG=fi.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"
|
|-
| Russian
| ru_RU.UTF-8
| %comspec% /c set LANG=ru_RU.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"
|
|-
| Albanian
| sq_AL.UTF-8
| %comspec% /c set LANG=sq_AL.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"
|
|-
| German
| de_DE.UTF-8
| %comspec% /c set LANG=de_DE.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"
|
|-
| French
| fr_FR.UTF-8
| %comspec% /c set LANG=fr_FR.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"
|
|-
| French Canadian
| fr_CA.UTF-8
| %comspec% /c set LANG=fr_CA.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"
|
|-
| Macedonian
| mk_MK.UTF-8 ???
|
|
|-
| Nederlands (Dutch)
| nl_NL.UTF-8
| %comspec% /c set LANG=nl_NL.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"
|
|-
| Dutch
| nl_BE.UTF-8
| %comspec% /c set LANG=nl_BE.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"
|
|-
| Slovak
| sk_SK.UTF-8
| %comspec% /c set LANG=sk_SK.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"
|
|-
| Hebrew
| he_IL.UTF-8
| %comspec% /c set LANG=he_IL.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"
|
|-
| Danish
| da_DK.UTF-8
| %comspec% /c set LANG=da_DK.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"
|
|-
| Greek
| el_GR.UTF-8
| %comspec% /c set LANG=el_GR.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"
|
|-
| Italian
| it_IT.UTF-8
| %comspec% /c set LANG=it_IT.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"
|
|-
| Esperanto
| eo.UTF-8 ???
|
|
|-
| Chinese (Simplified)
| zh_CN.UTF-8
| %comspec% /c set LANG=zh_CN.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"
|
|-
| Chinese (Hong Kong)
| zh_HK.UTF-8 ???
|
|
|-
| Chinese (Traditional)
| zh_TW.UTF-8
| %comspec% /c set LANG=zh_TW.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"
|
|-
| Ukrainian
| uk_UA.UTF-8
|
|
|-
| Portuguese
| pt_PT.UTF-8
| %comspec% /c set LANG=pt_PT.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"
|
|-
| Portuguese (Brazil)
| pt_BR.UTF-8
| %comspec% /c set LANG=pt_BR.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"
|
|-
| Afrikaans
| af_ZA.UTF-8
|
|
|-
| Norwegian Bokmål
| nb_NO.UTF-8
| %comspec% /c set LANG=nb_NO.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"
|
|-
| Norwegian Nynorsk
| nn_NO.UTF-8
| %comspec% /c set LANG=nn_NO.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"
|
|-
| Turkish
| tr_TR.UTF-8
| %comspec% /c set LANG=tr_TR.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"
|
|-
| Spanish
| es_ES.UTF-8
| %comspec% /c set LANG=es_ES.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"
|
|-
| Polish
| pl_PL.UTF-8
| %comspec% /c set LANG=pl_PL.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"
|
|-
| Slovenian
| sl_SI.UTF-8
| %comspec% /c set LANG=sl_SI.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"
|
|-
|
|
|
|
|-
|
|
|
|
|-
|
|
|
|
|-
|
|
|
|
|}
*The language codes are two-letter lowercase ISO language codes (such as "da") as defined by [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_ISO_639-1_codes ISO 639-1].
*The country codes are two-letter uppercase ISO country codes (such as "BE") as defined by [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1 ISO 3166-1].

===Advanced manipulation of settings===
{{stub}}

{{man warn| Warning ** Make sure you have closed Gramps **|The contents of this section is outside the scope of interest of a general user of Gramps. If you proceed with tweaking the options on the low level you may damage your Gramps installation. Be careful. '''YOU HAVE BEEN WARNED!'''}}

Besides the settings available in Preferences, you may also wish to explore the advanced settings.

Gramps uses '''[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/INI_file#Keys_(properties) INI keys]''' and [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/INI_file#Sections INI sections] for managing user preferences and program settings these are stored in the text file <code>gramps.ini</code> under the <code>.gramps/gramps[XX]</code> folder in your home or user directory.

The <code>gramps.ini</code> file has following sections:
* [behavior] : typical Key names are: [https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/blob/master/gramps/gui/grampsgui.py#L502 betawarn], enable-autobackup, use-tips...
* [colors] :
* [csv] :
* [database] : related to database settings for the Family Tree.
* [export] : export and import folders/directories
* [geography] :
* [interface] : a lot of keys regarding height and width of the different Views: e.g. event-height: 450, event-ref-height: 585, event-ref-width: 728, event-width: 712...
* [paths] : keys related to recent imported files and folders/directories
* [plugin] :
* [preferences] : keys related to preferences: all the common prefixes , todo -colors..
* [researcher] : all information regarding the researcher
* [spacing] :
* [test] :
* [utf8] :

====Example <code>gramps.ini</code> file====
Example contents of the <code>gramps.ini</code> file:

<pre>
;; Gramps key file
;; Automatically created at 2023/09/13 14:17:45

[behavior]
;;addmedia-image-dir=''
;;addmedia-relative-path=0
;;addons-allow-install=0
;;addons-projects=[['Gramps', 'https://raw.githubusercontent.com/gramps-project/addons/master/gramps52', True]]
;;addons-url='https://raw.githubusercontent.com/gramps-project/addons/master/gramps52'
;;autoload=0
;;avg-generation-gap=20
;;check-for-addon-update-types=['new']
;;check-for-addon-updates=0
;;date-about-range=50
;;date-after-range=50
;;date-before-range=50
;;do-not-show-previously-seen-addon-updates=1
;;generation-depth=15
;;immediate-warn=0
;;last-check-for-addon-updates='1970/01/01'
;;max-age-prob-alive=110
;;max-sib-age-diff=20
;;min-generation-years=13
;;owner-warn=0
;;pop-plugin-status=0
;;previously-seen-addon-updates=[]
;;recent-export-type=3
;;runcheck=0
;;spellcheck=0
;;startup=0
;;surname-guessing=0
translator-needed=0
;;use-tips=0
;;web-search-url='http://google.com/#&q=%(text)s'
;;welcome=100

[colors]
;;border-family=['#cccccc', '#252525']
;;border-family-divorced=['#ff7373', '#720b0b']
;;border-female-alive=['#861f69', '#261111']
;;border-female-dead=['#000000', '#000000']
;;border-male-alive=['#1f4986', '#171d26']
;;border-male-dead=['#000000', '#000000']
;;border-other-alive=['#2a5f16', '#26a269']
;;border-other-dead=['#000000', '#000000']
;;border-unknown-alive=['#8e5801', '#8e5801']
;;border-unknown-dead=['#000000', '#000000']
;;family=['#eeeeee', '#454545']
;;family-civil-union=['#eeeeee', '#454545']
;;family-divorced=['#ffdede', '#5c3636']
;;family-married=['#eeeeee', '#454545']
;;family-unknown=['#eeeeee', '#454545']
;;family-unmarried=['#eeeeee', '#454545']
;;female-alive=['#feccf0', '#62242D']
;;female-dead=['#feccf0', '#3a292b']
;;home-person=['#bbe68a', '#304918']
;;male-alive=['#b8cee6', '#1f344a']
;;male-dead=['#b8cee6', '#2d3039']
;;other-alive=['#94ef9e', '#285b27']
;;other-dead=['#94ef9e', '#062304']
;;scheme=0
;;unknown-alive=['#f3dbb6', '#75507B']
;;unknown-dead=['#f3dbb6', '#35103b']

[csv]
;;delimiter=','
;;dialect='excel'

[database]
;;autobackup=0
;;backend='sqlite'
;;backup-on-exit=1
;;backup-path='C:\\Users\\[username]'
;;compress-backup=1
;;host=''
;;path='C:\\Users\\[username]\\AppData\\Roaming\\gramps\\grampsdb'
;;port=''

[export]
;;proxy-order=[['privacy', 0], ['living', 0], ['person', 0], ['note', 0], ['reference', 0]]

[geography]
;;center-lat=0.0
;;center-lon=0.0
;;lock=0
;;map_service=1
;;path=''
;;personal-map=''
;;show_cross=0
;;use-keypad=1
;;zoom=0
;;zoom_when_center=12

[interface]
dbmanager-height=370
;;dbmanager-horiz-position=12
;;dbmanager-vert-position=85
;;dbmanager-width=780
;;dont-ask=0
;;filter=0
;;fullscreen=0
;;grampletbar-close=0
;;hide-lds=0
;;ignore-gexiv2=0
;;ignore-osmgpsmap=0
;;ignore-pil=0
;;main-window-height=500
;;main-window-horiz-position=15
;;main-window-vert-position=10
;;main-window-width=775
;;mapservice='OpenStreetMap'
;;open-with-default-viewer=0
;;pedview-layout=0
;;pedview-show-images=1
;;pedview-show-marriage=0
;;pedview-show-unknown-people=0
;;pedview-tree-direction=2
;;pedview-tree-size=5
;;place-name-height=100
;;place-name-width=450
;;sidebar-text=1
;;size-checked=0
;;statusbar=1
;;surname-box-height=150
;;toolbar-addons=1
;;toolbar-clipboard=1
;;toolbar-on=1
;;toolbar-preference=1
;;toolbar-reports=1
;;toolbar-text=0
;;toolbar-tools=1
;;treemodel-cache-size=1000
;;view=1
;;view-categories=['Dashboard', 'People', 'Relationships', 'Families', 'Ancestry', 'Events', 'Places', 'Geography', 'Sources', 'Citations', 'Repositories', 'Media', 'Notes']

[paths]
;;quick-backup-directory='C:\\Users\\[username]'
;;quick-backup-filename='%(filename)s_%(year)d-%(month)02d-%(day)02d.%(extension)s'
;;recent-export-dir='C:\\Users\\[username]'
;;recent-file=''
;;recent-import-dir='C:\\Users\\[username]'
;;report-directory='C:\\Users\\[username]'
;;website-cal-uri=''
;;website-cms-uri=''
;;website-directory='C:\\Users\\[username]'
;;website-extra-page-name=''
;;website-extra-page-uri=''

[plugin]
;;addonplugins=[]
;;hiddenplugins=[]

[preferences]
;;age-after-death=1
;;age-display-precision=1
;;calendar-format-input=0
;;calendar-format-report=0
;;cite-plugin='cite-default'
;;coord-format=0
;;cprefix='C%04d'
;;date-format=0
;;default-source=0
;;eprefix='E%04d'
;;family-relation-type=3
;;family-warn=1
;;february-29=0
;;fprefix='F%04d'
;;hide-ep-msg=0
;;invalid-date-format='%s'
;;iprefix='I%04d'
last-view='dashboardview'
last-views=['dashboardview', '', '', '', '', '', '', '', '', '', '', '', '']
;;name-format=1
;;no-given-text='[Missing Given Name]'
;;no-record-text='[Missing Record]'
;;no-surname-text='[Missing Surname]'
;;nprefix='N%04d'
;;online-maps=0
;;oprefix='O%04d'
;;paper-metric=0
;;paper-preference='Letter'
;;patronimic-surname=0
;;place-auto=1
;;place-format=0
;;pprefix='P%04d'
;;private-given-text='[Living]'
;;private-record-text='[Private Record]'
;;private-surname-text='[Living]'
;;quick-backup-include-mode=0
;;rprefix='R%04d'
;;sprefix='S%04d'
;;tag-on-import=0
;;tag-on-import-format='Imported %Y/%m/%d %H:%M:%S'
;;use-last-view=0

[researcher]
;;researcher-addr=''
;;researcher-city=''
;;researcher-country=''
;;researcher-email=''
;;researcher-locality=''
;;researcher-name=''
;;researcher-phone=''
;;researcher-postal=''
;;researcher-state=''

[spacing]
dbman=[22.605613425925927, 5.877459490740741, 9.856047453703704]

[test]
;;january='January'

[utf8]
;;baptism-symbol='~'
;;birth-symbol='*'
;;buried-symbol='[]'
;;cremated-symbol='⚱'
;;dead-symbol='✝'
;;death-symbol=2
;;divorce-symbol='o|o'
;;engaged-symbol='o'
;;in-use=0
;;killed-symbol='x'
;;marriage-symbol='oo'
;;partner-symbol='o-o'
;;selected-font=''
</pre>

====Advanced backup filename setting====
You can also define the naming pattern for the backup filename by setting the ''<code>paths.quick-backup-filename</code>'' in the <code>~/.gramps/gramps52/gramps.ini</code> key file like the following:
{{-}}
[paths]
;;quick-backup-filename='%(filename)s_%(year)d-%(month)02d-%(day)02d.%(extension)s'

by removing the two semicolons(<code>;;</code>) from the front of INI key line and using use any of the following keywords for the filename pattern:
*filename
*year
*month
*day
*hour
*minutes
*seconds
*extension :
**'''.gpkg'''(default) if you include media.
**''.gramps'' if you exclude media.

Use the appropriate ~/.gramps/gramps{XX}/gramps.ini key file.
*Gramps version 5.2 :
~/.gramps/gramps52/gramps.ini

See also:
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Backup_dialog]]
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Command_Line#Configuration_.28config.29_option]]
* [[Install_latest_BSDDB#Make_Gramps_use_bsddb3]]
* [[Customize_the_Genealogical_Symbols_lookup_table#Genealogy_symbols_preferences]]

===Theme===
The look of Gramps can be changed.

* [[Addon:Themes]]
* [[Windows_AIO_themes]]
* [[GEPS_029:_GTK3-GObject_introspection_Conversion#GTK_3_theme|GTK 3 theme - GEPS 029: GTK3-GObject introspection Conversion]]
* [[Overrule_Gramps_Icons]] - for older Gramps versions.
* [[UI style]]

Some reports can also be changed:

* [[Website report Themes]]
{{-}}
{{man index|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Tools|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Filters|5.2}}
{{languages|Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings}}
{{grampsmanualcopyright}}

[[Category:Documentation]]

Events in Gramps

2024-02-16T15:18:19Z

DaveSch: /* Fallback Events */

{{languages|Events in Gramps}}

An overview of the predefined events in Gramps are given, with their meaning.

;Events and event types

'''Events''' form a core concept in genealogical research. It is important therefore that the terminology and usage is consistent and well defined, so as to allow for optimal communication, translation and portability.

An "event" is an umbrella term, and is used loosely to denote a fact about an individual, an event proper that occurs in his or her life, or an attribute. As examples, every individual has a birth event, and eventually a death event. Children being born to the individual would also be events. Being childless however is an attribute or fact about that individual.

Generally setting an event for an individual allows you to to enter a data set, including the date, description, associated place, etc, in a structured way.

In Gramps you define an event as belonging to a [[Gramps_Glossary#E|event type]]. This is useful as it allows the grouping of events under a common denominator, the event type. When creating an event, you must first select the event type. This can be any of the predefined events, or you can create a [[Custom_Event_Types|custom event]] just by typing a name.

The pre-defined events provide most of what you need. For the sake of frivolity however, let us imagine that great uncle George was a lothario, and proud of it, and insisted that you recorded details of his numerous conquests in exchange for some vital genealogy documents that you need. You could then define an event type "affairs", and then in his individual record enter one such event for each affair, entering the date, place, details, etc for each. You then end up with a list of all his affairs listed chronologically.

Frivolity apart however, defining too many event types can be problematic, and in many cases it might be better practice to group events under the same event type, and instead use the description field to add an extra nuance.

Let us first provide an overview of the predefined events types available in Gramps, and then later mention event types that are not in that list.

== Event types available in Gramps==
[[File:EditEvent-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Edit Event - dialog - example]]The use of most event types is self explanatory, and the best way to familiarize yourself with them is simply to set to and dabble with the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_events|Event Editor]]! However, some events need more careful exploration as they introduce concepts that are not obvious at first.

==Life Events==

===Adopted===
This type is for events related to childhood adoption. Typically the event is added to the individual being adopted, with this person playing the primary role. Administrators, civil servants and parents can be added to the event with different [[Gramps_Glossary#E|event roles]]

The adoption event can be added for the process of adoption (which can take several months), but also as a placeholder for an adoption certificate that you have as a source.

On adding the person to the family he is adopted into, one should also set his relationship with his adoptive parents to ''adopted''. This doubles the event information somewhat, but is used in some reports.

===[[Baptise_record|Baptism]]===
The event of baptism (not LDS), performed in infancy or later

===[[Birth_certificate|Birth]]===
The event of entering into life

===Burial===
The event of the proper disposing of the mortal remains of a deceased person

===Cremation===
Disposal of the remains of a person's body by fire

===[[Death_certificate|Death]]===
The event when mortal life terminates

===Stillborn===
The non-Live Birth or Death at Birth event

⚡''new for version 5.2.0''

==Family==

===Alternate Marriage===
A relationship such as Cohabitation, Common Law Marriages, Civil Unions, Domestic Partnerships.

===[[Indicate_a_divorce|Divorce]]===
An event of dissolving a marriage through civil action

===Divorce Filing===
An event of filing for a divorce by a spouse

===Engagement===
An event of recording or announcing an agreement between two people to become married

===Marriage===
The marriage event is a bounding ceremony between two people before an official body. In other words, it is the state of being united to another person in a consensual and contractual relationship recognized (normally) by law.

You should hence use this event typically as the 'official' starting event of the family unit in Gramps, that is, use it as a family event, with event role ''family''. Note that the family could be missing a ''father'', ''mother'' or both. Sharing an event with roles ''bride'' and ''groom'' is not the recommended approach in Gramps.

Note further that the marriage event is wider than what is used in day-to-day language. It indicates civil marriage, church marriage, and all other types of union between adults that is official.

To indicate an official end of a ''marriage event'', one should use the '''Divorce''' event.

===Marriage Settlement===
An event of creating an agreement between two people contemplating marriage, at which time they agree to release or modify property rights that would otherwise arise from the marriage

===Marriage License===
An event of obtaining a legal license to marry

===Marriage Contract===
An event of recording a formal agreement of marriage, including the prenuptial agreement in which marriage partners reach agreement about the property rights of one or both, securing property to their children

===Marriage Banns===
An event of an official public notice given that two people intend to marry

===Annulment===
Declaring a marriage void from the beginning (never existed)

==Academic==

===Degree===

===Education===
Indicator of a level of education attained

===Graduation===
An event of awarding educational diplomas or degrees to individuals

==Legal==

===Probate===
An event of judicial determination of the validity of a will. May indicate several related court activities over several dates

===Will===
A legal document treated as an event, by which a person disposes of his or her estate, to take effect after death. The event date is the date the will was signed while the person was alive

==Religious==

===Adult Christening===
The religious event (not LDS) of baptizing and/or naming an adult person

===Bas Mitzvah===
The ceremonial 'coming of age' event held when a Jewish girl reaches age 13, also known as "Bat Mitzvah"

===Bar Mitzvah===
The ceremonial 'coming of age' event held when a Jewish boy reaches age 13

===Blessing===
A religious event of bestowing divine care or intercession. Sometimes given in connection with a naming ceremony

===[[Baptise_record|Christening]]===
The act of baptizing and/or naming a child

===Confirmation===
Confirmation is a religious sacrament, ritual or rite of passage practiced by several Christian denominations and Reform Judaism. The term is intended to reflect a strengthening or deepening of one's relationship with God and church.

===First Communion===
A religious rite, the first act of sharing in the Lord's supper as part of church worship

===Religion===
A religious denomination to which a person is affiliated or for which a record applies

==Residence==

===[[Census]]===
The event of the periodic count of the population for a designated locality, such as a national or state Census

===Property===
Pertaining to possessions such as real estate or other property of interest

===[[Why_residence_event_and_not_Address%3F|Residence]]===
The act of dwelling at an address for a period of time

==Travel==

===Naturalization===
The event of obtaining citizenship

===Emigration===
An event of leaving one's homeland with the intent of residing elsewhere

===Immigration===
An event of entering into a new locality with the intent of residing there

==Other==

===Nobility Title===

===Number of Marriages===
The number of times this person has participated in a family as a spouse or parent

===Cause Of Death===
A description of the cause of death

===Medical Information===

==Vocational==

===Elected===

===Military Service===

===Occupation===
The type of work or profession of an individual

===Ordination===
Pertaining to a religious ordinance in general

===Retirement===
An event of exiting an occupational relationship with an employer after a qualifying time period

==Custom==

See [[Custom Event Types]] for some event types that are currently used by some users.

==Fallback Events==

Gramps uses a number of Fallback events in lists and views when one of the main life events is missing.

As an example, a person's Baptism event may be known but not the Birth event. In the lists and views if there is no Birth event, the date of the Baptism is used where the birth date would normally be displayed. When these dates are used, the date will be displayed in italics.

The Fallback events are:

;Birth: ''Baptism'', ''Christening'' or ''Stillborn''

;Death: ''Burial'', ''Cremation'', ''Cause of Death'' or ''Stillborn''

;Marriage: ''Engagement'' or ''Alternate Marriage''

;Divorce: ''Annulment'' or ''Divorce Filing''

''Stillborn'' as a Fallback added as an option in Gramps 5.2. The single event becomes a Fallback for both ''Birth'' and ''Death''

== Event types not available in Gramps ==
===[[Draft_lottery|Draft lottery]]===
The Draft Lottery was a practice in general use, used to select who should have to undertake military service. Before the advent of a permanent professional army, it was not feasible to train all young boys, so some selection process was needed to determine who would or would not be drafted. So as to make this a fair process, it was common practice to organise a lottery, into which all boys of certain age had to be entered.

The documents pertaining to these lotteries form an useful source of genealogical information, as all boys of a certain age were required to participate.

This event type should be used for all the events/attributes relating to a Draft Lottery, for example:

a) the lottery itself. This is associated with a place, and a specific date.

b) legal documents relating to the lottery. Boys from rich families who were selected to join the army by the lottery process frequently paid commoners to take their place. Legal contracts were drafted for this.

c) desertion documents concerning the lottery. Many selected individuals emigrated abroad so as to avoid their draft, with the consequence that they were recorded as deserters in their home country. In genealogical research this event can prove very difficult to trace, as deserters often changed their name to evade detection.

== Events and Facts ==

[https://wiki.phpgedview.net/en/index.php?title=Facts_and_Events PhpGedView] lists the naming conventions in GEDCOM standard between : '''Events''' and '''Facts'''.

That overview notes an (occasionally blurred) distinction that Events are given additional context with a date or place, Facts do not need that context.

Gramps typically stores generic Fact data as an [[Gramps_Glossary#attribute|Attribute]], especially if that Fact might be useful for profiling.

=See also=
* [[Gramps Glossary]] - overview of terms that appear in Gramps

[[Category:Gramps terminology]]
[[Category:Translators/Categories]]
[[Category:Events]]
[[Category:Tutorials]]

Events in Gramps

2024-02-16T15:16:25Z

DaveSch: /* Stillborn */

{{languages|Events in Gramps}}

An overview of the predefined events in Gramps are given, with their meaning.

;Events and event types

'''Events''' form a core concept in genealogical research. It is important therefore that the terminology and usage is consistent and well defined, so as to allow for optimal communication, translation and portability.

An "event" is an umbrella term, and is used loosely to denote a fact about an individual, an event proper that occurs in his or her life, or an attribute. As examples, every individual has a birth event, and eventually a death event. Children being born to the individual would also be events. Being childless however is an attribute or fact about that individual.

Generally setting an event for an individual allows you to to enter a data set, including the date, description, associated place, etc, in a structured way.

In Gramps you define an event as belonging to a [[Gramps_Glossary#E|event type]]. This is useful as it allows the grouping of events under a common denominator, the event type. When creating an event, you must first select the event type. This can be any of the predefined events, or you can create a [[Custom_Event_Types|custom event]] just by typing a name.

The pre-defined events provide most of what you need. For the sake of frivolity however, let us imagine that great uncle George was a lothario, and proud of it, and insisted that you recorded details of his numerous conquests in exchange for some vital genealogy documents that you need. You could then define an event type "affairs", and then in his individual record enter one such event for each affair, entering the date, place, details, etc for each. You then end up with a list of all his affairs listed chronologically.

Frivolity apart however, defining too many event types can be problematic, and in many cases it might be better practice to group events under the same event type, and instead use the description field to add an extra nuance.

Let us first provide an overview of the predefined events types available in Gramps, and then later mention event types that are not in that list.

== Event types available in Gramps==
[[File:EditEvent-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Edit Event - dialog - example]]The use of most event types is self explanatory, and the best way to familiarize yourself with them is simply to set to and dabble with the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_events|Event Editor]]! However, some events need more careful exploration as they introduce concepts that are not obvious at first.

==Life Events==

===Adopted===
This type is for events related to childhood adoption. Typically the event is added to the individual being adopted, with this person playing the primary role. Administrators, civil servants and parents can be added to the event with different [[Gramps_Glossary#E|event roles]]

The adoption event can be added for the process of adoption (which can take several months), but also as a placeholder for an adoption certificate that you have as a source.

On adding the person to the family he is adopted into, one should also set his relationship with his adoptive parents to ''adopted''. This doubles the event information somewhat, but is used in some reports.

===[[Baptise_record|Baptism]]===
The event of baptism (not LDS), performed in infancy or later

===[[Birth_certificate|Birth]]===
The event of entering into life

===Burial===
The event of the proper disposing of the mortal remains of a deceased person

===Cremation===
Disposal of the remains of a person's body by fire

===[[Death_certificate|Death]]===
The event when mortal life terminates

===Stillborn===
The non-Live Birth or Death at Birth event

The Event option added in Gramps 5.2

==Family==

===Alternate Marriage===
A relationship such as Cohabitation, Common Law Marriages, Civil Unions, Domestic Partnerships.

===[[Indicate_a_divorce|Divorce]]===
An event of dissolving a marriage through civil action

===Divorce Filing===
An event of filing for a divorce by a spouse

===Engagement===
An event of recording or announcing an agreement between two people to become married

===Marriage===
The marriage event is a bounding ceremony between two people before an official body. In other words, it is the state of being united to another person in a consensual and contractual relationship recognized (normally) by law.

You should hence use this event typically as the 'official' starting event of the family unit in Gramps, that is, use it as a family event, with event role ''family''. Note that the family could be missing a ''father'', ''mother'' or both. Sharing an event with roles ''bride'' and ''groom'' is not the recommended approach in Gramps.

Note further that the marriage event is wider than what is used in day-to-day language. It indicates civil marriage, church marriage, and all other types of union between adults that is official.

To indicate an official end of a ''marriage event'', one should use the '''Divorce''' event.

===Marriage Settlement===
An event of creating an agreement between two people contemplating marriage, at which time they agree to release or modify property rights that would otherwise arise from the marriage

===Marriage License===
An event of obtaining a legal license to marry

===Marriage Contract===
An event of recording a formal agreement of marriage, including the prenuptial agreement in which marriage partners reach agreement about the property rights of one or both, securing property to their children

===Marriage Banns===
An event of an official public notice given that two people intend to marry

===Annulment===
Declaring a marriage void from the beginning (never existed)

==Academic==

===Degree===

===Education===
Indicator of a level of education attained

===Graduation===
An event of awarding educational diplomas or degrees to individuals

==Legal==

===Probate===
An event of judicial determination of the validity of a will. May indicate several related court activities over several dates

===Will===
A legal document treated as an event, by which a person disposes of his or her estate, to take effect after death. The event date is the date the will was signed while the person was alive

==Religious==

===Adult Christening===
The religious event (not LDS) of baptizing and/or naming an adult person

===Bas Mitzvah===
The ceremonial 'coming of age' event held when a Jewish girl reaches age 13, also known as "Bat Mitzvah"

===Bar Mitzvah===
The ceremonial 'coming of age' event held when a Jewish boy reaches age 13

===Blessing===
A religious event of bestowing divine care or intercession. Sometimes given in connection with a naming ceremony

===[[Baptise_record|Christening]]===
The act of baptizing and/or naming a child

===Confirmation===
Confirmation is a religious sacrament, ritual or rite of passage practiced by several Christian denominations and Reform Judaism. The term is intended to reflect a strengthening or deepening of one's relationship with God and church.

===First Communion===
A religious rite, the first act of sharing in the Lord's supper as part of church worship

===Religion===
A religious denomination to which a person is affiliated or for which a record applies

==Residence==

===[[Census]]===
The event of the periodic count of the population for a designated locality, such as a national or state Census

===Property===
Pertaining to possessions such as real estate or other property of interest

===[[Why_residence_event_and_not_Address%3F|Residence]]===
The act of dwelling at an address for a period of time

==Travel==

===Naturalization===
The event of obtaining citizenship

===Emigration===
An event of leaving one's homeland with the intent of residing elsewhere

===Immigration===
An event of entering into a new locality with the intent of residing there

==Other==

===Nobility Title===

===Number of Marriages===
The number of times this person has participated in a family as a spouse or parent

===Cause Of Death===
A description of the cause of death

===Medical Information===

==Vocational==

===Elected===

===Military Service===

===Occupation===
The type of work or profession of an individual

===Ordination===
Pertaining to a religious ordinance in general

===Retirement===
An event of exiting an occupational relationship with an employer after a qualifying time period

==Custom==

See [[Custom Event Types]] for some event types that are currently used by some users.

==Fallback Events==

Gramps uses a number of Fallback events in lists and views when one of the main life events is missing.

As an example, a person's Baptism event may be known but not the Birth event. In the lists and views if there is no Birth event, the date of the Baptism is used where the birth date would normally be displayed. When these dates are used, the date will be displayed in italics.

The Fallback events are:

;Birth: ''Baptism'', ''Christening'' or ''Stillborn''

;Death: ''Burial'', ''Cremation'', ''Cause of Death'' or ''Stillborn''

;Marriage: ''Engagement'' or ''Alternate Marriage''

;Divorce: ''Annulment'' or ''Divorce Filing''

''Stillborn'' as a Fallback added as an option in Gramps5.2. The single event becomes a Fallback for both ''Birth'' and ''Death''

== Event types not available in Gramps ==
===[[Draft_lottery|Draft lottery]]===
The Draft Lottery was a practice in general use, used to select who should have to undertake military service. Before the advent of a permanent professional army, it was not feasible to train all young boys, so some selection process was needed to determine who would or would not be drafted. So as to make this a fair process, it was common practice to organise a lottery, into which all boys of certain age had to be entered.

The documents pertaining to these lotteries form an useful source of genealogical information, as all boys of a certain age were required to participate.

This event type should be used for all the events/attributes relating to a Draft Lottery, for example:

a) the lottery itself. This is associated with a place, and a specific date.

b) legal documents relating to the lottery. Boys from rich families who were selected to join the army by the lottery process frequently paid commoners to take their place. Legal contracts were drafted for this.

c) desertion documents concerning the lottery. Many selected individuals emigrated abroad so as to avoid their draft, with the consequence that they were recorded as deserters in their home country. In genealogical research this event can prove very difficult to trace, as deserters often changed their name to evade detection.

== Events and Facts ==

[https://wiki.phpgedview.net/en/index.php?title=Facts_and_Events PhpGedView] lists the naming conventions in GEDCOM standard between : '''Events''' and '''Facts'''.

That overview notes an (occasionally blurred) distinction that Events are given additional context with a date or place, Facts do not need that context.

Gramps typically stores generic Fact data as an [[Gramps_Glossary#attribute|Attribute]], especially if that Fact might be useful for profiling.

=See also=
* [[Gramps Glossary]] - overview of terms that appear in Gramps

[[Category:Gramps terminology]]
[[Category:Translators/Categories]]
[[Category:Events]]
[[Category:Tutorials]]

Events in Gramps

2024-02-16T15:15:59Z

DaveSch: /* Stillborn */

{{languages|Events in Gramps}}

An overview of the predefined events in Gramps are given, with their meaning.

;Events and event types

'''Events''' form a core concept in genealogical research. It is important therefore that the terminology and usage is consistent and well defined, so as to allow for optimal communication, translation and portability.

An "event" is an umbrella term, and is used loosely to denote a fact about an individual, an event proper that occurs in his or her life, or an attribute. As examples, every individual has a birth event, and eventually a death event. Children being born to the individual would also be events. Being childless however is an attribute or fact about that individual.

Generally setting an event for an individual allows you to to enter a data set, including the date, description, associated place, etc, in a structured way.

In Gramps you define an event as belonging to a [[Gramps_Glossary#E|event type]]. This is useful as it allows the grouping of events under a common denominator, the event type. When creating an event, you must first select the event type. This can be any of the predefined events, or you can create a [[Custom_Event_Types|custom event]] just by typing a name.

The pre-defined events provide most of what you need. For the sake of frivolity however, let us imagine that great uncle George was a lothario, and proud of it, and insisted that you recorded details of his numerous conquests in exchange for some vital genealogy documents that you need. You could then define an event type "affairs", and then in his individual record enter one such event for each affair, entering the date, place, details, etc for each. You then end up with a list of all his affairs listed chronologically.

Frivolity apart however, defining too many event types can be problematic, and in many cases it might be better practice to group events under the same event type, and instead use the description field to add an extra nuance.

Let us first provide an overview of the predefined events types available in Gramps, and then later mention event types that are not in that list.

== Event types available in Gramps==
[[File:EditEvent-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Edit Event - dialog - example]]The use of most event types is self explanatory, and the best way to familiarize yourself with them is simply to set to and dabble with the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_events|Event Editor]]! However, some events need more careful exploration as they introduce concepts that are not obvious at first.

==Life Events==

===Adopted===
This type is for events related to childhood adoption. Typically the event is added to the individual being adopted, with this person playing the primary role. Administrators, civil servants and parents can be added to the event with different [[Gramps_Glossary#E|event roles]]

The adoption event can be added for the process of adoption (which can take several months), but also as a placeholder for an adoption certificate that you have as a source.

On adding the person to the family he is adopted into, one should also set his relationship with his adoptive parents to ''adopted''. This doubles the event information somewhat, but is used in some reports.

===[[Baptise_record|Baptism]]===
The event of baptism (not LDS), performed in infancy or later

===[[Birth_certificate|Birth]]===
The event of entering into life

===Burial===
The event of the proper disposing of the mortal remains of a deceased person

===Cremation===
Disposal of the remains of a person's body by fire

===[[Death_certificate|Death]]===
The event when mortal life terminates

===Stillborn===
The non-Live Birth or Death at Birth event
The Event option added in Gramps 5.2

==Family==

===Alternate Marriage===
A relationship such as Cohabitation, Common Law Marriages, Civil Unions, Domestic Partnerships.

===[[Indicate_a_divorce|Divorce]]===
An event of dissolving a marriage through civil action

===Divorce Filing===
An event of filing for a divorce by a spouse

===Engagement===
An event of recording or announcing an agreement between two people to become married

===Marriage===
The marriage event is a bounding ceremony between two people before an official body. In other words, it is the state of being united to another person in a consensual and contractual relationship recognized (normally) by law.

You should hence use this event typically as the 'official' starting event of the family unit in Gramps, that is, use it as a family event, with event role ''family''. Note that the family could be missing a ''father'', ''mother'' or both. Sharing an event with roles ''bride'' and ''groom'' is not the recommended approach in Gramps.

Note further that the marriage event is wider than what is used in day-to-day language. It indicates civil marriage, church marriage, and all other types of union between adults that is official.

To indicate an official end of a ''marriage event'', one should use the '''Divorce''' event.

===Marriage Settlement===
An event of creating an agreement between two people contemplating marriage, at which time they agree to release or modify property rights that would otherwise arise from the marriage

===Marriage License===
An event of obtaining a legal license to marry

===Marriage Contract===
An event of recording a formal agreement of marriage, including the prenuptial agreement in which marriage partners reach agreement about the property rights of one or both, securing property to their children

===Marriage Banns===
An event of an official public notice given that two people intend to marry

===Annulment===
Declaring a marriage void from the beginning (never existed)

==Academic==

===Degree===

===Education===
Indicator of a level of education attained

===Graduation===
An event of awarding educational diplomas or degrees to individuals

==Legal==

===Probate===
An event of judicial determination of the validity of a will. May indicate several related court activities over several dates

===Will===
A legal document treated as an event, by which a person disposes of his or her estate, to take effect after death. The event date is the date the will was signed while the person was alive

==Religious==

===Adult Christening===
The religious event (not LDS) of baptizing and/or naming an adult person

===Bas Mitzvah===
The ceremonial 'coming of age' event held when a Jewish girl reaches age 13, also known as "Bat Mitzvah"

===Bar Mitzvah===
The ceremonial 'coming of age' event held when a Jewish boy reaches age 13

===Blessing===
A religious event of bestowing divine care or intercession. Sometimes given in connection with a naming ceremony

===[[Baptise_record|Christening]]===
The act of baptizing and/or naming a child

===Confirmation===
Confirmation is a religious sacrament, ritual or rite of passage practiced by several Christian denominations and Reform Judaism. The term is intended to reflect a strengthening or deepening of one's relationship with God and church.

===First Communion===
A religious rite, the first act of sharing in the Lord's supper as part of church worship

===Religion===
A religious denomination to which a person is affiliated or for which a record applies

==Residence==

===[[Census]]===
The event of the periodic count of the population for a designated locality, such as a national or state Census

===Property===
Pertaining to possessions such as real estate or other property of interest

===[[Why_residence_event_and_not_Address%3F|Residence]]===
The act of dwelling at an address for a period of time

==Travel==

===Naturalization===
The event of obtaining citizenship

===Emigration===
An event of leaving one's homeland with the intent of residing elsewhere

===Immigration===
An event of entering into a new locality with the intent of residing there

==Other==

===Nobility Title===

===Number of Marriages===
The number of times this person has participated in a family as a spouse or parent

===Cause Of Death===
A description of the cause of death

===Medical Information===

==Vocational==

===Elected===

===Military Service===

===Occupation===
The type of work or profession of an individual

===Ordination===
Pertaining to a religious ordinance in general

===Retirement===
An event of exiting an occupational relationship with an employer after a qualifying time period

==Custom==

See [[Custom Event Types]] for some event types that are currently used by some users.

==Fallback Events==

Gramps uses a number of Fallback events in lists and views when one of the main life events is missing.

As an example, a person's Baptism event may be known but not the Birth event. In the lists and views if there is no Birth event, the date of the Baptism is used where the birth date would normally be displayed. When these dates are used, the date will be displayed in italics.

The Fallback events are:

;Birth: ''Baptism'', ''Christening'' or ''Stillborn''

;Death: ''Burial'', ''Cremation'', ''Cause of Death'' or ''Stillborn''

;Marriage: ''Engagement'' or ''Alternate Marriage''

;Divorce: ''Annulment'' or ''Divorce Filing''

''Stillborn'' as a Fallback added as an option in Gramps5.2. The single event becomes a Fallback for both ''Birth'' and ''Death''

== Event types not available in Gramps ==
===[[Draft_lottery|Draft lottery]]===
The Draft Lottery was a practice in general use, used to select who should have to undertake military service. Before the advent of a permanent professional army, it was not feasible to train all young boys, so some selection process was needed to determine who would or would not be drafted. So as to make this a fair process, it was common practice to organise a lottery, into which all boys of certain age had to be entered.

The documents pertaining to these lotteries form an useful source of genealogical information, as all boys of a certain age were required to participate.

This event type should be used for all the events/attributes relating to a Draft Lottery, for example:

a) the lottery itself. This is associated with a place, and a specific date.

b) legal documents relating to the lottery. Boys from rich families who were selected to join the army by the lottery process frequently paid commoners to take their place. Legal contracts were drafted for this.

c) desertion documents concerning the lottery. Many selected individuals emigrated abroad so as to avoid their draft, with the consequence that they were recorded as deserters in their home country. In genealogical research this event can prove very difficult to trace, as deserters often changed their name to evade detection.

== Events and Facts ==

[https://wiki.phpgedview.net/en/index.php?title=Facts_and_Events PhpGedView] lists the naming conventions in GEDCOM standard between : '''Events''' and '''Facts'''.

That overview notes an (occasionally blurred) distinction that Events are given additional context with a date or place, Facts do not need that context.

Gramps typically stores generic Fact data as an [[Gramps_Glossary#attribute|Attribute]], especially if that Fact might be useful for profiling.

=See also=
* [[Gramps Glossary]] - overview of terms that appear in Gramps

[[Category:Gramps terminology]]
[[Category:Translators/Categories]]
[[Category:Events]]
[[Category:Tutorials]]

Events in Gramps

2024-02-16T15:15:03Z

DaveSch: /* Life Events */

{{languages|Events in Gramps}}

An overview of the predefined events in Gramps are given, with their meaning.

;Events and event types

'''Events''' form a core concept in genealogical research. It is important therefore that the terminology and usage is consistent and well defined, so as to allow for optimal communication, translation and portability.

An "event" is an umbrella term, and is used loosely to denote a fact about an individual, an event proper that occurs in his or her life, or an attribute. As examples, every individual has a birth event, and eventually a death event. Children being born to the individual would also be events. Being childless however is an attribute or fact about that individual.

Generally setting an event for an individual allows you to to enter a data set, including the date, description, associated place, etc, in a structured way.

In Gramps you define an event as belonging to a [[Gramps_Glossary#E|event type]]. This is useful as it allows the grouping of events under a common denominator, the event type. When creating an event, you must first select the event type. This can be any of the predefined events, or you can create a [[Custom_Event_Types|custom event]] just by typing a name.

The pre-defined events provide most of what you need. For the sake of frivolity however, let us imagine that great uncle George was a lothario, and proud of it, and insisted that you recorded details of his numerous conquests in exchange for some vital genealogy documents that you need. You could then define an event type "affairs", and then in his individual record enter one such event for each affair, entering the date, place, details, etc for each. You then end up with a list of all his affairs listed chronologically.

Frivolity apart however, defining too many event types can be problematic, and in many cases it might be better practice to group events under the same event type, and instead use the description field to add an extra nuance.

Let us first provide an overview of the predefined events types available in Gramps, and then later mention event types that are not in that list.

== Event types available in Gramps==
[[File:EditEvent-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Edit Event - dialog - example]]The use of most event types is self explanatory, and the best way to familiarize yourself with them is simply to set to and dabble with the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_events|Event Editor]]! However, some events need more careful exploration as they introduce concepts that are not obvious at first.

==Life Events==

===Adopted===
This type is for events related to childhood adoption. Typically the event is added to the individual being adopted, with this person playing the primary role. Administrators, civil servants and parents can be added to the event with different [[Gramps_Glossary#E|event roles]]

The adoption event can be added for the process of adoption (which can take several months), but also as a placeholder for an adoption certificate that you have as a source.

On adding the person to the family he is adopted into, one should also set his relationship with his adoptive parents to ''adopted''. This doubles the event information somewhat, but is used in some reports.

===[[Baptise_record|Baptism]]===
The event of baptism (not LDS), performed in infancy or later

===[[Birth_certificate|Birth]]===
The event of entering into life

===Burial===
The event of the proper disposing of the mortal remains of a deceased person

===Cremation===
Disposal of the remains of a person's body by fire

===[[Death_certificate|Death]]===
The event when mortal life terminates

===Stillborn===
The non-Live Birth or Death at Birth event

==Family==

===Alternate Marriage===
A relationship such as Cohabitation, Common Law Marriages, Civil Unions, Domestic Partnerships.

===[[Indicate_a_divorce|Divorce]]===
An event of dissolving a marriage through civil action

===Divorce Filing===
An event of filing for a divorce by a spouse

===Engagement===
An event of recording or announcing an agreement between two people to become married

===Marriage===
The marriage event is a bounding ceremony between two people before an official body. In other words, it is the state of being united to another person in a consensual and contractual relationship recognized (normally) by law.

You should hence use this event typically as the 'official' starting event of the family unit in Gramps, that is, use it as a family event, with event role ''family''. Note that the family could be missing a ''father'', ''mother'' or both. Sharing an event with roles ''bride'' and ''groom'' is not the recommended approach in Gramps.

Note further that the marriage event is wider than what is used in day-to-day language. It indicates civil marriage, church marriage, and all other types of union between adults that is official.

To indicate an official end of a ''marriage event'', one should use the '''Divorce''' event.

===Marriage Settlement===
An event of creating an agreement between two people contemplating marriage, at which time they agree to release or modify property rights that would otherwise arise from the marriage

===Marriage License===
An event of obtaining a legal license to marry

===Marriage Contract===
An event of recording a formal agreement of marriage, including the prenuptial agreement in which marriage partners reach agreement about the property rights of one or both, securing property to their children

===Marriage Banns===
An event of an official public notice given that two people intend to marry

===Annulment===
Declaring a marriage void from the beginning (never existed)

==Academic==

===Degree===

===Education===
Indicator of a level of education attained

===Graduation===
An event of awarding educational diplomas or degrees to individuals

==Legal==

===Probate===
An event of judicial determination of the validity of a will. May indicate several related court activities over several dates

===Will===
A legal document treated as an event, by which a person disposes of his or her estate, to take effect after death. The event date is the date the will was signed while the person was alive

==Religious==

===Adult Christening===
The religious event (not LDS) of baptizing and/or naming an adult person

===Bas Mitzvah===
The ceremonial 'coming of age' event held when a Jewish girl reaches age 13, also known as "Bat Mitzvah"

===Bar Mitzvah===
The ceremonial 'coming of age' event held when a Jewish boy reaches age 13

===Blessing===
A religious event of bestowing divine care or intercession. Sometimes given in connection with a naming ceremony

===[[Baptise_record|Christening]]===
The act of baptizing and/or naming a child

===Confirmation===
Confirmation is a religious sacrament, ritual or rite of passage practiced by several Christian denominations and Reform Judaism. The term is intended to reflect a strengthening or deepening of one's relationship with God and church.

===First Communion===
A religious rite, the first act of sharing in the Lord's supper as part of church worship

===Religion===
A religious denomination to which a person is affiliated or for which a record applies

==Residence==

===[[Census]]===
The event of the periodic count of the population for a designated locality, such as a national or state Census

===Property===
Pertaining to possessions such as real estate or other property of interest

===[[Why_residence_event_and_not_Address%3F|Residence]]===
The act of dwelling at an address for a period of time

==Travel==

===Naturalization===
The event of obtaining citizenship

===Emigration===
An event of leaving one's homeland with the intent of residing elsewhere

===Immigration===
An event of entering into a new locality with the intent of residing there

==Other==

===Nobility Title===

===Number of Marriages===
The number of times this person has participated in a family as a spouse or parent

===Cause Of Death===
A description of the cause of death

===Medical Information===

==Vocational==

===Elected===

===Military Service===

===Occupation===
The type of work or profession of an individual

===Ordination===
Pertaining to a religious ordinance in general

===Retirement===
An event of exiting an occupational relationship with an employer after a qualifying time period

==Custom==

See [[Custom Event Types]] for some event types that are currently used by some users.

==Fallback Events==

Gramps uses a number of Fallback events in lists and views when one of the main life events is missing.

As an example, a person's Baptism event may be known but not the Birth event. In the lists and views if there is no Birth event, the date of the Baptism is used where the birth date would normally be displayed. When these dates are used, the date will be displayed in italics.

The Fallback events are:

;Birth: ''Baptism'', ''Christening'' or ''Stillborn''

;Death: ''Burial'', ''Cremation'', ''Cause of Death'' or ''Stillborn''

;Marriage: ''Engagement'' or ''Alternate Marriage''

;Divorce: ''Annulment'' or ''Divorce Filing''

''Stillborn'' as a Fallback added as an option in Gramps5.2. The single event becomes a Fallback for both ''Birth'' and ''Death''

== Event types not available in Gramps ==
===[[Draft_lottery|Draft lottery]]===
The Draft Lottery was a practice in general use, used to select who should have to undertake military service. Before the advent of a permanent professional army, it was not feasible to train all young boys, so some selection process was needed to determine who would or would not be drafted. So as to make this a fair process, it was common practice to organise a lottery, into which all boys of certain age had to be entered.

The documents pertaining to these lotteries form an useful source of genealogical information, as all boys of a certain age were required to participate.

This event type should be used for all the events/attributes relating to a Draft Lottery, for example:

a) the lottery itself. This is associated with a place, and a specific date.

b) legal documents relating to the lottery. Boys from rich families who were selected to join the army by the lottery process frequently paid commoners to take their place. Legal contracts were drafted for this.

c) desertion documents concerning the lottery. Many selected individuals emigrated abroad so as to avoid their draft, with the consequence that they were recorded as deserters in their home country. In genealogical research this event can prove very difficult to trace, as deserters often changed their name to evade detection.

== Events and Facts ==

[https://wiki.phpgedview.net/en/index.php?title=Facts_and_Events PhpGedView] lists the naming conventions in GEDCOM standard between : '''Events''' and '''Facts'''.

That overview notes an (occasionally blurred) distinction that Events are given additional context with a date or place, Facts do not need that context.

Gramps typically stores generic Fact data as an [[Gramps_Glossary#attribute|Attribute]], especially if that Fact might be useful for profiling.

=See also=
* [[Gramps Glossary]] - overview of terms that appear in Gramps

[[Category:Gramps terminology]]
[[Category:Translators/Categories]]
[[Category:Events]]
[[Category:Tutorials]]

Events in Gramps

2024-02-16T15:09:35Z

DaveSch: /* Fallback Events */

{{languages|Events in Gramps}}

An overview of the predefined events in Gramps are given, with their meaning.

;Events and event types

'''Events''' form a core concept in genealogical research. It is important therefore that the terminology and usage is consistent and well defined, so as to allow for optimal communication, translation and portability.

An "event" is an umbrella term, and is used loosely to denote a fact about an individual, an event proper that occurs in his or her life, or an attribute. As examples, every individual has a birth event, and eventually a death event. Children being born to the individual would also be events. Being childless however is an attribute or fact about that individual.

Generally setting an event for an individual allows you to to enter a data set, including the date, description, associated place, etc, in a structured way.

In Gramps you define an event as belonging to a [[Gramps_Glossary#E|event type]]. This is useful as it allows the grouping of events under a common denominator, the event type. When creating an event, you must first select the event type. This can be any of the predefined events, or you can create a [[Custom_Event_Types|custom event]] just by typing a name.

The pre-defined events provide most of what you need. For the sake of frivolity however, let us imagine that great uncle George was a lothario, and proud of it, and insisted that you recorded details of his numerous conquests in exchange for some vital genealogy documents that you need. You could then define an event type "affairs", and then in his individual record enter one such event for each affair, entering the date, place, details, etc for each. You then end up with a list of all his affairs listed chronologically.

Frivolity apart however, defining too many event types can be problematic, and in many cases it might be better practice to group events under the same event type, and instead use the description field to add an extra nuance.

Let us first provide an overview of the predefined events types available in Gramps, and then later mention event types that are not in that list.

== Event types available in Gramps==
[[File:EditEvent-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Edit Event - dialog - example]]The use of most event types is self explanatory, and the best way to familiarize yourself with them is simply to set to and dabble with the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_events|Event Editor]]! However, some events need more careful exploration as they introduce concepts that are not obvious at first.

==Life Events==

===Adopted===
This type is for events related to childhood adoption. Typically the event is added to the individual being adopted, with this person playing the primary role. Administrators, civil servants and parents can be added to the event with different [[Gramps_Glossary#E|event roles]]

The adoption event can be added for the process of adoption (which can take several months), but also as a placeholder for an adoption certificate that you have as a source.

On adding the person to the family he is adopted into, one should also set his relationship with his adoptive parents to ''adopted''. This doubles the event information somewhat, but is used in some reports.

===[[Baptise_record|Baptism]]===
The event of baptism (not LDS), performed in infancy or later

===[[Birth_certificate|Birth]]===
The event of entering into life

===Burial===
The event of the proper disposing of the mortal remains of a deceased person

===Cremation===
Disposal of the remains of a person's body by fire

===[[Death_certificate|Death]]===
The event when mortal life terminates

==Family==

===Alternate Marriage===
A relationship such as Cohabitation, Common Law Marriages, Civil Unions, Domestic Partnerships.

===[[Indicate_a_divorce|Divorce]]===
An event of dissolving a marriage through civil action

===Divorce Filing===
An event of filing for a divorce by a spouse

===Engagement===
An event of recording or announcing an agreement between two people to become married

===Marriage===
The marriage event is a bounding ceremony between two people before an official body. In other words, it is the state of being united to another person in a consensual and contractual relationship recognized (normally) by law.

You should hence use this event typically as the 'official' starting event of the family unit in Gramps, that is, use it as a family event, with event role ''family''. Note that the family could be missing a ''father'', ''mother'' or both. Sharing an event with roles ''bride'' and ''groom'' is not the recommended approach in Gramps.

Note further that the marriage event is wider than what is used in day-to-day language. It indicates civil marriage, church marriage, and all other types of union between adults that is official.

To indicate an official end of a ''marriage event'', one should use the '''Divorce''' event.

===Marriage Settlement===
An event of creating an agreement between two people contemplating marriage, at which time they agree to release or modify property rights that would otherwise arise from the marriage

===Marriage License===
An event of obtaining a legal license to marry

===Marriage Contract===
An event of recording a formal agreement of marriage, including the prenuptial agreement in which marriage partners reach agreement about the property rights of one or both, securing property to their children

===Marriage Banns===
An event of an official public notice given that two people intend to marry

===Annulment===
Declaring a marriage void from the beginning (never existed)

==Academic==

===Degree===

===Education===
Indicator of a level of education attained

===Graduation===
An event of awarding educational diplomas or degrees to individuals

==Legal==

===Probate===
An event of judicial determination of the validity of a will. May indicate several related court activities over several dates

===Will===
A legal document treated as an event, by which a person disposes of his or her estate, to take effect after death. The event date is the date the will was signed while the person was alive

==Religious==

===Adult Christening===
The religious event (not LDS) of baptizing and/or naming an adult person

===Bas Mitzvah===
The ceremonial 'coming of age' event held when a Jewish girl reaches age 13, also known as "Bat Mitzvah"

===Bar Mitzvah===
The ceremonial 'coming of age' event held when a Jewish boy reaches age 13

===Blessing===
A religious event of bestowing divine care or intercession. Sometimes given in connection with a naming ceremony

===[[Baptise_record|Christening]]===
The act of baptizing and/or naming a child

===Confirmation===
Confirmation is a religious sacrament, ritual or rite of passage practiced by several Christian denominations and Reform Judaism. The term is intended to reflect a strengthening or deepening of one's relationship with God and church.

===First Communion===
A religious rite, the first act of sharing in the Lord's supper as part of church worship

===Religion===
A religious denomination to which a person is affiliated or for which a record applies

==Residence==

===[[Census]]===
The event of the periodic count of the population for a designated locality, such as a national or state Census

===Property===
Pertaining to possessions such as real estate or other property of interest

===[[Why_residence_event_and_not_Address%3F|Residence]]===
The act of dwelling at an address for a period of time

==Travel==

===Naturalization===
The event of obtaining citizenship

===Emigration===
An event of leaving one's homeland with the intent of residing elsewhere

===Immigration===
An event of entering into a new locality with the intent of residing there

==Other==

===Nobility Title===

===Number of Marriages===
The number of times this person has participated in a family as a spouse or parent

===Cause Of Death===
A description of the cause of death

===Medical Information===

==Vocational==

===Elected===

===Military Service===

===Occupation===
The type of work or profession of an individual

===Ordination===
Pertaining to a religious ordinance in general

===Retirement===
An event of exiting an occupational relationship with an employer after a qualifying time period

==Custom==

See [[Custom Event Types]] for some event types that are currently used by some users.

==Fallback Events==

Gramps uses a number of Fallback events in lists and views when one of the main life events is missing.

As an example, a person's Baptism event may be known but not the Birth event. In the lists and views if there is no Birth event, the date of the Baptism is used where the birth date would normally be displayed. When these dates are used, the date will be displayed in italics.

The Fallback events are:

;Birth: ''Baptism'', ''Christening'' or ''Stillborn''

;Death: ''Burial'', ''Cremation'', ''Cause of Death'' or ''Stillborn''

;Marriage: ''Engagement'' or ''Alternate Marriage''

;Divorce: ''Annulment'' or ''Divorce Filing''

''Stillborn'' as a Fallback added as an option in Gramps5.2. The single event becomes a Fallback for both ''Birth'' and ''Death''

== Event types not available in Gramps ==
===[[Draft_lottery|Draft lottery]]===
The Draft Lottery was a practice in general use, used to select who should have to undertake military service. Before the advent of a permanent professional army, it was not feasible to train all young boys, so some selection process was needed to determine who would or would not be drafted. So as to make this a fair process, it was common practice to organise a lottery, into which all boys of certain age had to be entered.

The documents pertaining to these lotteries form an useful source of genealogical information, as all boys of a certain age were required to participate.

This event type should be used for all the events/attributes relating to a Draft Lottery, for example:

a) the lottery itself. This is associated with a place, and a specific date.

b) legal documents relating to the lottery. Boys from rich families who were selected to join the army by the lottery process frequently paid commoners to take their place. Legal contracts were drafted for this.

c) desertion documents concerning the lottery. Many selected individuals emigrated abroad so as to avoid their draft, with the consequence that they were recorded as deserters in their home country. In genealogical research this event can prove very difficult to trace, as deserters often changed their name to evade detection.

== Events and Facts ==

[https://wiki.phpgedview.net/en/index.php?title=Facts_and_Events PhpGedView] lists the naming conventions in GEDCOM standard between : '''Events''' and '''Facts'''.

That overview notes an (occasionally blurred) distinction that Events are given additional context with a date or place, Facts do not need that context.

Gramps typically stores generic Fact data as an [[Gramps_Glossary#attribute|Attribute]], especially if that Fact might be useful for profiling.

=See also=
* [[Gramps Glossary]] - overview of terms that appear in Gramps

[[Category:Gramps terminology]]
[[Category:Translators/Categories]]
[[Category:Events]]
[[Category:Tutorials]]

Events in Gramps

2024-02-16T15:06:44Z

DaveSch: /* Fallback Events */

{{languages|Events in Gramps}}

An overview of the predefined events in Gramps are given, with their meaning.

;Events and event types

'''Events''' form a core concept in genealogical research. It is important therefore that the terminology and usage is consistent and well defined, so as to allow for optimal communication, translation and portability.

An "event" is an umbrella term, and is used loosely to denote a fact about an individual, an event proper that occurs in his or her life, or an attribute. As examples, every individual has a birth event, and eventually a death event. Children being born to the individual would also be events. Being childless however is an attribute or fact about that individual.

Generally setting an event for an individual allows you to to enter a data set, including the date, description, associated place, etc, in a structured way.

In Gramps you define an event as belonging to a [[Gramps_Glossary#E|event type]]. This is useful as it allows the grouping of events under a common denominator, the event type. When creating an event, you must first select the event type. This can be any of the predefined events, or you can create a [[Custom_Event_Types|custom event]] just by typing a name.

The pre-defined events provide most of what you need. For the sake of frivolity however, let us imagine that great uncle George was a lothario, and proud of it, and insisted that you recorded details of his numerous conquests in exchange for some vital genealogy documents that you need. You could then define an event type "affairs", and then in his individual record enter one such event for each affair, entering the date, place, details, etc for each. You then end up with a list of all his affairs listed chronologically.

Frivolity apart however, defining too many event types can be problematic, and in many cases it might be better practice to group events under the same event type, and instead use the description field to add an extra nuance.

Let us first provide an overview of the predefined events types available in Gramps, and then later mention event types that are not in that list.

== Event types available in Gramps==
[[File:EditEvent-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Edit Event - dialog - example]]The use of most event types is self explanatory, and the best way to familiarize yourself with them is simply to set to and dabble with the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_events|Event Editor]]! However, some events need more careful exploration as they introduce concepts that are not obvious at first.

==Life Events==

===Adopted===
This type is for events related to childhood adoption. Typically the event is added to the individual being adopted, with this person playing the primary role. Administrators, civil servants and parents can be added to the event with different [[Gramps_Glossary#E|event roles]]

The adoption event can be added for the process of adoption (which can take several months), but also as a placeholder for an adoption certificate that you have as a source.

On adding the person to the family he is adopted into, one should also set his relationship with his adoptive parents to ''adopted''. This doubles the event information somewhat, but is used in some reports.

===[[Baptise_record|Baptism]]===
The event of baptism (not LDS), performed in infancy or later

===[[Birth_certificate|Birth]]===
The event of entering into life

===Burial===
The event of the proper disposing of the mortal remains of a deceased person

===Cremation===
Disposal of the remains of a person's body by fire

===[[Death_certificate|Death]]===
The event when mortal life terminates

==Family==

===Alternate Marriage===
A relationship such as Cohabitation, Common Law Marriages, Civil Unions, Domestic Partnerships.

===[[Indicate_a_divorce|Divorce]]===
An event of dissolving a marriage through civil action

===Divorce Filing===
An event of filing for a divorce by a spouse

===Engagement===
An event of recording or announcing an agreement between two people to become married

===Marriage===
The marriage event is a bounding ceremony between two people before an official body. In other words, it is the state of being united to another person in a consensual and contractual relationship recognized (normally) by law.

You should hence use this event typically as the 'official' starting event of the family unit in Gramps, that is, use it as a family event, with event role ''family''. Note that the family could be missing a ''father'', ''mother'' or both. Sharing an event with roles ''bride'' and ''groom'' is not the recommended approach in Gramps.

Note further that the marriage event is wider than what is used in day-to-day language. It indicates civil marriage, church marriage, and all other types of union between adults that is official.

To indicate an official end of a ''marriage event'', one should use the '''Divorce''' event.

===Marriage Settlement===
An event of creating an agreement between two people contemplating marriage, at which time they agree to release or modify property rights that would otherwise arise from the marriage

===Marriage License===
An event of obtaining a legal license to marry

===Marriage Contract===
An event of recording a formal agreement of marriage, including the prenuptial agreement in which marriage partners reach agreement about the property rights of one or both, securing property to their children

===Marriage Banns===
An event of an official public notice given that two people intend to marry

===Annulment===
Declaring a marriage void from the beginning (never existed)

==Academic==

===Degree===

===Education===
Indicator of a level of education attained

===Graduation===
An event of awarding educational diplomas or degrees to individuals

==Legal==

===Probate===
An event of judicial determination of the validity of a will. May indicate several related court activities over several dates

===Will===
A legal document treated as an event, by which a person disposes of his or her estate, to take effect after death. The event date is the date the will was signed while the person was alive

==Religious==

===Adult Christening===
The religious event (not LDS) of baptizing and/or naming an adult person

===Bas Mitzvah===
The ceremonial 'coming of age' event held when a Jewish girl reaches age 13, also known as "Bat Mitzvah"

===Bar Mitzvah===
The ceremonial 'coming of age' event held when a Jewish boy reaches age 13

===Blessing===
A religious event of bestowing divine care or intercession. Sometimes given in connection with a naming ceremony

===[[Baptise_record|Christening]]===
The act of baptizing and/or naming a child

===Confirmation===
Confirmation is a religious sacrament, ritual or rite of passage practiced by several Christian denominations and Reform Judaism. The term is intended to reflect a strengthening or deepening of one's relationship with God and church.

===First Communion===
A religious rite, the first act of sharing in the Lord's supper as part of church worship

===Religion===
A religious denomination to which a person is affiliated or for which a record applies

==Residence==

===[[Census]]===
The event of the periodic count of the population for a designated locality, such as a national or state Census

===Property===
Pertaining to possessions such as real estate or other property of interest

===[[Why_residence_event_and_not_Address%3F|Residence]]===
The act of dwelling at an address for a period of time

==Travel==

===Naturalization===
The event of obtaining citizenship

===Emigration===
An event of leaving one's homeland with the intent of residing elsewhere

===Immigration===
An event of entering into a new locality with the intent of residing there

==Other==

===Nobility Title===

===Number of Marriages===
The number of times this person has participated in a family as a spouse or parent

===Cause Of Death===
A description of the cause of death

===Medical Information===

==Vocational==

===Elected===

===Military Service===

===Occupation===
The type of work or profession of an individual

===Ordination===
Pertaining to a religious ordinance in general

===Retirement===
An event of exiting an occupational relationship with an employer after a qualifying time period

==Custom==

See [[Custom Event Types]] for some event types that are currently used by some users.

==Fallback Events==

Gramps uses a number of Fallback events in lists and views when one of the main life events is missing.

As an example, a person's Baptism event may be known but not the Birth event. In the lists and views if there is no Birth event, the date of the Baptism is used where the birth date would normally be displayed. When these dates are used, the date will be displayed in italics.

The Fallback events are:

;Birth: ''Baptism'', ''Christening'' or ''Stillborn''

;Death: ''Burial'', ''Cremation'', ''Cause of Death'' or ''Stillborn''

;Marriage: ''Engagement'' or ''Alternate Marriage''

;Divorce: ''Annulment'' or ''Divorce Filing''

''Stillborn'' as a Fallback added as an option in Gramps5.2

== Event types not available in Gramps ==
===[[Draft_lottery|Draft lottery]]===
The Draft Lottery was a practice in general use, used to select who should have to undertake military service. Before the advent of a permanent professional army, it was not feasible to train all young boys, so some selection process was needed to determine who would or would not be drafted. So as to make this a fair process, it was common practice to organise a lottery, into which all boys of certain age had to be entered.

The documents pertaining to these lotteries form an useful source of genealogical information, as all boys of a certain age were required to participate.

This event type should be used for all the events/attributes relating to a Draft Lottery, for example:

a) the lottery itself. This is associated with a place, and a specific date.

b) legal documents relating to the lottery. Boys from rich families who were selected to join the army by the lottery process frequently paid commoners to take their place. Legal contracts were drafted for this.

c) desertion documents concerning the lottery. Many selected individuals emigrated abroad so as to avoid their draft, with the consequence that they were recorded as deserters in their home country. In genealogical research this event can prove very difficult to trace, as deserters often changed their name to evade detection.

== Events and Facts ==

[https://wiki.phpgedview.net/en/index.php?title=Facts_and_Events PhpGedView] lists the naming conventions in GEDCOM standard between : '''Events''' and '''Facts'''.

That overview notes an (occasionally blurred) distinction that Events are given additional context with a date or place, Facts do not need that context.

Gramps typically stores generic Fact data as an [[Gramps_Glossary#attribute|Attribute]], especially if that Fact might be useful for profiling.

=See also=
* [[Gramps Glossary]] - overview of terms that appear in Gramps

[[Category:Gramps terminology]]
[[Category:Translators/Categories]]
[[Category:Events]]
[[Category:Tutorials]]

Gramps 5.1 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 2

2023-03-04T19:33:03Z

DaveSch: /* Editing information about notes */

{{man index|Gramps 5.1 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 1|Gramps 5.1 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 3|5.1}}
{{languages|Gramps 5.1 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 2}}
{{#vardefine:chapter|9.2}}
{{#vardefine:figure|0}}

The previous section offered you a detailed overview of how to enter and edit data for people, relationships and dates. This section continues with other objects you encounter in Gramps.

== Editing information about events ==
[[File:EventsCategory-EventsListView-example-50.png|right|450px|thumb|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Events Category - Events (List) View - example]]

Adding an Event to a person allows you to record information you have found.

When adding an event to the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Events_Category|Events Category]]}}, the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#New_Event_dialog|New Event]]}} dialog appears.

To add or edit event data, switch to the {{man label|Event}} Category View and select the desired entry in the list of events. Double-click on that entry or click {{man button|Edit}} on the toolbar to invoke the following {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#New_Event_dialog|New Event]]}} dialog.
{{-}}
===New Event dialog===
[[File:EditEvent-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Edit Event - dialog - example]]
When

Events are edited through the {{man label|Event Editor}} dialog. This dialog can be accessed by: double-clicking a row in the Event category view, or in the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Events|{{man label|Events}} tab]] of the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Edit_Person_dialog|Edit Person]]}} dialog, or the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Events|{{man label|Events_2}} tab]] of the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Family_Editor_dialog|Family Editor]]}} dialog.

The top part lets you view and edit basic information about the event:
* The {{man label|Event type:}} can be selected from the available types listed in the Event type drop-down menu. e.g., '''Birth''' (''default''), Baptism, Death, Burial, etc. Gramps You can enter you own Event [[Gramps_Glossary#custom|Custom Types]] by typing directly into this entry field.
* The {{man label|Date:}} of the event can be an exact date, a range (''from ... to ..., between ...''), or an inexact date (''about ...'').
** {{man button|Invoke date editor}} button starts the {{man label|Date selection}} dialog.
* The {{man label|Description:}} field gives you the opportunity to give a longer description what this event is.
** {{man button|Record is Public}} - Toggle the Privacy lock to mark the event record as private which allows it to be omitted from reports.
* The {{man label|Place:}} can be selected from a list of previously entered place using the {{man button|Select an existing place}} button or entered anew using the {{man button|Add a new place}} button. Additionally, you can drag and drop a place entry into this field.
* The {{man label|ID:}} is a unique identifier for the event. Leave this field blank to allow Gramps to generate this value automatically for new events.
* The {{man label|Tags:}} allow you to select an existing tag using the {{man button|Edit the tag list}} button.

===New Event tab pages===
The central part of the window displays tabs containing different categories of information. Click on a tab to view or edit its contents. The tabs provide the following information categories of the event data:

====Source Citations====

:The {{man label|Sources Citations}} tab lets you view and edit sources relevant to an event. The central part of the window lists all such source references stored in the database. The buttons {{man button|+ , Edit , and -}} let you add, modify, and remove a source reference associated with an event. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a source reference is selected from the list.

====Notes====

:The {{man label|Notes}} tab provides a place to record notes or comments about the event. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field.

====Gallery====

:The {{man label|Gallery}} tab

====Attributes====

:The {{man label|Attributes}} tab

====References====

:The {{man label|References}} tab

The bottom part of the window has {{man button|OK}} and {{man button|Cancel}} buttons. Clicking {{man button|OK}} will apply all the changes made in all tabs and close the dialog window. Clicking the {{man button|Cancel}} button will close the window without applying any changes. Pressing {{man button|Help}} will provide help if available.

{{man tip|Tip|If a tab label is in '''boldface''' type, this means it contains data. If not, it has no data.}}

{{-}}

== Editing event references ==

Event references connect a Event to a person and allow you to provide additional information about the event.

When adding event references to a {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Events|Edit Person]]'s Events}} tab, the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Event_Reference_Editor_dialog|Event Reference Editor]]}} dialog appears.

{{-}}
===Event Reference Editor dialog===

{{man tip| Tip |Information in this dialog is specific to the particular reference. A single event can be referenced many times, and all such references will have in common the overall event information. This dialog lets you provide reference-specific data, such as relevant role, attribute to further specify and document the reference.}}

[[File:EventReferenceEditor-dialog-default-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Event Reference Editor - dialog - default]]

The {{man label|New Citation}} dialog includes two sections, {{man label|Reference Information}} and {{man label|Shared Information}}.
* The {{man label|Reference Information}} section indicates the details associated with the particular reference to this Event: {{man label|General}}, {{man label|Notes}}, {{man label|Attributes}}.
* The {{man label|Shared Information}} displays : {{man label|General}}, {{man label|Source Citations}}, {{man label|Attributes}}, {{man label|Notes}}, {{man label|Gallery}}, {{man label|References}}.

{{-}}
====Reference Information ====

=====Reference Information tab pages =====

======General======
For the {{man label|Role:}} of the person in this event, use the '''[[Gramps_Glossary#primary|Primary]]''' ''(default during an Add Event)'' option for the main beneficiary. Use a descriptive Event Role (eg., [[Gramps_Glossary#aide|Aide]], [[Gramps_Glossary#bride|Bride]], [[Gramps_Glossary#celebrant|Celebrant]], [[Gramps_Glossary#clergy|Clergy]], [[Gramps_Glossary#family_role|Family]], [[Gramps_Glossary#groom|Groom]], [[Gramps_Glossary#informant|Informant]], [[Gramps_Glossary#witness|Witness]]) for a Events where the Person is not the Primary participant.

Events added to a Person via the Share or by drag'n'drop will be assigned the '''[[Gramps_Glossary#unknown|Unknown]]''' Event Role by default. If the Person holds an equal Role, set their Role to Primary as well.

If none of the pre-defined Roles are appropriate, add a Role ''[[Gramps_Glossary#custom|Custom Types]]'' by keyboarding in the new Role name rather than selecting one from among those of the Role Pull-Down menu. Any added Role custom types will remain available in that expanded menu... unless the Tree is exported & re-imported or cleaned via a [[Third-party_Addons|3rd party addon]] Utility like [[Addon:Types_Cleanup_Tool|Type Cleanup]].
{{-}}

======Notes======

{{-}}
======Attributes======

{{-}}
====Shared Information ====
{{stub}}
{{-}}
======General======
{{man note|Note|Any changes in the shared event information will be reflected in the event itself, for all participants in the event.}}
{{-}}

======Source Citations======
{{-}}
======Attributes======
{{-}}
======Notes======
{{-}}
======Gallery======
{{-}}
======References======
{{-}}

== Editing information about media objects ==

To add or edit media data, switch to the {{man label|Media}} Category View and select the desired entry in the list of media. Double-click on that entry or click {{man button|Edit}} on the toolbar to invoke the following {{man label|New Media}} editor dialog.

===New Media dialog===
[[File:NewMediaEditor-dialog-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} New Media Editor - dialog - example showing Media properties]]

The top section presents a thumbnail preview of the media object if available, along with a summary of its properties (ID, Date, Path and object type) that you can view and edit. You can type this information directly into the corresponding fields. For the Date, you can also enter information by clicking the {{man button|Invoke date editor}} button to invoke the '''{{man label|Date selection}}''' dialog.

* A descriptive {{man label|Title:}} for this media object.
* The {{man label|ID:}} is an unique record to identify the media object, leave blank to have it generated by Gramps.
** Privacy toggle for this media object {{man label|Record is public}}(default) or {{man label|Record is private}}
* {{man label|Date:}} a date associated with the media object eg: for a picture it could be the date it was taken.
** {{man button|Invoke date editor}} button to invoke the '''{{man label|Date selection}}''' dialog.
* {{man label|Path:}} of the media object on your computer. Gramps does not store the media internally, it only stores the path! Set the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Preferences|Relative Path]] in the Preferences > General tab's {{man label|Base path for relative media paths:}} entry to avoid retyping the common base directory where all your media is stored. The [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Media_Manager|Media Manager]] tool can help managing paths of a collection of media objects.
** {{man button|Open File Browser to select a media file on your computer.}} button.
* {{man button|Edit the Tag list}} button.

The bottom section of the window displays four notebook tabs containing different categories of information. Click a tab to view or edit its contents. The bottom part of the window has {{man button|Help}}, {{man button|Cancel}} and {{man button|OK}} buttons. Clicking {{man button|OK}} will apply all the changes made in all tabs and close the dialog window. Clicking the {{man button|Cancel}} button will close the window without applying any changes. Pressing the {{man button|Help}} button will bring you here.

{{man note|Note|Every media object is referred to by its Path. The user is responsible for keeping track of the object files. Gramps will only reference and display the contents, not manage the files themselves.}}

{{man note|1=Note|2=Clicking {{man button|OK}} will immediately save changes to the database (write on disk). All changes are immediate.}}

===New Media tab pages ===
{{man tip|Tip|If a tab label is in '''boldface''' type, this means it contains data. If not, it has no data.}}

The tabs represent the following categories of media data:

====Source Citations====
{{stub}}

====Attributes====

The {{man label|Attributes}} tab lets you view and edit particular information about the media object that can be expressed as Attributes. The bottom part displays the list of all such attributes stored in the database. The top part shows the details of the currently selected attribute in the list (if any). The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add, modify, or remove an attribute. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when an attribute is selected from the list.

====Notes====

The {{man label|Note}} tab provides a place to record various information about the source that does not fit neatly into other categories. This area is particularly useful for recording information that does not naturally fit into the "Parameter/Value" pairs available to Attributes. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field.

====References====

The {{man label|References}} tab indicates any database records that refer to a given media object. The list can be ordered according to any of its column headings: {{man label|Type}} , {{man label|ID}} , or {{man label|Name}}. Double-clicking an entry allows you to view and edit the corresponding record.

{{man note|1=Note|2=Only primary objects can be shown in the {{man label|References}} tab: Person, Family, Event, Source, or Place. The secondary objects such as Names and Attributes, although able to refer the media object, will only show up through their primary objects to which they belong.}}

{{-}}

== Editing media object references ==

When Media Object references connect a Media Object to an other object on a {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Gallery|Edit Person]]'s Gallery}} tab, the {{man button|Share}} button will bring up the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Select_Media_Object_selector|Select Media Object selector]] and once you select a Media Object the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Media_Reference_Editor_dialog|Media Reference Editor]]}} dialog appears.

{{stub}}
{{-}}
===Select a media object selector===

[[File:SelectAMediaObject-file-selector-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select a media object - (File) Selector Dialog - example]]

The {{man label|Select a media object}} file selector allow you to preview and select a media file you want to attach, and at the same time you may edit the shown {{man label|Title:}} (Defaults to the filename without the file extension).
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Convert to a relative path}} (checkbox unchecked by default until checked for the first time and remembered for each subsequent image selection.)

* See also: [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Select_Media_Object_selector|Select Media Object selector]]
{{-}}

===Media Reference Editor dialog===
[[File:MediaReferenceEditor-dialog-collapsed-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Media Reference Editor - dialog - collapsed default example]]

The {{man label|Media Reference Editor}} dialog.

See also [[How to create image reference regions]]
{{stub}}
{{-}}
[[File:MediaReferenceEditor-dialog-expanded-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Media Reference Editor - dialog - "Shared Information" section expanded example]]

You may also expand the '''Shared Information''' section.

{{stub}}
{{-}}
====Top section ====
{{stub}}
=====Top section tab pages =====

======General======

* Region corners : x1, x2, y1, y2.
The {{man label|region}} part allows to select a specific region on the Media Object.
You can use the mouse cursor on the picture to select a region, or use these spinbuttons to set the top left, and bottom right corner of the referenced region. Point (0,0) is the top left corner of the picture, and (100,100) the bottom right corner.

* Privacy
The {{man button|Privacy}} button lets you mark whether or not the record is considered private.
Check the {{man label|Private}} record box to mark this {{man label|record as private}}.

See also the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_7#Page_Generation|Narrated Web Site]] Gallery tab supports output of these referenced regions.

{{-}}
======Source Citations======

{{-}}
======Attributes======

{{-}}
======Notes======

{{-}}
====Shared Information ====

=====Shared Information tab pages =====

======General======

{{-}}
======References======

{{-}}
======Source Citations======

{{-}}
======Attributes======

{{-}}
======Notes======

{{-}}

== Editing information about places ==

To edit information about places, switch to the {{man label|Places}} Category and select the desired entry from the list of places. Double-click that entry or click the {{man button|Edit}} button on the toolbar to bring up the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Place_Editor_dialog|Place Editor]]}} dialog:

{{-}}
===Place Editor dialog===
{{stub}}
[[File:PlaceEditor-dialog-example-50.png|right|thumb|right|450px| Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Place editor - dialog]]

To edit information about places, switch to the Places Category and select the desired entry from the list of places. Double-click that entry or click the {{man button|Edit}} button on the toolbar to bring up the following {{man label|Place Editor}} dialog:

The following fields are available:
* Title area at top displays the description of this place to be used in reports. Gramps will construct this for you. See [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display|Preferences > Display > Enable automatic place title generation]]
*{{man label|Name:}} the name of this place.
** {{man button|Invoke place name editor}} button opens the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Place_Name_Editor_dialog|Place Name Editor]]}} dialog where you can add/edit additional information.
*{{man label|Type:}} the place type. All '''[[Gramps_Glossary#custom|Custom Types]]''' are shown at the bottom of the list. Choose from the following default available '''Types''':
** Building
** Borough
** Country
** County
** City
** Department
** District
** Farm
** Hamlet
** Locality
** Municipality
** Neighborhood
** Number - See [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Place_Format_Editor|Street format:]]
** Parish
** Province
** Region
** State
** Street
** Town
** '''Unknown'''(default)
** Village
*{{man label|Latitude:}} the position above equation of the place in decimal or degree notation. Eg, valid values are 12.0154, 50°52'21.92\"N, N50º52'21.92\" or 50:52:21.92. You can set these values via the Geography View by searching the place, or via a map service in the Place view. See: [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Supported_longitude.2Flatitude_formats|Supported longitude/latitude formats]]
*{{man label|Longitude:}} the position relative to the Prime, or Greenwich, Meridian of the place in decimal or degree notation. Eg, valid values are -124.3647, 124°52'21.92\"E, E124º52'21.92\" or 124:52:21.92. You can set these values via the Geography View by searching the place, or via a map service in the Place view. See: [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Supported_longitude.2Flatitude_formats|Supported longitude/latitude formats]]
** {{man button|Record is public/private}}
*{{man label|ID:}} an unique record to identify the place. Leave generated by Gramps.
*{{man label|Code:}} a code for this place. For example, an area code or postal code.
*{{man label|Tags:}}
** {{man button|Edit the tag list}}
{{-}}

===Place editor tab pages===

{{man tip|Tip|If a tab label is in boldface type and displays an icon, this means it contains data. If not, it has no data.}}

The tabs represent the following categories of place data:

====Enclosed By====
[[File:PlaceEditor-EnclosedBy-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Enclosed By" tab from "Place Editor" - dialog - example]]

Places in Gramps are stored in a hierarchy. The {{man label|Enclosed By}} tab allows you to link this place to other places, higher in the hierarchy, which enclose it. Each link consists of a place and an optional date range.

To enclose with an existing place, use the use the {{icon|share}} {{man button|Share}} button to choose a Place from the [[#Select Place selector|Place Selector]]. Alternately, drag a place (from the Clipboard, Places Category view, or an Event Editor) into bottom of the {{man label|Enclosed By}} tab.

{{man note|1=Editing a hierarchy of Enclosing Places spawns a hierarchy of dialogs|2=Sharing, adding or Editing an enclosure spawns an additional Place Editor dialog. It looks just like the parent dialog but is focused on the enclosing Place. This allows further qualification of that place's enclosing characteristics. e.g., the enclosure date range -- for shifting borders.}}

The buttons {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|add}} , {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} , and {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|Remove}} let you add a new Place as an enclosing hierarchical level, modify the selected enclosing Place, and remove a selected link to an enclosing Place.

Note that the {{man button|Edit}}, {{man button|Remove}} and re-ordering (up, down) buttons become available only when a link exists and is selected from the list. In general, a country will be a top level place, and will not be linked to any other place.

'''See also:'''
* [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Enclosed_By|Enclosed By]] Gramplet
* [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Using_the_Clipboard|Using the clipboard]]
=====Select Place selector=====
{{stub}}
[[File:SelectPlace-SelectorDialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Place - Selector Dialog - example]]

The {{man label|Select Place}} selector dialog allows you to link to an already existing place and once selected it will be opened in the {{man label|Place Reference Editor}}

You may use the {{man button|Find}} button to filter the list based on one of the options from the drop down list:
* '''Name contains''' (default)
{{-}}

=====Place Reference Editor=====
[[File:PlaceReferenceEditor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Place Reference Editor - Dialog - example]]

{{man label|Place Reference Editor}}
{{stub}}

The second part of the window displays seven notebook tabs containing different categories of information. Click a tab to view or edit its contents. The bottom part of the window has {{man button|OK}} and {{man button|Cancel}} buttons. Clicking {{man button|OK}} will apply all the changes made in all tabs and close the dialog window. Clicking the {{man button|Cancel}} button will close the window without applying any changes.

{{man note|1=Note|2=Clicking {{man button|OK}} will immediately save changes to the database. All changes are immediate.}}
{{-}}

====Alternative Names====

:The {{man label|Alternative Names}} tab lets you view and edit other names by which the place might be known. The tab lists all other names of the place stored in the database. The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add, modify, and remove a name record. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a name is selected from the list.

{{man note|Note|Seeing a question <code>?</code> mark means that you may have a problem in the naming variants of that place. There may be some places which have different names for the same date range and language. Overlapping date ranges are valid. The place displayer will use the first matching name.}}

====Source Citations====

:The {{man label|Source Citations}} tab lets you view and edit sources relevant to a place. The central part of the window lists all such source references stored in the database. The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add, modify, and remove a source reference associated with a place. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a source reference is selected from the list.

====Notes====

:The {{man label|Notes}} tab displays any comments or notes concerning the place. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field.

====Gallery====

:The {{man label|Gallery}} tab lets you store and display photos and other media objects associated with a given place. The central part of the window lists all such media objects and gives you a thumbnail preview of image files. Other objects such as audio files, movie files, etc., are represented by a generic Gramps icon. The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Select}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add a new image, add a reference to an existing image, modify an existing image, and remove a media object's link to the place. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a media object is selected from the list.

====Internet====

:The {{man label|Internet}} tab contains Internet addresses relevant to the place. The bottom part of the window lists all such Internet addresses stored in the database. The top part shows the details of the currently selected address in the list (if any). The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add, modify, and remove an Internet address. The {{man button|Go}} button (represented by an icon with a green arrow and yellow circle) opens your browser and takes you to the web page corresponding to the highlighted Internet address. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} , {{man button|-}} , and {{man button|Go}} buttons become available only when an address is selected from the list.

====References====

:The {{man label|References}} tab indicates any database records (events or LDS ordinances) that refer to a place. This information cannot be modified from the {{man label|Place Editor}} dialog. Instead, the corresponding database record (e.g., a birth event) has to be brought up and its place reference edited.

{{-}}
=== Place Name Editor dialog ===

[[File:PlaceNameEditor-dialog-default-50.png|right|thumb|right|450px| Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Place Name Editor dialog - default]]

You can access the {{man label|Place Name Editor}} dialog from the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Place_Editor_dialog|Place Editor]]}} dialogs {{man button|Invoke place name editor}} button.

The {{man label|Place Name Editor}} dialog allows you to add/edit the following information:
* {{man label|Name:}} the name of the place
* {{man label|Date:}} Date range in which the place is valid
** {{man button|Invoke the date editor}} button
* {{man label|Language:}} Language in which the name is written. Valid values are two character ISO codes for example: en,fr, de, nl. See Wikipedia for the full list of valid [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_ISO_639-1_codes ISO 639-1] codes.
{{-}}

=== Supported longitude/latitude formats ===

When you create/modify a place, the possible formats used for longitude/latitude are :

{| class="wikitable"
!colspan="2"|Longitude & Latitude Formats
|-
! D.D4
| degree notation, 4 decimals
: eg +12.0154 , -124.3647
: 4 [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Decimal_degrees#Precision decimals of longitude precision] allows an 11.132 meter (36.5223097 foot) approximation at the equator.
|-
! D.D8
| degree notation, 8 decimals ([https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Decimal_degrees#Precision precision] like ISO-DMS)
: eg +12.01543265 , -124.36473268
|-
! DEG
| degree, minutes, seconds notation
: eg 50°52'21.92"N , 124°52'21.92"E (° symbol has UTF-8 code c2b00a)
: or N50º52'21.92" , E124º52'21.92" (º symbol has UTF-8 code c2ba0a)
: The character for seconds can be either one double quote "
: or two single quote '
: The letters N/S/W/E can be placed before or after the digits.
|-
! DEG-
| degree, minutes, seconds notation with :
: eg -50:52:21.92 , 124:52:21.92
|-
! ISO-D
| ISO 6709 degree notation
: i.e. ±DD.DDDD±DDD.DDDD
|-
! ISO-DM
| ISO 6709 degree, minutes notation
: i.e. ±DDMM.MMM±DDDMM.MMM
|-
! ISO-DMS
| ISO 6709 degree, minutes, seconds notation
: i.e. ±DDMMSS.SS±DDDMMSS.SS
|}

{{-}}

== Editing information about sources ==

From either of the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Sources]]}} category views you can select or create a new source, or if you had chosen the {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}} or {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} buttons, then the {{man label|New Source}} editor dialog appears.

===New Source dialog===

[[File:NewSource-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} New Source - editor dialog - example]]

For the {{man label|New Source}} editor dialog the general information in the top section of the window lets you define basic information about the source: its {{man label|Title}} , {{man label|Author}} , {{man label|Abbreviation}} , and {{man label|Publication information}} . You can type this information directly into the adjacent fields.

*{{man label|Title:}} Title of the source.
*{{man label|Authors:}} Authors of the source.
*{{man label|Pub. info.:}} Publication Information, such as city and year of publication, name of publisher, ...
*{{man label|Abbreviation:}} Provide a short title used for sorting, filing, and retrieving source records.
** {{man button|Record is public/private}} Lock icon toggle.
*{{man label|ID:}} an unique record to identify the source. Leave generated by Gramps.
*{{man label|Tags:}}
** {{man button|Edit the tag list}}
{{-}}

===New Source tab pages===
The tabs provide the following information categories of source data:

====Notes====

:The {{man label|Notes}} tab provides a place to record notes or comments about the source. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field. Only primary objects can be shown in the {{man label|References}} tab: Person, Family, Event, Place, or Media object. Secondary objects such as Names and Attributes can only be accessed through the primary objects to which they belong.

====Gallery====

:The {{man label|Gallery}} tab lets you store and display photos and other media objects associated with a given source (for example, a photo of a birth certificate). The central part of the window lists all such objects and gives you a thumbnail preview of image files. Other objects such as audio files, movie files, etc., are represented by a generic Gramps icon. The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Select}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add a new image, add a reference to an existing image, modify an existing image, and remove a media object's link to the relationship. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a media object is selected from the list.

====Attributes====

:The {{man label|Attributes}} tab displays "Key/Value" pairs that may be associated with the source. These are similar to the "Attributes" used for other types of Gramps records. The difference between these Key/Value pairs and Attributes is that Attributes may have source references and notes, while Key/Value data may not.

:The central part of the window lists all existing Key/Value pairs. The buttons {{man button|+}} and {{man button|-}} let you add and remove pairs. To modify the text of Key or Value, first select the desired entry. Then click in either the Key or Value cell of that entry and type your text. When you are done, click outside the cell to exit editing mode.

====Repositories====
[[File:NewSource-Repositories-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Repositories" tab from "New Source" - dialog - example]]

:The {{man label|Repositories}} tab displays the references to the repositories in which the source is contained. The list can be ordered by any of its column headings: {{man label|ID}} , {{man label|Title}}, {{man label|Call Number}},and {{man label|Type}}. Double-clicking an entry allows you to view and edit the record. You may also edit the reference. The buttons on the side of the tab allow you add a new repository, link to (or share) an existing repository, edit the reference to the repository, or remove the reference.
{{stub}}
{{-}}
=====Select Repository selector=====
[[File:SelectRepository-SelectorDialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Repository - Selector Dialog - example]]

The {{man label|Select Repository}} selector dialog allows you to link to an already existing repositories and once selected it will be opened in the {{man label|Repository Reference Editor}}

You may use the {{man button|Find}} button to filter the list based on one of the options from the drop down list:
* '''Title contains''' (default)
* ''Title not contain''
* ''ID contains''
* ''ID does not contain''
* ''Last Change contains''
* ''Last Change does not contain''
{{stub}}
{{-}}

====References====

:The {{man label|References}} tab lists all the database records that refer to this source, if any. The list can be ordered by any of its column headings: {{man label|Type}} , {{man label|ID}} , or {{man label|Name}}. Double-clicking an entry allows you to view and edit the record.

{{-}}

== Editing source citations ==

Citations connect a Source to another object and allow you to provide additional information about the source. Citations can be attached to a large number of objects,
* [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Editing_information_about_people|People and various information about people]] (such as their name, address etc),
* [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Editing_information_about_relationships|Relationships (Families) and various information about relationships]],
* [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_events|Events and various information about events]],
* [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_media_objects|Media objects and attributes of media objects]],
* [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_places|Places and various information about places]],
* [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_repositories|Addresses of repositories]].

For each object, a common set of buttons are provided:
* {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}} (Create and add a new citation and a new source). This brings up an empty Citation dialog.
* {{icon|share}} {{man button|Add}} (Add an existing citation or source). This brings up the Source or Citation selection dialog box.
* {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} (Edit the selected citation). This brings up the Citation dialog pre-populated with the Citation and source information.
* {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|-}} (Remove the existing citation). This removes the citation from the object. It does not delete the citation itself, which could then be connected to another object.

Note that the {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} and {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a citation has been selected.

{{-}}
=== Select Source or Citation selector===

[[File:SelectSourceOrCitation-SelectorDialog-example-50.png|thumb|450px|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Source or Citation - Selector Dialog - example]]

When {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|Add}} adding an existing citation or source, the {{man label|Select Source or Citation}} dialog appears

This allows either an existing source or an existing citation (along with its associated source) to be selected. Click on the disclosure triangle alongside a source to see the citations associated with that source. For example, if one of your sources were a book, then the citations would normally refer to a page (or pages) within the book. If you already have a citation that refer to the particular page of the book, then you could select that citation which would then be shared. On the other hand, if this object needs to refer to a new page, then you would select the source and in the subsequent dialog enter the new page.

You may use the {{man button|Find}} button to filter the list based on one of the options from the drop down list:
* '''Source: Title or Citation: Volume/Page contains'''(default)
* ''Source: Title or Citation: Volume/Page does not contain''
* ''ID contains''
* ''ID does not contain''
* ''Last Change contains''
* ''Last Change does not contain''
{{-}}

===New Citation dialog===
{{stub}}
[[File:NewCitation-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|450px|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} New Citation - editor Dialog - example]]

Once you have selected a citation or a source, or if you had chosen the {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}} or {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} buttons, then the {{man label|New Citation}} dialog appears.

The {{man label|New Citation}} dialog includes one section called {{man label|Citation information}}.
{{-}}
====Citation information====
The {{man label|Citation information}} section indicates the details associated with the particular reference to this Source: {{man label|Confidence}}, {{man label|Volume/Page}}, {{man label|Date}}, and {{man label|Notes}}. You can choose the Confidence level from the {{man label|Confidence}} drop-down menu. The remaining details can be typed in the corresponding text entry fields.

*{{man label|Date:}} Date associated with this source reference. Typically used to store the date that the data was entered into the original source document (not the date when the event occurred).
*{{man label|ID:}}
*{{man label|Volume/Page}}: Specific location with in the information referenced. For a published work, this could include the volume of a multi-volume work and the page number(s). For a periodical, it could include volume, issue, and page numbers. For a newspaper, it could include a column number and page number. For an unpublished source, this could be a sheet number, page number, frame number, etc. A census record might have a line number or dwelling and family numbers in addition to the page number.
*{{man label|Confidence}}: Conveys the submitter's quantitative evaluation of the credibility of a piece of information, based upon its supporting evidence. It is not intended to eliminate the receiver's need to evaluate the evidence for themselves.
**Very Low = Unreliable evidence or estimated data.
**Low = Questionable reliability of evidence (interviews, census, oral genealogies, or potential for bias for example, an autobiography).
** Normal - ??
**High = Secondary evidence, data officially recorded sometime after event.
**Very High = Direct and primary evidence used, or by dominance of the evidence.

;A warning icon {{icon|stock_warn}} is displayed if the citation is shared.

{{man tip| Tip |Information in a citation may be shared. A single citation can be referenced many times and all such references will have in common the overall citation information. Changing the citation information will change it for all of the shared uses}}

{{-}}
=====Select Source selector=====
[[File:SelectSource-selector-dialog-example-50.PNG|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Source - Selector Dialog - example]]

The {{man label|Select Source}} selector dialog allows you to link to an already existing source.

You may use the {{man button|Find}} button to filter the list based on one of the options from the drop down list:
* '''Title contains''' (default)
* ''Title not contain''
* ''Author contains''
* ''Author does not contain''
* ''ID contains''
* ''ID does not contain''
* ''Last Change contains''
* ''Last Change does not contain''

{{-}}
=====Citation information section tab pages=====
The tabs provide the following information categories of citation data:

======Note======

The {{man label|Note}} tab provides a place to record notes or comments about the citation. The central part of the window lists all notes for this citation, and gives you a preview of the beginning of the note. The buttons {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}}, {{icon|share}} {{man button|Add}}, {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}}, {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|-}}, {{icon|stock_go_up}} {{man button|Up}} and {{icon|stock_go_down}} {{man button|Down}} let you add a new note, share the selected note, edit the selected note, remove the selected note and move the selected note up or down the list of notes. Note that the {{icon|share}} {{man button|Add}}, {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}}, {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|-}}, {{icon|stock_go_up}} {{man button|Up}} and {{icon|stock_go_down}} {{man button|Down}} buttons become available only when a media object is selected from the list. Removing a note only removes the note from this citation, it does not delete the note itself. Please refer to [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_notes|details on editing notes]].

======Gallery======

The {{man label|Gallery}} tab lets you store and display photos and other media objects associated with a given citation (for example, a photo of a page of a book or a page of a census). The central part of the window lists all such objects and gives you a thumbnail preview of image files. Other objects such as audio files, movie files, etc., are represented by a generic Gramps icon. The buttons {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}}, {{icon|share}} {{man button|Add}}, {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} and {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|-}} let you add a new image, add a reference to an existing image, modify an existing image, and remove a media object's link to the citation. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a media object is selected from the list. Please refer to [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_media_object_references|details on editing media references]].

======Attributes======

The {{man label|Attributes}} tab displays "Key/Value" pairs that may be associated with the citation. These are similar to the "Attributes" used for other types of Gramps records. The difference between these Key/Value pairs and Attributes is that Attributes may have source citations and notes, while Key/Value data may not.

The central part of the window lists all existing Key/Value pairs. The buttons {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}} and {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|-}} let you add and remove pairs. To modify the text of Key or Value, first select the desired entry. Then press the {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} button to select the Key, or click in either the Key or Value cell of that entry and type your text. When you are done, click outside the cell to exit editing mode.

======References======

The {{man label|References}} tab lists all the database records that refer to this source, if any. The list can be ordered by any of its column headings: {{man label|Type}} , {{man label|ID}} , or {{man label|Name}}. Double-clicking an entry allows you to view and edit the record.

{{-}}

== Editing information about repositories ==

Once you have selected a source, or if you had chosen the {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}} or {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} buttons, then the {{man label|New Repository}} dialog appears.

=== New Repository dialog ===

[[File:NewRepository-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} New Repository - editor dialog - example]]

The following fields are shown:
* {{man label|Name:}} of the repository (where sources are stored).
* {{man label|Type:}} of repository can be physical or virtual structures where genealogical and family history sources are stored:
** ''Album''
** ''Archive''
** ''Bookstore''
** ''Cemetery''
** ''Church''
** ''Collection''
** '''Library'''(default)
** ''Safe''
** ''Unknown''
** ''Web site''
* {{man label|ID}}: an unique record to identify the repository. Leave empty to be generated by Gramps.
* {{man button|Record is public/private}} Lock icon toggle.
*{{man label|Tags:}}
** {{man button|Edit the tag list}}
{{-}}

=== New Repository tab pages ===
The tabs represent the following categories of repository data:

====Addresses====
:The {{man label|Addresses}} tab lets you view and record the various addresses of the repository.

:The bottom part of the window lists all addresses stored in the database. The top part shows the details of the currently selected address in the list (if any). The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} allow you to correspondingly add, modify, and remove an address record from the database. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when an address is selected from the list.

====Internet====
:The {{man label|Internet}} tab displays Internet addresses relevant to the repository. The bottom part lists all such Internet addresses and accompanying descriptions. The top part shows the details of the currently selected addresses in the list (if any). The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add, modify, and remove an Internet address. The "Go" button (represented by an icon having a green arrow and yellow circle) opens your web browser and takes you directly to the highlighted page. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}}buttons become available only when an address is selected from the list.

====Notes====
:The {{man label|Notes}} tab provides a place to record notes or comments about the repository. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field.

====References====
:The {{man label|References}} tab indicates any database records that refer to a given repository. The list can be ordered according to any of its column headings: {{man label|Type}} , {{man label|ID}} , or {{man label|Name}} . Double-clicking an entry allows you to view and edit the corresponding record.

{{-}}

== Editing information about notes ==

See also:
* [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Notes_Category|Notes Category]]

=== Note editor dialog ===

[[File:NewNote-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} New Note - editor dialog - example]]

When creating a new note, or when editing an existing note, the {{man label|Note Editor}} dialog appears. There are two tabs, the '''Note''' tab, and the '''References''' tab.

==== Note tab ====

The {{man label|Note}} tab is the space where text is added. The text can be formatted using many standard text editing tools.

:* A toolbar to apply styles to your notes. You can select and apply one of the toolbuttons, or set the values as you want and start typing.
::* Italic : common function known from text editors
::* Bold : common function known from text editors
::* Underline : common function known from text editors
::* Font selection drop down list: a basic font selector showing all fonts installed on your operating system.
::* Font size: select the size of the font to use for your text.
::* Undo : Undoes last action.
::* Redo : Re-applies last action.
::* [[File:22x22-gramps-font-color.png]] Font color: Select the color of your font.
::* [[File:22x22-gramps-font-bgcolor.png]] Background color: Adds a background color to the text you enter.
::* Link: Opens the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Link_Editor|Link Editor]]}} allowing you to create an internal link to an item in Gramps, such as a Person, Family, Event, Note, etc. External URL links can also be created.
::* Clear Markup: Return selected text to plain text. Removes any links made.

:* A context menu on the textview.
:: The most important entry in this context menu is the spell selection. You are offered a selection of installed languages on your system with spell checking enabled.

:* Some properties of your note
::* {{man label|Preformatted}} checkbox: Notes in Gramps are considered reflowable to allow the content to conform to the report's page size and formatting for the most harmonious presentation. In the default setting, newlines (linefeeds & carriage returns) and white spaces will be automatically ignored so as to form complete paragraphs, which are defined by an empty line between two textblocks. When {{man label|Preformatted}} is checked, Gramps will assume the whitespace and newlines you keyed into the notes are important. Use ''Preformatted'' for tables, literal transcripts, and so forth. Using a monospace font will help keep preformatting column widths & margins predictable. Try not to use preformatted unless absolutely necessary, the reports create will flow more naturally.
::* {{man button|Make public/private}} Privacy is the same as on the other objects. With one easy click, you can indicate a note should be considered private so Gramps can remove this note from all output created.
::* {{man label|ID:}} a unique ID for the note. If left blank, an automatic ID will be generated according to the settings in the preferences.
<div id="note_type">
::* {{man label|Type:}} (<code>General</code> default) The note type. You can add your own [[Gramps_Glossary#custom|custom Type]] by keyboarding it in directly. Adding a Note will automatically set the Type to match the object to which it is being added. (e.g. A note added to the Notes tab of the Person Editor will default to ''Person Note'' Type.)

:::::{|class="wikitable"
! style="text-align:left;"| Type
! Recognized for features in
|-
|''[[Gramps_Glossary#primary_object|<primary object>]]'' Note
|
|-
|''[[Gramps_Glossary#secondary_object|<secondary object>]]'' Note
|
|-
|Citation
|
|-
|General
|''(default)''
|-
|Html code
|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports#Narrated_Web_Site|Narrated Web Site]] report inclusions; export to GEDCOM
|-
|Link
|
|-
|Report
|
|-
|Research
|
|-
|Source text
|
|-
|To Do
|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#To_Do|To Do]] Gramplet, [[Addon:ToDoNotesGramplet|ToDo Notes Gramplet]] Addon. ''Not to be confused with ToDo tag-based reports.''
|-
|Transcript
|
|-
|Unknown
|
|}</div>
::* {{man label|Tags:}} Select a Tag for the note: Complete, Todo etc... You can add your own Tags by typing it. Reports based on tags include: [[Gramps_{{Version manual|}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Tag_Report|Tag Report]], [[Addon:ToDoReport|Todo report]]
{{-}}

==== References tab ====

The {{man label|References}} tab indicates any objects that refer to a given note. The list can be ordered according to any of its column headings: {{man label|Type}}, {{man label|ID}}, or {{man label|Name}}. Double-clicking an entry allows you to view and edit the corresponding record.

=== Link Editor ===

'''A block of Note text must be highlighted for the Link Editor to be active.''' There is no visual indicator when the button is inactive.
[[File:NoteLinkingHints.png|thumb|right|235px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Notes Editor - Linking text]]
[[File:Link-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Link Editor - dialog - example]]
The {{man label|Link Editor}} has the following options:

*{{man label|Link Type:}} specifies the type of link
**Internet Address ([https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/URL <abbr title="Uniform Resource Locator, also known as a web address">URL</abbr>])
**or an item in Gramps, such as an [[Events|Event]], Family, Media, Note, Person, [[Places|Place]], Repository, [[Sources|Source]], or [[Citations|Citation]].
*{{icon|share}} {{man button|Select Item}} button : opens the selector dialog for existing items in the category specified in the Link Type. Not applicable for Internet Address selection.
*{{man button|New}} button : opens a window to create a new item of the specified Gramps item. Successful creation of a new item will autofill the Gramps item box and the Internet Address box with the appropriate data.
*{{man label|Gramps item:}}
**This box is Auto generated by the selection of the {{icon|share}}{{man button|Select Item}} button/{{man button|New}} button/{{man button|Edit}} button.
*{{man button|Edit}} button : opens the editor dialog for the specified Gramps item. The selected item will autofill the Gramps item box and the Internet Address box with the appropriate data.
*{{man label|Internet Address:}}
**A Link type = Gramps type will autofill this box but the contents will be greyed out
**for Link type = Internet Address delete any data left by Gramps and enter the full Internet Address.

{{man tip|HTML links|Links created in the note will turn blue and underlined when you hover your mouse over the text. While working within Gramps, right-click allows the edit window for the selected object to open or to open the URL link in your default browser.

Their true power comes when a [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports#Narrated_Web_Site|Narrated Web Site]] or [[Addon:DynamicWeb_report|Dynamic Web]] is created. Links created become true navigation links to other pages within the web report.}}
See also:
* [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Internet_Address_Editor|Internet Address Editor]]
* [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Note_Link_Report|Note Link Report]]
{{-}}

=== Note markup and preformat in reports ===

Markup like '''bold''', color, underline, ... can be added to notes. A note can be preformatted or not. It depends on the output type how this markup will appear. Here an overview is given of what you can expect.

* '''PDF''' and '''direct print''' (to printer or to file) fully support the markup and the preformatted setting
* '''ascii''' print removes all markup from the notes for obvious reasons

* '''LaTeX''' supports the preformatted setting and partially supports font emphasis stylings and size markup; output does not support font family or colors markup at the moment.
* '''Narrative Web'''. Many people use the Narrative Web report as an easy way to work with their data. This report is trying to respect markup in the notes. This is an interpreted translation, it is not one-to-one.
* '''ODF''' output does not support markup at the moment.
* '''RTF''' output does not support markup at the moment.
* '''html''' output does not support markup at the moment.

{{man tip|Note markup and preformat in reports|Use markup in notes only in those cases it adds to the information stored. '''Gramps is not a text editor.'''}}

{{-}}
{{man index|Gramps 5.1 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 1|Gramps 5.1 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 3|5.1}}
{{languages|Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_Editing_Data:_Detailed_-_part_2}}
{{grampsmanualcopyright}}

[[Category:Documentation]]

Gramps 5.1 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 2

2023-03-02T18:53:13Z

DaveSch: /* Editing information about notes */

{{man index|Gramps 5.1 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 1|Gramps 5.1 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 3|5.1}}
{{languages|Gramps 5.1 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 2}}
{{#vardefine:chapter|9.2}}
{{#vardefine:figure|0}}

The previous section offered you a detailed overview of how to enter and edit data for people, relationships and dates. This section continues with other objects you encounter in Gramps.

== Editing information about events ==
[[File:EventsCategory-EventsListView-example-50.png|right|450px|thumb|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Events Category - Events (List) View - example]]

Adding an Event to a person allows you to record information you have found.

When adding an event to the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Events_Category|Events Category]]}}, the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#New_Event_dialog|New Event]]}} dialog appears.

To add or edit event data, switch to the {{man label|Event}} Category View and select the desired entry in the list of events. Double-click on that entry or click {{man button|Edit}} on the toolbar to invoke the following {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#New_Event_dialog|New Event]]}} dialog.
{{-}}
===New Event dialog===
[[File:EditEvent-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Edit Event - dialog - example]]
When

Events are edited through the {{man label|Event Editor}} dialog. This dialog can be accessed by: double-clicking a row in the Event category view, or in the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Events|{{man label|Events}} tab]] of the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Edit_Person_dialog|Edit Person]]}} dialog, or the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Events|{{man label|Events_2}} tab]] of the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Family_Editor_dialog|Family Editor]]}} dialog.

The top part lets you view and edit basic information about the event:
* The {{man label|Event type:}} can be selected from the available types listed in the Event type drop-down menu. e.g., '''Birth''' (''default''), Baptism, Death, Burial, etc. Gramps You can enter you own Event [[Gramps_Glossary#custom|Custom Types]] by typing directly into this entry field.
* The {{man label|Date:}} of the event can be an exact date, a range (''from ... to ..., between ...''), or an inexact date (''about ...'').
** {{man button|Invoke date editor}} button starts the {{man label|Date selection}} dialog.
* The {{man label|Description:}} field gives you the opportunity to give a longer description what this event is.
** {{man button|Record is Public}} - Toggle the Privacy lock to mark the event record as private which allows it to be omitted from reports.
* The {{man label|Place:}} can be selected from a list of previously entered place using the {{man button|Select an existing place}} button or entered anew using the {{man button|Add a new place}} button. Additionally, you can drag and drop a place entry into this field.
* The {{man label|ID:}} is a unique identifier for the event. Leave this field blank to allow Gramps to generate this value automatically for new events.
* The {{man label|Tags:}} allow you to select an existing tag using the {{man button|Edit the tag list}} button.

===New Event tab pages===
The central part of the window displays tabs containing different categories of information. Click on a tab to view or edit its contents. The tabs provide the following information categories of the event data:

====Source Citations====

:The {{man label|Sources Citations}} tab lets you view and edit sources relevant to an event. The central part of the window lists all such source references stored in the database. The buttons {{man button|+ , Edit , and -}} let you add, modify, and remove a source reference associated with an event. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a source reference is selected from the list.

====Notes====

:The {{man label|Notes}} tab provides a place to record notes or comments about the event. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field.

====Gallery====

:The {{man label|Gallery}} tab

====Attributes====

:The {{man label|Attributes}} tab

====References====

:The {{man label|References}} tab

The bottom part of the window has {{man button|OK}} and {{man button|Cancel}} buttons. Clicking {{man button|OK}} will apply all the changes made in all tabs and close the dialog window. Clicking the {{man button|Cancel}} button will close the window without applying any changes. Pressing {{man button|Help}} will provide help if available.

{{man tip|Tip|If a tab label is in '''boldface''' type, this means it contains data. If not, it has no data.}}

{{-}}

== Editing event references ==

Event references connect a Event to a person and allow you to provide additional information about the event.

When adding event references to a {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Events|Edit Person]]'s Events}} tab, the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Event_Reference_Editor_dialog|Event Reference Editor]]}} dialog appears.

{{-}}
===Event Reference Editor dialog===

{{man tip| Tip |Information in this dialog is specific to the particular reference. A single event can be referenced many times, and all such references will have in common the overall event information. This dialog lets you provide reference-specific data, such as relevant role, attribute to further specify and document the reference.}}

[[File:EventReferenceEditor-dialog-default-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Event Reference Editor - dialog - default]]

The {{man label|New Citation}} dialog includes two sections, {{man label|Reference Information}} and {{man label|Shared Information}}.
* The {{man label|Reference Information}} section indicates the details associated with the particular reference to this Event: {{man label|General}}, {{man label|Notes}}, {{man label|Attributes}}.
* The {{man label|Shared Information}} displays : {{man label|General}}, {{man label|Source Citations}}, {{man label|Attributes}}, {{man label|Notes}}, {{man label|Gallery}}, {{man label|References}}.

{{-}}
====Reference Information ====

=====Reference Information tab pages =====

======General======
For the {{man label|Role:}} of the person in this event, use the '''[[Gramps_Glossary#primary|Primary]]''' ''(default during an Add Event)'' option for the main beneficiary. Use a descriptive Event Role (eg., [[Gramps_Glossary#aide|Aide]], [[Gramps_Glossary#bride|Bride]], [[Gramps_Glossary#celebrant|Celebrant]], [[Gramps_Glossary#clergy|Clergy]], [[Gramps_Glossary#family_role|Family]], [[Gramps_Glossary#groom|Groom]], [[Gramps_Glossary#informant|Informant]], [[Gramps_Glossary#witness|Witness]]) for a Events where the Person is not the Primary participant.

Events added to a Person via the Share or by drag'n'drop will be assigned the '''[[Gramps_Glossary#unknown|Unknown]]''' Event Role by default. If the Person holds an equal Role, set their Role to Primary as well.

If none of the pre-defined Roles are appropriate, add a Role ''[[Gramps_Glossary#custom|Custom Types]]'' by keyboarding in the new Role name rather than selecting one from among those of the Role Pull-Down menu. Any added Role custom types will remain available in that expanded menu... unless the Tree is exported & re-imported or cleaned via a [[Third-party_Addons|3rd party addon]] Utility like [[Addon:Types_Cleanup_Tool|Type Cleanup]].
{{-}}

======Notes======

{{-}}
======Attributes======

{{-}}
====Shared Information ====
{{stub}}
{{-}}
======General======
{{man note|Note|Any changes in the shared event information will be reflected in the event itself, for all participants in the event.}}
{{-}}

======Source Citations======
{{-}}
======Attributes======
{{-}}
======Notes======
{{-}}
======Gallery======
{{-}}
======References======
{{-}}

== Editing information about media objects ==

To add or edit media data, switch to the {{man label|Media}} Category View and select the desired entry in the list of media. Double-click on that entry or click {{man button|Edit}} on the toolbar to invoke the following {{man label|New Media}} editor dialog.

===New Media dialog===
[[File:NewMediaEditor-dialog-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} New Media Editor - dialog - example showing Media properties]]

The top section presents a thumbnail preview of the media object if available, along with a summary of its properties (ID, Date, Path and object type) that you can view and edit. You can type this information directly into the corresponding fields. For the Date, you can also enter information by clicking the {{man button|Invoke date editor}} button to invoke the '''{{man label|Date selection}}''' dialog.

* A descriptive {{man label|Title:}} for this media object.
* The {{man label|ID:}} is an unique record to identify the media object, leave blank to have it generated by Gramps.
** Privacy toggle for this media object {{man label|Record is public}}(default) or {{man label|Record is private}}
* {{man label|Date:}} a date associated with the media object eg: for a picture it could be the date it was taken.
** {{man button|Invoke date editor}} button to invoke the '''{{man label|Date selection}}''' dialog.
* {{man label|Path:}} of the media object on your computer. Gramps does not store the media internally, it only stores the path! Set the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Preferences|Relative Path]] in the Preferences > General tab's {{man label|Base path for relative media paths:}} entry to avoid retyping the common base directory where all your media is stored. The [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Media_Manager|Media Manager]] tool can help managing paths of a collection of media objects.
** {{man button|Open File Browser to select a media file on your computer.}} button.
* {{man button|Edit the Tag list}} button.

The bottom section of the window displays four notebook tabs containing different categories of information. Click a tab to view or edit its contents. The bottom part of the window has {{man button|Help}}, {{man button|Cancel}} and {{man button|OK}} buttons. Clicking {{man button|OK}} will apply all the changes made in all tabs and close the dialog window. Clicking the {{man button|Cancel}} button will close the window without applying any changes. Pressing the {{man button|Help}} button will bring you here.

{{man note|Note|Every media object is referred to by its Path. The user is responsible for keeping track of the object files. Gramps will only reference and display the contents, not manage the files themselves.}}

{{man note|1=Note|2=Clicking {{man button|OK}} will immediately save changes to the database (write on disk). All changes are immediate.}}

===New Media tab pages ===
{{man tip|Tip|If a tab label is in '''boldface''' type, this means it contains data. If not, it has no data.}}

The tabs represent the following categories of media data:

====Source Citations====
{{stub}}

====Attributes====

The {{man label|Attributes}} tab lets you view and edit particular information about the media object that can be expressed as Attributes. The bottom part displays the list of all such attributes stored in the database. The top part shows the details of the currently selected attribute in the list (if any). The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add, modify, or remove an attribute. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when an attribute is selected from the list.

====Notes====

The {{man label|Note}} tab provides a place to record various information about the source that does not fit neatly into other categories. This area is particularly useful for recording information that does not naturally fit into the "Parameter/Value" pairs available to Attributes. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field.

====References====

The {{man label|References}} tab indicates any database records that refer to a given media object. The list can be ordered according to any of its column headings: {{man label|Type}} , {{man label|ID}} , or {{man label|Name}}. Double-clicking an entry allows you to view and edit the corresponding record.

{{man note|1=Note|2=Only primary objects can be shown in the {{man label|References}} tab: Person, Family, Event, Source, or Place. The secondary objects such as Names and Attributes, although able to refer the media object, will only show up through their primary objects to which they belong.}}

{{-}}

== Editing media object references ==

When Media Object references connect a Media Object to an other object on a {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Gallery|Edit Person]]'s Gallery}} tab, the {{man button|Share}} button will bring up the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Select_Media_Object_selector|Select Media Object selector]] and once you select a Media Object the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Media_Reference_Editor_dialog|Media Reference Editor]]}} dialog appears.

{{stub}}
{{-}}
===Select a media object selector===

[[File:SelectAMediaObject-file-selector-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select a media object - (File) Selector Dialog - example]]

The {{man label|Select a media object}} file selector allow you to preview and select a media file you want to attach, and at the same time you may edit the shown {{man label|Title:}} (Defaults to the filename without the file extension).
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Convert to a relative path}} (checkbox unchecked by default until checked for the first time and remembered for each subsequent image selection.)

* See also: [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Select_Media_Object_selector|Select Media Object selector]]
{{-}}

===Media Reference Editor dialog===
[[File:MediaReferenceEditor-dialog-collapsed-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Media Reference Editor - dialog - collapsed default example]]

The {{man label|Media Reference Editor}} dialog.

See also [[How to create image reference regions]]
{{stub}}
{{-}}
[[File:MediaReferenceEditor-dialog-expanded-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Media Reference Editor - dialog - "Shared Information" section expanded example]]

You may also expand the '''Shared Information''' section.

{{stub}}
{{-}}
====Top section ====
{{stub}}
=====Top section tab pages =====

======General======

* Region corners : x1, x2, y1, y2.
The {{man label|region}} part allows to select a specific region on the Media Object.
You can use the mouse cursor on the picture to select a region, or use these spinbuttons to set the top left, and bottom right corner of the referenced region. Point (0,0) is the top left corner of the picture, and (100,100) the bottom right corner.

* Privacy
The {{man button|Privacy}} button lets you mark whether or not the record is considered private.
Check the {{man label|Private}} record box to mark this {{man label|record as private}}.

See also the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_7#Page_Generation|Narrated Web Site]] Gallery tab supports output of these referenced regions.

{{-}}
======Source Citations======

{{-}}
======Attributes======

{{-}}
======Notes======

{{-}}
====Shared Information ====

=====Shared Information tab pages =====

======General======

{{-}}
======References======

{{-}}
======Source Citations======

{{-}}
======Attributes======

{{-}}
======Notes======

{{-}}

== Editing information about places ==

To edit information about places, switch to the {{man label|Places}} Category and select the desired entry from the list of places. Double-click that entry or click the {{man button|Edit}} button on the toolbar to bring up the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Place_Editor_dialog|Place Editor]]}} dialog:

{{-}}
===Place Editor dialog===
{{stub}}
[[File:PlaceEditor-dialog-example-50.png|right|thumb|right|450px| Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Place editor - dialog]]

To edit information about places, switch to the Places Category and select the desired entry from the list of places. Double-click that entry or click the {{man button|Edit}} button on the toolbar to bring up the following {{man label|Place Editor}} dialog:

The following fields are available:
* Title area at top displays the description of this place to be used in reports. Gramps will construct this for you. See [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display|Preferences > Display > Enable automatic place title generation]]
*{{man label|Name:}} the name of this place.
** {{man button|Invoke place name editor}} button opens the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Place_Name_Editor_dialog|Place Name Editor]]}} dialog where you can add/edit additional information.
*{{man label|Type:}} the place type. All '''[[Gramps_Glossary#custom|Custom Types]]''' are shown at the bottom of the list. Choose from the following default available '''Types''':
** Building
** Borough
** Country
** County
** City
** Department
** District
** Farm
** Hamlet
** Locality
** Municipality
** Neighborhood
** Number - See [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Place_Format_Editor|Street format:]]
** Parish
** Province
** Region
** State
** Street
** Town
** '''Unknown'''(default)
** Village
*{{man label|Latitude:}} the position above equation of the place in decimal or degree notation. Eg, valid values are 12.0154, 50°52'21.92\"N, N50º52'21.92\" or 50:52:21.92. You can set these values via the Geography View by searching the place, or via a map service in the Place view. See: [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Supported_longitude.2Flatitude_formats|Supported longitude/latitude formats]]
*{{man label|Longitude:}} the position relative to the Prime, or Greenwich, Meridian of the place in decimal or degree notation. Eg, valid values are -124.3647, 124°52'21.92\"E, E124º52'21.92\" or 124:52:21.92. You can set these values via the Geography View by searching the place, or via a map service in the Place view. See: [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Supported_longitude.2Flatitude_formats|Supported longitude/latitude formats]]
** {{man button|Record is public/private}}
*{{man label|ID:}} an unique record to identify the place. Leave generated by Gramps.
*{{man label|Code:}} a code for this place. For example, an area code or postal code.
*{{man label|Tags:}}
** {{man button|Edit the tag list}}
{{-}}

===Place editor tab pages===

{{man tip|Tip|If a tab label is in boldface type and displays an icon, this means it contains data. If not, it has no data.}}

The tabs represent the following categories of place data:

====Enclosed By====
[[File:PlaceEditor-EnclosedBy-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Enclosed By" tab from "Place Editor" - dialog - example]]

Places in Gramps are stored in a hierarchy. The {{man label|Enclosed By}} tab allows you to link this place to other places, higher in the hierarchy, which enclose it. Each link consists of a place and an optional date range.

To enclose with an existing place, use the use the {{icon|share}} {{man button|Share}} button to choose a Place from the [[#Select Place selector|Place Selector]]. Alternately, drag a place (from the Clipboard, Places Category view, or an Event Editor) into bottom of the {{man label|Enclosed By}} tab.

{{man note|1=Editing a hierarchy of Enclosing Places spawns a hierarchy of dialogs|2=Sharing, adding or Editing an enclosure spawns an additional Place Editor dialog. It looks just like the parent dialog but is focused on the enclosing Place. This allows further qualification of that place's enclosing characteristics. e.g., the enclosure date range -- for shifting borders.}}

The buttons {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|add}} , {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} , and {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|Remove}} let you add a new Place as an enclosing hierarchical level, modify the selected enclosing Place, and remove a selected link to an enclosing Place.

Note that the {{man button|Edit}}, {{man button|Remove}} and re-ordering (up, down) buttons become available only when a link exists and is selected from the list. In general, a country will be a top level place, and will not be linked to any other place.

'''See also:'''
* [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Enclosed_By|Enclosed By]] Gramplet
* [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Using_the_Clipboard|Using the clipboard]]
=====Select Place selector=====
{{stub}}
[[File:SelectPlace-SelectorDialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Place - Selector Dialog - example]]

The {{man label|Select Place}} selector dialog allows you to link to an already existing place and once selected it will be opened in the {{man label|Place Reference Editor}}

You may use the {{man button|Find}} button to filter the list based on one of the options from the drop down list:
* '''Name contains''' (default)
{{-}}

=====Place Reference Editor=====
[[File:PlaceReferenceEditor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Place Reference Editor - Dialog - example]]

{{man label|Place Reference Editor}}
{{stub}}

The second part of the window displays seven notebook tabs containing different categories of information. Click a tab to view or edit its contents. The bottom part of the window has {{man button|OK}} and {{man button|Cancel}} buttons. Clicking {{man button|OK}} will apply all the changes made in all tabs and close the dialog window. Clicking the {{man button|Cancel}} button will close the window without applying any changes.

{{man note|1=Note|2=Clicking {{man button|OK}} will immediately save changes to the database. All changes are immediate.}}
{{-}}

====Alternative Names====

:The {{man label|Alternative Names}} tab lets you view and edit other names by which the place might be known. The tab lists all other names of the place stored in the database. The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add, modify, and remove a name record. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a name is selected from the list.

{{man note|Note|Seeing a question <code>?</code> mark means that you may have a problem in the naming variants of that place. There may be some places which have different names for the same date range and language. Overlapping date ranges are valid. The place displayer will use the first matching name.}}

====Source Citations====

:The {{man label|Source Citations}} tab lets you view and edit sources relevant to a place. The central part of the window lists all such source references stored in the database. The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add, modify, and remove a source reference associated with a place. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a source reference is selected from the list.

====Notes====

:The {{man label|Notes}} tab displays any comments or notes concerning the place. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field.

====Gallery====

:The {{man label|Gallery}} tab lets you store and display photos and other media objects associated with a given place. The central part of the window lists all such media objects and gives you a thumbnail preview of image files. Other objects such as audio files, movie files, etc., are represented by a generic Gramps icon. The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Select}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add a new image, add a reference to an existing image, modify an existing image, and remove a media object's link to the place. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a media object is selected from the list.

====Internet====

:The {{man label|Internet}} tab contains Internet addresses relevant to the place. The bottom part of the window lists all such Internet addresses stored in the database. The top part shows the details of the currently selected address in the list (if any). The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add, modify, and remove an Internet address. The {{man button|Go}} button (represented by an icon with a green arrow and yellow circle) opens your browser and takes you to the web page corresponding to the highlighted Internet address. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} , {{man button|-}} , and {{man button|Go}} buttons become available only when an address is selected from the list.

====References====

:The {{man label|References}} tab indicates any database records (events or LDS ordinances) that refer to a place. This information cannot be modified from the {{man label|Place Editor}} dialog. Instead, the corresponding database record (e.g., a birth event) has to be brought up and its place reference edited.

{{-}}
=== Place Name Editor dialog ===

[[File:PlaceNameEditor-dialog-default-50.png|right|thumb|right|450px| Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Place Name Editor dialog - default]]

You can access the {{man label|Place Name Editor}} dialog from the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Place_Editor_dialog|Place Editor]]}} dialogs {{man button|Invoke place name editor}} button.

The {{man label|Place Name Editor}} dialog allows you to add/edit the following information:
* {{man label|Name:}} the name of the place
* {{man label|Date:}} Date range in which the place is valid
** {{man button|Invoke the date editor}} button
* {{man label|Language:}} Language in which the name is written. Valid values are two character ISO codes for example: en,fr, de, nl. See Wikipedia for the full list of valid [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_ISO_639-1_codes ISO 639-1] codes.
{{-}}

=== Supported longitude/latitude formats ===

When you create/modify a place, the possible formats used for longitude/latitude are :

{| class="wikitable"
!colspan="2"|Longitude & Latitude Formats
|-
! D.D4
| degree notation, 4 decimals
: eg +12.0154 , -124.3647
: 4 [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Decimal_degrees#Precision decimals of longitude precision] allows an 11.132 meter (36.5223097 foot) approximation at the equator.
|-
! D.D8
| degree notation, 8 decimals ([https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Decimal_degrees#Precision precision] like ISO-DMS)
: eg +12.01543265 , -124.36473268
|-
! DEG
| degree, minutes, seconds notation
: eg 50°52'21.92"N , 124°52'21.92"E (° symbol has UTF-8 code c2b00a)
: or N50º52'21.92" , E124º52'21.92" (º symbol has UTF-8 code c2ba0a)
: The character for seconds can be either one double quote "
: or two single quote '
: The letters N/S/W/E can be placed before or after the digits.
|-
! DEG-
| degree, minutes, seconds notation with :
: eg -50:52:21.92 , 124:52:21.92
|-
! ISO-D
| ISO 6709 degree notation
: i.e. ±DD.DDDD±DDD.DDDD
|-
! ISO-DM
| ISO 6709 degree, minutes notation
: i.e. ±DDMM.MMM±DDDMM.MMM
|-
! ISO-DMS
| ISO 6709 degree, minutes, seconds notation
: i.e. ±DDMMSS.SS±DDDMMSS.SS
|}

{{-}}

== Editing information about sources ==

From either of the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Sources]]}} category views you can select or create a new source, or if you had chosen the {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}} or {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} buttons, then the {{man label|New Source}} editor dialog appears.

===New Source dialog===

[[File:NewSource-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} New Source - editor dialog - example]]

For the {{man label|New Source}} editor dialog the general information in the top section of the window lets you define basic information about the source: its {{man label|Title}} , {{man label|Author}} , {{man label|Abbreviation}} , and {{man label|Publication information}} . You can type this information directly into the adjacent fields.

*{{man label|Title:}} Title of the source.
*{{man label|Authors:}} Authors of the source.
*{{man label|Pub. info.:}} Publication Information, such as city and year of publication, name of publisher, ...
*{{man label|Abbreviation:}} Provide a short title used for sorting, filing, and retrieving source records.
** {{man button|Record is public/private}} Lock icon toggle.
*{{man label|ID:}} an unique record to identify the source. Leave generated by Gramps.
*{{man label|Tags:}}
** {{man button|Edit the tag list}}
{{-}}

===New Source tab pages===
The tabs provide the following information categories of source data:

====Notes====

:The {{man label|Notes}} tab provides a place to record notes or comments about the source. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field. Only primary objects can be shown in the {{man label|References}} tab: Person, Family, Event, Place, or Media object. Secondary objects such as Names and Attributes can only be accessed through the primary objects to which they belong.

====Gallery====

:The {{man label|Gallery}} tab lets you store and display photos and other media objects associated with a given source (for example, a photo of a birth certificate). The central part of the window lists all such objects and gives you a thumbnail preview of image files. Other objects such as audio files, movie files, etc., are represented by a generic Gramps icon. The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Select}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add a new image, add a reference to an existing image, modify an existing image, and remove a media object's link to the relationship. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a media object is selected from the list.

====Attributes====

:The {{man label|Attributes}} tab displays "Key/Value" pairs that may be associated with the source. These are similar to the "Attributes" used for other types of Gramps records. The difference between these Key/Value pairs and Attributes is that Attributes may have source references and notes, while Key/Value data may not.

:The central part of the window lists all existing Key/Value pairs. The buttons {{man button|+}} and {{man button|-}} let you add and remove pairs. To modify the text of Key or Value, first select the desired entry. Then click in either the Key or Value cell of that entry and type your text. When you are done, click outside the cell to exit editing mode.

====Repositories====
[[File:NewSource-Repositories-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Repositories" tab from "New Source" - dialog - example]]

:The {{man label|Repositories}} tab displays the references to the repositories in which the source is contained. The list can be ordered by any of its column headings: {{man label|ID}} , {{man label|Title}}, {{man label|Call Number}},and {{man label|Type}}. Double-clicking an entry allows you to view and edit the record. You may also edit the reference. The buttons on the side of the tab allow you add a new repository, link to (or share) an existing repository, edit the reference to the repository, or remove the reference.
{{stub}}
{{-}}
=====Select Repository selector=====
[[File:SelectRepository-SelectorDialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Repository - Selector Dialog - example]]

The {{man label|Select Repository}} selector dialog allows you to link to an already existing repositories and once selected it will be opened in the {{man label|Repository Reference Editor}}

You may use the {{man button|Find}} button to filter the list based on one of the options from the drop down list:
* '''Title contains''' (default)
* ''Title not contain''
* ''ID contains''
* ''ID does not contain''
* ''Last Change contains''
* ''Last Change does not contain''
{{stub}}
{{-}}

====References====

:The {{man label|References}} tab lists all the database records that refer to this source, if any. The list can be ordered by any of its column headings: {{man label|Type}} , {{man label|ID}} , or {{man label|Name}}. Double-clicking an entry allows you to view and edit the record.

{{-}}

== Editing source citations ==

Citations connect a Source to another object and allow you to provide additional information about the source. Citations can be attached to a large number of objects,
* [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Editing_information_about_people|People and various information about people]] (such as their name, address etc),
* [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Editing_information_about_relationships|Relationships (Families) and various information about relationships]],
* [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_events|Events and various information about events]],
* [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_media_objects|Media objects and attributes of media objects]],
* [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_places|Places and various information about places]],
* [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_repositories|Addresses of repositories]].

For each object, a common set of buttons are provided:
* {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}} (Create and add a new citation and a new source). This brings up an empty Citation dialog.
* {{icon|share}} {{man button|Add}} (Add an existing citation or source). This brings up the Source or Citation selection dialog box.
* {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} (Edit the selected citation). This brings up the Citation dialog pre-populated with the Citation and source information.
* {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|-}} (Remove the existing citation). This removes the citation from the object. It does not delete the citation itself, which could then be connected to another object.

Note that the {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} and {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a citation has been selected.

{{-}}
=== Select Source or Citation selector===

[[File:SelectSourceOrCitation-SelectorDialog-example-50.png|thumb|450px|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Source or Citation - Selector Dialog - example]]

When {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|Add}} adding an existing citation or source, the {{man label|Select Source or Citation}} dialog appears

This allows either an existing source or an existing citation (along with its associated source) to be selected. Click on the disclosure triangle alongside a source to see the citations associated with that source. For example, if one of your sources were a book, then the citations would normally refer to a page (or pages) within the book. If you already have a citation that refer to the particular page of the book, then you could select that citation which would then be shared. On the other hand, if this object needs to refer to a new page, then you would select the source and in the subsequent dialog enter the new page.

You may use the {{man button|Find}} button to filter the list based on one of the options from the drop down list:
* '''Source: Title or Citation: Volume/Page contains'''(default)
* ''Source: Title or Citation: Volume/Page does not contain''
* ''ID contains''
* ''ID does not contain''
* ''Last Change contains''
* ''Last Change does not contain''
{{-}}

===New Citation dialog===
{{stub}}
[[File:NewCitation-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|450px|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} New Citation - editor Dialog - example]]

Once you have selected a citation or a source, or if you had chosen the {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}} or {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} buttons, then the {{man label|New Citation}} dialog appears.

The {{man label|New Citation}} dialog includes one section called {{man label|Citation information}}.
{{-}}
====Citation information====
The {{man label|Citation information}} section indicates the details associated with the particular reference to this Source: {{man label|Confidence}}, {{man label|Volume/Page}}, {{man label|Date}}, and {{man label|Notes}}. You can choose the Confidence level from the {{man label|Confidence}} drop-down menu. The remaining details can be typed in the corresponding text entry fields.

*{{man label|Date:}} Date associated with this source reference. Typically used to store the date that the data was entered into the original source document (not the date when the event occurred).
*{{man label|ID:}}
*{{man label|Volume/Page}}: Specific location with in the information referenced. For a published work, this could include the volume of a multi-volume work and the page number(s). For a periodical, it could include volume, issue, and page numbers. For a newspaper, it could include a column number and page number. For an unpublished source, this could be a sheet number, page number, frame number, etc. A census record might have a line number or dwelling and family numbers in addition to the page number.
*{{man label|Confidence}}: Conveys the submitter's quantitative evaluation of the credibility of a piece of information, based upon its supporting evidence. It is not intended to eliminate the receiver's need to evaluate the evidence for themselves.
**Very Low = Unreliable evidence or estimated data.
**Low = Questionable reliability of evidence (interviews, census, oral genealogies, or potential for bias for example, an autobiography).
** Normal - ??
**High = Secondary evidence, data officially recorded sometime after event.
**Very High = Direct and primary evidence used, or by dominance of the evidence.

;A warning icon {{icon|stock_warn}} is displayed if the citation is shared.

{{man tip| Tip |Information in a citation may be shared. A single citation can be referenced many times and all such references will have in common the overall citation information. Changing the citation information will change it for all of the shared uses}}

{{-}}
=====Select Source selector=====
[[File:SelectSource-selector-dialog-example-50.PNG|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Source - Selector Dialog - example]]

The {{man label|Select Source}} selector dialog allows you to link to an already existing source.

You may use the {{man button|Find}} button to filter the list based on one of the options from the drop down list:
* '''Title contains''' (default)
* ''Title not contain''
* ''Author contains''
* ''Author does not contain''
* ''ID contains''
* ''ID does not contain''
* ''Last Change contains''
* ''Last Change does not contain''

{{-}}
=====Citation information section tab pages=====
The tabs provide the following information categories of citation data:

======Note======

The {{man label|Note}} tab provides a place to record notes or comments about the citation. The central part of the window lists all notes for this citation, and gives you a preview of the beginning of the note. The buttons {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}}, {{icon|share}} {{man button|Add}}, {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}}, {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|-}}, {{icon|stock_go_up}} {{man button|Up}} and {{icon|stock_go_down}} {{man button|Down}} let you add a new note, share the selected note, edit the selected note, remove the selected note and move the selected note up or down the list of notes. Note that the {{icon|share}} {{man button|Add}}, {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}}, {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|-}}, {{icon|stock_go_up}} {{man button|Up}} and {{icon|stock_go_down}} {{man button|Down}} buttons become available only when a media object is selected from the list. Removing a note only removes the note from this citation, it does not delete the note itself. Please refer to [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_notes|details on editing notes]].

======Gallery======

The {{man label|Gallery}} tab lets you store and display photos and other media objects associated with a given citation (for example, a photo of a page of a book or a page of a census). The central part of the window lists all such objects and gives you a thumbnail preview of image files. Other objects such as audio files, movie files, etc., are represented by a generic Gramps icon. The buttons {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}}, {{icon|share}} {{man button|Add}}, {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} and {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|-}} let you add a new image, add a reference to an existing image, modify an existing image, and remove a media object's link to the citation. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a media object is selected from the list. Please refer to [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_media_object_references|details on editing media references]].

======Attributes======

The {{man label|Attributes}} tab displays "Key/Value" pairs that may be associated with the citation. These are similar to the "Attributes" used for other types of Gramps records. The difference between these Key/Value pairs and Attributes is that Attributes may have source citations and notes, while Key/Value data may not.

The central part of the window lists all existing Key/Value pairs. The buttons {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}} and {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|-}} let you add and remove pairs. To modify the text of Key or Value, first select the desired entry. Then press the {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} button to select the Key, or click in either the Key or Value cell of that entry and type your text. When you are done, click outside the cell to exit editing mode.

======References======

The {{man label|References}} tab lists all the database records that refer to this source, if any. The list can be ordered by any of its column headings: {{man label|Type}} , {{man label|ID}} , or {{man label|Name}}. Double-clicking an entry allows you to view and edit the record.

{{-}}

== Editing information about repositories ==

Once you have selected a source, or if you had chosen the {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}} or {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} buttons, then the {{man label|New Repository}} dialog appears.

=== New Repository dialog ===

[[File:NewRepository-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} New Repository - editor dialog - example]]

The following fields are shown:
* {{man label|Name:}} of the repository (where sources are stored).
* {{man label|Type:}} of repository can be physical or virtual structures where genealogical and family history sources are stored:
** ''Album''
** ''Archive''
** ''Bookstore''
** ''Cemetery''
** ''Church''
** ''Collection''
** '''Library'''(default)
** ''Safe''
** ''Unknown''
** ''Web site''
* {{man label|ID}}: an unique record to identify the repository. Leave empty to be generated by Gramps.
* {{man button|Record is public/private}} Lock icon toggle.
*{{man label|Tags:}}
** {{man button|Edit the tag list}}
{{-}}

=== New Repository tab pages ===
The tabs represent the following categories of repository data:

====Addresses====
:The {{man label|Addresses}} tab lets you view and record the various addresses of the repository.

:The bottom part of the window lists all addresses stored in the database. The top part shows the details of the currently selected address in the list (if any). The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} allow you to correspondingly add, modify, and remove an address record from the database. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when an address is selected from the list.

====Internet====
:The {{man label|Internet}} tab displays Internet addresses relevant to the repository. The bottom part lists all such Internet addresses and accompanying descriptions. The top part shows the details of the currently selected addresses in the list (if any). The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add, modify, and remove an Internet address. The "Go" button (represented by an icon having a green arrow and yellow circle) opens your web browser and takes you directly to the highlighted page. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}}buttons become available only when an address is selected from the list.

====Notes====
:The {{man label|Notes}} tab provides a place to record notes or comments about the repository. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field.

====References====
:The {{man label|References}} tab indicates any database records that refer to a given repository. The list can be ordered according to any of its column headings: {{man label|Type}} , {{man label|ID}} , or {{man label|Name}} . Double-clicking an entry allows you to view and edit the corresponding record.

{{-}}

== Editing information about notes ==

Once you have selected a source, or if you had chosen the {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}} or {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} buttons, then the {{man label|New Note}} editor dialog appears.

See also:
* [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Notes_Category|Notes Category]]

=== New Note editor dialog ===

[[File:NewNote-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} New Note - editor dialog - example]]

When creating a new note, or when editing an existing note, the {{man label|Note Editor}} dialog appears. There are two tabs, the '''Note''' tab, and the '''References''' tab.

==== Note tab ====

The {{man label|Note}} tab is the space where text is added. The text can be formatted using many standard text editing tools.

:* A toolbar to apply styles to your notes. You can select and apply one of the toolbuttons, or set the values as you want and start typing.
::* Italic : common function known from text editors
::* Bold : common function known from text editors
::* Underline : common function known from text editors
::* Font selection drop down list: a basic font selector showing all fonts installed on your operating system.
::* Font size: select the size of the font to use for your text.
::* Undo : Undoes last action.
::* Redo : Re-applies last action.
::* [[File:22x22-gramps-font-color.png]] Font color: Select the color of your font.
::* [[File:22x22-gramps-font-bgcolor.png]] Background color: Adds a background color to the text you enter.
::* Link: Opens the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Link_Editor|Link Editor]]}} allowing you to create an internal link to an item in Gramps, such as a Person, Family, Event, Note, etc. External URL links can also be created.
::* Clear Markup: Return selected text to plain text. Removes any links made.

:* A context menu on the textview.
:: The most important entry in this context menu is the spell selection. You are offered a selection of installed languages on your system with spell checking enabled.

:* Some properties of your note
::* {{man label|Preformatted}} checkbox: Notes in Gramps are considered reflowable to allow the content to conform to the report's page size and formatting for the most harmonious presentation. In the default setting, newlines (linefeeds & carriage returns) and white spaces will be automatically ignored so as to form complete paragraphs, which are defined by an empty line between two textblocks. When {{man label|Preformatted}} is checked, Gramps will assume the whitespace and newlines you keyed into the notes are important. Use ''Preformatted'' for tables, literal transcripts, and so forth. Using a monospace font will help keep preformatting column widths & margins predictable. Try not to use preformatted unless absolutely necessary, the reports create will flow more naturally.
::* {{man button|Make public/private}} Privacy is the same as on the other objects. With one easy click, you can indicate a note should be considered private so Gramps can remove this note from all output created.
::* {{man label|ID:}} a unique ID for the note. If left blank, an automatic ID will be generated according to the settings in the preferences.
<div id="note_type">
::* {{man label|Type:}} (<code>General</code> default) The note type. You can add your own [[Gramps_Glossary#custom|custom Type]] by keyboarding it in directly. Adding a Note will automatically set the Type to match the object to which it is being added. (e.g. A note added to the Notes tab of the Person Editor will default to ''Person Note'' Type.)

:::::{|class="wikitable"
! style="text-align:left;"| Type
! Recognized for features in
|-
|''[[Gramps_Glossary#primary_object|<primary object>]]'' Note
|
|-
|''[[Gramps_Glossary#secondary_object|<secondary object>]]'' Note
|
|-
|Citation
|
|-
|General
|''(default)''
|-
|Html code
|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports#Narrated_Web_Site|Narrated Web Site]] report inclusions; export to GEDCOM
|-
|Link
|
|-
|Report
|
|-
|Research
|
|-
|Source text
|
|-
|To Do
|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#To_Do|To Do]] Gramplet, [[Addon:ToDoNotesGramplet|ToDo Notes Gramplet]] Addon. ''Not to be confused with ToDo tag-based reports.''
|-
|Transcript
|
|-
|Unknown
|
|}</div>
::* {{man label|Tags:}} Select a Tag for the note: Complete, Todo etc... You can add your own Tags by typing it. Reports based on tags include: [[Gramps_{{Version manual|}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Tag_Report|Tag Report]], [[Addon:ToDoReport|Todo report]]
{{-}}

==== References tab ====

The {{man label|References}} tab indicates any objects that refer to a given note. The list can be ordered according to any of its column headings: {{man label|Type}}, {{man label|ID}}, or {{man label|Name}}. Double-clicking an entry allows you to view and edit the corresponding record.

=== Link Editor ===

'''A block of Note text must be highlighted for the Link Editor to be active.''' There is no visual indicator when the button is inactive.
[[File:NoteLinkingHints.png|thumb|right|235px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Notes Editor - Linking text]]
[[File:Link-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Link Editor - dialog - example]]
The {{man label|Link Editor}} has the following options:

*{{man label|Link Type:}} specifies the type of link
**Internet Address ([https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/URL <abbr title="Uniform Resource Locator, also known as a web address">URL</abbr>])
**or an item in Gramps, such as an [[Events|Event]], Family, Media, Note, Person, [[Places|Place]], Repository, [[Sources|Source]], or [[Citations|Citation]].
*{{icon|share}} {{man button|Select Item}} button : opens the selector dialog for existing items in the category specified in the Link Type. Not applicable for Internet Address selection.
*{{man button|New}} button : opens a window to create a new item of the specified Gramps item. Successful creation of a new item will autofill the Gramps item box and the Internet Address box with the appropriate data.
*{{man label|Gramps item:}}
**This box is Auto generated by the selection of the {{icon|share}}{{man button|Select Item}} button/{{man button|New}} button/{{man button|Edit}} button.
*{{man button|Edit}} button : opens the editor dialog for the specified Gramps item. The selected item will autofill the Gramps item box and the Internet Address box with the appropriate data.
*{{man label|Internet Address:}}
**A Link type = Gramps type will autofill this box but the contents will be greyed out
**for Link type = Internet Address delete any data left by Gramps and enter the full Internet Address.

{{man tip|HTML links|Links created in the note will turn blue and underlined when you hover your mouse over the text. While working within Gramps, right-click allows the edit window for the selected object to open or to open the URL link in your default browser.

Their true power comes when a [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports#Narrated_Web_Site|Narrated Web Site]] or [[Addon:DynamicWeb_report|Dynamic Web]] is created. Links created become true navigation links to other pages within the web report.}}
See also:
* [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Internet_Address_Editor|Internet Address Editor]]
* [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Note_Link_Report|Note Link Report]]
{{-}}

=== Note markup and preformat in reports ===

Markup like '''bold''', color, underline, ... can be added to notes. A note can be preformatted or not. It depends on the output type how this markup will appear. Here an overview is given of what you can expect.

* '''PDF''' and '''direct print''' (to printer or to file) fully support the markup and the preformatted setting
* '''ascii''' print removes all markup from the notes for obvious reasons

* '''LaTeX''' supports the preformatted setting and partially supports font emphasis stylings and size markup; output does not support font family or colors markup at the moment.
* '''Narrative Web'''. Many people use the Narrative Web report as an easy way to work with their data. This report is trying to respect markup in the notes. This is an interpreted translation, it is not one-to-one.
* '''ODF''' output does not support markup at the moment.
* '''RTF''' output does not support markup at the moment.
* '''html''' output does not support markup at the moment.

{{man tip|Note markup and preformat in reports|Use markup in notes only in those cases it adds to the information stored. '''Gramps is not a text editor.'''}}

{{-}}
{{man index|Gramps 5.1 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 1|Gramps 5.1 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 3|5.1}}
{{languages|Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_Editing_Data:_Detailed_-_part_2}}
{{grampsmanualcopyright}}

[[Category:Documentation]]

Gramps 5.1 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 2

2023-03-02T12:48:14Z

DaveSch: /* Link Editor */

{{man index|Gramps 5.1 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 1|Gramps 5.1 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 3|5.1}}
{{languages|Gramps 5.1 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 2}}
{{#vardefine:chapter|9.2}}
{{#vardefine:figure|0}}

The previous section offered you a detailed overview of how to enter and edit data for people, relationships and dates. This section continues with other objects you encounter in Gramps.

== Editing information about events ==
[[File:EventsCategory-EventsListView-example-50.png|right|450px|thumb|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Events Category - Events (List) View - example]]

Adding an Event to a person allows you to record information you have found.

When adding an event to the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Events_Category|Events Category]]}}, the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#New_Event_dialog|New Event]]}} dialog appears.

To add or edit event data, switch to the {{man label|Event}} Category View and select the desired entry in the list of events. Double-click on that entry or click {{man button|Edit}} on the toolbar to invoke the following {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#New_Event_dialog|New Event]]}} dialog.
{{-}}
===New Event dialog===
[[File:EditEvent-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Edit Event - dialog - example]]
When

Events are edited through the {{man label|Event Editor}} dialog. This dialog can be accessed by: double-clicking a row in the Event category view, or in the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Events|{{man label|Events}} tab]] of the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Edit_Person_dialog|Edit Person]]}} dialog, or the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Events|{{man label|Events_2}} tab]] of the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Family_Editor_dialog|Family Editor]]}} dialog.

The top part lets you view and edit basic information about the event:
* The {{man label|Event type:}} can be selected from the available types listed in the Event type drop-down menu. e.g., '''Birth''' (''default''), Baptism, Death, Burial, etc. Gramps You can enter you own Event [[Gramps_Glossary#custom|Custom Types]] by typing directly into this entry field.
* The {{man label|Date:}} of the event can be an exact date, a range (''from ... to ..., between ...''), or an inexact date (''about ...'').
** {{man button|Invoke date editor}} button starts the {{man label|Date selection}} dialog.
* The {{man label|Description:}} field gives you the opportunity to give a longer description what this event is.
** {{man button|Record is Public}} - Toggle the Privacy lock to mark the event record as private which allows it to be omitted from reports.
* The {{man label|Place:}} can be selected from a list of previously entered place using the {{man button|Select an existing place}} button or entered anew using the {{man button|Add a new place}} button. Additionally, you can drag and drop a place entry into this field.
* The {{man label|ID:}} is a unique identifier for the event. Leave this field blank to allow Gramps to generate this value automatically for new events.
* The {{man label|Tags:}} allow you to select an existing tag using the {{man button|Edit the tag list}} button.

===New Event tab pages===
The central part of the window displays tabs containing different categories of information. Click on a tab to view or edit its contents. The tabs provide the following information categories of the event data:

====Source Citations====

:The {{man label|Sources Citations}} tab lets you view and edit sources relevant to an event. The central part of the window lists all such source references stored in the database. The buttons {{man button|+ , Edit , and -}} let you add, modify, and remove a source reference associated with an event. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a source reference is selected from the list.

====Notes====

:The {{man label|Notes}} tab provides a place to record notes or comments about the event. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field.

====Gallery====

:The {{man label|Gallery}} tab

====Attributes====

:The {{man label|Attributes}} tab

====References====

:The {{man label|References}} tab

The bottom part of the window has {{man button|OK}} and {{man button|Cancel}} buttons. Clicking {{man button|OK}} will apply all the changes made in all tabs and close the dialog window. Clicking the {{man button|Cancel}} button will close the window without applying any changes. Pressing {{man button|Help}} will provide help if available.

{{man tip|Tip|If a tab label is in '''boldface''' type, this means it contains data. If not, it has no data.}}

{{-}}

== Editing event references ==

Event references connect a Event to a person and allow you to provide additional information about the event.

When adding event references to a {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Events|Edit Person]]'s Events}} tab, the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Event_Reference_Editor_dialog|Event Reference Editor]]}} dialog appears.

{{-}}
===Event Reference Editor dialog===

{{man tip| Tip |Information in this dialog is specific to the particular reference. A single event can be referenced many times, and all such references will have in common the overall event information. This dialog lets you provide reference-specific data, such as relevant role, attribute to further specify and document the reference.}}

[[File:EventReferenceEditor-dialog-default-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Event Reference Editor - dialog - default]]

The {{man label|New Citation}} dialog includes two sections, {{man label|Reference Information}} and {{man label|Shared Information}}.
* The {{man label|Reference Information}} section indicates the details associated with the particular reference to this Event: {{man label|General}}, {{man label|Notes}}, {{man label|Attributes}}.
* The {{man label|Shared Information}} displays : {{man label|General}}, {{man label|Source Citations}}, {{man label|Attributes}}, {{man label|Notes}}, {{man label|Gallery}}, {{man label|References}}.

{{-}}
====Reference Information ====

=====Reference Information tab pages =====

======General======
For the {{man label|Role:}} of the person in this event, use the '''[[Gramps_Glossary#primary|Primary]]''' ''(default during an Add Event)'' option for the main beneficiary. Use a descriptive Event Role (eg., [[Gramps_Glossary#aide|Aide]], [[Gramps_Glossary#bride|Bride]], [[Gramps_Glossary#celebrant|Celebrant]], [[Gramps_Glossary#clergy|Clergy]], [[Gramps_Glossary#family_role|Family]], [[Gramps_Glossary#groom|Groom]], [[Gramps_Glossary#informant|Informant]], [[Gramps_Glossary#witness|Witness]]) for a Events where the Person is not the Primary participant.

Events added to a Person via the Share or by drag'n'drop will be assigned the '''[[Gramps_Glossary#unknown|Unknown]]''' Event Role by default. If the Person holds an equal Role, set their Role to Primary as well.

If none of the pre-defined Roles are appropriate, add a Role ''[[Gramps_Glossary#custom|Custom Types]]'' by keyboarding in the new Role name rather than selecting one from among those of the Role Pull-Down menu. Any added Role custom types will remain available in that expanded menu... unless the Tree is exported & re-imported or cleaned via a [[Third-party_Addons|3rd party addon]] Utility like [[Addon:Types_Cleanup_Tool|Type Cleanup]].
{{-}}

======Notes======

{{-}}
======Attributes======

{{-}}
====Shared Information ====
{{stub}}
{{-}}
======General======
{{man note|Note|Any changes in the shared event information will be reflected in the event itself, for all participants in the event.}}
{{-}}

======Source Citations======
{{-}}
======Attributes======
{{-}}
======Notes======
{{-}}
======Gallery======
{{-}}
======References======
{{-}}

== Editing information about media objects ==

To add or edit media data, switch to the {{man label|Media}} Category View and select the desired entry in the list of media. Double-click on that entry or click {{man button|Edit}} on the toolbar to invoke the following {{man label|New Media}} editor dialog.

===New Media dialog===
[[File:NewMediaEditor-dialog-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} New Media Editor - dialog - example showing Media properties]]

The top section presents a thumbnail preview of the media object if available, along with a summary of its properties (ID, Date, Path and object type) that you can view and edit. You can type this information directly into the corresponding fields. For the Date, you can also enter information by clicking the {{man button|Invoke date editor}} button to invoke the '''{{man label|Date selection}}''' dialog.

* A descriptive {{man label|Title:}} for this media object.
* The {{man label|ID:}} is an unique record to identify the media object, leave blank to have it generated by Gramps.
** Privacy toggle for this media object {{man label|Record is public}}(default) or {{man label|Record is private}}
* {{man label|Date:}} a date associated with the media object eg: for a picture it could be the date it was taken.
** {{man button|Invoke date editor}} button to invoke the '''{{man label|Date selection}}''' dialog.
* {{man label|Path:}} of the media object on your computer. Gramps does not store the media internally, it only stores the path! Set the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Preferences|Relative Path]] in the Preferences > General tab's {{man label|Base path for relative media paths:}} entry to avoid retyping the common base directory where all your media is stored. The [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Media_Manager|Media Manager]] tool can help managing paths of a collection of media objects.
** {{man button|Open File Browser to select a media file on your computer.}} button.
* {{man button|Edit the Tag list}} button.

The bottom section of the window displays four notebook tabs containing different categories of information. Click a tab to view or edit its contents. The bottom part of the window has {{man button|Help}}, {{man button|Cancel}} and {{man button|OK}} buttons. Clicking {{man button|OK}} will apply all the changes made in all tabs and close the dialog window. Clicking the {{man button|Cancel}} button will close the window without applying any changes. Pressing the {{man button|Help}} button will bring you here.

{{man note|Note|Every media object is referred to by its Path. The user is responsible for keeping track of the object files. Gramps will only reference and display the contents, not manage the files themselves.}}

{{man note|1=Note|2=Clicking {{man button|OK}} will immediately save changes to the database (write on disk). All changes are immediate.}}

===New Media tab pages ===
{{man tip|Tip|If a tab label is in '''boldface''' type, this means it contains data. If not, it has no data.}}

The tabs represent the following categories of media data:

====Source Citations====
{{stub}}

====Attributes====

The {{man label|Attributes}} tab lets you view and edit particular information about the media object that can be expressed as Attributes. The bottom part displays the list of all such attributes stored in the database. The top part shows the details of the currently selected attribute in the list (if any). The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add, modify, or remove an attribute. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when an attribute is selected from the list.

====Notes====

The {{man label|Note}} tab provides a place to record various information about the source that does not fit neatly into other categories. This area is particularly useful for recording information that does not naturally fit into the "Parameter/Value" pairs available to Attributes. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field.

====References====

The {{man label|References}} tab indicates any database records that refer to a given media object. The list can be ordered according to any of its column headings: {{man label|Type}} , {{man label|ID}} , or {{man label|Name}}. Double-clicking an entry allows you to view and edit the corresponding record.

{{man note|1=Note|2=Only primary objects can be shown in the {{man label|References}} tab: Person, Family, Event, Source, or Place. The secondary objects such as Names and Attributes, although able to refer the media object, will only show up through their primary objects to which they belong.}}

{{-}}

== Editing media object references ==

When Media Object references connect a Media Object to an other object on a {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Gallery|Edit Person]]'s Gallery}} tab, the {{man button|Share}} button will bring up the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Select_Media_Object_selector|Select Media Object selector]] and once you select a Media Object the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Media_Reference_Editor_dialog|Media Reference Editor]]}} dialog appears.

{{stub}}
{{-}}
===Select a media object selector===

[[File:SelectAMediaObject-file-selector-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select a media object - (File) Selector Dialog - example]]

The {{man label|Select a media object}} file selector allow you to preview and select a media file you want to attach, and at the same time you may edit the shown {{man label|Title:}} (Defaults to the filename without the file extension).
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Convert to a relative path}} (checkbox unchecked by default until checked for the first time and remembered for each subsequent image selection.)

* See also: [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Select_Media_Object_selector|Select Media Object selector]]
{{-}}

===Media Reference Editor dialog===
[[File:MediaReferenceEditor-dialog-collapsed-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Media Reference Editor - dialog - collapsed default example]]

The {{man label|Media Reference Editor}} dialog.

See also [[How to create image reference regions]]
{{stub}}
{{-}}
[[File:MediaReferenceEditor-dialog-expanded-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Media Reference Editor - dialog - "Shared Information" section expanded example]]

You may also expand the '''Shared Information''' section.

{{stub}}
{{-}}
====Top section ====
{{stub}}
=====Top section tab pages =====

======General======

* Region corners : x1, x2, y1, y2.
The {{man label|region}} part allows to select a specific region on the Media Object.
You can use the mouse cursor on the picture to select a region, or use these spinbuttons to set the top left, and bottom right corner of the referenced region. Point (0,0) is the top left corner of the picture, and (100,100) the bottom right corner.

* Privacy
The {{man button|Privacy}} button lets you mark whether or not the record is considered private.
Check the {{man label|Private}} record box to mark this {{man label|record as private}}.

See also the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_7#Page_Generation|Narrated Web Site]] Gallery tab supports output of these referenced regions.

{{-}}
======Source Citations======

{{-}}
======Attributes======

{{-}}
======Notes======

{{-}}
====Shared Information ====

=====Shared Information tab pages =====

======General======

{{-}}
======References======

{{-}}
======Source Citations======

{{-}}
======Attributes======

{{-}}
======Notes======

{{-}}

== Editing information about places ==

To edit information about places, switch to the {{man label|Places}} Category and select the desired entry from the list of places. Double-click that entry or click the {{man button|Edit}} button on the toolbar to bring up the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Place_Editor_dialog|Place Editor]]}} dialog:

{{-}}
===Place Editor dialog===
{{stub}}
[[File:PlaceEditor-dialog-example-50.png|right|thumb|right|450px| Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Place editor - dialog]]

To edit information about places, switch to the Places Category and select the desired entry from the list of places. Double-click that entry or click the {{man button|Edit}} button on the toolbar to bring up the following {{man label|Place Editor}} dialog:

The following fields are available:
* Title area at top displays the description of this place to be used in reports. Gramps will construct this for you. See [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display|Preferences > Display > Enable automatic place title generation]]
*{{man label|Name:}} the name of this place.
** {{man button|Invoke place name editor}} button opens the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Place_Name_Editor_dialog|Place Name Editor]]}} dialog where you can add/edit additional information.
*{{man label|Type:}} the place type. All '''[[Gramps_Glossary#custom|Custom Types]]''' are shown at the bottom of the list. Choose from the following default available '''Types''':
** Building
** Borough
** Country
** County
** City
** Department
** District
** Farm
** Hamlet
** Locality
** Municipality
** Neighborhood
** Number - See [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Place_Format_Editor|Street format:]]
** Parish
** Province
** Region
** State
** Street
** Town
** '''Unknown'''(default)
** Village
*{{man label|Latitude:}} the position above equation of the place in decimal or degree notation. Eg, valid values are 12.0154, 50°52'21.92\"N, N50º52'21.92\" or 50:52:21.92. You can set these values via the Geography View by searching the place, or via a map service in the Place view. See: [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Supported_longitude.2Flatitude_formats|Supported longitude/latitude formats]]
*{{man label|Longitude:}} the position relative to the Prime, or Greenwich, Meridian of the place in decimal or degree notation. Eg, valid values are -124.3647, 124°52'21.92\"E, E124º52'21.92\" or 124:52:21.92. You can set these values via the Geography View by searching the place, or via a map service in the Place view. See: [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Supported_longitude.2Flatitude_formats|Supported longitude/latitude formats]]
** {{man button|Record is public/private}}
*{{man label|ID:}} an unique record to identify the place. Leave generated by Gramps.
*{{man label|Code:}} a code for this place. For example, an area code or postal code.
*{{man label|Tags:}}
** {{man button|Edit the tag list}}
{{-}}

===Place editor tab pages===

{{man tip|Tip|If a tab label is in boldface type and displays an icon, this means it contains data. If not, it has no data.}}

The tabs represent the following categories of place data:

====Enclosed By====
[[File:PlaceEditor-EnclosedBy-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Enclosed By" tab from "Place Editor" - dialog - example]]

Places in Gramps are stored in a hierarchy. The {{man label|Enclosed By}} tab allows you to link this place to other places, higher in the hierarchy, which enclose it. Each link consists of a place and an optional date range.

To enclose with an existing place, use the use the {{icon|share}} {{man button|Share}} button to choose a Place from the [[#Select Place selector|Place Selector]]. Alternately, drag a place (from the Clipboard, Places Category view, or an Event Editor) into bottom of the {{man label|Enclosed By}} tab.

{{man note|1=Editing a hierarchy of Enclosing Places spawns a hierarchy of dialogs|2=Sharing, adding or Editing an enclosure spawns an additional Place Editor dialog. It looks just like the parent dialog but is focused on the enclosing Place. This allows further qualification of that place's enclosing characteristics. e.g., the enclosure date range -- for shifting borders.}}

The buttons {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|add}} , {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} , and {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|Remove}} let you add a new Place as an enclosing hierarchical level, modify the selected enclosing Place, and remove a selected link to an enclosing Place.

Note that the {{man button|Edit}}, {{man button|Remove}} and re-ordering (up, down) buttons become available only when a link exists and is selected from the list. In general, a country will be a top level place, and will not be linked to any other place.

'''See also:'''
* [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Enclosed_By|Enclosed By]] Gramplet
* [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Using_the_Clipboard|Using the clipboard]]
=====Select Place selector=====
{{stub}}
[[File:SelectPlace-SelectorDialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Place - Selector Dialog - example]]

The {{man label|Select Place}} selector dialog allows you to link to an already existing place and once selected it will be opened in the {{man label|Place Reference Editor}}

You may use the {{man button|Find}} button to filter the list based on one of the options from the drop down list:
* '''Name contains''' (default)
{{-}}

=====Place Reference Editor=====
[[File:PlaceReferenceEditor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Place Reference Editor - Dialog - example]]

{{man label|Place Reference Editor}}
{{stub}}

The second part of the window displays seven notebook tabs containing different categories of information. Click a tab to view or edit its contents. The bottom part of the window has {{man button|OK}} and {{man button|Cancel}} buttons. Clicking {{man button|OK}} will apply all the changes made in all tabs and close the dialog window. Clicking the {{man button|Cancel}} button will close the window without applying any changes.

{{man note|1=Note|2=Clicking {{man button|OK}} will immediately save changes to the database. All changes are immediate.}}
{{-}}

====Alternative Names====

:The {{man label|Alternative Names}} tab lets you view and edit other names by which the place might be known. The tab lists all other names of the place stored in the database. The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add, modify, and remove a name record. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a name is selected from the list.

{{man note|Note|Seeing a question <code>?</code> mark means that you may have a problem in the naming variants of that place. There may be some places which have different names for the same date range and language. Overlapping date ranges are valid. The place displayer will use the first matching name.}}

====Source Citations====

:The {{man label|Source Citations}} tab lets you view and edit sources relevant to a place. The central part of the window lists all such source references stored in the database. The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add, modify, and remove a source reference associated with a place. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a source reference is selected from the list.

====Notes====

:The {{man label|Notes}} tab displays any comments or notes concerning the place. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field.

====Gallery====

:The {{man label|Gallery}} tab lets you store and display photos and other media objects associated with a given place. The central part of the window lists all such media objects and gives you a thumbnail preview of image files. Other objects such as audio files, movie files, etc., are represented by a generic Gramps icon. The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Select}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add a new image, add a reference to an existing image, modify an existing image, and remove a media object's link to the place. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a media object is selected from the list.

====Internet====

:The {{man label|Internet}} tab contains Internet addresses relevant to the place. The bottom part of the window lists all such Internet addresses stored in the database. The top part shows the details of the currently selected address in the list (if any). The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add, modify, and remove an Internet address. The {{man button|Go}} button (represented by an icon with a green arrow and yellow circle) opens your browser and takes you to the web page corresponding to the highlighted Internet address. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} , {{man button|-}} , and {{man button|Go}} buttons become available only when an address is selected from the list.

====References====

:The {{man label|References}} tab indicates any database records (events or LDS ordinances) that refer to a place. This information cannot be modified from the {{man label|Place Editor}} dialog. Instead, the corresponding database record (e.g., a birth event) has to be brought up and its place reference edited.

{{-}}
=== Place Name Editor dialog ===

[[File:PlaceNameEditor-dialog-default-50.png|right|thumb|right|450px| Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Place Name Editor dialog - default]]

You can access the {{man label|Place Name Editor}} dialog from the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Place_Editor_dialog|Place Editor]]}} dialogs {{man button|Invoke place name editor}} button.

The {{man label|Place Name Editor}} dialog allows you to add/edit the following information:
* {{man label|Name:}} the name of the place
* {{man label|Date:}} Date range in which the place is valid
** {{man button|Invoke the date editor}} button
* {{man label|Language:}} Language in which the name is written. Valid values are two character ISO codes for example: en,fr, de, nl. See Wikipedia for the full list of valid [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_ISO_639-1_codes ISO 639-1] codes.
{{-}}

=== Supported longitude/latitude formats ===

When you create/modify a place, the possible formats used for longitude/latitude are :

{| class="wikitable"
!colspan="2"|Longitude & Latitude Formats
|-
! D.D4
| degree notation, 4 decimals
: eg +12.0154 , -124.3647
: 4 [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Decimal_degrees#Precision decimals of longitude precision] allows an 11.132 meter (36.5223097 foot) approximation at the equator.
|-
! D.D8
| degree notation, 8 decimals ([https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Decimal_degrees#Precision precision] like ISO-DMS)
: eg +12.01543265 , -124.36473268
|-
! DEG
| degree, minutes, seconds notation
: eg 50°52'21.92"N , 124°52'21.92"E (° symbol has UTF-8 code c2b00a)
: or N50º52'21.92" , E124º52'21.92" (º symbol has UTF-8 code c2ba0a)
: The character for seconds can be either one double quote "
: or two single quote '
: The letters N/S/W/E can be placed before or after the digits.
|-
! DEG-
| degree, minutes, seconds notation with :
: eg -50:52:21.92 , 124:52:21.92
|-
! ISO-D
| ISO 6709 degree notation
: i.e. ±DD.DDDD±DDD.DDDD
|-
! ISO-DM
| ISO 6709 degree, minutes notation
: i.e. ±DDMM.MMM±DDDMM.MMM
|-
! ISO-DMS
| ISO 6709 degree, minutes, seconds notation
: i.e. ±DDMMSS.SS±DDDMMSS.SS
|}

{{-}}

== Editing information about sources ==

From either of the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Sources]]}} category views you can select or create a new source, or if you had chosen the {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}} or {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} buttons, then the {{man label|New Source}} editor dialog appears.

===New Source dialog===

[[File:NewSource-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} New Source - editor dialog - example]]

For the {{man label|New Source}} editor dialog the general information in the top section of the window lets you define basic information about the source: its {{man label|Title}} , {{man label|Author}} , {{man label|Abbreviation}} , and {{man label|Publication information}} . You can type this information directly into the adjacent fields.

*{{man label|Title:}} Title of the source.
*{{man label|Authors:}} Authors of the source.
*{{man label|Pub. info.:}} Publication Information, such as city and year of publication, name of publisher, ...
*{{man label|Abbreviation:}} Provide a short title used for sorting, filing, and retrieving source records.
** {{man button|Record is public/private}} Lock icon toggle.
*{{man label|ID:}} an unique record to identify the source. Leave generated by Gramps.
*{{man label|Tags:}}
** {{man button|Edit the tag list}}
{{-}}

===New Source tab pages===
The tabs provide the following information categories of source data:

====Notes====

:The {{man label|Notes}} tab provides a place to record notes or comments about the source. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field. Only primary objects can be shown in the {{man label|References}} tab: Person, Family, Event, Place, or Media object. Secondary objects such as Names and Attributes can only be accessed through the primary objects to which they belong.

====Gallery====

:The {{man label|Gallery}} tab lets you store and display photos and other media objects associated with a given source (for example, a photo of a birth certificate). The central part of the window lists all such objects and gives you a thumbnail preview of image files. Other objects such as audio files, movie files, etc., are represented by a generic Gramps icon. The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Select}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add a new image, add a reference to an existing image, modify an existing image, and remove a media object's link to the relationship. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a media object is selected from the list.

====Attributes====

:The {{man label|Attributes}} tab displays "Key/Value" pairs that may be associated with the source. These are similar to the "Attributes" used for other types of Gramps records. The difference between these Key/Value pairs and Attributes is that Attributes may have source references and notes, while Key/Value data may not.

:The central part of the window lists all existing Key/Value pairs. The buttons {{man button|+}} and {{man button|-}} let you add and remove pairs. To modify the text of Key or Value, first select the desired entry. Then click in either the Key or Value cell of that entry and type your text. When you are done, click outside the cell to exit editing mode.

====Repositories====
[[File:NewSource-Repositories-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Repositories" tab from "New Source" - dialog - example]]

:The {{man label|Repositories}} tab displays the references to the repositories in which the source is contained. The list can be ordered by any of its column headings: {{man label|ID}} , {{man label|Title}}, {{man label|Call Number}},and {{man label|Type}}. Double-clicking an entry allows you to view and edit the record. You may also edit the reference. The buttons on the side of the tab allow you add a new repository, link to (or share) an existing repository, edit the reference to the repository, or remove the reference.
{{stub}}
{{-}}
=====Select Repository selector=====
[[File:SelectRepository-SelectorDialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Repository - Selector Dialog - example]]

The {{man label|Select Repository}} selector dialog allows you to link to an already existing repositories and once selected it will be opened in the {{man label|Repository Reference Editor}}

You may use the {{man button|Find}} button to filter the list based on one of the options from the drop down list:
* '''Title contains''' (default)
* ''Title not contain''
* ''ID contains''
* ''ID does not contain''
* ''Last Change contains''
* ''Last Change does not contain''
{{stub}}
{{-}}

====References====

:The {{man label|References}} tab lists all the database records that refer to this source, if any. The list can be ordered by any of its column headings: {{man label|Type}} , {{man label|ID}} , or {{man label|Name}}. Double-clicking an entry allows you to view and edit the record.

{{-}}

== Editing source citations ==

Citations connect a Source to another object and allow you to provide additional information about the source. Citations can be attached to a large number of objects,
* [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Editing_information_about_people|People and various information about people]] (such as their name, address etc),
* [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Editing_information_about_relationships|Relationships (Families) and various information about relationships]],
* [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_events|Events and various information about events]],
* [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_media_objects|Media objects and attributes of media objects]],
* [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_places|Places and various information about places]],
* [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_repositories|Addresses of repositories]].

For each object, a common set of buttons are provided:
* {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}} (Create and add a new citation and a new source). This brings up an empty Citation dialog.
* {{icon|share}} {{man button|Add}} (Add an existing citation or source). This brings up the Source or Citation selection dialog box.
* {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} (Edit the selected citation). This brings up the Citation dialog pre-populated with the Citation and source information.
* {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|-}} (Remove the existing citation). This removes the citation from the object. It does not delete the citation itself, which could then be connected to another object.

Note that the {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} and {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a citation has been selected.

{{-}}
=== Select Source or Citation selector===

[[File:SelectSourceOrCitation-SelectorDialog-example-50.png|thumb|450px|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Source or Citation - Selector Dialog - example]]

When {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|Add}} adding an existing citation or source, the {{man label|Select Source or Citation}} dialog appears

This allows either an existing source or an existing citation (along with its associated source) to be selected. Click on the disclosure triangle alongside a source to see the citations associated with that source. For example, if one of your sources were a book, then the citations would normally refer to a page (or pages) within the book. If you already have a citation that refer to the particular page of the book, then you could select that citation which would then be shared. On the other hand, if this object needs to refer to a new page, then you would select the source and in the subsequent dialog enter the new page.

You may use the {{man button|Find}} button to filter the list based on one of the options from the drop down list:
* '''Source: Title or Citation: Volume/Page contains'''(default)
* ''Source: Title or Citation: Volume/Page does not contain''
* ''ID contains''
* ''ID does not contain''
* ''Last Change contains''
* ''Last Change does not contain''
{{-}}

===New Citation dialog===
{{stub}}
[[File:NewCitation-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|450px|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} New Citation - editor Dialog - example]]

Once you have selected a citation or a source, or if you had chosen the {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}} or {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} buttons, then the {{man label|New Citation}} dialog appears.

The {{man label|New Citation}} dialog includes one section called {{man label|Citation information}}.
{{-}}
====Citation information====
The {{man label|Citation information}} section indicates the details associated with the particular reference to this Source: {{man label|Confidence}}, {{man label|Volume/Page}}, {{man label|Date}}, and {{man label|Notes}}. You can choose the Confidence level from the {{man label|Confidence}} drop-down menu. The remaining details can be typed in the corresponding text entry fields.

*{{man label|Date:}} Date associated with this source reference. Typically used to store the date that the data was entered into the original source document (not the date when the event occurred).
*{{man label|ID:}}
*{{man label|Volume/Page}}: Specific location with in the information referenced. For a published work, this could include the volume of a multi-volume work and the page number(s). For a periodical, it could include volume, issue, and page numbers. For a newspaper, it could include a column number and page number. For an unpublished source, this could be a sheet number, page number, frame number, etc. A census record might have a line number or dwelling and family numbers in addition to the page number.
*{{man label|Confidence}}: Conveys the submitter's quantitative evaluation of the credibility of a piece of information, based upon its supporting evidence. It is not intended to eliminate the receiver's need to evaluate the evidence for themselves.
**Very Low = Unreliable evidence or estimated data.
**Low = Questionable reliability of evidence (interviews, census, oral genealogies, or potential for bias for example, an autobiography).
** Normal - ??
**High = Secondary evidence, data officially recorded sometime after event.
**Very High = Direct and primary evidence used, or by dominance of the evidence.

;A warning icon {{icon|stock_warn}} is displayed if the citation is shared.

{{man tip| Tip |Information in a citation may be shared. A single citation can be referenced many times and all such references will have in common the overall citation information. Changing the citation information will change it for all of the shared uses}}

{{-}}
=====Select Source selector=====
[[File:SelectSource-selector-dialog-example-50.PNG|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Source - Selector Dialog - example]]

The {{man label|Select Source}} selector dialog allows you to link to an already existing source.

You may use the {{man button|Find}} button to filter the list based on one of the options from the drop down list:
* '''Title contains''' (default)
* ''Title not contain''
* ''Author contains''
* ''Author does not contain''
* ''ID contains''
* ''ID does not contain''
* ''Last Change contains''
* ''Last Change does not contain''

{{-}}
=====Citation information section tab pages=====
The tabs provide the following information categories of citation data:

======Note======

The {{man label|Note}} tab provides a place to record notes or comments about the citation. The central part of the window lists all notes for this citation, and gives you a preview of the beginning of the note. The buttons {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}}, {{icon|share}} {{man button|Add}}, {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}}, {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|-}}, {{icon|stock_go_up}} {{man button|Up}} and {{icon|stock_go_down}} {{man button|Down}} let you add a new note, share the selected note, edit the selected note, remove the selected note and move the selected note up or down the list of notes. Note that the {{icon|share}} {{man button|Add}}, {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}}, {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|-}}, {{icon|stock_go_up}} {{man button|Up}} and {{icon|stock_go_down}} {{man button|Down}} buttons become available only when a media object is selected from the list. Removing a note only removes the note from this citation, it does not delete the note itself. Please refer to [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_notes|details on editing notes]].

======Gallery======

The {{man label|Gallery}} tab lets you store and display photos and other media objects associated with a given citation (for example, a photo of a page of a book or a page of a census). The central part of the window lists all such objects and gives you a thumbnail preview of image files. Other objects such as audio files, movie files, etc., are represented by a generic Gramps icon. The buttons {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}}, {{icon|share}} {{man button|Add}}, {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} and {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|-}} let you add a new image, add a reference to an existing image, modify an existing image, and remove a media object's link to the citation. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a media object is selected from the list. Please refer to [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_media_object_references|details on editing media references]].

======Attributes======

The {{man label|Attributes}} tab displays "Key/Value" pairs that may be associated with the citation. These are similar to the "Attributes" used for other types of Gramps records. The difference between these Key/Value pairs and Attributes is that Attributes may have source citations and notes, while Key/Value data may not.

The central part of the window lists all existing Key/Value pairs. The buttons {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}} and {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|-}} let you add and remove pairs. To modify the text of Key or Value, first select the desired entry. Then press the {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} button to select the Key, or click in either the Key or Value cell of that entry and type your text. When you are done, click outside the cell to exit editing mode.

======References======

The {{man label|References}} tab lists all the database records that refer to this source, if any. The list can be ordered by any of its column headings: {{man label|Type}} , {{man label|ID}} , or {{man label|Name}}. Double-clicking an entry allows you to view and edit the record.

{{-}}

== Editing information about repositories ==

Once you have selected a source, or if you had chosen the {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}} or {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} buttons, then the {{man label|New Repository}} dialog appears.

=== New Repository dialog ===

[[File:NewRepository-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} New Repository - editor dialog - example]]

The following fields are shown:
* {{man label|Name:}} of the repository (where sources are stored).
* {{man label|Type:}} of repository can be physical or virtual structures where genealogical and family history sources are stored:
** ''Album''
** ''Archive''
** ''Bookstore''
** ''Cemetery''
** ''Church''
** ''Collection''
** '''Library'''(default)
** ''Safe''
** ''Unknown''
** ''Web site''
* {{man label|ID}}: an unique record to identify the repository. Leave empty to be generated by Gramps.
* {{man button|Record is public/private}} Lock icon toggle.
*{{man label|Tags:}}
** {{man button|Edit the tag list}}
{{-}}

=== New Repository tab pages ===
The tabs represent the following categories of repository data:

====Addresses====
:The {{man label|Addresses}} tab lets you view and record the various addresses of the repository.

:The bottom part of the window lists all addresses stored in the database. The top part shows the details of the currently selected address in the list (if any). The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} allow you to correspondingly add, modify, and remove an address record from the database. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when an address is selected from the list.

====Internet====
:The {{man label|Internet}} tab displays Internet addresses relevant to the repository. The bottom part lists all such Internet addresses and accompanying descriptions. The top part shows the details of the currently selected addresses in the list (if any). The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add, modify, and remove an Internet address. The "Go" button (represented by an icon having a green arrow and yellow circle) opens your web browser and takes you directly to the highlighted page. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}}buttons become available only when an address is selected from the list.

====Notes====
:The {{man label|Notes}} tab provides a place to record notes or comments about the repository. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field.

====References====
:The {{man label|References}} tab indicates any database records that refer to a given repository. The list can be ordered according to any of its column headings: {{man label|Type}} , {{man label|ID}} , or {{man label|Name}} . Double-clicking an entry allows you to view and edit the corresponding record.

{{-}}

== Editing information about notes ==

Once you have selected a source, or if you had chosen the {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}} or {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} buttons, then the {{man label|New Note}} editor dialog appears.

See also:
* [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Notes_Category|Notes Category]]

=== New Note editor dialog ===

[[File:NewNote-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} New Note - editor dialog - example]]

When creating a new note, or when editing an existing note, the {{man label|New Note}} editor dialog appears. There are two tabs, the '''Note''' tab, and the '''References''' tab.

==== Note tab ====

The {{man label|Note}} tab is the place for adding notes to People, Sources, etc. The tab allows you to re-sequence notes in the order you want to see them. As on the other tabs, you can add new (note) records, share existing notes with another object and remove notes from this object.
{{Man tip|'Remove' is not the same as 'Delete'|Removing a note record from the Note tab does ''not'' delete the note data from the family tree. It remains present in the Note category view afterwards but is no longer linked with the current object.

''Notes that are not linked to any object in the Tree may be found in the Notes view by searching for a zero count in the "'''Notes with a reference count of <count>'''" [[Filter#How_to_define_custom_filters|Custom filter]] rule.''}}
The Note tab has the following elements
:* A toolbar to apply styles to your notes. You can select and apply one of the toolbuttons, or set the values as you want and start typing.
::* Italic : common function known from text editors
::* Bold : common function known from text editors
::* Underline : common function known from text editors
::* Undo : Undoes last action.
::* Redo : Re-applies last action.
::* Font selection drop down list: a basic font selector showing all fonts installed on your operating system.
::* Font size: select the size of the font to use for your text.
::* [[File:22x22-gramps-font-color.png|left]]Font color: select the color of your font.
::* [[File:22x22-gramps-font-bgcolor.png|left]]Background color: adds a background color to the text you enter.
::* Link: Opens the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Link_Editor|Link Editor]]}} allowing you to create an internal link to an item in Gramps, such as a Person, Family, Event, Note, etc.
::* Clear Markup: Highlight the text to remove markup you have placed on the note.

{{man tip|Important|If you want to revert to a previous version of a note after you save it, there is an Undo/Redo feature for notes (just like other items). Go to {{man menu|menu -> Redo, Undo, or Undo History}}.}}

:* A context menu on the textview.
:: The most important entry in this context menu is the spell selection. You are offered a selection of installed languages on your system with spell checking enabled.

:* The text view where you can write your note

:* Some properties of your note
::* {{man label|Preformatted}} checkbox: Notes in Gramps are considered reflowable to allow the content to conform to the report's page size and formatting for the most harmonious presentation. In the default setting, newlines (linefeeds & carriage returns) and white spaces will be automatically ignored so as to form complete paragraphs, which are defined by an empty line between two textblocks. When {{man label|Preformatted}} is checked, Gramps will assume the whitespace and newlines you keyed into the notes are important. Use ''Preformatted'' for tables, literal transcripts, and so forth. Using a monospace font will help keep preformatting column widths & margins predictable. Try not to use preformatted unless absolutely necessary, the reports create will flow more naturally.
::* {{man button|Make public/private}} Privacy is the same as on the other objects. With one easy click, you can indicate a note should be considered private so Gramps can remove this note from all output created.
::* {{man label|ID:}} a unique ID for the note. If left blank, an automatic ID will be generated according to the settings in the preferences.
<div id="note_type">
::* {{man label|Type:}} (<code>General</code> default) The note type. You can add your own [[Gramps_Glossary#custom|custom Type]] by keyboarding it in directly. Adding a Note will automatically set the Type to match the object to which it is being added. (e.g. A note added to the Notes tab of the Person Editor will default to ''Person Note'' Type.)

:::::{|class="wikitable"
! style="text-align:left;"| Type
! Recognized for features in
|-
|''[[Gramps_Glossary#primary_object|<primary object>]]'' Note
|
|-
|''[[Gramps_Glossary#secondary_object|<secondary object>]]'' Note
|
|-
|Citation
|
|-
|General
|''(default)''
|-
|Html code
|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports#Narrated_Web_Site|Narrated Web Site]] report inclusions; export to GEDCOM
|-
|Link
|
|-
|Report
|
|-
|Research
|
|-
|Source text
|
|-
|To Do
|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#To_Do|To Do]] Gramplet, [[Addon:ToDoNotesGramplet|ToDo Notes Gramplet]] Addon. ''Not to be confused with ToDo tag-based reports.''
|-
|Transcript
|
|-
|Unknown
|
|}</div>
::* {{man label|Tags:}} Select a Tag for the note: Complete, Todo etc... You can add your own Tags by typing it. Reports based on tags include: [[Gramps_{{Version manual|}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Tag_Report|Tag Report]], [[Addon:ToDoReport|Todo report]]
{{-}}

==== References tab ====

The {{man label|References}} tab indicates any objects that refer to a given note. The list can be ordered according to any of its column headings: {{man label|Type}}, {{man label|ID}}, or {{man label|Name}}. Double-clicking an entry allows you to view and edit the corresponding record.

{{man tip|HTML links|If you add links to webpages with the full address in a note, the link will turn blue and underlined when you hover your mouse over the text. Clicking the link opens the webpage in your default browser.}}

===== Link Editor =====
{{man tip| 1=When the Link button does not respond |2=A block of Note text must be highlighted for the Link Editor to be active. There is no visual indicator when the button is inactive.}}[[File:NoteLinkingHints.png|thumb|right|235px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Notes Editor - Linking text]]
[[File:Link-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Link Editor - dialog - example]]
The {{man label|Link Editor}} has the following options:

*{{man label|Link Type:}} specifies the type of link
**Internet Address ([https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/URL <abbr title="Uniform Resource Locator, also known as a web address">URL</abbr>])
**or an item in Gramps, such as an [[Events|Event]], Family, Media, Note, Person, [[Places|Place]], Repository, [[Sources|Source]], or [[Citations|Citation]].
*{{icon|share}} {{man button|Select Item}} button : opens the selector dialog for existing items in the category specified in the Link Type. Not applicable for Internet Address selection.
*{{man button|New}} button : opens a window to create a new item of the specified Gramps item. Successful creation of a new item will autofill the Gramps item box and the Internet Address box with the appropriate data.
*{{man label|Gramps item:}}
**This box is Auto generated by the selection of the {{icon|share}}{{man button|Select Item}} button/{{man button|New}} button/{{man button|Edit}} button.
*{{man button|Edit}} button : opens the editor dialog for the specified Gramps item. The selected item will autofill the Gramps item box and the Internet Address box with the appropriate data.
*{{man label|Internet Address:}}
**A Link type = Gramps type will autofill this box but the contents will be greyed out
**for Link type = Internet Address delete any data left by Gramps and enter the full Internet Address.
{{man tip| 1=Viewing existing Links |2=It is not possible to view existing links while in the Note Editor or Note Link Editor. The Quick View report "Link References" will show all links for a given Note. To delete '''all''' links for a given Note enter the Note Editor, highlight the Note text and click on the "Clear Markup icon.}}
{{man tip| 1=The benefits of creating Links |2=Links created within notes show their true power when [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports#Narrated_Web_Site|Narrated Web Site]] or [[Addon:DynamicWeb_report|Dynamic Web]] reports are created. Links created become true navigation links to other pages within the web report.}}
See also:
* [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Internet_Address_Editor|Internet Address Editor]]
* [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Note_Link_Report|Note Link Report]]
{{-}}

=== Note markup and preformat in reports ===

Markup like '''bold''', color, underline, ... can be added to notes. A note can be preformatted or not. It depends on the output type how this markup will appear. Here an overview is given of what you can expect.

* '''PDF''' and '''direct print''' (to printer or to file) fully support the markup and the preformatted setting
* '''ascii''' print removes all markup from the notes for obvious reasons

* '''LaTeX''' supports the preformatted setting and partially supports font emphasis stylings and size markup; output does not support font family or colors markup at the moment.
* '''Narrative Web'''. Many people use the Narrative Web report as an easy way to work with their data. This report is trying to respect markup in the notes. This is an interpreted translation, it is not one-to-one.
* '''ODF''' output does not support markup at the moment.
* '''RTF''' output does not support markup at the moment.
* '''html''' output does not support markup at the moment.

{{man tip|Note markup and preformat in reports|Use markup in notes only in those cases it adds to the information stored. '''Gramps is not a text editor.'''}}

{{-}}
{{man index|Gramps 5.1 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 1|Gramps 5.1 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 3|5.1}}
{{languages|Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_Editing_Data:_Detailed_-_part_2}}
{{grampsmanualcopyright}}

[[Category:Documentation]]

Addon:ThemePreferences

2021-12-07T22:34:20Z

DaveSch: /* Windows */

{{languages|Addon:Themes}}
{{Third-party plugin}}
[[File:Preferences-Themes-addon.png|450px|right|thumb]]

The Themes addon adds a small set of configuration settings to the Preferences dialog. A new tab {{man label|Theme}} is added containing a few new settings related to Gramps appearance.
== Settings ==

There are four new settings;

* {{man label|Theme:}}{{man button|Adwaita}} setting allows the user to select from the installed themes on their machine. A few of the themes will come standard with the system library Gtk. Others may be part of the Operating System, particularly in Linux based systems.

Note that not all themes are fully compatible with Gtk and Gramps; if the theme selected doesn't look right, with missing elements or other issues, select another theme.

* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Dark Variant}} If the selected theme includes a dark version of the theme as a subset, then this will activate the dark version. This is deselected by default. (Also called Dark Mode)

* {{man button|Font}} This brings up a selector which allows the user to pick a Font, and/or change the font size. The fonts presented are those found on the system. After making a font change restart Gramps.

* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Toolbar Text}} This enables text below the main Gramps toolbar icons. This is deselected by default.

* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Fixed Scrollbar (Requires Restart)}} This changes the Gramps scrollbars to be a bit more 'classic' in that they don't disappear, they have the up/down buttons at the ends, and clicking in the empty space above and below the slider acts as page up or page down. This is deselected by default. This setting is only visible on Windows machines. Note that changing this setting requires restarting Gramps, and may require restarting your session (Log off and log back on to Windows), particularly when disabling the setting.

* {{man button|Restore to Defaults}} This returns Gramps theme settings to their default values, as if no changes were made with these settings.

== Installing your own theme ==
Themes (correctly copied into the appropriate OS folder and with the correct subfolders) will simply appear as new pull-down menu options in the Themes tab that appears in Preferences after the Themes add-on has been installed.

=== Windows ===
It is possible to change the Gramps theme on the Windows AIO.

The Gramps AIO version 5.0.x uses Gtk 3.18 or higher, so a theme MUST be selected that supports that version (themes that are designed for a later version may not work). The current Gtk version is reported in the [[Addon:Prerequisites_Checker_Gramplet]].

Suitable alternate themes may be found at the [https://www.gnome-look.org/ gnome-look.org] website.

Download the theme file (often a tar.gz) and, if necessary, decompress it using 7-zip or similar.

The decompressed files should be stored within a folder in "<code>C:\Users\</code>''<username>''<code>\.themes</code>" (Substitute ''<username>'' with your login name under Windows. Less ambiguously, you could take advantage of the <code>%USERPROFILE%</code> [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Environment_variable#Windows Windows environment variable] and the destination folder is: <code>%USERPROFILE%\.themes</code>)

The folder <code>.themes</code> can be manually created if it does not already exist.

So, the final directory structure for a theme named "MyAwesomeTheme" looks like:
<code>C:\Users\</code>''<username>''<code>\.themes\MyAwesomeTheme</code>
or
<code>%USERPROFILE%\.themes\MyAwesomeTheme</code>

=== Linux ===
You should follow instructions for your distribution. Some other information that could help is provided [[GEPS_029:_GTK3-GObject_introspection_Conversion#GTK_3_theme]].

== See also ==
* [[Addon:Themes|Themes 3rd party add-on]]
* [[Windows AIO themes]] : [https://gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php/File:Gramps-gtk3-raleigh.png Raleigh] and High Contrast (not pretty... but a good accessibility theme)

* Downloadable themes ([https://gramps.discourse.group/t/themes-for-the-themes-addons/1408 screen captures]):
** [https://www.gnome-look.org/p/1014510/ Greybird-Modv2] : a darker gray (no dark theme)
** [https://www.gnome-look.org/p/1291526/ Crown Blue] : Similar to Adwaita. Checking the Dark Variant makes it transparent on a Win10 system.
** [https://www.gnome-look.org/p/1249341/ Victory] : Another gray with no dark theme.

Some might find [https://www.gnome-look.org/find?search=Yaru Yaru themes] more to their liking. There are many other colors and dark themes.

[[Category:Plugins]]
[[Category:Developers/General]]

5.1 Addons

2021-09-03T11:22:47Z

DaveSch: /* Writing a Addon/Plugin */

{{man note|This page list [[Third-party Addons|Third-party Addons]] written by users and developers to work only with Gramps version 5.1.|Please use carefully on data that is [[How_to_make_a_backup|backed up.]] Help make these Third-party Addons better by reporting any comments or problems to the author, or issues and Feature requests to the [[Using_the_bug_tracker|bug tracker]] Unless otherwise stated on this page, you can download these plugin by following these [[5.1_Addons#Installing_Addons_in_Gramps|instructions]] {{man menu|Please note that some Addons have prerequisites that need to be installed before they can be used.}} These Third-party Addons unless stated are not officially part of Gramps. This Addon/Plugin system is controlled by the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Plugin_Manager|'''Plugin Manager''']].}}

Gramps comes with a [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets|core set of plugins]] which provide all of the critical features.

However, you can extend this functionality with additional Third-party Addons. These addons provide reports, filters, views, Gramplets, and more.

From Gramps [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#General|Preferences]], you can check for available extra (or updated) addons and select which to download. Then, they will be retrieved from the internet from the Gramps-Project file server and installed locally on your computer.

Once installed, an addon is found in the same place as a built-in feature of the same [[Plugin_list_legend#Type|Type]]. That is, Tool addons become new menu items on the Tools menu... while add-on Gramplets become new choices in the appropriate Category View sidebar, bottombar or Dashboard options.

Installed addons can be enabled or disabled via the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Plugin_Manager|Plugin Manager]].

{{Man tip|Can't find it?|The Plugin Manager and Preferences are good places to search when a feature is being elusive.

Addons aren't typically cross-referenced in the wiki and might not be where you'd expect in the interface.

''What you recalled as a Report might actually be a Quick View... and those are found in entirely different menus. Or you might've installed an Addon for a different machine or in another version of Gramps.''

So looking through the addons available for download and among those installed can help you rediscover the feature.}}

= Installing Addons in Gramps =
[[File:EditPreferences-General-tab-recomeded-settings-for-addons-51.png|Right|thumb|550px|Highlighted section showing recommended settings for Addons to be managed Automatically]]
You can have Gramps manage the process of checking and downloading Addon updates by changing your settings to match the highlighted section in the screenshot to the right or read the following.

To configure Gramps for Addons:

# Start Gramps
# Select Menu {{man menu|Edit -> Preferences...}}
# Go to the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#General|General]]}} tab
# In the '''Third party addons management''' section:
# Change {{man label|Check for addon updates:}} so when you start Gramps, it checks for updated Addons:
## ''Never'' - never checks for updates when you start Gramps (''This is the default setting'')
## ''Once a month'' - checks for updates when you start Gramps once a month
## '''Once a week''' - checks for updates when you start Gramps once a week ('''This is the recommended setting''')
## ''Once a day'' - checks for updates when you start Gramps once a day
## ''Always'' - checks for updates whenever you start Gramps
# Change {{man label|What to check}} so when you check for updates, it checks for:
## ''Updated addons only'' - does not check for new addons
## ''New addons only'' - does not check for updated addons (''This is the default setting'')
## '''New and updated addons''' - checks for all new and updated addons ('''This is the recommended setting''')
# Change the {{man label|Do not ask about previously notified addons}} check box:
## {{checkbox|1}} Checked: Means that new/updated addons are only asked about once; afterwards it doesn't show them to you (''This is the default setting'')
## {{checkbox|0}} Unchecked: Means that new/updated addons are always shown to you ('''This is the recommended setting''')
# Assuming you have an '''Internet''' connection. You can now optionally select the {{man button|Check for updated addons now}} button to force a check for Addons using the updated settings.
# From the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Available_Gramps_Updates_for_Addons|Available Gramps Updates for Addons]]}} window you will be shown a list broken down by '''Type''' that you can view by selecting the "Select" column expand out each "Type".
# You can then select the check box of those Addons you want to install.
# Then select the {{man button|Install Selected Addons}} button to download those Addons from the ''Internet''.
# Once downloaded from the {{man label|Done downloading and installing addons}} dialog select the {{man button|Close}} button
# From the {{man label|Preferences}} dialog select {{man button|Close}} button.
# To use the Addons you need to {{man menu|Family Trees>Quit}} and restart Gramps.

[[File:AvailableGrampsUpdatesforAddons-example-listing-51.png|center|thumb|850px|"Available Gramps Updates for Addons" window showing example listing output for Gramps 5.1]]

{{-}}

= Addon List =
Addons are listed inside of Gramps through the interface described above.
{{man tip|''See [[Plugin list legend]]|for details of on each columns.''}}
{| class="wikitable sortable"
|-
! Plugin / Documentation
! Type
! Image
! Description
! Use
! Rating (out of 4)
! Contact
! Download
|-
|[[All Names Quickview|All Names of All People]]
|Quickview
|[[File:AllNamesOfAllPeople-Quickview-addon-example-50.png|right|150px]]
|Shows all names for all people
|All
|4
|[mailto:doug.blank@gmail.com Doug Blank]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/AllNamesQuickview.addon.tgz?raw=true AllNamesQuickview.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[Addon:AncestorsMap|Ancestors map]]
|View
|[[File:GeographyViewAncestorsMap-51thumb.png|right|150px]]
|A view mode for the Geography category which maps Event Places related to the Ancestors of the Home Person.
|All
|1
|[https://gramps-project.org/bugs/my_view_page.php Gramps Bugtracker] Serge Noiraud
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/GeoAncestor.addon.tgz?raw=true GeoAncestor.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[AttachSourceTool|Attach Source]]
|Tool
|[[File:AttachSource-Tool-Options-dialog-addon-example-50.png|right|150px]]
|A tool to attach a source to a group of people.
|All
|1
|[mailto:doug.blank@gmail.com Doug Blank]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/AttachSourceTool.addon.tgz?raw=true AttachSourceTool.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[Addon:AvatarGenerator|Avatar Generator Tool]]
|Tool
|[[File:AvatarGeneratorTool-Before-and-After-example.gif|right|150px]]
|A tool that allows you to add and remove one or several images for a selected set of filtered people.
|All
|4
|[mailto:matt.familienforschung@gmail.com Matthias Kemmer]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/AvatarGenerator.addon.tgz?raw=true AvatarGenerator.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[Addon:DNASegmentMapGramplet|DNA Segment Map]]
|Gramplet
|[[File:Addon-DNA-SegmentMap-with-Tooltip.png|right|150px]]
|Gramplet showing a matching DNA segment map (attribute)
|All
|4
|[https://gramps-project.org/bugs/my_view_page.php Gramps Bugtracker] Nick Hall, Gary Griffin
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/DNA.addon.tgz?raw=true DNA.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[Addon:EventDescriptionEditor|Event Description Editor]]
|Tool
|[[File:EventDescriptionEditor-defaults-51.png|right|150px]]
|A tool that allows you to find and replace a text string in the event description of multiple events.
|All
|4
|[mailto:matt.familienforschung@gmail.com Matthias Kemmer]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/EventDescriptionEditor.addon.tgz?raw=true EventDescriptionEditor.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[Addon:NumberOfAncestorsQuickView|Number of ancestors]]
|Quickview
|[[File:NumberOfAncestors-QuickView-example-51.png|right|150px]]
|A quickview similar to the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Number_of_Ancestors_Report|Number of Ancestors text report]].
|All
|4
|[mailto:matt.familienforschung@gmail.com Matthias Kemmer]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/NumberOfAncestorsQuickview.addon.tgz?raw=true NumberOfAncestorsQuickview.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[Addon:FamilyRelationship|Family Relationship Tool]]
|Tool
|N/A
|A tool that allows editing family relationships of multiple families.
|All
|4
|[mailto:matt.familienforschung@gmail.com Matthias Kemmer]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/FamilyRelationshipTool.addon.tgz?raw=true FamilyRelationshipTool.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[Addon:HeatmapWebReport|Heatmap]]
|Report
|[[File:Heatmap webreport 51.jpeg|right|150px]]
|Create a heatmap web report.
|All
|4
|[mailto:matt.familienforschung@gmail.com Matthias Kemmer]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/Heatmap.addon.tgz?raw=true Heatmap.addon.tgzz]
|-
|[[Addon:MediaReport|Media Report]]
|Report
|[[File:Media Report Example.png|right|150px]]
|A text report for images, which allows custom headings and custom notes as well as image data like notes, citations, tags, attributes and people references.
|All
|4
|[mailto:matt.familienforschung@gmail.com Matthias Kemmer]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/MediaReport.addon.tgz?raw=true MediaReport.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[Addon:DoubleCousinReport|Double Cousin]]
|Report
|N/A
|Double Cousin is a text report which lists special multiplicities of cousins like double cousins.
|All
|4
|[mailto:matt.familienforschung@gmail.com Matthias Kemmer]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/DoubleCousins.addon.tgz?raw=true DoubleCousins.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[Addon:SetPrivacyTool|Set Privacy Tool]]
|Tool
|[[File:SetPrivacyTool.png|right|150px]]
|The Set Privacy Tool allows you to manage privacy status of people, events and media
|All
|4
|[mailto:matt.familienforschung@gmail.com Matthias Kemmer]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/SetPrivacyTool.addon.tgz?raw=true SetPrivacyTool.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[BirthdaysGramplet|Birthdays]]
|Gramplet
|[[File:BirthdaysGramplet-addon-example-with-config-dialog-51.png|150px]]
|Display the upcoming birthdays
|All
|1
|[mailto:peter017@gmail.com Peter Potrowl]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/BirthdaysGramplet.addon.tgz?raw=true BirthdaysGramplet.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[BirthOrderTool|Sort Children in Birth order]]
|Tool
|[[File:BirthOrder.png|150px]]
|Sort children in families in their birth order
|All
|3
|[mailto:paulr2787@gmail.com Paul Culley]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/BirthOrder.addon.tgz?raw=true BirthOrder.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[Addon:MediaBrowserGramplet|Media Browser]]
|Gramplet
|[[File:MediaBrowserGramplet-detached-example-51.png|150px]]
|Display shows details of a person linked media objects.
|All
|4
|[https://gramps-project.org/bugs/my_view_page.php Gramps Bugtracker]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/MediaBrowser.addon.tgz?raw=true MediaBrowser.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[Gramplets#GUI_Interface|Clock]]
|Gramplet
|[[File:ClockGramplet-addon-example-50.png|right|150px]]
|A sample Cairo clock gramplet.
|Developer
|1
|[mailto:doug.blank@gmail.com Doug Blank]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/ClockGramplet.addon.tgz?raw=true ClockGramplet.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[Calculate Estimated Dates]]
|Tool
|[[File:CalculateEstimatedDates-addon-Select-tab-example-50.png|right|150px]]
|A tool to set estimated birth and death dates.
|All
|2
|[mailto:doug.blank@gmail.com Doug Blank]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/CalculateEstimatedDates.addon.tgz?raw=true CalculateEstimatedDates.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[Addon:CombinedView|Combined]]
|View
|[[File:CombinedView-Relationships-tab-example-51.png|right|150px]]
|A view showing relationships and events for a person. Like the built-in [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Relationships_Category|Relationships View]] but on steroids.
|All
|1
|[http://gramps-project.org/bugs/my_view_page.php Gramps Bugtracker] Nick Hall
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/CombinedView.addon.tgz?raw=true CombinedView.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[Collections_Clipboard_Gramplet|Collections Clipboard]]
|Gramplet
|[[File:ClipboardGramplet-Addon-example-50.png|right|150px]]
|Allows one to group items together for quick access.
|All
|2
|[mailto:doug.blank@gmail.com Doug Blank]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/ClipboardGramplet.addon.tgz?raw=true ClipboardGramplet.addon.tgz]
|-
|Command Line Merge
|Tool
|N/A
|Merge primary object via the command line. (Note: Used by Gramps project to test its code you can see an example of how it used programmatically [https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/blob/master/gramps/gen/merge/test/merge_ref_test.py here])
|Developer
|3
|[http://gramps-project.org/bugs/my_view_page.php Gramps Bugtracker] Michiel D. Nauta
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/CliMerge.addon.tgz?raw=true CliMerge.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[D3 Ancestral/Descendant Charts]]
|Web Report
|[[File:D3-AncestralCollapsibleTree-WebReport-Addon-example-50.png|150px]]
|Create ancestral/descendant web based interactive D3 charts.
|All
|3
|[mailto:matt.keenan@gmail.com Matt Keenan]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/D3Charts.addon.tgz?raw=true D3Charts.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[Database Differences Report]]
|Report
|[[File:Database-differences-report-example-50.png|150px]]
|Allows a mostly complete comparison between the current database and a Gramps XML file
|All
|2
|[http://gramps-project.org/bugs/my_view_page.php Gramps Bugtracker]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/Differences.addon.tgz?raw=true Differences.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[DataEntryGramplet|Data Entry Gramplet]]
|Gramplet
|[[File:DataEntryGramplet-addon-example-50.png|right|150px]]
|Quick Data Entry for People data
|Expert user
|4
|[http://gramps-project.org/bugs/my_view_page.php Gramps Bugtracker]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/DataEntryGramplet.addon.tgz?raw=true DataEntryGramplet.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[DateCalculator|Date Calculator]]
|Gramplet
|[[File:DateCalculatorGramplet-addon-default-50.png|right|150px]]
|Allows you to do date math.
|Normal user
|3
|[http://gramps-project.org/bugs/my_view_page.php Gramps Bugtracker]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/DateCalculator.addon.tgz?raw=true DateCalculator.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[Deep Connections Gramplet]]
|Gramplet
|[[File:DeepConnectionsGramplet-addon-example-50.png|right|150px]]
|Finds deep relationships between home and active people
|All
|3
|[http://gramps-project.org/bugs/my_view_page.php Gramps Bugtracker]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/DeepConnectionsGramplet.addon.tgz?raw=true DeepConnectionsGramplet.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[DenominoViso|DenominoViso]]
|Web report
|[[File:DenominoViso-WebReport-Addon-example-50.png|right|150px]]
|Creates interactive graphical ancestor/descendant tree on a webpage.
|All
|3
|[http://gramps-project.org/bugs/my_view_page.php Gramps Bugtracker] Michiel Nauta
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/DenominoViso.addon.tgz?raw=true DenominoViso.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[Descendant and Detailed Descendant Book Reports|Descendant Book Detailed Descendant Book]]
|Report
|[[File:DescendantBook-TextReports-addon-ReportOptions-tab-defaults-50.png|150px]]
|Create a book of descendant or detailed descendant reports using a filter.
|All
|4
|[mailto:matt.keenan@gmail.com Matt Keenan] [mailto:giansalvo.gusinu+gramps2020@gmail.com Giansalvo Gusinu]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/DescendantBooks.addon.tgz?raw=true DescendantBooks.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[Descendant Count Gramplet|Descendant Count]]
|Gramplet and Quickview
|[[File:DescendantCountGramplet-50.png|right|150px]]
|Gives a count of descendants for each person
|All
|4
|[mailto:doug.blank@gmail.com Doug Blank]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/DescendantCount.addon.tgz?raw=true DescendantCount.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[DescendantsLines|Descendants Lines]]
|Report
|[[File:DescendantsLines_GalileoGenealogy.png|150px]]
|Generates a graphical descendants tree using orthogonal edges and routing ("square edges").
|All
|3
|[http://gramps-project.org/bugs/my_view_page.php Gramps Bugtracker] [[User:Lcc]] Adam Sampson [mailto:giansalvo.gusinu+gramps2020@gmail.com Giansalvo Gusinu]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/DescendantsLines.addon.tgz?raw=true DescendantsLines.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[Addon:DownloadMedia|Download media files from the internet]]
|Tool
|[[File:DownloadMediaTool-addon-dialog-50.png|right|150px]]
|Download media from web pages
|All
|1
|[http://gramps-project.org/bugs/my_view_page.php Gramps Bugtracker]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/DownloadMedia.addon.tgz?raw=true DownloadMedia.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[DynamicWeb report|Dynamic Web Report]]
|Report
|[[File:DynamicWeb-tree1.png|150px]]
|Exports the Family Tree as Web pages that are generated dynamically by client-side Javascript (no server required).
|All
|3
|[http://gramps-project.org/bugs/my_view_page.php Gramps Bugtracker] [mailto:pierre.belissent@gmail.com Pierre Bélissent]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/DynamicWeb.addon.tgz?raw=true DynamicWeb.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[ExportRaw|Export Raw]]
|Exporter
|[[File:ExportRaw-option-addon-50.png|right|150px]]
|A Gramps exporter that will dump your BSDDB database into a flat text version (.raw) of the Python objects.
|Developer
|4
|[mailto:doug.blank@gmail.com Doug Blank]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/ExportRaw.addon.tgz?raw=true ExportRaw.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[Extract Place Data from a Place Title]]
|Tool
|[[File:ExtractPlaceDataFromAPlaceTitle-ExtractPlaceData-result-window-example-51.png|right|150px]]
|Attempts to extract city and state/province from a place title
|All
|3
|[http://gramps-project.org/bugs/my_view_page.php Gramps Bugtracker]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/ExtractCity.addon.tgz?raw=true ExtractCity.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[Family Sheet]]
|Report
|[[File:FamilySheet-TextReports-Addon-example-50.png|right|150px|Sample Family Sheet]]
|Generates a form with all information about a person, its spouses and its children. (Requires: PIL (Python Imaging Library).)
|All
|4
|[http://gramps-project.org/bugs/my_view_page.php Gramps Bugtracker] Reinhard Müller
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/FamilySheet.addon.tgz?raw=true FamilySheet.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[Family Tree]]
|Report
|[[File:FamilyTree-GraphicalReports-Addon-example-50.png|right|150px]]
|Generates a graphical tree of a family with its ancestors and/or descendants.
|All
|3
|[http://gramps-project.org/bugs/my_view_page.php Gramps Bugtracker] Reinhard Müller
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/FamilyTree.addon.tgz?raw=true FamilyTree.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[Fix Capitalization of Given Names]]
|Tool
|[[File:FixCapitalizationOfGivenNames-Addon-dialog-example-50.png|right|150px]]
|Fix Capitalization of Given Names
|All
|2
|[mailto:don@gramps-project.org Donald N. Allingham] [mailto:doug.blank@gmail.com Doug Blank]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/ChangeGivenNames.addon.tgz?raw=true ChangeGivenNames.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[Form Addons|Form Gramplet]]
|Gramplet
|[[File:Form_Selector.png|150px]]
|Forms gramplet that allows users to create and edit structured source data in a single form, such as birth, marriage and death certificates and parish register entries.
|All
|1
|[mailto:nick__hall@hotmail.com Nick Hall]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/Form.addon.tgz?raw=true Form.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[GEDCOM Extensions|Export GEDCOM Extensions (GED2)]]
|Exporter
|[[File:GEDCOMExtensions-GED2-ChooseTheOutputFormat-tab-ExportAssistant-50.png|right|150px]]
|Collection of unofficial GEDCOM extensions which extend Gramps GedcomWriter to include common non-compliant GEDCOM additions..
|Expert user
|2
|[http://gramps-project.org/bugs/my_view_page.php Gramps Bugtracker] [mailto:doug.blank@gmail.com Doug Blank]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/GedcomExtensions.addon.tgz?raw=true GedcomExtensions.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[Addon:GenealogyTree|Grandparent Tree]]
|Report
|[[File:GenealogyTree-Addon-AncestorTree-example-50.png|150px]]
|Uses LaTeX genealogytree (the Pedigree and genealogical tree diagrams package) to create professional looking trees for the active person. Four report are available. '''Requires: texlive/texlive-pictures and texlive-fontsextra'''
|Developer Expert user Intermediate user
|3
|[http://gramps-project.org/bugs/my_view_page.php Gramps Bugtracker] Nick Hall
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/GenealogyTree.addon.tgz?raw=true GenealogyTree.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[Addon:GeneanetForGramps|Geneanet import for Gramps]]
|Tool
|[[File:GeneanetForGramps.png|right|150px]]
|A tool that allows you to import Geneanet ascendants and descendants of a selected person into Gramps. Requires both the <code>Request</code> and <code>lxml</code> prerequisites to work.
|All
|3
|[mailto:bruno@victoria.frmug.org Bruno Cornec]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/GeneanetForGramps.addon.tgz?raw=true GeneanetForGramps.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[Addon:GetGOV|GetGOV]]
|Gramplet
|[[File:GetGOV-Gramplet-addon-detached-51.png|right|150px]]
|Download places from the [http://gov.genealogy.net/search/index GOV genealogical gazetteer].
|Expert user
|2
|[mailto:genealogy@garygriffin.net Gary Griffin]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/GetGOV.addon.tgz?raw=true GetGOV.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[Map Services|GoogleEarth]]
|Mapservice
|[[File:GoogleEarth-mapservices-selection-dropdown-50.png|right|150px]]
|Show places with GoogleEarth..
|All
|3
|[mailto:peter.talken@telia.com Peter Landgren]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/GoogleEarthWriteKML.addon.tgz?raw=true GoogleEarthWriteKML.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[SQLite Export Import|SQLite Export SQLite Import]]
|Exporter/Importer
|[[File:SQLite Export addon 51.png|right|150px]]
|A Gramps exporter and importer that will export/import your Family Tree as a fully-relational SQLite database.
|Expert users
|3
|[mailto:doug.blank@gmail.com Doug Blank]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/Sqlite.addon.tgz?raw=true Sqlite.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[Graph View]]
|View
|[[File:Graph-View-addon-example-51.png|right|150px]]
|A view that can display the active persons ancestor tree and descendant tree. '''Requires PyGoocanvas and Goocanvas.'''
|Expert users
|3
|[http://gramps-project.org/bugs/my_view_page.php Gramps Bugtracker] [mailto:gary.burton@zen.co.uk Gary Burton]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/GraphView.addon.tgz?raw=true GraphView.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Image_MetadataEdit Image Exif Metadata|Edit Image Exif Metadata]]
|Gramplet
|[[File:ImageMetadata-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|150px]]
|Gramplet to view, edit, and save image Exif metadata.
|All
|3
|[mailto:robhealey1@gmail.com Rob G. Healey], [mailto:paulr2787@gmail.com Paul Culley]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/EditExifMetadata/editexifmetadata.py?raw=true editexifmetadata.py]
|-
|[[HeadlineNewsGramplet|Headline News]]
|Gramplet
|[[File:HeadlineNewsGramplet-51.png|right|150px]]
|Shows Gramps breaking news, once per hour
|All
|4
|[http://gramps-project.org/bugs/my_view_page.php Gramps Bugtracker]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/HeadlineNewsGramplet.addon.tgz?raw=true HeadlineNewsGramplet.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[House_Timeline_Gramplet|House Timeline]]
|Gramplet
|[[File:HouseTimeline-detached-gramplet.PNG|right|150px]]
|Lists the Residents of an Address by Timeline
|All
|4
|[http://gramps-project.org/bugs/my_view_page.php Gramps Bugtracker]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/tree/master/gramps51/download/HouseTimelineGramplet.addon.tgz?raw=true HouseTimelineGramplet.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[Addon:HtreePedigreeView|H-Tree Pedigree]]
|View
|[[File:HtreePedigreeView-addon-example-50.png|right|150px]]
|The H-tree based layout can be used to display ancestral trees.
|All
|3
|[http://gramps-project.org/bugs/my_view_page.php Gramps Bugtracker]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/HtreePedigreeView.addon.tgz?raw=true HtreePedigreeView.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[ImportGramplet|Import Text]]
|Gramplet
|[[File:ImportGramplet-Addon-CSV-example-50.png|right|150px]]
|Interface to import text directly in the following formats: CSV (spreadsheet input), Gramps XML, VCard.
|Developers
|2
|[mailto:doug.blank@gmail.com Doug Blank]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/ImportGramplet.addon.tgz?raw=true ImportGramplet.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[Import Merge Tool|Import and Merge tool]]
|Tool
|[[File:ImportMerge.png|right|150px]]
|Compares a Gramps XML database with the current one, and allows merging of the differences.
|All
|4
|[mailto:paulr2787@gmail.com Paul Culley]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/ImportMerge.addon.tgz?raw=true ImportMerge.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[InformationGraph|Information Graph]]
|Report
|N/A
|Generate detailed GraphViz graphs by spidering over the database.
|All
|0
|[mailto:rah@bash.sh Bob Ham]
|[http://pkl.net/~node/software/GVInformationGraph.py GVInformationGraph.py]
|-
|[[Interactive Family Tree]]
|Tool
|[[File:Addon-Interactive-Family-Tree-Topola-example-51.png|right|150px]]
|Opens an interactive tree in the browser. This tool uses the [https://pewu.github.io/topola-viewer/ Topola Genealogy Viewer] to display the family tree.
|All
|4
|[https://github.com/PeWu/topola-viewer/issues GitHub issue tracker]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/Topola.addon.tgz?raw=true Topola.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[LastChange|Last Change]]
|Gramplet and Report
|[[File:LatestChangesGramplet-addon-example-51.png|right|150px]]
|A gramplet and report to display the last ten records changed in the open family tree. The gramplet only displays persons, while the report can display changed families, places, and events too.
|All
|1
|[mailto:jmodule@friant.org Jakim Friant]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/LastChange.addon.tgz?raw=true LastChange.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[Libaccess|Generic DB Access lib]]
|Library
|[[File:Libaccess.jpg|right|150px]]
|The Generic DB Access lib (AKA libaccess) is an experimental library that provides generic access to the database and the gen.lib interface.
|Developer
|1
|[mailto:doug.blank@gmail.com Doug Blank]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/libaccess.addon.tgz?raw=true libaccess.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[Life Line Chart View|Life Line Ancestor Chart Life Line Descendant Chart]]
|View
|[[File:LifeLineChartViewScreenshot1-51.png|right|150px]]
|A view which shows individuals as lines in an ancestor or descendant chart along a time span.
|All
|3
|[http://gramps-project.org/bugs/my_view_page.php Gramps Bugtracker] [[User:CWSchulze|CWSchulze]]
|
|-
|[[Lines of Descendency Report]]
|Report
|[[File:Lines-of-descendency.jpeg|right|150px]]
|Prints out all descendency lines from a given ancestor to a given descendant in text.
|All
|2.5
|[[User:Lcc]] ([mailto:lcc.mailaddress@gmail.com e-mail])
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/LinesOfDescendency.addon.tgz?raw=true LinesOfDescendency.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[Addon:MediaMerge|Merge Media]]
|Tool
|[[File:MediaMerge.png|right|150px]]
|Searches for Media entries that point to the same media file and merges them together.
|All
|4
|[mailto:paulr2787@gmail.com Paul Culley]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/MediaMerge.addon.tgz?raw=true MediaMerge.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[Media Verify Tool|Media Verify]]
|Tool
|[[File:MediaVerifyTool-default-51.png|right|150px]]
|Verify a one-to-one relationship between media objects and files in the media directory. The main purpose of the tool is to locate files that have been moved and fix the paths.
|All
|4
|[http://gramps-project.org/bugs/my_view_page.php Gramps Bugtracker]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/MediaVerify.addon.tgz?raw=true MediaVerify.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[MongoDB]]
|Database
|N/A
|MongoDB database backend support.
|Developer
|2
|[http://gramps-project.org/bugs/my_view_page.php Gramps Bugtracker]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/MongoDB.addon.tgz?raw=true MongoDB.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[NetworkChart|Network Chart]]
|Website
|[[File:Shakespeare_network_1_dynamic_url.svg|right|150px]]
|Generate a single graph showing connectivity between individuals
|Expert user
|3
|[mailto:familynetworkchart@gmail.com Mark B.]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/NetworkChart.addon.tgz?raw=true NetworkChart.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[NoteGramplet|Note Gramplet]]
|Gramplet
|[[File:NoteGramplet-addon-example-50.png|right|150px]]
|A data entry gramplet for notes.
|All
|3
|[mailto:doug.blank@gmail.com Doug Blank]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/NoteGramplet.addon.tgz?raw=true NoteGramplet.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[NoteCleanupTool|Note Cleanup]]
|Tool
|[[File:Note_Cleanup_Tool.png|right|150px]]
|A tool to clean up html and convert to Styled Text in notes. Also converts Web links to Styled text.
|All
|3
|[mailto:paulr2787@gmail.com Paul Culley]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/NoteCleanup.addon.tgz?raw=true NoteCleanup.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[Number Of Descendants Quickview|Number of descendants]]
|Quickview
|[[File:NumberOfDescendants-QuickView-Addon-example-50.png|right|150px]]
|Shows the number of descendants of the current active person
|All
|4
|[http://gramps-project.org/bugs/my_view_page.php Gramps Bugtracker] Reinhard Müller
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/NumberOfDescendantsQuickview.addon.tgz?raw=true NumberOfDescendantsQuickview.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[Addon:ParticipantsGramplet|Participants]]
|Gramplet
|[[File:ParticipantsGramplet-detached-example-51.png|150px]]
|Display the participants in an event.
|All
|4
|[https://gramps-project.org/bugs/my_view_page.php Gramps Bugtracker]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/Participants.addon.tgz?raw=true Participants.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[PedigreeChart|Pedigree Chart]]
|Report
|[[File:PedigreeChart-Addon-example-50.png|right|150px]]
|A version of the classic pedigree chart that is suitable for printing. (Can optionally use - numpy if installed)
|All
|1
|[mailto:jmodule@friant.org Jakim Friant]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/PedigreeChart.addon.tgz?raw=true PedigreeChart.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[PersonEverything Report| PersonEverything Report]]
|Report
|[[File:PersonEverything-example-html-51.png|right|150px]]
|Show absolutely everything about one person, including all events, notes, citations, sources, attributes, media and the family information about the families they are involved in.
|All
|4
|[http://gramps-project.org/bugs/my_view_page.php Gramps Bugtracker]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/PersonEverything.addon.tgz?raw=true PersonEverything.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[Photo Tagging Gramplet|Photo Tagging]]
|Gramplet
|[[File:Photo-Tagging-example-51.png|right|150px]]
|Enables tagging people in photographs, i.e. associating regions of images with Gramps persons. (Requires: OpenCV(for automatic face detection)& Numpy )
|All
|4
|[http://gramps-project.org/bugs/my_view_page.php Gramps Bugtracker]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/PhotoTaggingGramplet.addon.tgz?raw=true PhotoTaggingGramplet.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[PlaceCoordinateGramplet|Place and Coordinates Place Coordinate Gramplet view]]
|Gramplet View  
|[[File:SearchPlace.gif|right|150px]]
|Gramplet simplifies setting the coordinates of a place and also provides an additional geography view.
|All
|3
|[mailto:c.w.schulze@gmail.com Christian Schulze]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/PlaceCoordinateGeoView.py?raw=true PlaceCoordinateGeoView.py]
|-
|[[Addon:PlaceCleanupGramplet|Place Cleanup]]
|Gramplet
|[[File:PlaceCleanupMain.png|right|150px]]
|Place Cleanup Gramplet assists in merging places, as well as completing places from the GeoNames web database.
|All
|3
|[mailto:paulr2787@gmail.com Paul Culley]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/PlaceCleanup.addon.tgz?raw=true PlaceCleanup.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[Place completion tool|PlaceCompletion]]
|Tool
|[[File:PlaceCompletion-Tool-Addon-50.png|right|150px]]
|A tool to fill in places.
|All
|3
|[http://gramps-project.org/bugs/my_view_page.php Gramps Bugtracker]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/PlaceCompletion.addon.tgz?raw=true PlaceCompletion.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[PlaceUpdate Gramplet|PlaceUpdate]]
|Gramplet
|[[File:PlaceUpdate-Gramplet-Addon-103.png|right|150px]]
|Gramplet to manipulate multiple places.
|All
|3
|Kari Kujansuu [http://gramps-project.org/bugs/my_view_page.php Gramps Bugtracker]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/PlaceUpdate.addon.tgz?raw=true PlaceUpdate.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[PostgreSQL]]
|Database
|N/A
|PostgreSQL database backend support.
|Expert User
|2
|[http://gramps-project.org/bugs/my_view_page.php Gramps Bugtracker]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/PostgreSQL.addon.tgz?raw=true PostgreSQL.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[Addon:Prerequisites Checker Gramplet|Prerequisites Checker]]
|Gramplet
|[[File:PrerequisitesCheckerGramplet-Addon-example-50.png|150px]]
|Diagnostic tool to help work out if users have the required prerequisites installed as well as the latest version of Gramps.
|Expert user
|1
|[http://gramps-project.org/bugs/my_view_page.php Gramps Bugtracker]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/PrerequisitesCheckerGramplet.addon.tgz?raw=true PrerequisitesCheckerGramplet.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[Python Gramplet|Python Shell]]
|Gramplet
|[[File:PythonGramplet-interactive-shell-example-50.png|right|150px]]
|Interactive Python Shell
|Developer
|4
|[http://gramps-project.org/bugs/my_view_page.php Gramps Bugtracker]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/PythonGramplet.addon.tgz?raw=true PythonGramplet.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[Plugin Manager Plugin|Plugin Manager Enhanced]]
|Plugin lib and Gramplet
|[[File:PlugInManager-addon-example-50.png|right|150px]]
|A Plugin manager with additional capabilities
|All
|4
|[mailto:paulr2787@gmail.com Paul Culley]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/PluginManager.addon.tgz?raw=true PluginManager.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[Addon:SourcesCitationsReport|Sources and Citations Report]]
|Report
|[[File:SourcesCitationsReport-ReportOptions-tab-defaults-51.png|right|150px]]
|A text report for source and citations with notes.
|All
|4
|[https://gramps-project.org/bugs/my_view_page.php Gramps Bugtracker]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/SourcesCitationsReport.addon.tgz?raw=true SourcesCitationsReport.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[Addon:SyncAssociation|Sync Associations]]
| Tool
| N/A
|Add reciprocal Associations if missing.
| All
| 2
|[mailto:genealogy@garygriffin.net Gary Griffin]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/SyncAssociations.addon.tgz?raw=true SyncAssociations.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[Addon:TinyTafel|Tiny Tafel]] (Liste éclair)
|Report
|[[File:TinyTafel-ReportOptions-filtered-51.png|right|150px]]
|Provides a compact way of describing the main surnames found in a family genealogy, which can be read by humans and matched by computers using a Tafel Matching System.
|All
|4
|[http://gramps-project.org/bugs/my_view_page.php Gramps Bugtracker] Eric doutreleau
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/Query.addon.tgz?raw=true ListeEclair.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[QueryGramplet|Query Gramplet]]
|Gramplet and Report
|[[File:QueryGramplet-default-51.png|right|150px]]
|A SQL-like query system.
|All
|1
|[mailto:doug.blank@gmail.com Doug Blank]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/Query.addon.tgz?raw=true Query.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[Quilt Chart]]
|View
|[[File:QuiltView-Addon-example-50.png|right|150px]]
|A view that presents your family tree in the form of a grid.
|Expert users
|3
|[http://gramps-project.org/bugs/my_view_page.php Gramps Bugtracker] Serge Noiraud, Nick Hall
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/QuiltView.addon.tgz?raw=true QuiltView.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[RelatedRelativesGramplet|Related Relatives]]
|Gramplet
|[[File:RelatedRelativesGramplet-addon-example-50.png|150px]]
|Display all persons in the database with a relation to a relative.
|All
|1
|[mailto:heinzbrinker@yahoo.de Heinz Brinker]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/RelatedRelativesGramplet.addon.tgz?raw=true RelatedRelativesGramplet.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[Addon:AddRemoveTagTool|Add/Remove Tag Tool]]
|Tool
|[[File:AddRemoveTagTool-GeneralOptionsDialog-51.png|right|150px]]
|The Add/Remove Tag Tool allows you to add or remove one tag from a selected set of filtered objects e.g. people.
|All
|4
|[mailto:matt.familienforschung@gmail.com Matthias Kemmer]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/RemoveTagTool.addon.tgz?raw=true RemoveTagTool.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[RepositoriesReport|Repositories Report]]
|Report
|[[File:RepositoriesReport.png|right|150px]]
|A set of Text reports to list repositories and their related sources information, useful when going to a repository (like an archive).
|All
|3
|[http://gramps-project.org/bugs/my_view_page.php Gramps Bugtracker] Jérôme Rapinat
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/RepositoriesReport.addon.tgz?raw=true RepositoriesReport.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[SetAttributeTool|Set Attribute]]
|Tool
|[[File:SetAttributeTool-gramps50.png|right|150px]]
|A tool for setting attributes and their values on people.
|All
|2
|[mailto:doug.blank@gmail.com Doug Blank]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/SetAttributeTool.addon.tgz?raw=true SetAttributeTool.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[Addon:Themes|Theme preferences]]
|Settings
|[[File:Preferences-Themes-addon.png|right|150px]]
|An addition to Preferences for simple Theme and Font adjustment. Especially useful for Windows users.
|All
|3
|[mailto:paulr2787@gmail.com Paul Culley]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/Themes.addon.tgz?raw=true Themes.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[This Day In Family History|This Day in Family History]]
|Gramplet
|[[File:This Day In Family History Gramplet - Sample output with content.png|150px]]
|Display the upcoming a concise report of the user defined list of events that happened on this day and month.
|All
|1
|Stephen Adams
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/ThisDayInFamilyHistory.addon.tgz?raw=true ThisDayInFamilyHistory.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[Addon:ThumbnailGenerator|Thumbnail Generator]]
|Tool
|[[File:ThumbnailGeneratorTool-win.png|150px]]
|Generates thumbnails for media files.
|All
|3
|[mailto:nick__hall@hotmail.com Nick Hall]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/ThumbnailGenerator.addon.tgz?raw=true ThumbnailGenerator.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[Types Cleanup Tool|Type Cleanup]]
|Tool
|[[File:TypesCleanup-Tool-Options-dialog-addon-example-51.png|right|150px]]
|A tool to Remove unneeded custom Types.
|All
|4
|[mailto:paulr2787@gmail.com Paul Culley]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/TypeCleanup.addon.tgz?raw=true TypeCleanup.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[Timeline Quickview|Timeline]]
|Quickview
|[[File:Timeline-QuickView-Addon-example-50.png|right|150px]]
|Shows timeline of events in immediate family members' lives
|All
|4
|[mailto:doug.blank@gmail.com Doug Blank]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/TimelineQuickview.addon.tgz?raw=true TimelineQuickview.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[TimelinePedigreeView|Timeline Pedigree]]
|View
|[[File:TimelinePedigreeView-Addon-example-51.png|right|150px]]
|Pedigree showing timeline and relationships.
|All
|3
|[mailto:doug.blank@gmail.com Doug Blank]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/TimelinePedigreeView.addon.tgz?raw=true TimelinePedigreeView.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[ToDoReport|Todo Report]]
|Report
|[[File:Addon-TodoReport-report-example-50.png|right|150px]]
|Tag notes as ToDo (or anything else) and you can generate a report with the notes and the records they are attached to. Another way of maintaining a to-do list within Gramps.
|All
|1
|[mailto:jmodule@friant.org Jakim Friant]
|[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/ToDoReport.addon.tgz?raw=true ToDoReport.addon.tgz]
|-
|[[Web Connect Pack]] DE Web Connect Pack FR Web Connect Pack NL Web Connect Pack RU Web Connect Pack UK Web Connect Pack US Web Connect Pack
|Library
|[[File:Web-connect-pack-UK-menu-51.png|right|150px]]
|Collection of Web sites for various countries (DE/FR/UK/US) Only install the country you need. (* Requires libwebconnect)
|All
|4
|[http://gramps-project.org/bugs/my_view_page.php Gramps Bugtracker]
|'''[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/libwebconnect.addon.tgz?raw=true libwebconnect.addon.tgz]''' [https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/DEWebConnectPack.addon.tgz?raw=true DEWebConnectPack.addon.tgz] [https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/FRWebConnectPack.addon.tgz?raw=true FRWebConnectPack.addon.tgz] [https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/UKWebConnectPack.addon.tgz?raw=true UKWebConnectPack.addon.tgz] [https://github.com/gramps-project/addons/blob/master/gramps51/download/USWebConnectPack.addon.tgz?raw=true USWebConnectPack.addon.tgz]
|- 
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|-
|}

= Manually installed Addons =

A few addons have to be installed manually (or are scripts and need to be installed as described in the documentation).

Addons in the exploratory stages tend to be initially posted to the [https://github.com/gramps-project?tab=repositories GitHub Gramps-Project repositories] and have to be manually installed. Be certain to backup your Tree before installing anything. There is a potential for data loss with such preliminary versions.

# Click on a download link from the list of Addons below.
# Open the compressed file ( *.ZIP ; *.gz ; *.tgz / etc ...using [https://www.7-zip.org/ 7-zip] ) and save the contents to your [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_User_Directory|Gramps User Directory]], in the <code>gramps51/plugins</code> folder
# After manually installing any addons, you need to restart Gramps

{{man note|Addon/Plugin Errors|From the {{man menu|Help > [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Plugin_Manager|Plugin Manager]]}} you can see which addons/plugins failed to load by viewing the ''Status'' column, and then double clicking on such an entry shows you the error. You can email this error to the plugin contact.}}

{| class="wikitable sortable"
|-
! Plugin / Documentation
! Type
! Image
! Description
! Use
! Rating (out of 4)
! Contact
! Download
|-
|[[InformationGraph]]
|Report
|N/A
|Generate detailed GraphViz graphs by spidering over the database.
|All
|1
| [mailto:rah@bash.sh Bob Ham]
| [http://pkl.net/~node/software/GVInformationGraph.py GVInformationGraph.py]
|-
|[[Handle.bash]]
|External utility
|[[File:Bashhandle.gif|right|150px]]
|A bash script which makes it possible to work with multiple databases merging select branches at will without collisions.
|All
|3
| [[User:Lcc]] ([mailto:lcc.mailaddress@gmail.com e-mail])
| [[Media:Handle.bash.tar.gz|Handle.bash.tar.gz]]
|-
|[[Isotammi addons|Isotammi addons]]
|Isotammi project addons
|
|
Gramplets:
* Isotammi configuration
* Dates
* Position tool

Rules:
* Events with an invalid date
* Events with a valid date

Tool:
* Generate source references based on more information
|All
|?
| http://wiki.isotammi.net/wiki/Gramps-laajennukset
| https://github.com/Taapeli/isotammi-addons
|-
|}

=Plugins for other versions of Gramps=
Plugins for other versions of Gramps can be found on the following pages
*[[5.0 Addons]]
*[[4.2 Addons]]
*[[4.1 Addons]]
*[[4.0 Addons]]
*[[3.4 Addons]]
*[[3.3 Addons]]
*[[3.2 Addons]]
*[[3.1.x_Third-party_Plugins|3.1 Addons]]
*[[3.0.x_Third-party_Plugins|3.0 Addons]]
*[[2.2.x_Third-party_Plugins|2.2 Addons]]

=Writing a Addon/Plugin=
* See [[Addons development]] and [[Writing a plugin]] for information on developing your own addon's
* See [[Report-writing tutorial]]

=See also=
* [[Gramps {{man version}} Wiki Manual - Command Line]]
** [[Plugins Command Line]] (Needs to be incorporated into user manual)
* [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets|Built-in add-ons]] - Gramplets
* [[Rule expansions]] (3rd party add-ons to supplement [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Which_filter_rules_in_which_Category.3F|built-in rules]])

[[Category:Addons|*]]
[[Category:Plugins|*]]
[[Category:Developers/General]]
[[Category:Gramplets|*]]
[[Category:Tools|*]]
[[Category:Views|*]]

Addon:Rule expansions

2021-05-13T17:40:49Z

DaveSch: /* People with multiple parent records */

{{Third-party plugin}}
{{#vardefine:chapter|Addons (Rules)}}

=Rule Ammendments=
{{man tip| 1=Changes to Rules are inconspicuous|2=New built-in Rules appear without any fanfare. Plus there are so many of them, grouped in so many subcategories that they may remain concealed. Addons require downloading and installation, so the addon Rules have more visibility than the builtins. Plus they can be searched as a category in the Plugin Manager.}}
[[File:Preferences UpdateAddons-Rule-51.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Preferences: Check for Updated Addons showing Rules]]
Rules are the basic building blocks of custom [[Filter|Filters]]. A wide variety of [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Which_filter_rules_in_which_Category.3F|rules have been built-in for creating custom filters in each category]].

With the release of [[Template:Releases/5.1.0|Gramps version 5.1]], the first addon Rules were [https://github.com/gramps-project/addons-source/tree/master/FilterRules posted as examples of coding a Filter Rule addon]. [[{{Version manual}}_Addons#Installing_Addons_in_Gramps|Installing similarly to any other addon]], a New Rule appears as a menu item within [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Add_Rule_dialog|Add Rule dialog]] while [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Define_Filter_dialog|Defining a custom Filter]].

Filters created with these Rules can tested, cloned or deleted using the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#CategoryName_Filters_dialog|Filter Editor]]. The dialog is invoked from the {{Man menu|Edit}} menu in each Category view.



=locating Filter Rule Add-Ons=
[[File:EnhancedPlugInManager-addon-SearchRule 51win.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Search for '''''Rule''''' in the Enhanced Plugin Manager]]The [[Plugin_Manager_Plugin|Plugin Manager]] can be used for more than installing and updating plug-in modules. It can help you discover the growing capabilities that might not be obvious.

Open the {{Man menu|Plugin Manager}} from the {{Man menu|Help}} menu and use its Search box to filter the view to only those addons which have a row or filename which include the 'Rule' term.

[[File:EnhancedPlugInManager-addon-Info 51win.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Info on 'People related to ''<filter>''' addon Rule]]
Add-on Rules that have been peer-reviewed will be added to Gramps' Update Manager system. This automates the installation process

When manually installed, each add-on rule's Python source code (<code>.py</code>) file and Gramps Plugin Registration (<code>.gpr.py</code>) file will be located in the <code>\gramps{{Version manual}}\plugins\FilterRules\</code> subdirectory of your [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_User_Directory|User Directory]]

Looking at the Info on any currently installed Rule will verify the file location where add-on rules have been installed.
{{-}}
==Add-on Rules==
Rules are added in sets/groups via the Plugin Manager. All the Rules in a set are added/removed when any Rule in that set is added/removed.

Each set supports Multilingual internationalization services through [https://www.gnu.org/software/gettext/manual/html_node/PO-Files.html .po and .pot] files using gettext.

In the few months that add-on Rules have been a feature, two sets of rules have been collected:
===Individual Rules===
====Active Person====
[[File:Rule_Active_Person_Filter_Win.png|thumb|right|191px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Searching for '''''person''''' rules]]'''General filters''' [[{{Version manual}}_Addons|add-on]] rule to find the [[Gramps_Glossary#active_person|Active Person]]. Available for {{icon|peop}}'''Person''', {{icon|rela}}'''Relationships''', {{icon|ance}}'''Charts''', {{icon|geog}}'''Geography'''

This is a useful "basic" rule for use in compound filters.

Also see:
* the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Home_person|Home Person filter rule]].
{{-}}

===[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons-source/tree/master/FilterRules FilterRules] : Plugin Manager Rulebook Collection===
General Filter Rule Addons
====People related to <filter>====

[[File:Rule_Person_Filter_Win.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Searching by Rule name]]{{icon|peop}}'''Person • General filters''' [[{{Version manual}}_Addons|add-on]] rule to find [[Gramps_Glossary#person|Person(s)]] matching a specified filter.

Matches people who are related to anybody matched by a person filter.{{-}}[[File:Pythongadget.png|left|150px|link=https://github.com/gramps-project/addons-source/tree/master/FilterRules]]<code>'''isrelatedwithfiltermatch'''</code> provided as [https://github.com/gramps-project/addons-source/tree/master/FilterRules <code>sample '''.gpr.py''' & '''.py''' code</code> for writing add-on filter rules]. Demonstrates piping the output of one custom Filter into another.{{-}}

====People with events with a selected role====

[[File:Rule_PersonEvent_Role_Win.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Searching for Person Rules which include the 'role' term.]]
{{icon|peop}}'''Person • Event filters''' [[{{Version manual}}_Addons|add-on]] rule to find [[Gramps_Glossary#person|Person(s)]] having any [[Gramps_Glossary#event|Event]] with a specified [[Gramps_Glossary#event_role|Event Role]].
{{-}}

====Families with Events with a selected role====

[[File:Rule_FamiliesEvent_Role_Win.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Searching by Rule name]]
{{icon|fami}}'''Families • Event filters''' [[{{Version manual}}_Addons|add-on]] rule to find [[Gramps_Glossary#family|Families]] having any Family member or shared Family level [[Gramps_Glossary#event|Event]] with a specified [[Gramps_Glossary#event_role|Event Role]].{{-}}[[File:Pythongadget.png|left|150px|link=https://github.com/gramps-project/addons-source/tree/master/FilterRules]]<code>'''hasrolerule'''</code> provided as [https://github.com/gramps-project/addons-source/tree/master/FilterRules <code>sample '''.gpr.py''' & '''.py''' code</code> for writing add-on filter rules]. Demonstrates including category variants of a rule in the same add-on.{{-}}

====Source matching parameters====
[[File:Rule_Sources_Parameters_Win.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Searching by Rule name]]
{{icon|sour34}}'''Sources • General filters''' [[{{Version manual}}_Addons|add-on]] rule to find [[Gramps_Glossary#source|Sources]] based on the following parameters: ''Title'', ''Author'', ''Abbreviation'', ''Publication''.

This add-on rule has similar options to the standard Filter Gramplet for the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#New_Source_dialog|Source]] [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Category View]]. It can be used to save complex filter parameters.{{-}}[[File:Pythongadget.png|left|150px|link=https://github.com/gramps-project/addons-source/tree/master/FilterRules]]<code>'''hassourcefilter'''</code> provided as sample [[Addons_development#Create_a_Gramps_Plugin_Registration_file|.gpr.py]] & '''.py''' code for [https://github.com/gramps-project/addons-source/tree/master/FilterRules writing add-on filter rules]. Demonstrates text based filtering with RegEx options.{{-}}

====People Separated less than <N> degrees of <Home person>====

[[File:Rule_DegreesOfSep_HomePerson_Win.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Searching for Person Rules which include the 'degrees' term.]]
{{icon|peop}}'''Person • Relationship filters''' [[{{Version manual}}_Addons|add-on]] rule to find [[Gramps_Glossary#person|Person(s)]] having a relationship to the ''[[Gramps_Glossary#home_person|Home Person]]'' within a specified degree of [[Genealogy_Glossary#consanguinity|Consanguinity]] and [[Genealogy_Glossary#affinity|Affinity]].

The [[Gramps_Glossary#home_person|Home person]] is point of reference for calculating ('''<N>''') Degrees. For '''N''', Minimum value is 1, Maximum is value 32.

* '''Degree 1''': person/spouse + children ( <zero N> ancestors, because the selected person is generation 1 + 1N descendants)
* '''Degree 2''': person plus person’s parents, siblings, niece/nephew, children, grandchildren, etc. (= 1N ancestors + 2N descendants)
* '''Degree 3''': persons grandparents and 3 generations down. (= 2N ancestors + 3N descendants).

The ancestors and descendants generations have an offset of 1 to mimic the built-in filter rule behavior.

[https://gist.github.com/Mattkmmr/4d0369cbee38bdf14395cb2f4505fb8a GitHub Repository files]
{{-}}

====People Separated less than <N> degrees of <person>====
[[File:Rule_DegreesOfSep_PersonID_Win.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Searching Person rules by 'degrees' term; roll-over hint for ID.]]
{{icon|peop}}'''Person • Relationship filters''' [[{{Version manual}}_Addons|add-on]] rule to find [[Gramps_Glossary#person|Person(s)]] having a relationship to a specified Person within a specified degree of [[Genealogy_Glossary#consanguinity|Consanguinity]] and [[Genealogy_Glossary#affinity|Affinity]].

[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons-source/pull/283 GitHub Repository files]
{{stub}}
====Events of families matching a <family filter>====
Events of families matching a <family filter>

====Families matching <event filter>====

Matches families that are matched by an event filter

====People who are part of families matching <filter>====


People who are part of families matching <filter>

====Filter people by their age at death====

====Match associations of <person filter>====

====People with multiple parent records====
{{icon|peop}}'''Person • Family filters''' [[{{Version manual}}_Addons|add-on]] rule that
matches people who have more than one set of parents.

{{-}}

===[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons-source/tree/master/FilterRules2 FilterRules2] : Plugin Manager Rulebook Collection===
Genetic Genealogy Filter Rule Addons
{{stub}}
====Matrilineal progenitrix of <person>====

Matches the earliest recorded matrilineal ancestor mother.

====Mitochondrial inheritance of <filter>====

Matches recorded descendants of a filter result following mitochondrial inheritance patterns.

====Mitochondrial inheritance of <person>====

Matches recorded descendants of person following mitochondrial inheritance patterns.

====Patrilineal progenitor of <person>====

Matches the earliest recorded patrilineal ancestor father.

====X-chromosomal ancestors of <person>====

Matches ancestors of <person> following a X-chromosomal inheritance pattern.

====X-chromosomal descendants of <person>====

Matches descendants of <person> following a X-chromosomal inheritance pattern.

====Y-chromosomal inheritance of <person filter>====

Matches recorded descendants of a filter result following Y-chromosomal inheritance patterns.
====Y-chromosomal inheritance of <person>====

Matches recorded descendants of person following Y-chromosomal inheritance patterns.
{{-}}

===Pre-Release Rules===
====Descendants of <person> sharing yDNA with each other====
Matches descendants of a <person> sharing yDNA


=The Evolution of of Rules as Add-Ons=
==Gramps 5.1.1 (Sept. 2019)==
* Fix bug {{Bug|0011114}}: resolve crashes in withinarea filter rule:
: Avoid bad coordinates in the ref place
: Avoid alphabetic characters in filter rules
: Could not convert string to float by using withinarea filter rule
: Difference between sidebar filter and filter rule
: Fix Bug {{Bug|0011293}} Fix internationalization issue where untranslated English GUI items appear in Event filter

==Gramps 5.1.0 ([https://gramps-project.org/blog/2019/08/gramps-5-1-0-released/ Aug. 2019])==
* '''New feature : Filter Rules can now be expanded through the [[{{Version manual}}_Addons|addons]] interface.'''
* Filter Rule editor, save pane position
* Fix Bugs {{Bug|0007950}} and {{Bug|0011430}}: Name Filter rule now supports multiple attribute: Check all values of an attribute type and not only the first one
* filters rule have children person filter: Check all families of a person for children and not only the first
* Person Sidebarfilter:
: Fix Person Sidebarfilter when using ‘Event’ and Reg expressions
: In personsidebarfilter, search on each part of name Instead of requiring that the entire search string matches a single one of the Person’s names, the function will require that each word in the search string matches any of the Person’s name fields.
* Fix exception when merging with active sidebar filter

==Gramps 5.0.2 (Aug. 2019)==
* Fix bug {{Bug|0010509}}: resolves silent fail - relationship path between filter rule when parent is missing
* Fix crash when using sidebar filter and merging in another view
* Fix Place Tree view when using enclosed by sidebar filter
* Fix Relationship Graph; extra people when using filters & subgraphs

==Gramps 5.0.1 (Dec. 2018)==
* Fix bug {{Bug|0010685}}: resolves crash in IsDuplicatedAncestorOf filter rule on tree loop
* Fix Person Sidebarfilter when using ‘Event’ and Reg expressions
* Fix FilterParser for much older 3.x custom_filters.xml files
* Fix crash when a filter with loop in definition is defined
* Fix view so column widths are preserved when using filters

==Gramps 5.0.0 (Jul. 2018)==
* Fix Custom filter update when created via sidebar.

=Developing New Rule Add-Ons =
Beginning with version 5.0, Gramps implemented an database API (application programming interface) infrastructure supporting user selectable backends. This new exploration of database support lead developer to extend the add-on (plug-in) framework to support expanding Filter Rules via the Plugin Manager.

The 5.1 release changed the default database backend from [[Database_Backends#BSDDB_Backend|BSDDB]] (Berkeley database) to SQLite. With the broader group of user familiar with optimizing searches, it made sense to open Gramps to the specialized knowledge.


== Resources ==
* [https://github.com/gramps-project/addons-source/tree/master/FilterRules Sample addon Filter code]
== See also ==
* [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Which_filter_rules_in_which_Category.3F|Built-in rules by category]]
* [[Brief_introduction_to_Git|Git introduction]]
* [https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/tree/master/gramps/gen/filters/rules Built-in Rules Source code] (Git)
* [https://github.com/gramps-project/addons-source Add-on Rules Source code] (Git)
* [https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/ch03.html Gtk+ widget gallery] - Gnome development sample code
* [https://github.com/gramps-project/addons downloadable .tgz files] (Git)
* [[Addons_development|Addons Development]]
* [[Writing_a_plugin|Writing a Plugin]]
* [[Committing_policies|Policy for Committing code contributions]]
* [Gramps-devel]: [https://sourceforge.net/p/gramps/mailman/message/36697180/ Filter rules as plugins?]
* [Gramps-users]: [https://sourceforge.net/p/gramps/mailman/message/8987001/ A question on writing filters]
* [Gramps-devel]: [https://sourceforge.net/p/gramps/mailman/message/26611190 New filter rules on Names]
* [Gramps-devel]: [https://sourceforge.net/p/gramps/mailman/message/28524592 Sequencing of filter rules?]
* [Gramps-devel]: [https://sourceforge.net/p/gramps/mailman/message/7969670/ filter rules]
* [Gramps-users]: [https://sourceforge.net/p/gramps/mailman/gramps-users/thread/4BD58852.3040705%40o2.co.uk/#msg25097338 Gramplet writing - newbie help needed]

*based on the [https://sourceforge.net/p/gramps/mailman/gramps-users/ Gramps-users] archived threads:
: [https://sourceforge.net/p/gramps/mailman/message/36617953/ The Group As name override]
: [https://sourceforge.net/p/gramps/mailman/search/?q=%22unify+similar+surmanes+%3F%3F%22&mail_list=all unify similar surmanes thread]
: [https://sourceforge.net/p/gramps/mailman/search/?q=%22Group+As+name%22 threads with "Group As name"]

[[Category:Tutorials]]
[[Category:Filters]]
[[Category:Addons]]
[[Category:Plugins]]
[[Category:How do I...]]

Addon:Rule expansions

2021-05-13T17:36:36Z

DaveSch: /* FilterRules : Plugin Manager Rulebook Collection */

{{Third-party plugin}}
{{#vardefine:chapter|Addons (Rules)}}

=Rule Ammendments=
{{man tip| 1=Changes to Rules are inconspicuous|2=New built-in Rules appear without any fanfare. Plus there are so many of them, grouped in so many subcategories that they may remain concealed. Addons require downloading and installation, so the addon Rules have more visibility than the builtins. Plus they can be searched as a category in the Plugin Manager.}}
[[File:Preferences UpdateAddons-Rule-51.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Preferences: Check for Updated Addons showing Rules]]
Rules are the basic building blocks of custom [[Filter|Filters]]. A wide variety of [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Which_filter_rules_in_which_Category.3F|rules have been built-in for creating custom filters in each category]].

With the release of [[Template:Releases/5.1.0|Gramps version 5.1]], the first addon Rules were [https://github.com/gramps-project/addons-source/tree/master/FilterRules posted as examples of coding a Filter Rule addon]. [[{{Version manual}}_Addons#Installing_Addons_in_Gramps|Installing similarly to any other addon]], a New Rule appears as a menu item within [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Add_Rule_dialog|Add Rule dialog]] while [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Define_Filter_dialog|Defining a custom Filter]].

Filters created with these Rules can tested, cloned or deleted using the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#CategoryName_Filters_dialog|Filter Editor]]. The dialog is invoked from the {{Man menu|Edit}} menu in each Category view.



=locating Filter Rule Add-Ons=
[[File:EnhancedPlugInManager-addon-SearchRule 51win.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Search for '''''Rule''''' in the Enhanced Plugin Manager]]The [[Plugin_Manager_Plugin|Plugin Manager]] can be used for more than installing and updating plug-in modules. It can help you discover the growing capabilities that might not be obvious.

Open the {{Man menu|Plugin Manager}} from the {{Man menu|Help}} menu and use its Search box to filter the view to only those addons which have a row or filename which include the 'Rule' term.

[[File:EnhancedPlugInManager-addon-Info 51win.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Info on 'People related to ''<filter>''' addon Rule]]
Add-on Rules that have been peer-reviewed will be added to Gramps' Update Manager system. This automates the installation process

When manually installed, each add-on rule's Python source code (<code>.py</code>) file and Gramps Plugin Registration (<code>.gpr.py</code>) file will be located in the <code>\gramps{{Version manual}}\plugins\FilterRules\</code> subdirectory of your [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_User_Directory|User Directory]]

Looking at the Info on any currently installed Rule will verify the file location where add-on rules have been installed.
{{-}}
==Add-on Rules==
Rules are added in sets/groups via the Plugin Manager. All the Rules in a set are added/removed when any Rule in that set is added/removed.

Each set supports Multilingual internationalization services through [https://www.gnu.org/software/gettext/manual/html_node/PO-Files.html .po and .pot] files using gettext.

In the few months that add-on Rules have been a feature, two sets of rules have been collected:
===Individual Rules===
====Active Person====
[[File:Rule_Active_Person_Filter_Win.png|thumb|right|191px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Searching for '''''person''''' rules]]'''General filters''' [[{{Version manual}}_Addons|add-on]] rule to find the [[Gramps_Glossary#active_person|Active Person]]. Available for {{icon|peop}}'''Person''', {{icon|rela}}'''Relationships''', {{icon|ance}}'''Charts''', {{icon|geog}}'''Geography'''

This is a useful "basic" rule for use in compound filters.

Also see:
* the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Home_person|Home Person filter rule]].
{{-}}

===[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons-source/tree/master/FilterRules FilterRules] : Plugin Manager Rulebook Collection===
General Filter Rule Addons
====People related to <filter>====

[[File:Rule_Person_Filter_Win.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Searching by Rule name]]{{icon|peop}}'''Person • General filters''' [[{{Version manual}}_Addons|add-on]] rule to find [[Gramps_Glossary#person|Person(s)]] matching a specified filter.

Matches people who are related to anybody matched by a person filter.{{-}}[[File:Pythongadget.png|left|150px|link=https://github.com/gramps-project/addons-source/tree/master/FilterRules]]<code>'''isrelatedwithfiltermatch'''</code> provided as [https://github.com/gramps-project/addons-source/tree/master/FilterRules <code>sample '''.gpr.py''' & '''.py''' code</code> for writing add-on filter rules]. Demonstrates piping the output of one custom Filter into another.{{-}}

====People with events with a selected role====

[[File:Rule_PersonEvent_Role_Win.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Searching for Person Rules which include the 'role' term.]]
{{icon|peop}}'''Person • Event filters''' [[{{Version manual}}_Addons|add-on]] rule to find [[Gramps_Glossary#person|Person(s)]] having any [[Gramps_Glossary#event|Event]] with a specified [[Gramps_Glossary#event_role|Event Role]].
{{-}}

====Families with Events with a selected role====

[[File:Rule_FamiliesEvent_Role_Win.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Searching by Rule name]]
{{icon|fami}}'''Families • Event filters''' [[{{Version manual}}_Addons|add-on]] rule to find [[Gramps_Glossary#family|Families]] having any Family member or shared Family level [[Gramps_Glossary#event|Event]] with a specified [[Gramps_Glossary#event_role|Event Role]].{{-}}[[File:Pythongadget.png|left|150px|link=https://github.com/gramps-project/addons-source/tree/master/FilterRules]]<code>'''hasrolerule'''</code> provided as [https://github.com/gramps-project/addons-source/tree/master/FilterRules <code>sample '''.gpr.py''' & '''.py''' code</code> for writing add-on filter rules]. Demonstrates including category variants of a rule in the same add-on.{{-}}

====Source matching parameters====
[[File:Rule_Sources_Parameters_Win.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Searching by Rule name]]
{{icon|sour34}}'''Sources • General filters''' [[{{Version manual}}_Addons|add-on]] rule to find [[Gramps_Glossary#source|Sources]] based on the following parameters: ''Title'', ''Author'', ''Abbreviation'', ''Publication''.

This add-on rule has similar options to the standard Filter Gramplet for the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#New_Source_dialog|Source]] [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Category View]]. It can be used to save complex filter parameters.{{-}}[[File:Pythongadget.png|left|150px|link=https://github.com/gramps-project/addons-source/tree/master/FilterRules]]<code>'''hassourcefilter'''</code> provided as sample [[Addons_development#Create_a_Gramps_Plugin_Registration_file|.gpr.py]] & '''.py''' code for [https://github.com/gramps-project/addons-source/tree/master/FilterRules writing add-on filter rules]. Demonstrates text based filtering with RegEx options.{{-}}

====People Separated less than <N> degrees of <Home person>====

[[File:Rule_DegreesOfSep_HomePerson_Win.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Searching for Person Rules which include the 'degrees' term.]]
{{icon|peop}}'''Person • Relationship filters''' [[{{Version manual}}_Addons|add-on]] rule to find [[Gramps_Glossary#person|Person(s)]] having a relationship to the ''[[Gramps_Glossary#home_person|Home Person]]'' within a specified degree of [[Genealogy_Glossary#consanguinity|Consanguinity]] and [[Genealogy_Glossary#affinity|Affinity]].

The [[Gramps_Glossary#home_person|Home person]] is point of reference for calculating ('''<N>''') Degrees. For '''N''', Minimum value is 1, Maximum is value 32.

* '''Degree 1''': person/spouse + children ( <zero N> ancestors, because the selected person is generation 1 + 1N descendants)
* '''Degree 2''': person plus person’s parents, siblings, niece/nephew, children, grandchildren, etc. (= 1N ancestors + 2N descendants)
* '''Degree 3''': persons grandparents and 3 generations down. (= 2N ancestors + 3N descendants).

The ancestors and descendants generations have an offset of 1 to mimic the built-in filter rule behavior.

[https://gist.github.com/Mattkmmr/4d0369cbee38bdf14395cb2f4505fb8a GitHub Repository files]
{{-}}

====People Separated less than <N> degrees of <person>====
[[File:Rule_DegreesOfSep_PersonID_Win.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Searching Person rules by 'degrees' term; roll-over hint for ID.]]
{{icon|peop}}'''Person • Relationship filters''' [[{{Version manual}}_Addons|add-on]] rule to find [[Gramps_Glossary#person|Person(s)]] having a relationship to a specified Person within a specified degree of [[Genealogy_Glossary#consanguinity|Consanguinity]] and [[Genealogy_Glossary#affinity|Affinity]].

[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons-source/pull/283 GitHub Repository files]
{{stub}}
====Events of families matching a <family filter>====
Events of families matching a <family filter>

====Families matching <event filter>====

Matches families that are matched by an event filter

====People who are part of families matching <filter>====


People who are part of families matching <filter>

====Filter people by their age at death====

====Match associations of <person filter>====

====People with multiple parent records====
{{icon|peop}}'''Person • Family filters''' rule that
matches people who have more than one set of parents.

{{-}}

===[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons-source/tree/master/FilterRules2 FilterRules2] : Plugin Manager Rulebook Collection===
Genetic Genealogy Filter Rule Addons
{{stub}}
====Matrilineal progenitrix of <person>====

Matches the earliest recorded matrilineal ancestor mother.

====Mitochondrial inheritance of <filter>====

Matches recorded descendants of a filter result following mitochondrial inheritance patterns.

====Mitochondrial inheritance of <person>====

Matches recorded descendants of person following mitochondrial inheritance patterns.

====Patrilineal progenitor of <person>====

Matches the earliest recorded patrilineal ancestor father.

====X-chromosomal ancestors of <person>====

Matches ancestors of <person> following a X-chromosomal inheritance pattern.

====X-chromosomal descendants of <person>====

Matches descendants of <person> following a X-chromosomal inheritance pattern.

====Y-chromosomal inheritance of <person filter>====

Matches recorded descendants of a filter result following Y-chromosomal inheritance patterns.
====Y-chromosomal inheritance of <person>====

Matches recorded descendants of person following Y-chromosomal inheritance patterns.
{{-}}

===Pre-Release Rules===
====Descendants of <person> sharing yDNA with each other====
Matches descendants of a <person> sharing yDNA


=The Evolution of of Rules as Add-Ons=
==Gramps 5.1.1 (Sept. 2019)==
* Fix bug {{Bug|0011114}}: resolve crashes in withinarea filter rule:
: Avoid bad coordinates in the ref place
: Avoid alphabetic characters in filter rules
: Could not convert string to float by using withinarea filter rule
: Difference between sidebar filter and filter rule
: Fix Bug {{Bug|0011293}} Fix internationalization issue where untranslated English GUI items appear in Event filter

==Gramps 5.1.0 ([https://gramps-project.org/blog/2019/08/gramps-5-1-0-released/ Aug. 2019])==
* '''New feature : Filter Rules can now be expanded through the [[{{Version manual}}_Addons|addons]] interface.'''
* Filter Rule editor, save pane position
* Fix Bugs {{Bug|0007950}} and {{Bug|0011430}}: Name Filter rule now supports multiple attribute: Check all values of an attribute type and not only the first one
* filters rule have children person filter: Check all families of a person for children and not only the first
* Person Sidebarfilter:
: Fix Person Sidebarfilter when using ‘Event’ and Reg expressions
: In personsidebarfilter, search on each part of name Instead of requiring that the entire search string matches a single one of the Person’s names, the function will require that each word in the search string matches any of the Person’s name fields.
* Fix exception when merging with active sidebar filter

==Gramps 5.0.2 (Aug. 2019)==
* Fix bug {{Bug|0010509}}: resolves silent fail - relationship path between filter rule when parent is missing
* Fix crash when using sidebar filter and merging in another view
* Fix Place Tree view when using enclosed by sidebar filter
* Fix Relationship Graph; extra people when using filters & subgraphs

==Gramps 5.0.1 (Dec. 2018)==
* Fix bug {{Bug|0010685}}: resolves crash in IsDuplicatedAncestorOf filter rule on tree loop
* Fix Person Sidebarfilter when using ‘Event’ and Reg expressions
* Fix FilterParser for much older 3.x custom_filters.xml files
* Fix crash when a filter with loop in definition is defined
* Fix view so column widths are preserved when using filters

==Gramps 5.0.0 (Jul. 2018)==
* Fix Custom filter update when created via sidebar.

=Developing New Rule Add-Ons =
Beginning with version 5.0, Gramps implemented an database API (application programming interface) infrastructure supporting user selectable backends. This new exploration of database support lead developer to extend the add-on (plug-in) framework to support expanding Filter Rules via the Plugin Manager.

The 5.1 release changed the default database backend from [[Database_Backends#BSDDB_Backend|BSDDB]] (Berkeley database) to SQLite. With the broader group of user familiar with optimizing searches, it made sense to open Gramps to the specialized knowledge.


== Resources ==
* [https://github.com/gramps-project/addons-source/tree/master/FilterRules Sample addon Filter code]
== See also ==
* [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Which_filter_rules_in_which_Category.3F|Built-in rules by category]]
* [[Brief_introduction_to_Git|Git introduction]]
* [https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/tree/master/gramps/gen/filters/rules Built-in Rules Source code] (Git)
* [https://github.com/gramps-project/addons-source Add-on Rules Source code] (Git)
* [https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/ch03.html Gtk+ widget gallery] - Gnome development sample code
* [https://github.com/gramps-project/addons downloadable .tgz files] (Git)
* [[Addons_development|Addons Development]]
* [[Writing_a_plugin|Writing a Plugin]]
* [[Committing_policies|Policy for Committing code contributions]]
* [Gramps-devel]: [https://sourceforge.net/p/gramps/mailman/message/36697180/ Filter rules as plugins?]
* [Gramps-users]: [https://sourceforge.net/p/gramps/mailman/message/8987001/ A question on writing filters]
* [Gramps-devel]: [https://sourceforge.net/p/gramps/mailman/message/26611190 New filter rules on Names]
* [Gramps-devel]: [https://sourceforge.net/p/gramps/mailman/message/28524592 Sequencing of filter rules?]
* [Gramps-devel]: [https://sourceforge.net/p/gramps/mailman/message/7969670/ filter rules]
* [Gramps-users]: [https://sourceforge.net/p/gramps/mailman/gramps-users/thread/4BD58852.3040705%40o2.co.uk/#msg25097338 Gramplet writing - newbie help needed]

*based on the [https://sourceforge.net/p/gramps/mailman/gramps-users/ Gramps-users] archived threads:
: [https://sourceforge.net/p/gramps/mailman/message/36617953/ The Group As name override]
: [https://sourceforge.net/p/gramps/mailman/search/?q=%22unify+similar+surmanes+%3F%3F%22&mail_list=all unify similar surmanes thread]
: [https://sourceforge.net/p/gramps/mailman/search/?q=%22Group+As+name%22 threads with "Group As name"]

[[Category:Tutorials]]
[[Category:Filters]]
[[Category:Addons]]
[[Category:Plugins]]
[[Category:How do I...]]

Addon:Rule expansions

2021-05-13T17:20:51Z

DaveSch: /* FilterRules : Plugin Manager Rulebook Collection */

{{Third-party plugin}}
{{#vardefine:chapter|Addons (Rules)}}

=Rule Ammendments=
{{man tip| 1=Changes to Rules are inconspicuous|2=New built-in Rules appear without any fanfare. Plus there are so many of them, grouped in so many subcategories that they may remain concealed. Addons require downloading and installation, so the addon Rules have more visibility than the builtins. Plus they can be searched as a category in the Plugin Manager.}}
[[File:Preferences UpdateAddons-Rule-51.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Preferences: Check for Updated Addons showing Rules]]
Rules are the basic building blocks of custom [[Filter|Filters]]. A wide variety of [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Which_filter_rules_in_which_Category.3F|rules have been built-in for creating custom filters in each category]].

With the release of [[Template:Releases/5.1.0|Gramps version 5.1]], the first addon Rules were [https://github.com/gramps-project/addons-source/tree/master/FilterRules posted as examples of coding a Filter Rule addon]. [[{{Version manual}}_Addons#Installing_Addons_in_Gramps|Installing similarly to any other addon]], a New Rule appears as a menu item within [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Add_Rule_dialog|Add Rule dialog]] while [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Define_Filter_dialog|Defining a custom Filter]].

Filters created with these Rules can tested, cloned or deleted using the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#CategoryName_Filters_dialog|Filter Editor]]. The dialog is invoked from the {{Man menu|Edit}} menu in each Category view.



=locating Filter Rule Add-Ons=
[[File:EnhancedPlugInManager-addon-SearchRule 51win.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Search for '''''Rule''''' in the Enhanced Plugin Manager]]The [[Plugin_Manager_Plugin|Plugin Manager]] can be used for more than installing and updating plug-in modules. It can help you discover the growing capabilities that might not be obvious.

Open the {{Man menu|Plugin Manager}} from the {{Man menu|Help}} menu and use its Search box to filter the view to only those addons which have a row or filename which include the 'Rule' term.

[[File:EnhancedPlugInManager-addon-Info 51win.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Info on 'People related to ''<filter>''' addon Rule]]
Add-on Rules that have been peer-reviewed will be added to Gramps' Update Manager system. This automates the installation process

When manually installed, each add-on rule's Python source code (<code>.py</code>) file and Gramps Plugin Registration (<code>.gpr.py</code>) file will be located in the <code>\gramps{{Version manual}}\plugins\FilterRules\</code> subdirectory of your [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_User_Directory|User Directory]]

Looking at the Info on any currently installed Rule will verify the file location where add-on rules have been installed.
{{-}}
==Add-on Rules==
Rules are added in sets/groups via the Plugin Manager. All the Rules in a set are added/removed when any Rule in that set is added/removed.

Each set supports Multilingual internationalization services through [https://www.gnu.org/software/gettext/manual/html_node/PO-Files.html .po and .pot] files using gettext.

In the few months that add-on Rules have been a feature, two sets of rules have been collected:
===Individual Rules===
====Active Person====
[[File:Rule_Active_Person_Filter_Win.png|thumb|right|191px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Searching for '''''person''''' rules]]'''General filters''' [[{{Version manual}}_Addons|add-on]] rule to find the [[Gramps_Glossary#active_person|Active Person]]. Available for {{icon|peop}}'''Person''', {{icon|rela}}'''Relationships''', {{icon|ance}}'''Charts''', {{icon|geog}}'''Geography'''

This is a useful "basic" rule for use in compound filters.

Also see:
* the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Home_person|Home Person filter rule]].
{{-}}

===[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons-source/tree/master/FilterRules FilterRules] : Plugin Manager Rulebook Collection===
General Filter Rule Addons
====People related to <filter>====

[[File:Rule_Person_Filter_Win.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Searching by Rule name]]{{icon|peop}}'''Person • General filters''' [[{{Version manual}}_Addons|add-on]] rule to find [[Gramps_Glossary#person|Person(s)]] matching a specified filter.

Matches people who are related to anybody matched by a person filter.{{-}}[[File:Pythongadget.png|left|150px|link=https://github.com/gramps-project/addons-source/tree/master/FilterRules]]<code>'''isrelatedwithfiltermatch'''</code> provided as [https://github.com/gramps-project/addons-source/tree/master/FilterRules <code>sample '''.gpr.py''' & '''.py''' code</code> for writing add-on filter rules]. Demonstrates piping the output of one custom Filter into another.{{-}}

====People with events with a selected role====

[[File:Rule_PersonEvent_Role_Win.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Searching for Person Rules which include the 'role' term.]]
{{icon|peop}}'''Person • Event filters''' [[{{Version manual}}_Addons|add-on]] rule to find [[Gramps_Glossary#person|Person(s)]] having any [[Gramps_Glossary#event|Event]] with a specified [[Gramps_Glossary#event_role|Event Role]].
{{-}}

====Families with Events with a selected role====

[[File:Rule_FamiliesEvent_Role_Win.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Searching by Rule name]]
{{icon|fami}}'''Families • Event filters''' [[{{Version manual}}_Addons|add-on]] rule to find [[Gramps_Glossary#family|Families]] having any Family member or shared Family level [[Gramps_Glossary#event|Event]] with a specified [[Gramps_Glossary#event_role|Event Role]].{{-}}[[File:Pythongadget.png|left|150px|link=https://github.com/gramps-project/addons-source/tree/master/FilterRules]]<code>'''hasrolerule'''</code> provided as [https://github.com/gramps-project/addons-source/tree/master/FilterRules <code>sample '''.gpr.py''' & '''.py''' code</code> for writing add-on filter rules]. Demonstrates including category variants of a rule in the same add-on.{{-}}

====Source matching parameters====
[[File:Rule_Sources_Parameters_Win.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Searching by Rule name]]
{{icon|sour34}}'''Sources • General filters''' [[{{Version manual}}_Addons|add-on]] rule to find [[Gramps_Glossary#source|Sources]] based on the following parameters: ''Title'', ''Author'', ''Abbreviation'', ''Publication''.

This add-on rule has similar options to the standard Filter Gramplet for the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#New_Source_dialog|Source]] [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Category View]]. It can be used to save complex filter parameters.{{-}}[[File:Pythongadget.png|left|150px|link=https://github.com/gramps-project/addons-source/tree/master/FilterRules]]<code>'''hassourcefilter'''</code> provided as sample [[Addons_development#Create_a_Gramps_Plugin_Registration_file|.gpr.py]] & '''.py''' code for [https://github.com/gramps-project/addons-source/tree/master/FilterRules writing add-on filter rules]. Demonstrates text based filtering with RegEx options.{{-}}

====People Separated less than <N> degrees of <Home person>====

[[File:Rule_DegreesOfSep_HomePerson_Win.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Searching for Person Rules which include the 'degrees' term.]]
{{icon|peop}}'''Person • Relationship filters''' [[{{Version manual}}_Addons|add-on]] rule to find [[Gramps_Glossary#person|Person(s)]] having a relationship to the ''[[Gramps_Glossary#home_person|Home Person]]'' within a specified degree of [[Genealogy_Glossary#consanguinity|Consanguinity]] and [[Genealogy_Glossary#affinity|Affinity]].

The [[Gramps_Glossary#home_person|Home person]] is point of reference for calculating ('''<N>''') Degrees. For '''N''', Minimum value is 1, Maximum is value 32.

* '''Degree 1''': person/spouse + children ( <zero N> ancestors, because the selected person is generation 1 + 1N descendants)
* '''Degree 2''': person plus person’s parents, siblings, niece/nephew, children, grandchildren, etc. (= 1N ancestors + 2N descendants)
* '''Degree 3''': persons grandparents and 3 generations down. (= 2N ancestors + 3N descendants).

The ancestors and descendants generations have an offset of 1 to mimic the built-in filter rule behavior.

[https://gist.github.com/Mattkmmr/4d0369cbee38bdf14395cb2f4505fb8a GitHub Repository files]
{{-}}

====People Separated less than <N> degrees of <person>====
[[File:Rule_DegreesOfSep_PersonID_Win.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Searching Person rules by 'degrees' term; roll-over hint for ID.]]
{{icon|peop}}'''Person • Relationship filters''' [[{{Version manual}}_Addons|add-on]] rule to find [[Gramps_Glossary#person|Person(s)]] having a relationship to a specified Person within a specified degree of [[Genealogy_Glossary#consanguinity|Consanguinity]] and [[Genealogy_Glossary#affinity|Affinity]].

[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons-source/pull/283 GitHub Repository files]
{{stub}}
====Events of families matching a <family filter>====
Events of families matching a <family filter>

====Families matching <event filter>====

Matches families that are matched by an event filter

====People who are part of families matching <filter>====


People who are part of families matching <filter>

====Filter people by their age at death====

====Match associations of <person filter>====

====People with multiple parent records====

Matches people who have more than one set of parents.

{{-}}

===[https://github.com/gramps-project/addons-source/tree/master/FilterRules2 FilterRules2] : Plugin Manager Rulebook Collection===
Genetic Genealogy Filter Rule Addons
{{stub}}
====Matrilineal progenitrix of <person>====

Matches the earliest recorded matrilineal ancestor mother.

====Mitochondrial inheritance of <filter>====

Matches recorded descendants of a filter result following mitochondrial inheritance patterns.

====Mitochondrial inheritance of <person>====

Matches recorded descendants of person following mitochondrial inheritance patterns.

====Patrilineal progenitor of <person>====

Matches the earliest recorded patrilineal ancestor father.

====X-chromosomal ancestors of <person>====

Matches ancestors of <person> following a X-chromosomal inheritance pattern.

====X-chromosomal descendants of <person>====

Matches descendants of <person> following a X-chromosomal inheritance pattern.

====Y-chromosomal inheritance of <person filter>====

Matches recorded descendants of a filter result following Y-chromosomal inheritance patterns.
====Y-chromosomal inheritance of <person>====

Matches recorded descendants of person following Y-chromosomal inheritance patterns.
{{-}}

===Pre-Release Rules===
====Descendants of <person> sharing yDNA with each other====
Matches descendants of a <person> sharing yDNA


=The Evolution of of Rules as Add-Ons=
==Gramps 5.1.1 (Sept. 2019)==
* Fix bug {{Bug|0011114}}: resolve crashes in withinarea filter rule:
: Avoid bad coordinates in the ref place
: Avoid alphabetic characters in filter rules
: Could not convert string to float by using withinarea filter rule
: Difference between sidebar filter and filter rule
: Fix Bug {{Bug|0011293}} Fix internationalization issue where untranslated English GUI items appear in Event filter

==Gramps 5.1.0 ([https://gramps-project.org/blog/2019/08/gramps-5-1-0-released/ Aug. 2019])==
* '''New feature : Filter Rules can now be expanded through the [[{{Version manual}}_Addons|addons]] interface.'''
* Filter Rule editor, save pane position
* Fix Bugs {{Bug|0007950}} and {{Bug|0011430}}: Name Filter rule now supports multiple attribute: Check all values of an attribute type and not only the first one
* filters rule have children person filter: Check all families of a person for children and not only the first
* Person Sidebarfilter:
: Fix Person Sidebarfilter when using ‘Event’ and Reg expressions
: In personsidebarfilter, search on each part of name Instead of requiring that the entire search string matches a single one of the Person’s names, the function will require that each word in the search string matches any of the Person’s name fields.
* Fix exception when merging with active sidebar filter

==Gramps 5.0.2 (Aug. 2019)==
* Fix bug {{Bug|0010509}}: resolves silent fail - relationship path between filter rule when parent is missing
* Fix crash when using sidebar filter and merging in another view
* Fix Place Tree view when using enclosed by sidebar filter
* Fix Relationship Graph; extra people when using filters & subgraphs

==Gramps 5.0.1 (Dec. 2018)==
* Fix bug {{Bug|0010685}}: resolves crash in IsDuplicatedAncestorOf filter rule on tree loop
* Fix Person Sidebarfilter when using ‘Event’ and Reg expressions
* Fix FilterParser for much older 3.x custom_filters.xml files
* Fix crash when a filter with loop in definition is defined
* Fix view so column widths are preserved when using filters

==Gramps 5.0.0 (Jul. 2018)==
* Fix Custom filter update when created via sidebar.

=Developing New Rule Add-Ons =
Beginning with version 5.0, Gramps implemented an database API (application programming interface) infrastructure supporting user selectable backends. This new exploration of database support lead developer to extend the add-on (plug-in) framework to support expanding Filter Rules via the Plugin Manager.

The 5.1 release changed the default database backend from [[Database_Backends#BSDDB_Backend|BSDDB]] (Berkeley database) to SQLite. With the broader group of user familiar with optimizing searches, it made sense to open Gramps to the specialized knowledge.


== Resources ==
* [https://github.com/gramps-project/addons-source/tree/master/FilterRules Sample addon Filter code]
== See also ==
* [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Which_filter_rules_in_which_Category.3F|Built-in rules by category]]
* [[Brief_introduction_to_Git|Git introduction]]
* [https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/tree/master/gramps/gen/filters/rules Built-in Rules Source code] (Git)
* [https://github.com/gramps-project/addons-source Add-on Rules Source code] (Git)
* [https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/ch03.html Gtk+ widget gallery] - Gnome development sample code
* [https://github.com/gramps-project/addons downloadable .tgz files] (Git)
* [[Addons_development|Addons Development]]
* [[Writing_a_plugin|Writing a Plugin]]
* [[Committing_policies|Policy for Committing code contributions]]
* [Gramps-devel]: [https://sourceforge.net/p/gramps/mailman/message/36697180/ Filter rules as plugins?]
* [Gramps-users]: [https://sourceforge.net/p/gramps/mailman/message/8987001/ A question on writing filters]
* [Gramps-devel]: [https://sourceforge.net/p/gramps/mailman/message/26611190 New filter rules on Names]
* [Gramps-devel]: [https://sourceforge.net/p/gramps/mailman/message/28524592 Sequencing of filter rules?]
* [Gramps-devel]: [https://sourceforge.net/p/gramps/mailman/message/7969670/ filter rules]
* [Gramps-users]: [https://sourceforge.net/p/gramps/mailman/gramps-users/thread/4BD58852.3040705%40o2.co.uk/#msg25097338 Gramplet writing - newbie help needed]

*based on the [https://sourceforge.net/p/gramps/mailman/gramps-users/ Gramps-users] archived threads:
: [https://sourceforge.net/p/gramps/mailman/message/36617953/ The Group As name override]
: [https://sourceforge.net/p/gramps/mailman/search/?q=%22unify+similar+surmanes+%3F%3F%22&mail_list=all unify similar surmanes thread]
: [https://sourceforge.net/p/gramps/mailman/search/?q=%22Group+As+name%22 threads with "Group As name"]

[[Category:Tutorials]]
[[Category:Filters]]
[[Category:Addons]]
[[Category:Plugins]]
[[Category:How do I...]]

Events in Gramps

2020-12-30T18:59:38Z

DaveSch: /* Fallback Events */

{{languages|Events in Gramps}}

An overview of the predefined events in Gramps are given, with their meaning.

;Events and event types

'''Events''' form a core concept in genealogical research. It is important therefore that the terminology and usage is consistent and well defined, so as to allow for optimal communication, translation and portability.

An "event" is an umbrella term, and is used loosely to denote a fact about an individual, an event proper that occurs in his or her life, or an attribute. As examples, every individual has a birth event, and eventually a death event. Children being born to the individual would also be events. Being childless however is an attribute or fact about that individual.

Generally setting an event for an individual allows you to to enter a data set, including the date, description, associated place, etc, in a structured way.

In Gramps you define an event as belonging to a [[Gramps_Glossary#E|event type]]. This is useful as it allows the grouping of events under a common denominator, the event type. When creating an event, you must first select the event type. This can be any of the predefined events, or you can create a [[Custom_Event_Types|custom event]] just by typing a name.

The pre-defined events provide most of what you need. For the sake of frivolity however, let us imagine that great uncle George was a lothario, and proud of it, and insisted that you recorded details of his numerous conquests in exchange for some vital genealogy documents that you need. You could then define an event type "affairs", and then in his individual record enter one such event for each affair, entering the date, place, details, etc for each. You then end up with a list of all his affairs listed chronologically.

Frivolity apart however, defining too many event types can be problematic, and in many cases it might be better practice to group events under the same event type, and instead use the description field to add an extra nuance.

Let us first provide an overview of the predefined events types available in Gramps, and then later mention event types that are not in that list.

== Event types available in Gramps==
The use of most event types is self explanatory, and the best way to familiarise yourself with them is simply to set to and dabble! However some events need more careful use, and introduce concepts that are not at first obvious.

==Life Events==

===Adopted===
This type is for events related to childhood adoption. Typically the event is added to the individual being adopted, with this person playing the primary role. Administrators, civil servants and parents can be added to the event with different [[Gramps_Glossary#E|event roles]]

The adoption event can be added for the process of adoption (which can take several months), but also as a placeholder for an adoption certificate that you have as a source.

On adding the person to the family he is adopted into, one should also set his relationship with his adoptive parents to ''adopted''. This doubles the event information somewhat, but is used in some reports.

===[[Baptise_record|Baptism]]===
The event of baptism (not LDS), performed in infancy or later

===[[Birth_certificate|Birth]]===
The event of entering into life

===Burial===
The event of the proper disposing of the mortal remains of a deceased person

===Cremation===
Disposal of the remains of a person's body by fire

===[[Death_certificate|Death]]===
The event when mortal life terminates

==Family==

===Alternate Marriage===
A relationship such as Cohabitation, Common Law Marriages, Civil Unions, Domestic Partnerships.

===[[Indicate_a_divorce|Divorce]]===
An event of dissolving a marriage through civil action

===Divorce Filing===
An event of filing for a divorce by a spouse

===Engagement===
An event of recording or announcing an agreement between two people to become married

===Marriage===
The marriage event is a bounding ceremony between two people before an official body. In other words, it is the state of being united to another person in a consensual and contractual relationship recognized (normally) by law.

You should hence use this event typically as the 'official' starting event of the family unit in Gramps, that is, use it as a family event, with event role ''family''. Note that the family could be missing a ''father'', ''mother'' or both. Sharing an event with roles ''bride'' and ''groom'' is not the recommended approach in Gramps.

Note further that the marriage event is wider than what is used in day-to-day language. It indicates civil marriage, church marriage, and all other types of union between adults that is official.

To indicate an official end of a ''marriage event'', one should use the '''Divorce''' event.

===Marriage Settlement===
An event of creating an agreement between two people contemplating marriage, at which time they agree to release or modify property rights that would otherwise arise from the marriage

===Marriage License===
An event of obtaining a legal license to marry

===Marriage Contract===
An event of recording a formal agreement of marriage, including the prenuptial agreement in which marriage partners reach agreement about the property rights of one or both, securing property to their children

===Marriage Banns===
An event of an official public notice given that two people intend to marry

===Annulment===
Declaring a marriage void from the beginning (never existed)

==Academic==

===Degree===

===Education===
Indicator of a level of education attained

===Graduation===
An event of awarding educational diplomas or degrees to individuals

==Legal==

===Probate===
An event of judicial determination of the validity of a will. May indicate several related court activities over several dates

===Will===
A legal document treated as an event, by which a person disposes of his or her estate, to take effect after death. The event date is the date the will was signed while the person was alive

==Religious==

===Adult Christening===
The religious event (not LDS) of baptizing and/or naming an adult person

===Bas Mitzvah===
The ceremonial 'coming of age' event held when a Jewish girl reaches age 13, also known as "Bat Mitzvah"

===Bar Mitzvah===
The ceremonial 'coming of age' event held when a Jewish boy reaches age 13

===Blessing===
A religious event of bestowing divine care or intercession. Sometimes given in connection with a naming ceremony

===[[Baptise_record|Christening]]===
The act of baptizing and/or naming a child

===Confirmation===
Confirmation is a religious sacrament, ritual or rite of passage practiced by several Christian denominations and Reform Judaism. The term is intended to reflect a strengthening or deepening of one's relationship with God and church.

===First Communion===
A religious rite, the first act of sharing in the Lord's supper as part of church worship

===Religion===
A religious denomination to which a person is affiliated or for which a record applies

==Residence==

===[[Census]]===
The event of the periodic count of the population for a designated locality, such as a national or state Census

===Property===
Pertaining to possessions such as real estate or other property of interest

===[[Why_residence_event_and_not_Address%3F|Residence]]===
The act of dwelling at an address for a period of time

==Travel==

===Naturalization===
The event of obtaining citizenship

===Emigration===
An event of leaving one's homeland with the intent of residing elsewhere

===Immigration===
An event of entering into a new locality with the intent of residing there

==Other==

===Nobility Title===

===Number of Marriages===
The number of times this person has participated in a family as a spouse or parent

===Cause Of Death===
A description of the cause of death

===Medical Information===

==Vocational==

===Elected===

===Military Service===

===Occupation===
The type of work or profession of an individual

===Ordination===
Pertaining to a religious ordinance in general

===Retirement===
An event of exiting an occupational relationship with an employer after a qualifying time period

==Custom==

See [[Custom Event Types]] for some event types that are currently used by some users.

==Fallback Events==

Gramps uses a number of Fallback events in lists and views when one of the main life events is missing.

As an example, a person's Baptism event may be known but not the Birth event. In the lists and views if there is no Birth event, the date of the Baptism is used where the birth date would normally be displayed. When these dates are used, the date will be displayed in italics.

The Fallback events are:

;Birth: ''Baptism'' or ''Christening''

;Death: ''Burial'', ''Cremation'' or ''Cause of Death''

;Marriage: ''Engagement'' or ''Alternate Marriage''

;Divorce: ''Annulment'' or ''Divorce Filing''

== Event types not available in Gramps ==
===[[Draft_lottery|Draft lottery]]===
The Draft Lottery was a practice in general use, used to select who should have to undertake military service. Before the advent of a permanent professional army, it was not feasible to train all young boys, so some selection process was needed to determine who would or would not be drafted. So as to make this a fair process, it was common practice to organise a lottery, into which all boys of certain age had to be entered.

The documents pertaining to these lotteries form an useful source of genealogical information, as all boys of a certain age were required to participate.

This event type should be used for all the events/attributes relating to a Draft Lottery, for example:

a) the lottery itself. This is associated with a place, and a specific date.

b) legal documents relating to the lottery. Boys from rich families who were selected to join the army by the lottery process frequently paid commoners to take their place. Legal contracts were drafted for this.

c) desertion documents concerning the lottery. Many selected individuals emigrated abroad so as to avoid their draft, with the consequence that they were recorded as deserters in their home country. In genealogical research this event can prove very difficult to trace, as deserters often changed their name to evade detection.

== Events and Facts ==

[https://wiki.phpgedview.net/en/index.php?title=Facts_and_Events PhpGedView] lists the naming conventions in GEDCOM standard between : '''Events''' and '''Facts'''.

=See also=
* [[Gramps Glossary]] - overview of terms that appear in Gramps

[[Category:Gramps terminology]]
[[Category:Translators/Categories]]
[[Category:Events]]
[[Category:Tutorials]]

Events in Gramps

2020-12-29T23:47:48Z

DaveSch: /* Fallback Events */

{{languages|Events in Gramps}}

An overview of the predefined events in Gramps are given, with their meaning.

;Events and event types

'''Events''' form a core concept in genealogical research. It is important therefore that the terminology and usage is consistent and well defined, so as to allow for optimal communication, translation and portability.

An "event" is an umbrella term, and is used loosely to denote a fact about an individual, an event proper that occurs in his or her life, or an attribute. As examples, every individual has a birth event, and eventually a death event. Children being born to the individual would also be events. Being childless however is an attribute or fact about that individual.

Generally setting an event for an individual allows you to to enter a data set, including the date, description, associated place, etc, in a structured way.

In Gramps you define an event as belonging to a [[Gramps_Glossary#E|event type]]. This is useful as it allows the grouping of events under a common denominator, the event type. When creating an event, you must first select the event type. This can be any of the predefined events, or you can create a [[Custom_Event_Types|custom event]] just by typing a name.

The pre-defined events provide most of what you need. For the sake of frivolity however, let us imagine that great uncle George was a lothario, and proud of it, and insisted that you recorded details of his numerous conquests in exchange for some vital genealogy documents that you need. You could then define an event type "affairs", and then in his individual record enter one such event for each affair, entering the date, place, details, etc for each. You then end up with a list of all his affairs listed chronologically.

Frivolity apart however, defining too many event types can be problematic, and in many cases it might be better practice to group events under the same event type, and instead use the description field to add an extra nuance.

Let us first provide an overview of the predefined events types available in Gramps, and then later mention event types that are not in that list.

== Event types available in Gramps==
The use of most event types is self explanatory, and the best way to familiarise yourself with them is simply to set to and dabble! However some events need more careful use, and introduce concepts that are not at first obvious.

==Life Events==

===Adopted===
This type is for events related to childhood adoption. Typically the event is added to the individual being adopted, with this person playing the primary role. Administrators, civil servants and parents can be added to the event with different [[Gramps_Glossary#E|event roles]]

The adoption event can be added for the process of adoption (which can take several months), but also as a placeholder for an adoption certificate that you have as a source.

On adding the person to the family he is adopted into, one should also set his relationship with his adoptive parents to ''adopted''. This doubles the event information somewhat, but is used in some reports.

===[[Baptise_record|Baptism]]===
The event of baptism (not LDS), performed in infancy or later

===[[Birth_certificate|Birth]]===
The event of entering into life

===Burial===
The event of the proper disposing of the mortal remains of a deceased person

===Cremation===
Disposal of the remains of a person's body by fire

===[[Death_certificate|Death]]===
The event when mortal life terminates

==Family==

===Alternate Marriage===
A relationship such as Cohabitation, Common Law Marriages, Civil Unions, Domestic Partnerships.

===[[Indicate_a_divorce|Divorce]]===
An event of dissolving a marriage through civil action

===Divorce Filing===
An event of filing for a divorce by a spouse

===Engagement===
An event of recording or announcing an agreement between two people to become married

===Marriage===
The marriage event is a bounding ceremony between two people before an official body. In other words, it is the state of being united to another person in a consensual and contractual relationship recognized (normally) by law.

You should hence use this event typically as the 'official' starting event of the family unit in Gramps, that is, use it as a family event, with event role ''family''. Note that the family could be missing a ''father'', ''mother'' or both. Sharing an event with roles ''bride'' and ''groom'' is not the recommended approach in Gramps.

Note further that the marriage event is wider than what is used in day-to-day language. It indicates civil marriage, church marriage, and all other types of union between adults that is official.

To indicate an official end of a ''marriage event'', one should use the '''Divorce''' event.

===Marriage Settlement===
An event of creating an agreement between two people contemplating marriage, at which time they agree to release or modify property rights that would otherwise arise from the marriage

===Marriage License===
An event of obtaining a legal license to marry

===Marriage Contract===
An event of recording a formal agreement of marriage, including the prenuptial agreement in which marriage partners reach agreement about the property rights of one or both, securing property to their children

===Marriage Banns===
An event of an official public notice given that two people intend to marry

===Annulment===
Declaring a marriage void from the beginning (never existed)

==Academic==

===Degree===

===Education===
Indicator of a level of education attained

===Graduation===
An event of awarding educational diplomas or degrees to individuals

==Legal==

===Probate===
An event of judicial determination of the validity of a will. May indicate several related court activities over several dates

===Will===
A legal document treated as an event, by which a person disposes of his or her estate, to take effect after death. The event date is the date the will was signed while the person was alive

==Religious==

===Adult Christening===
The religious event (not LDS) of baptizing and/or naming an adult person

===Bas Mitzvah===
The ceremonial 'coming of age' event held when a Jewish girl reaches age 13, also known as "Bat Mitzvah"

===Bar Mitzvah===
The ceremonial 'coming of age' event held when a Jewish boy reaches age 13

===Blessing===
A religious event of bestowing divine care or intercession. Sometimes given in connection with a naming ceremony

===[[Baptise_record|Christening]]===
The act of baptizing and/or naming a child

===Confirmation===
Confirmation is a religious sacrament, ritual or rite of passage practiced by several Christian denominations and Reform Judaism. The term is intended to reflect a strengthening or deepening of one's relationship with God and church.

===First Communion===
A religious rite, the first act of sharing in the Lord's supper as part of church worship

===Religion===
A religious denomination to which a person is affiliated or for which a record applies

==Residence==

===[[Census]]===
The event of the periodic count of the population for a designated locality, such as a national or state Census

===Property===
Pertaining to possessions such as real estate or other property of interest

===[[Why_residence_event_and_not_Address%3F|Residence]]===
The act of dwelling at an address for a period of time

==Travel==

===Naturalization===
The event of obtaining citizenship

===Emigration===
An event of leaving one's homeland with the intent of residing elsewhere

===Immigration===
An event of entering into a new locality with the intent of residing there

==Other==

===Nobility Title===

===Number of Marriages===
The number of times this person has participated in a family as a spouse or parent

===Cause Of Death===
A description of the cause of death

===Medical Information===

==Vocational==

===Elected===

===Military Service===

===Occupation===
The type of work or profession of an individual

===Ordination===
Pertaining to a religious ordinance in general

===Retirement===
An event of exiting an occupational relationship with an employer after a qualifying time period

==Custom==

See [[Custom Event Types]] for some event types that are currently used by some users.

==Fallback Events==

Gramps uses a number of Fallback events in lists and views when one of the main life events is missing.

As an example, a person's Baptism event may be known but not the Birth event. In the lists and views if there is no Birth event, the date of the Baptism is used where the birth date would normally be displayed. When these dates are used, the date will be displayed in italics.

The Fallback events are:

Birth: Baptism and Christening

Death: Burial, Cremation, Cause of Death

Marriage: Engagement, Alternate Marriage

Divorce: Annulment, Divorce Filing

== Event types not available in Gramps ==
===[[Draft_lottery|Draft lottery]]===
The Draft Lottery was a practice in general use, used to select who should have to undertake military service. Before the advent of a permanent professional army, it was not feasible to train all young boys, so some selection process was needed to determine who would or would not be drafted. So as to make this a fair process, it was common practice to organise a lottery, into which all boys of certain age had to be entered.

The documents pertaining to these lotteries form an useful source of genealogical information, as all boys of a certain age were required to participate.

This event type should be used for all the events/attributes relating to a Draft Lottery, for example:

a) the lottery itself. This is associated with a place, and a specific date.

b) legal documents relating to the lottery. Boys from rich families who were selected to join the army by the lottery process frequently paid commoners to take their place. Legal contracts were drafted for this.

c) desertion documents concerning the lottery. Many selected individuals emigrated abroad so as to avoid their draft, with the consequence that they were recorded as deserters in their home country. In genealogical research this event can prove very difficult to trace, as deserters often changed their name to evade detection.

== Events and Facts ==

[https://wiki.phpgedview.net/en/index.php?title=Facts_and_Events PhpGedView] lists the naming conventions in GEDCOM standard between : '''Events''' and '''Facts'''.

=See also=
* [[Gramps Glossary]] - overview of terms that appear in Gramps

[[Category:Gramps terminology]]
[[Category:Translators/Categories]]
[[Category:Events]]
[[Category:Tutorials]]

Events in Gramps

2020-12-29T23:34:13Z

DaveSch:

{{languages|Events in Gramps}}

An overview of the predefined events in Gramps are given, with their meaning.

;Events and event types

'''Events''' form a core concept in genealogical research. It is important therefore that the terminology and usage is consistent and well defined, so as to allow for optimal communication, translation and portability.

An "event" is an umbrella term, and is used loosely to denote a fact about an individual, an event proper that occurs in his or her life, or an attribute. As examples, every individual has a birth event, and eventually a death event. Children being born to the individual would also be events. Being childless however is an attribute or fact about that individual.

Generally setting an event for an individual allows you to to enter a data set, including the date, description, associated place, etc, in a structured way.

In Gramps you define an event as belonging to a [[Gramps_Glossary#E|event type]]. This is useful as it allows the grouping of events under a common denominator, the event type. When creating an event, you must first select the event type. This can be any of the predefined events, or you can create a [[Custom_Event_Types|custom event]] just by typing a name.

The pre-defined events provide most of what you need. For the sake of frivolity however, let us imagine that great uncle George was a lothario, and proud of it, and insisted that you recorded details of his numerous conquests in exchange for some vital genealogy documents that you need. You could then define an event type "affairs", and then in his individual record enter one such event for each affair, entering the date, place, details, etc for each. You then end up with a list of all his affairs listed chronologically.

Frivolity apart however, defining too many event types can be problematic, and in many cases it might be better practice to group events under the same event type, and instead use the description field to add an extra nuance.

Let us first provide an overview of the predefined events types available in Gramps, and then later mention event types that are not in that list.

== Event types available in Gramps==
The use of most event types is self explanatory, and the best way to familiarise yourself with them is simply to set to and dabble! However some events need more careful use, and introduce concepts that are not at first obvious.

==Life Events==

===Adopted===
This type is for events related to childhood adoption. Typically the event is added to the individual being adopted, with this person playing the primary role. Administrators, civil servants and parents can be added to the event with different [[Gramps_Glossary#E|event roles]]

The adoption event can be added for the process of adoption (which can take several months), but also as a placeholder for an adoption certificate that you have as a source.

On adding the person to the family he is adopted into, one should also set his relationship with his adoptive parents to ''adopted''. This doubles the event information somewhat, but is used in some reports.

===[[Baptise_record|Baptism]]===
The event of baptism (not LDS), performed in infancy or later

===[[Birth_certificate|Birth]]===
The event of entering into life

===Burial===
The event of the proper disposing of the mortal remains of a deceased person

===Cremation===
Disposal of the remains of a person's body by fire

===[[Death_certificate|Death]]===
The event when mortal life terminates

==Family==

===Alternate Marriage===
A relationship such as Cohabitation, Common Law Marriages, Civil Unions, Domestic Partnerships.

===[[Indicate_a_divorce|Divorce]]===
An event of dissolving a marriage through civil action

===Divorce Filing===
An event of filing for a divorce by a spouse

===Engagement===
An event of recording or announcing an agreement between two people to become married

===Marriage===
The marriage event is a bounding ceremony between two people before an official body. In other words, it is the state of being united to another person in a consensual and contractual relationship recognized (normally) by law.

You should hence use this event typically as the 'official' starting event of the family unit in Gramps, that is, use it as a family event, with event role ''family''. Note that the family could be missing a ''father'', ''mother'' or both. Sharing an event with roles ''bride'' and ''groom'' is not the recommended approach in Gramps.

Note further that the marriage event is wider than what is used in day-to-day language. It indicates civil marriage, church marriage, and all other types of union between adults that is official.

To indicate an official end of a ''marriage event'', one should use the '''Divorce''' event.

===Marriage Settlement===
An event of creating an agreement between two people contemplating marriage, at which time they agree to release or modify property rights that would otherwise arise from the marriage

===Marriage License===
An event of obtaining a legal license to marry

===Marriage Contract===
An event of recording a formal agreement of marriage, including the prenuptial agreement in which marriage partners reach agreement about the property rights of one or both, securing property to their children

===Marriage Banns===
An event of an official public notice given that two people intend to marry

===Annulment===
Declaring a marriage void from the beginning (never existed)

==Academic==

===Degree===

===Education===
Indicator of a level of education attained

===Graduation===
An event of awarding educational diplomas or degrees to individuals

==Legal==

===Probate===
An event of judicial determination of the validity of a will. May indicate several related court activities over several dates

===Will===
A legal document treated as an event, by which a person disposes of his or her estate, to take effect after death. The event date is the date the will was signed while the person was alive

==Religious==

===Adult Christening===
The religious event (not LDS) of baptizing and/or naming an adult person

===Bas Mitzvah===
The ceremonial 'coming of age' event held when a Jewish girl reaches age 13, also known as "Bat Mitzvah"

===Bar Mitzvah===
The ceremonial 'coming of age' event held when a Jewish boy reaches age 13

===Blessing===
A religious event of bestowing divine care or intercession. Sometimes given in connection with a naming ceremony

===[[Baptise_record|Christening]]===
The act of baptizing and/or naming a child

===Confirmation===
Confirmation is a religious sacrament, ritual or rite of passage practiced by several Christian denominations and Reform Judaism. The term is intended to reflect a strengthening or deepening of one's relationship with God and church.

===First Communion===
A religious rite, the first act of sharing in the Lord's supper as part of church worship

===Religion===
A religious denomination to which a person is affiliated or for which a record applies

==Residence==

===[[Census]]===
The event of the periodic count of the population for a designated locality, such as a national or state Census

===Property===
Pertaining to possessions such as real estate or other property of interest

===[[Why_residence_event_and_not_Address%3F|Residence]]===
The act of dwelling at an address for a period of time

==Travel==

===Naturalization===
The event of obtaining citizenship

===Emigration===
An event of leaving one's homeland with the intent of residing elsewhere

===Immigration===
An event of entering into a new locality with the intent of residing there

==Other==

===Nobility Title===

===Number of Marriages===
The number of times this person has participated in a family as a spouse or parent

===Cause Of Death===
A description of the cause of death

===Medical Information===

==Vocational==

===Elected===

===Military Service===

===Occupation===
The type of work or profession of an individual

===Ordination===
Pertaining to a religious ordinance in general

===Retirement===
An event of exiting an occupational relationship with an employer after a qualifying time period

==Custom==

See [[Custom Event Types]] for some event types that are currently used by some users.

==Fallback Events==

== Event types not available in Gramps ==
===[[Draft_lottery|Draft lottery]]===
The Draft Lottery was a practice in general use, used to select who should have to undertake military service. Before the advent of a permanent professional army, it was not feasible to train all young boys, so some selection process was needed to determine who would or would not be drafted. So as to make this a fair process, it was common practice to organise a lottery, into which all boys of certain age had to be entered.

The documents pertaining to these lotteries form an useful source of genealogical information, as all boys of a certain age were required to participate.

This event type should be used for all the events/attributes relating to a Draft Lottery, for example:

a) the lottery itself. This is associated with a place, and a specific date.

b) legal documents relating to the lottery. Boys from rich families who were selected to join the army by the lottery process frequently paid commoners to take their place. Legal contracts were drafted for this.

c) desertion documents concerning the lottery. Many selected individuals emigrated abroad so as to avoid their draft, with the consequence that they were recorded as deserters in their home country. In genealogical research this event can prove very difficult to trace, as deserters often changed their name to evade detection.

== Events and Facts ==

[https://wiki.phpgedview.net/en/index.php?title=Facts_and_Events PhpGedView] lists the naming conventions in GEDCOM standard between : '''Events''' and '''Facts'''.

=See also=
* [[Gramps Glossary]] - overview of terms that appear in Gramps

[[Category:Gramps terminology]]
[[Category:Translators/Categories]]
[[Category:Events]]
[[Category:Tutorials]]

Gramps 5.1 Wiki Manual - Filters

2020-12-22T12:30:46Z

DaveSch: /* Children of match */

{{man index|Gramps 5.1 Wiki Manual - Settings|Gramps 5.1 Wiki Manual - FAQ|5.1}}
{{languages|Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters}}
{{#vardefine:chapter|14}}
{{#vardefine:figure|0}}
[[File:DefineFilter-dialog-default-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Define_Filter_dialog|Define filter]]}} - dialog - default]]
Lists of all the filter rules currently defined in Gramps. Each of these rules is available for use when creating custom filters.

The rules are listed by their [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Which_filters_in_which_Category.3F|categories]].

== Filter vs. Search ==

There are two ways to find data in Gramps: Search and Filter. Search uses the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Search_bar|Search Bar]] above a listing View (such as People, Families, etc). Filter can be used in combination with Search, or stand-alone in the sidebar/bottombar Gramplets. The [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Search_bar|Search Bar]] only appears when the entire sidebar is closed. You can show or hide the Gramplet bars through changing the selection of the {{man menu|View ➡ ☑Sidebar}} or {{man menu|View ➡ ☑Bottombar}} menus.
{{man note|Name filtering behavior has [[Rule_expansions#Gramps_5.1.0_.28Aug._2019.29|changed for Gramps 5.1]]|In prior versions of Gramps, the name portion of the Filter Gramplet would try to match on any single name field (given, surname, prefix, etc) of all names (primary and alternate) but only field per name — you couldn't match the given field and surname field in the same name. You could match surname, but simultaneously matching surname and given in the same query wasn't possible. For example, if you Filter on "John", you would get matches of people with firstname "John" but also those with surname "Johnson". More complex search required use of the regular expressions pattern matching options or custom filters. This constraint has been removed and simultaneous search of multiple terms is now the default behavior.}}
Search and Filter work completely differently and it is useful to understand these differences:

*''Search'' - the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Search_bar|Search Bar]] looks through the database as it appears in the rows and columns on the screen. The Search functionality is probably the one you want to use most of the time, as it is fast and most straightforward. But speed and simplicity imposes some limitations (see below).
:For example, if you have the Name Display in Preferences set to show "Surname, Given" then you can match names such as "Smith, J" and all of the correct rows will match. If you change the way that names are displayed (in Preferences) then you can match that format (for example, "John Smith").

[[File:MainWindow-SearchBar-annotated-sidebar-hidden-example-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Gramps Main Window showing [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Search_bar|Search Bar]]]]

*''Filter'' - Filters use a more elaborate system. It is not limited to what you see on the screen, but looks at the actual data in all name fields, rather than just what is showing in the View. Entering multiple words does phrase matching for most text fields. However, the Name filter line is far more powerful. Each word in the Name search is handled separately as though it was a sub-search on the records found with the previous search word. And it simultaneously searches '''''all''''' the Name fields.
:e.g. a name search of "geo r." in the [[Example.gramps|example tree]] database finds 5 people: with a variety 'Jr.' & 'Sr.' as the suffix and 'George's as first & middle names. Or searching "garn ski ph" finds Phoebe Emily who has a birth surname of Zieliński and alternate married surname of Garner.

[[File:Sidebar-PeopleTreeView-Filter-TagDropDownList-example-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Gramps Filter SideBar for People view - [[Gramps_Glossary#tag|Tag]] pop-up menu example]]

Filters can be created and controlled from the menu {{man menu| Edit ➡ Filter Editor}}, or from a special sidebar/bottombar Gramplet. The Filter Gramplets allow for some quick filters that are similar to the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Search_bar|Search Bar]], but all Filters follow the distinction outlined here.

Some additional points:

* The Filter will search alternative & multiple names too; the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Search_bar|Search Bar]] only looks in the primary name... the one showing in the People view. That is why doing a Filter on "Smith" might list people that superficially don't appear to match. But if you drill down into that person's details with the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_3#Name_Editor|Name Editor]], you might see that they have an alternate name containing "smith".
* The Filter allows "regular expressions". So you can find all of the names that start with "B" and end in "ship": "B.*ship". You can't do that with the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Search_bar|Search Bar]].
* The Search will only match what is visible. If a name or text is too big to see in listing below [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Search_bar|Search Bar]], then you won't find it. This is something to keep in mind when Searching through Notes. Best to use Filter for notes and other long text fields.
* All Filters default to use case-insensitive matching; "Ship" will match "ship", "SHIP", or "ShIp".

=== See also ===
* [[Gramps_Glossary#filter|Filter]] - a definition
* [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters|Filters introduction]] in the Gramps Manual
* [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Which_filters_in_which_Category.3F|Which filters in which Category?]]
* [[Filter|Filter]]
* [[Example filters]] - Multi-stage filters
* [[Gramps_Glossary#rule|Rules]] - a definition
* [[5.1 Addons#Addon_List|Addon list - Rules]]
* [[Rule expansions|Expanding the Filter rulebook]] with Addons
* [[:Category:Filters|Category: Filters]]
* [[Template:Backup Omissions|Custom Filter migration]] - backing up Gramps does not back up your filters.
{{-}}

== Regular Expressions ==

[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression Regular Expressions](aka ''regex'', ''regexp'', or sometimes ''rational expression'') are a quick and powerful way to describe text that matches a pattern. Gramps uses RegEx as a matching option in Filters.

RegEx pattern matching is an advanced feature that is disabled by default. For Custom Filters, each individual Rule has a {{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Use regular expressions}} option check box in its Edit Rule dialog. The Filter Gramplets also have {{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Use regular expressions}} option check boxes to allow regexp expression to be used directly for matching strings in their text boxes.

For example, if you were looking for a surname that started with a "B", and ended with "ship" then you could use regular expressions to describe that pattern. That would be '''<code>^B.*ship</code>''':

* The '''<code>^B</code>''' indicates text that starts with B
* The '''<code>.</code>''' indicates any single character (letter, number, or anything)
* The '''<code>*</code>''' indicates zero or more of the previous (in this case, any single character)
* The '''<code>ship</code>''' matches the exact letters s, h, i, p in that order.

Regular expressions are quite powerful, and there are many options. We use the Python Regular Expression system, and we will document that here. In addition, you can use any Python Regular Expression resource.

''whitespace'' - The term "whitespace" is used below to mean one or more character that you don't see. For example, whitespace includes tabs, spaces, and newlines.

There are some characters that have special meaning with regular expressions. They are:
* '''<code>. ^ $ * + ? { } [ ] \ | ( )</code>'''

They can be used as described:

* '<code>.</code>' matches any character (letter, number, or other)
* '<code>^</code>' matches beginning of text
* '<code>$</code>' matches end of text
* '<code>*</code>' matches zero or more of the previous item
* '<code>+</code>' matches one or more of the previous item
* '<code>?</code>' matches zero or one of the previous item (makes it optional)
* '<code>{</code>' - defines a number of matches
* '<code>}</code>' - ends number of matches
* '<code>[</code>' - beginning of set
* '<code>]</code>' - end of set
* '<code>\</code>' - next character is special sequence
* '<code>|</code>' - or
* '<code>(</code>' - beginning of a group
* '<code>)</code>' - ending of a group

Some of the special sequences beginning with '<code>\</code>' represent predefined sets of characters that are often useful, such as the set of digits, the set of letters, or the set of anything that isn't whitespace. The following predefined special sequences are a subset of those available.

* <code>\d</code> Matches any decimal digit; this is equivalent to the class <code>[0-9]</code>.
* <code>\D</code> Matches any non-digit character; this is equivalent to the class <code>[^0-9]</code>.
* <code>\s</code> Matches any whitespace character; this is equivalent to the class <code>[ \t\n\r\f\v]</code>.
* <code>\S</code> Matches any non-whitespace character; this is equivalent to the class <code>[^ \t\n\r\f\v]</code>.
* <code>\w</code> Matches any alphanumeric character; this is equivalent to the class <code>[a-zA-Z0-9_]</code>.
* <code>\W</code> Matches any non-alphanumeric character; this is equivalent to the class <code>[^a-zA-Z0-9_]</code>.

The most complicated repeated qualifier is <code>{m,n}</code>, where <code>m</code> and <code>n</code> are decimal integers. This qualifier means there must be at least <code>m</code> repetitions, and at most <code>n</code>.

=== Find all defined values or blanks ===
To find all values, <code>(.|\s)*</code> will match: any character or any whitespace character; and zero or more repetitions of those.

To find empty (blank or null) strings, <code>^.{0}$</code> looks from the start of the match <code>^</code> for any character (except newline) <code>.</code> occurring precisely zero times <code>{0}</code> before the end of the match <code>$</code>

=== Groups and Sets ===

Groups are marked by the '<code>('</code>, '<code>)</code>' metacharacters. '<code>(</code>' and '<code>)</code>' have much the same meaning as they do in mathematical expressions; they group together the expressions contained inside them, and you can repeat the contents of a group with a repeating qualifier, such as <code>*, +, ?, or {m,n}</code>. For example, <code>(ab)*</code> will match zero or more repetitions of <code>ab</code>.

Sets are marked by the '<code>[</code>' and '<code>]</code>' metacharacters.

You can think of groups as a list of alternatives separated by the '<code>|</code>' metacharacter, where each alternative consists of one, several or zero characters and sets as a list of alternatives where each alternative is a single character.

=== Examples ===

* '''<code>^B.*ship$</code>''' - matches all text that starts with a '<code>B</code>', followed by anything, ending with '<code>ship</code>'.
** matches: '''<code>Blankenship</code>''', '''<code>Blueship</code>''', '''<code>Beeship</code>'''
** does not match: '''<code>Blankenships</code>'''
* '''<code>^B.*ship</code>''' - matches all text that starts with a '<code>B</code>', followed by anything, followed by '<code>ship</code>' (could be followed by more).
** matches: '''<code>Blankenship</code>''', '''<code>Blankenships</code>''', '''<code>Blueship</code>''', '''<code>Blueshipman</code>''', '''<code>Beeship</code>''', '''<code>Beeshipness</code>'''
** does not match: '''<code>Blankenschips</code>'''

====Common variations of a surname====

;Example 1: Using the expression '''<code>Eri(ch|ck|k|c)(ss|s)on</code>''' the following are matched:
<pre>
Erikson
Eriksson
Ericson
Ericsson
Erickson
Ericksson
Erichson
Erichsson
</pre>

'''Explanation''': Because of the following
* '''<code>Eri</code>''' = Eri
* '''<code>(ch|ck|k|c)</code>''' = group matching '''<code>ch</code>''', '''<code>ck</code>''', '''<code>k</code>''' or '''<code>c</code>'''. It tries to make the longest match first
* '''<code>(ss|s)</code>''' = group matching '''<code>ss</code>''' or '''<code>s</code>'''. It tries to make the longest match first
* '''<code>on</code>''' = on

<hr>

;Example 2: Using the expression '''<code>Ba(in|yn|m|n)bri(dge|cke|g(g|e|))</code>''' the following are matched:
<pre>
Bainbricke
Bainbridge
Bainbrig
Bainbrigg
Bambridge
Banbrig
Banbrige
Baynbrige
</pre>

'''Explanation:''' Because of the following
* '''<code>Ba</code>''' = Ba
* '''<code>(in|yn|m|n)</code>''' = group matching '''in''', '''yn''', '''m''' or '''n'''. It tries to make the longest match first.
* '''<code>bri</code>''' = bri
* '''<code>(dge|cke|g(g|e|))</code>''' = group matching '''dge''', '''cke''' or ('''g''' with '''g''', '''g''' with '''e''' or '''g''' with nothing)

<hr>

;Example 3: Using the expression '''<code>n(es|oua|oai|o[iya]|a[iy])r(r|)(on|((e|)au(x|t|d|lt|)))</code>''' the following are matched:
<pre>
nairaud
nairault
naireaud
nayrault
nesrau
nesrault
nesreau
nesreaud
noirau
noiraud
noirauld
noirault
noiraut
noiraux
noireau
noireaud
noireault
noireaut
noirraux
noirreau
noirreaud
nouarault
noyraud
noyrault
</pre>

'''Explanation:''' Because of the following
* '''<code>n</code>''' = n
* '''<code>(es|oua|oai|set1|set2)</code>''' = group matching '''es''', '''oua''', '''oai''', '''set1''' or '''set2'''
* '''<code>set1</code>''' is '''<code>o[iya]</code>''' = set matching '''o''' AND '''i''', '''y''' or '''a'''. In other words '''oi''', '''oy''' or '''oa'''
* '''<code>set2</code>''' is '''<code>a[iy]</code>''' = set matching '''a''' AND '''i''' or '''y'''. In other words '''ai''' or '''ay'''
* '''<code>r</code>''' = r
* '''<code>(r|)</code>''' = group matching '''r''' or nothing
* '''<code>(on|(subgroup1)</code>''' = group matching '''on''' or '''subgroup1'''.
* '''subgroup1''' is group matching ('''subgroup2 au subgroup3''')
* '''subgroup2''' is '''(e|)''' = group matching '''e''' or nothing
* '''<code>au</code>''' = au
* '''subgroup3''' is '''(x|t|d|lt)''' = group matching '''x''', '''t''', '''d''' or '''lt'''

====Testing regular expressions====

Regular Expression testers can be found online through Google. https://www.regexr.com/ is simple and convenient

{{Man warn|Regular Expression 'dialect' noted and Repaired|In Gramps 5.1, the sidebar filter inappropriately evaluated parameters containing spaces... attempting to re-interpret a single Regular Expression as a sequence of separate expressions. The Gramps 5.1.1 resolution for Bug {{Bug|0011321}} handles Regular Expressions more literally.}}

==Custom Filters==

{{man tip|Custom Filter migration|Keep your collection of custom filters through a minor updates of Gramps (e.g., from version 5.0.x to 5.1.x) by manually copying your ''custom_filter.xml'' from [[Gramps User Directory]] to the corresponding directory in new ''gramps_version_number''. Even minor upgrades (e.g., from a 5.0.x to a 5.1.x version) may include format changes since the recent innovation of add-on rules are causing rapid evolution in Filters. So porting filters in this manner requires verification that the XML definitions haven't changed. Also, Add-on rules may have to be installed in the new upgrade before copied custom filters will work safely.}}

You can carry out a considerable amount of selection of persons, events, places, etc., just using the Filter Sidebar in Person, Event, Place,etc. Views; but note, however, that the 'Use regular expressions' option '''only works with particular fields''' in each View.

If the Filter Sidebar is inadequate for your purpose, you will need to build custom filters.

===CategoryName Filters dialog===

{{man note|1=Note:Changes on filters |2=The changes made to the filters only take effect after you use the {{man button|Close}} button from this window.}}

[[File:PersonFilters-dialog-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Person Filters - dialog - example]]

To create new or show previously created custom filters use the {{man label|''CategoryName'' Filters}} dialog list where the ''CategoryName'' changes based on the category you are in eg:
* {{icon|peop}} Person Filters
* {{icon|fami}} Family Filters
* {{icon|even}} Event Filters
* {{icon|plac}} Place Filters
* {{icon|sour34}} Source Filters
* {{icon|medi}} Media Filters
* {{icon|repo}} Repository Filters
* {{icon|note}} Note Filters
* {{icon|cite}} Citation Filters

When in the {{man label|''CategoryName'' Filters}} dialog you have the following options from the right hand side icons:
* {{man button| {{icon|stock_add}}}} {{man tooltip|Add a new filter}}
:shows the {{man label|Define filter}} dialog and adds a new (as yet unnamed) custom filter framework.
* {{man button| {{icon|stock_edit}}}} {{man tooltip|Edit the selected filter}}
:opens the {{man label|Define filter}} dialog and loads your existing custom filter for editing.
* {{man button|Clone}} {{man tooltip|Clone the selected filter}}
:makes an exact copy of the selected filter
* {{man button|Test}} {{man tooltip|Test the selected filter}}
:brings up the {{man label|Filter Test}} results dialog containing a list of matches following a successful test. If the filter test is invalid, an error may be shown instead.
* {{man button| {{icon|stock_remove}}}} {{man tooltip|Delete the selected filter}}:
:removes the selected filter from the Gramps collection of custom filters.
{{-}}
====Filter Test dialog====

[[File:FilterTest-results-for-TestTheSelectedFilter-button-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Filter Test - results list example from Person Filters]]

The results list of a successful {{man label|Filter Test}} dialog might be empty, a valid custom filter might not match any records.
{{-}}

===Define Filter dialog===
{{man tip|Add-on Rules for custom filters are available|Filter Rules can be expanded through the addons interface starting with the Gramps 5.1.0 version. ''See: '''[[Example filters]]''' and '''[[Rule_expansions|Add-On Rules]]'''''}}

[[File:DefineFilter-dialog-default-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Define filter - dialog - default]]

The {{man label|Define filter}} dialog allow you to build custom filters that can be used to select people included in reports, exports, and other tools and utilities. This is in fact a very powerful tool in genealogical analysis.

To list all the filters (if any) previously defined by you, access the {{man label|Define filter}} dialog from:
* The Sidebar/Bottombar Filters
* In most categories via the menu {{man menu|Edit > ''CategoryName'' Filter Editor}} which will bring up the {{man label|''CategoryName'' Filters}} dialog where you can select the {{man button|+ (Add another rule to filter)}} button or {{man button|Edit the selected filter}} button.

In the '''Definition''' section type the {{man label|Name:}} for your new filter and add a {{man label|Comment:}} that would help you identify this filter in the future. Add as many rules to the {{man label|Rule list}} as you would like to your filter using {{man button|+}} button.

If the filter has more than one rule, select one of the {{man label|Options}} from the drop down list which allows you to choose whether
* '''All rules must apply'''(default)
* At least one rule must apply
* Exactly one rule must apply
in order for the filter to generate a match. If your filter has only one rule, this selection has no effect.

*Select {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Return values that do not match the filter rules}} to invert the filter rule. For example, inverting '''"has a common ancestor with I1"''' rule will match everyone who does not have a common ancestor with that person). (Check box unchecked by default)
{{-}}

===Add Rule dialog===

{{man tip| A filter you have already designed may be used as a rule parameter for another filter.|This gives you nearly infinite flexibility in custom-tailoring your selection criteria that can be later used in most of the exports, reports, and some of the tools (such as comparing individual events). ''See: '''[[Example filters]]''' and '''[[Rule_expansions|Add-On Rules]]'''''}}

[[File:AddRule-selector-dialog-PersonFilters-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Add Rule - selector dialog - available for Person filters - example]]

To define a new filter click the {{man button|+ (Add another rule to filter)}} button from the {{man label|Define filter}} dialog as this invokes the {{man label|Add Rule}} dialog

The pane on the left-hand side displays available filter rules arranged by their categories in an expandable tree.

For detailed filter rule reference you can either, use the search box to find the rule, or:
* Click on the {{man button|▶}} arrows to fold/unfold the appropriate category.
* Select the rule from the tree by clicking on its name. The right-hand side displays the name, the description, and the values for the currently selected rule.
{{man tip|Finding a rule|It can be hard to remember which filter grouping contains a rule. And, since the "[[Rule_expansions|add-on rule]]" is a recent innovation, there can be too many rules to peruse easily. So you can narrow down the rule list -- based on keywords from the rule titles. Type a keyword by using the search box (box with the magnifying glass) and only the groupings with matches will be expanded.}}
Once you are satisfied with your rule selection and its values, click {{man button|OK}} to add this rule to the rule list of the currently edited filter. Clicking {{man button|Cancel}} will abort adding the rule to the filter.

See also [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Which_filters_in_which_Category.3F|Which filters in which Category?]]
{{-}}


== Which filter rules in which Category? ==

Depending on the used [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories|Category]], you will get a different set of [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Filter|filter]] rules. Also see [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Summary_of_Gramplets|Summary of Gramplets]].

*; Dashboard Category: no filter rules available

*; People, Relationships and Charts Category: rules for [[#Ancestral_filters|Ancestral filters]], [[#Citation/source filters|Citation/source filters]], [[#Descendant_filters|Descendant filters]], [[#Event_filters|Event filters]], [[#Family_filters|Family filters]], [[#General_filters|General filters]], and [[#Relationship filters|Relationship Filters]].

*; Families Category: rules for [[#Child filters|Child filters]], [[#Citation/source filters|Citation/source filters]], [[#Event_filters|Event filters]], [[#Father filters|Father filters]], [[#General_filters|General filters]], and [[#Mother filters|Mother filters]]

*; Events, and Media Category: rules for [[#Citation/source filters|Citation/source filters]], and [[#General_filters|General filters]].

*; Places Category: rules for [[#Citation/source filters|Citation/source filters]], [[#General_filters|General filters]], and [[#Position filters|Position filters]].

*; Geography Category (Only from the filter sidebar/bottombar): rules for [[#Ancestral_filters|Ancestral filters]], [[#Citation/source filters|Citation/source filters]], [[#Descendant_filters|Descendant filters]], [[#Event_filters|Event filters]], [[#Family_filters|Family filters]], [[#General_filters|General filters]], and [[#Relationship filters|Relationship Filters]].

*; Sources, Repositories, and Notes Category: rules for only [[#General_filters|General filters]] available

*; Citations Category: rules for [[#General_filters|General filters]], and [[#Source filters|Source filters]]

== Ancestral filters ==

This rule category includes the following rules that match people based on their ancestral relations to other people:

===Ancestor of <filter> match===
This rule matches people who are ancestors of someone who is matched by the specified filter. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu.

===Ancestor of <person>===
This rule matches people who are ancestors of the specified person. The Inclusive option determines whether the specified person should be considered his/her own ancestor (useful for building reports). You can either enter the ID into a text entry field, or select a person from the list by clicking {{man button|Select...}} button. In the latter case, the ID will appear in the text field after the selection was made.

===Ancestor of <person> at least <N> generations away===
This rule matches people who are ancestors of the specified person and are at least N generations away from that person in their lineage. For example, using this rule with the value of 2 for the number of generations will match grandparents, great-grandparents, etc., but not the parents of the specified person.

===Ancestor of <person> not more than <N> generations away===
This rule matches people who are ancestors of the specified person and are no more than N generations away from that person in their lineage. For example, using this rule with the value of 2 for the number of generations will match parents and grandparents, but not great-grandparents, etc., of the specified person.

===Ancestor of bookmarked people not more than <N> generations away===
{{stub}}

===Ancestor of the default person not more than <N> generations away===
{{stub}}

===Duplicate ancestors of <person>===
Matches people that are ancestors twice or more of a specified person

===People with a common ancestor with <filter> match===
This rule matches people who have common ancestors with someone who is matched by the specified filter. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu.

===People with a common ancestor with <person>===
This rule matches people who have common ancestors with the specified person.

== Child filters ==

This rule category finds families having children that match the rule:

===Families having child with id containing <text>===
Matches families where child has a specified Gramps ID

===Families with child with the <name>===
Matches families where child has a specified (partial) name

===Families with twins===
Matches families with two (or more) children having a [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Child_Reference_Editor|'Birth' role for the Relationship to the Mother]] and the same birthdate.

== Citation/source filters ==

These filter rules are view dependent

* [[#People-.2C_and_Relationships_Category|People-, and Relationships Category]]
* [[#Families_Category|Families Category]]
* [[#Events_Category|Events Category]]
* [[#Places_Category|Places Category]]
* [[#Media_Category|Media Category]]

=== People-, and Relationships Category===

This category includes the following citation and source rules:

====People with <count> source====
Matches people with a certain number of items in the source. Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to

====People with the <citation>====
Matches people with a citation of a particular value

====People with the <source>====
Matches people who have a particular source. values: Source ID

====Person with at least one direct source >= <confidence level>====
{{stub}}

=== Families Category===

This category includes the following citation and source rules:

====Families with <count> sources====
Matches families with a certain number of items in the source. Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to

====Families with at least one direct source >= <confidence level>====
Matches families with at least one direct source with confidence level(s)

====Families with the <citation>====
Matches families with a citation of a particular value

====Families with the <source>====
Matches families who have a particular source. values: Source ID

=== Events Category===

This category includes the following citation and source rules:

====Events with <count> source====
Matches events with a certain number of items in the source. Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to

====Events with at least one direct source >= <confidence level>====
Matches events with at least one direct source with confidence level(s)

====Events with source matching the <source filter>====
{{stub}}

====Events with the <citation>====
Matches events with a citation of a particular value

=== Places Category===

This category includes the following citation and source rules:

====Place with <count> sources====
Matches places with a certain number of items in the source. Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to

====Place with a direct source >= <confidence level>====
Matches places with at least one direct source with confidence level(s)

====Place with the <citation>====
Matches places with a citation of a particular value

====Places with the <source>====
Matches places who have a particular source. values: Source ID

=== Media Category===

This category includes the following citation and source rules:

====Media with <count> sources====
Matches media with a certain number of items in the source. Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to

====Media with a direct source >= <confidence level>====
Matches media with at least one direct source with confidence level(s)

====Media with the <citation>====
Matches media with a citation of a particular value

====Media with the <source>====
Matches media who have a particular source. values: Source ID

== Descendant filters ==

This descendant filters category include the following rules that match people based on their descendant relations to other people:

===Descendant family member of <filter> match===
Matches people that are descendants or the spouse of anybody matched by a filter

===Descendant family member of <person>===
This rule not only matches people who are descendants of the specified person, but also those descendants' spouses.

===Descendant of <filter> match===
This rule matches people who are descendants of someone who is matched by the specified filter. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu.

===Descendant of <person>===
This rule matches people who are descendants of the specified person. The Inclusive option determines whether the specified person should be considered his/her own descendant (useful for building reports). You can either enter the ID into a text entry field, or select a person from the list by clicking {{man button| Select...}} button. In the latter case, the ID will appear in the text field after the selection was made.

===Descendant of <person> at least <N> generations away===
This rule matches people who are descendants of the specified person and are at least N generations away from that person in their lineage. For example, using this rule with the value of 2 for the number of generations will match grandchildren, great-grandchildren, etc., but not the children of the specified person.

===Descendant of <person> not more than <N> generations away===
This rule matches people who are descendants of the specified person and are no more than N generations away from that person in their lineage. For example, using this rule with the value of 2 for the number of generations will match children and grandchildren, but not great-grandchildren, etc., of the specified person.

== Event filters ==

These filter rules are view dependent
* [[#People-.2C_and_Relationships_Category_2|People-, and Relationships Category]]
* [[#Families_Category_2|Families Category]]

=== People-, and Relationships Category===

This category includes the following rules that match people based on their recorded events:

====Families with incomplete events====
This rule matches people missing date or place in any family event of any of their families.

====People with incomplete events====
This rule matches people missing date or place in any personal event.

====People with the <birth data>====
This rule matches people whose birth event matches specified values for Date, Place, and Description. The rule returns a match even if the person's birth event matches the value partially. The matching rules are case-insensitive. For example, anyone born in Sweden will be matched by the rule using the value "sw" for the Place. The rule returns a match if, and only if, all non-empty values are (partially) matched by a person's birth. To use just one value, leave the other values empty.

====People with the <death data>====
This rule matches people whose death event matches specified values for Date, Place, and Description. The rule returns a match even if the person's death event matches the value partially. The matching rules are case-insensitive. For example, anyone who died in Sweden will be matched by the rule using the value "sw" for the Place. The rule returns a match if, and only if, all non-empty values are (partially) matched by a person's death. To use just one value, leave the other values empty.

====People with the family <event>====
This rule matches people that have a family event matching specified values for the Event type, Date, Place, and Description. The rule returns a match even if the person's event matches the value partially. The matching rules are case-insensitive. For example, anyone who was married in Sweden will be matched by the rule using the Marriage event and the value "sw" for the Place. The family events should be selected from a pull-down menu. The rule returns a match if, and only if, all non-empty values are (partially) matched by the personal event. To use just one value, leave the other values empty.

====People with the personal <event>====
This rule matches people that have a personal event matching specified values for the Event type, Date, Place, and Description. The rule returns a match even if the person's event matches the value partially. The matching rules are case-insensitive. For example, anyone who graduated in Sweden will be matched by the rule using the Graduation event and the value "sw" for the Place. The personal events should be selected from a pull-down menu. The rule returns a match if, and only if, all non-empty values are (partially) matched by the personal event. To use just one value, leave the other values empty.

====Witnesses====
This rule matches people who are present as a witness in the event. If the personal or family event type is specified, only the events of this type will be searched.

=== Families Category===

This category includes the following rules that match families based on their recorded events:

====Families with the <event>====
This rule matches families that have a event matching specified values for the Event type, Date, Place, and Description. The rule returns a match even if the person's event matches the value partially. The matching rules are case-insensitive. For example, anyone who was married in Sweden will be matched by the rule using the Marriage event and the value "sw" for the Place. The family events should be selected from a pull-down menu. The rule returns a match if, and only if, all non-empty values are (partially) matched by the personal event. To use just one value, leave the other values empty.

== Family filters ==

This category includes the following rules that match people based on their family relationships:

===Adopted people===
This rule matches adopted people.

===Children of <filter> match===
This rule matches people for whom either parent is matched by the specified filter. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu.

===Parents of <filter> match===
This rule matches people whose child is matched by the specified filter. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu.

===People missing parents===
Matches people that are children in a family with less than two parents or are not children in any family.

===People with children===
This rule matches people with children.

===People with multiple marriage records===
This rule matches people with more than one spouse.

===People with no marriage records===
This rule matches people with no spouses.

===People with the <relationships>===
This rule matches people with a particular relationship. The relationship must match the type selected from the menu. Optionally, the number of relationships and the number of children can be specified. The rule returns a match if, and only if, all non-empty values are (partially) matched by a person's relationship. To use just one value, leave the other values empty.

===Siblings of <filter> match===
This rule matches people whose sibling is matched by the specified filter. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu.

===Spouses of <filter> match===
This rule matches people married to someone who is matched by the specified filter. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu.

== Father filters ==

This rule category finds families having fathers that match the rule:

===Families having father with Id containing <text>===
Matches families whose father has a specified Gramps ID

===Families with father with the <name>===
Matches families whose father has a specified (partial) name

== General filters ==

These filter rules are view dependent
* [[#People-.2C_and_Relationships_Category_3|People-, and Relationships Category]]
* [[#Families_Category_3|Families Category]]
* [[#Events_Category_2|Events Category]]
* [[#Places_Category_2|Places Category]]
* [[#Sources_Category|Sources Category]]
* [[#Citations_Category|Citations Category]]
* [[#Repositories_Category|Repositories Category]]
* [[#Media_Category_2|Media Category]]
* [[#Notes_Category|Notes Category]]

=== People-, and Relationships Category===

This category includes the following general rules:

====Bookmarked people====
Matches the people on the bookmark list.


====Home person====

Matches the [[Gramps_Glossary#home_person|Home Person]].

====Disconnected People====
Matches people that have no family relationships to any other person in the database.

====Everyone====
Matches everyone in the family tree database.

====Females====
Matches all females.

====Males====
Matches all males.

====People having <count> notes====
Matches people having a certain number of notes: Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to

====People having notes containing <text>====
Matches people whose notes contain text matching a regular expression

====People marked private====
Matches people that are indicated as private.

====People matching the <filter>====
Matches people matched by the specified filter name. Values: Filter name. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu.

====People not marked private====
Matches people that are not indicated as private

====People probably alive====
Matches people without indications of death that are not too old. Values: On Date
{{stub}}

* [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Probably_Alive#Probably_Alive_Filter|Probably Alive Filter]]

====People with <count> LDS events====
Matches people with a certain number of LDS events. Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to

====People with <count> addresses====
Matches people with a certain number of personal addresses. Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to

====People with <count> associations====
Matches people with a certain number of associations. Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to

====People with <count> media====
Matches people with a certain number of items in the gallery. Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to

====People with id containing <text>====
Matches people whose Gramps ID matches the regular expression

====People with a nickname====
Matches people with a nickname

====People with an alternate name====
Matches people with an alternate name

====People with incomplete names====
Matches people with first-name or last-name missing.

====People with records containing <substring>====
Matches people whose records contain text matching a substring. Values: Substring -- Case Sensitive or not -- Regular-Expression matching or not

====People with the <Name type>====
Matches people with a type of name

====People with the <Surname origin type>====
Matches people with a surname origin

====People with the <name>====
Matches people with a specified (partial) name. Values: Given Name -- Family Name -- Suffix -- Title -- Prefix -- Patronymic -- Call Name

====People with <tag>====
Matches people with a tag of a particular value. Values: Tag name.

====People with the family <attribute>====
Matches people with the family attribute of a particular value. Use RegEx pattern matching to search for [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#regex_all|all values]] or attributes that have been [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#regex_null|left blank]]. Values: Family Attribute: Identification Number -- Age ...

====People with the personal <attribute>====
Matches people with the personal attribute of a particular value. Use RegEx pattern matching to search for [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#regex_all|all values]] or attributes that have been [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#regex_null|left blank]]. Values: Family Attribute: Identification Number -- Age ...

====People with unknown gender====
Matches all people with unknown gender.

====People without a known birth date====
Matches people without a known birth date.

====People without a known death date====
Matches people without a known death date.

====People with <id>====
Matches people with Gramps ID. The rule returns a match only if the ID is matched exactly. You can either enter the ID into a text entry field, or select an object from the list by clicking {{man button|Select...}} button. In the latter case, the ID will appear in the text field after the selection was made.

====People changed after <date time>====
Matches person records changed during a particular time period. Used to identify records that were imported or modified during particular work-sessions.

Filtering based on specified date and timestamp being after a particular timestamp in the format <code>yyyy-mm-dd hh:mm:ss</code>. This filter rules will look for records modified within a date range, if a second date-time is given.

Values:
Changed after:
but before:

Values must be after January 1st, 1970 at UTC. Future dates until <code>3001-01-01 01:59:59</code> are valid.

The {{man menu|People changed after <date time>}} filter rules are available in the {{man menu|General filters}} section for custom rules in the People, Relationships, Charts, and Geography views.

Equivalent rules exist for records of the corresponding category type in People, Families, Events, Places, Sources, Citations, Repositories, Media, and Notes category views.

====Persons with events matching the <event filter>====
Matches persons who have events that match a certain event filter. Values: Event filter name.

====Soundex match of People with the <name>====
{{stub}}

=== Families Category===

This category includes the following general rules:

====Ancestor families of <family>====
{{stub}}

====Bookmarked families====
Matches the families on the bookmark list.

====Descendant families of <family>====
{{stub}}

====Every family====
Matches every family in the database.

====Families changed after <date time>====
Matches families records changed after a specified date-time (yyy-mm-dd hh:mm:ss) or in the range, if a second date-time is given: Values: Changed after: -- but before:.

====Families having <count> notes====
Matches families having a certain number of notes: Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to

====Families having notes containing <text>====
Matches families whose notes contain text matching a regular expression

====Families marked private====
Matches families that are indicated as private.

====Families matching the <filter>====
Matches families matched by the specified filter name. Values: Filter name. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu.

====Families with <count> LDS events====
Matches families with a certain number of LDS events. Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to

====Families with <count> media====
Matches families with a certain number of items in the gallery. Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to

====Families with id containing <text>====
Matches families whose Gramps ID matches the regular expression

====Families with a reference count of <count>====
Matches families with a certain number of references. Values: Number of references -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to

====Families with the <tag>====
Matches families with a tag of a particular value. Values: Tag name.

====Families with the family <attribute>====
Matches families with the family attribute of a particular value. Values: Family Attribute: Identification Number -- Age ...

====Families with the relationship type====
Matches families with the relationship type of a particular value

====Families with <id>====
Matches families with Gramps ID. The rule returns a match only if the ID is matched exactly. You can either enter the ID into a text entry field, or select an object from the list by clicking {{man button|Select...}} button. In the latter case, the ID will appear in the text field after the selection was made.

=== Events Category===

This category includes the following general rules:

====Event with <id>====
Matches events with Gramps ID. The rule returns a match only if the ID is matched exactly. You can either enter the ID into a text entry field, or select an object from the list by clicking {{man button|Select...}} button. In the latter case, the ID will appear in the text field after the selection was made.

====Events changed after <date time>====
Matches events records changed after a specified date-time (yyy-mm-dd hh:mm:ss) or in the range, if a second date-time is given: Values: Changed after: -- but before:.

====Events having <count> notes====
Matches events having a certain number of notes: Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to

====Events having notes containing <text>====
Matches events whose notes contain text matching a regular expression

====Events marked private====
Matches events that are indicated as private.

====Events matching the <filter>====
Matches events matched by the specified filter name. Values: Filter name. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu.

====Events occurring on a particular day of the week====
Matches events occurring on a particular day of the week

====Events of persons matching the <person filter>====
Matches events of person matched by the specified person filter name

====Events of places matching the <place filter>====
Matches events that occurred at places that match the specified place filter name

====Events with <count> media====
Matches events with a certain number of items in the gallery. Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to

====Events with <data>====
Matches events with data of a particular value

====Events with Id containing <text>====
Matches events whose Gramps ID matches the regular expression

====Events with a reference count of <count>====
Matches events with a certain number of references. Values: Number of references -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to

====Events with the <tag>====
Matches events with a tag of a particular value. Values: Tag name.

====Events with the attribute <attribute>====
Matches events with the attribute of a particular value. Values: Family Attribute: Identification Number -- Age ...

====Events with the particular type====
Matches events with the particular type

====Every event====
Matches every event in the database.

=== Places Category===

This category includes the following general rules:

====Every place====
Matches every place in the database.

====Place with <Id>====
Matches places with Gramps ID. The rule returns a match only if the ID is matched exactly. You can either enter the ID into a text entry field, or select an object from the list by clicking {{man button|Select...}} button. In the latter case, the ID will appear in the text field after the selection was made.

====Places changed after <date time>====
Matches places records changed after a specified date-time (yyyy-mm-dd hh:mm:ss) or in the range, if a second date-time is given: Values: Changed after: -- but before:.

====Places enclosed by another place====
{{stub}}

====Places having <count> notes====
Matches places having a certain number of notes: Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to

====Places having notes containing <text>====
Matches places whose notes contain text matching a regular expression

====Places marked private====
Matches places that are indicated as private.

====Places matching a title====
Matches places with a particular title

====Places matching parameters====
Matches places with particular parameters

====Places matching the <filter>====
Matches places matched by the specified filter name. Values: Filter name. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu.

====Places of events matching the <event filter>====
Matches places where events happened that match the specified event filter name

====Places with <count> media====
Matches places with a certain number of items in the gallery. Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to

====Places with Id containing <text>====
Matches places whose Gramps ID matches the regular expression

====Places with a reference count of <count>====
Matches places with a certain number of references. Values: Number of references -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to

====Places with the <tag>====
Matches places with a tag of a particular value. Values: Tag name.

=== Sources Category===

This category includes the following general rules:

====Every source====
Matches every source in the database.

====Source with <Id>====
Matches sources with Gramps ID. The rule returns a match only if the ID is matched exactly. You can either enter the ID into a text entry field, or select an object from the list by clicking {{man button|Select...}} button. In the latter case, the ID will appear in the text field after the selection was made.

====Sources changed after <date time>====
Matches sources records changed after a specified date-time (yyy-mm-dd hh:mm:ss) or in the range, if a second date-time is given: Values: Changed after: -- but before:.

====Sources having <count> notes====
Matches sources having a certain number of notes: Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to

====Sources having notes containing <text>====
Matches sources whose notes contain text matching a regular expression

====Sources marked private====
Matches sources that are indicated as private.

====Sources matching the <filter>====
Matches sources matched by the specified filter name. Values: Filter name. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu.

====Sources with <count> Repository references====
Matches sources with a certain number of repository references

====Sources with <count> media====
Matches sources with a certain number of items in the gallery. Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to

====Sources with Id containing <text>====
Matches sources whose Gramps ID matches the regular expression

====Sources with a reference count of <count>====
Matches sources with a certain number of references. Values: Number of references -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to

====Sources with repository reference containing <text> in "Call Number"====
Matches sources with a repository reference containing a substring in 'Call Number'

====Sources with repository reference matching the <repository filter>====
Matches sources with a repository reference that match a certain repository filter

====Sources with the <tag>====
Matches sources with a tag of a particular value. Values: Tag name.

====Sources with title containing <text>====
Matches sources whose title contains a certain substring

=== Citations Category===

This category includes the following general rules:

====Citation with <Id>====
Matches citations with Gramps ID. The rule returns a match only if the ID is matched exactly. You can either enter the ID into a text entry field, or select an object from the list by clicking {{man button|Select...}} button. In the latter case, the ID will appear in the text field after the selection was made.

====Citations changed after <date time>====
Matches citations records changed after a specified date-time (yyy-mm-dd hh:mm:ss) or in the range, if a second date-time is given: Values: Changed after: -- but before:.

====Citations having <count> notes====
Matches citations having a certain number of notes: Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to

====Citations having notes containing <text>====
Matches citations whose notes contain text matching a regular expression

====Citations marked private====
Matches citations that are indicated as private.

====Citations matching parameters====
Matches citations with particular parameters

====Citations matching the <filter>====
Matches citations matched by the specified filter name. Values: Filter name. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu.

====Citations with <count> media====
Matches citations with a certain number of items in the gallery. Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to

====Citations with Id containing <text>====
Matches citations whose Gramps ID matches the regular expression

====Citations with Volume/Page containing <text>====
Matches citations whose Volume/Page contains a certain substring

====Citations with a reference count of <count>====
Matches citations with a certain number of references. Values: Number of references -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to

====Citations with a source with a repository reference matching the <repository filter>====
Matches citations with a source with a repository reference that match a certain repository filter

====Citations with source matching the <source filter>====
Matches citations with sources that match the specified source filter name

====Citations with the <tag>====
Matches citations with a tag of a particular value. Values: Tag name.

====Every citation====
Matches every citation in the database.

=== Repositories Category===

This category includes the following general rules:

====Every repository====
Matches every repository in the database.

====Repositories changed after <date time>====
Matches repository records changed after a specified date-time (yyy-mm-dd hh:mm:ss) or in the range, if a second date-time is given: Values: Changed after: -- but before:.

====Repositories having notes containing <text>====
Matches repositories whose notes contain text matching a regular expression

====Repositories marked private====
Matches repositories that are indicated as private.

====Repositories matching the <filter>====
Matches repositories matched by the specified filter name. Values: Filter name. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu.

====Repositories with Id containing <text>====
Matches repositories whose Gramps ID matches the regular expression

====Repositories with a reference count of <count>====
Matches repositories with a certain number of references. Values: Number of references -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to

====Repositories with name containing <text>====
Matches repositories whose name contains substring

====Repositories with the <tag>====
Matches repositories with a tag of a particular value. Values: Tag name.

====Repository with <Id>====
Matches repositories with Gramps ID. The rule returns a match only if the ID is matched exactly. You can either enter the ID into a text entry field, or select an object from the list by clicking {{man button|Select...}} button. In the latter case, the ID will appear in the text field after the selection was made.

=== Media Category===

This category includes the following general rules:

====Every media object====
Matches every media object in the database.

====Media object with <Id>====
Matches media objects with Gramps ID. The rule returns a match only if the ID is matched exactly. You can either enter the ID into a text entry field, or select an object from the list by clicking {{man button|Select...}} button. In the latter case, the ID will appear in the text field after the selection was made.

====Media objects changed after <date time>====
Matches media object records changed after a specified date-time (yyy-mm-dd hh:mm:ss) or in the range, if a second date-time is given: Values: Changed after: -- but before:.

====Media objects having notes containing <text>====
Matches media objects whose notes contain text matching a regular expression

====Media objects marked private====
Matches media objects that are indicated as private.

====Media objects matching the <filter>====
Matches media objects matched by the specified filter name. Values: Filter name. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu.

====Media objects with Id containing <text>====
Matches media objects whose Gramps ID matches the regular expression

====Media objects with a reference count of <count>====
Matches media objects with a certain number of references. Values: Number of references -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to

====Media objects with the <tag>====
Matches media objects with a tag of a particular value. Values: Tag name.

====Media objects with the attribute <attribute>====
Matches media objects with the attribute of a particular value

=== Notes Category===

This category includes the following general rules:

====Every note====
Matches every note in the database.

====Note with <Id>====
Matches notes with Gramps ID. The rule returns a match only if the ID is matched exactly. You can either enter the ID into a text entry field, or select an object from the list by clicking {{man button|Select...}} button. In the latter case, the ID will appear in the text field after the selection was made.

====Notes changed after <date time>====
Matches notes records changed after a specified date-time (yyy-mm-dd hh:mm:ss) or in the range, if a second date-time is given: Values: Changed after: -- but before:.

====Notes containing <text>====
Matches notes contain text matching a regular expression

====Notes marked private====
Matches notes that are indicated as private.

====Notes matching parameters====
Matches notes with particular parameters

====Notes matching the <filter>====
Matches notes matched by the specified filter name. Values: Filter name. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu.

====Notes with Id containing <text>====
Matches notes whose Gramps ID matches the regular expression

====Notes with a reference count of <count>====
Matches notes with a certain number of references. Values: Number of references -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to

====Notes with the <tag>====
Matches notes with a tag of a particular value. Values: Tag name.

====Notes with the particular type====
Matches notes with the particular type

== Mother filters ==

This rule category finds families having mothers that match the rule:

===Families having mother with Id containing <text>===
Matches families whose mother has a specified Gramps ID

===Families with mother with the <name>===
Matches families whose mother has a specified (partial) name

==Position filters==

This rule category finds Places by their Global Positioning System coordinates proximity:

===Places in neighborhood of given position===
Matches places with latitude or longitude position in a rectangle of given height and width (in degrees), and with middle point the given latitude and longitude.

===Places with no latitude or longitude given===
Matches places with empty latitude or longitude

===Places within an area===
{{stub}}

== Source filters ==

This rule category finds Citations that match the rule:

===Citation with Source <Id>===
Matches a citation with a source with a specified Gramps ID

===Citations having source notes containing <text>===
Matches citations whose source notes contain a substring or match a regular expression

===Citations with Source Id containing <text>===
Matches citations whose source has a Gramps ID that matches the regular expression

===Sources matching parameters===
Matches citations with a source of a particular value

== Relationship filters ==

This category includes the following rules that match people based on their mutual relationship:

===People related to <Person>===
Matches people related to a specified person

===Relationship path between <person> and people matching <filter>===
Searches over the database starting from a specified person and returns everyone between that person and a set of target people specified with a filter. This produces a set of relationship paths (including by marriage) between the specified person and the target people. Each path is not necessarily the shortest path.

===Relationship path between <persons>===
This rule matches all ancestors of both people back to their common ancestors (if exist). This produces the "relationship path" between these two people, through their common ancestors. You can either enter the ID of each person into the appropriate text entry fields, or select people from the list by clicking their {{man button|Select...}} buttons. In the latter case, the ID will appear in the text field after the selection was made.

===Relationship path between bookmarked persons===
Matches the ancestors of bookmarked individuals back to common ancestors, producing the relationship path(s) between bookmarked persons.

== Tagging ==
{{stub}}

The concept of tagging for most people using ''gmail'' or ''thunderbird'', the [[Gramps_Glossary#tag|Tag]] feature will seem quite familiar. Instead of classifying emails into folders like in ''Outlook'' (Windows) or ''Evolution'' (Linux), emails are classified by assigning tags to them. So instead of having a disjoint N:1 classification (a email can be in one and only one folder, and a folder can contain many emails), in ''gmail'' or ''thunderbird'' there is a N:M classification (where a email can have several tags, and a tag can be applied to several emails)

Likewise, when you have a big tree, you might want to make subsets of the tree, and these subsets might be overlapping. For example, the subsets of your fathers family and your mothers family, some subset of your family that emigrated to Australia.

[[File:gramps-tag.png|right]]The idea is to assign a different tag to each subset: ''Paternal'', ''Maternal'', ''Australia'' and ''ToDo'' for example.

The differences with Gramps previous '''Markers''' are like the folders for emails. A person can be given at most one marker. Tags are thus are like multiple-valued markers.
{{-}}

Go to the Menu {{man menu|Edit ->Tag}}.

[[File:Menu-Edit-Tag-Options-50.png|thumb|right|300px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Tag actions from Edit menu]]

{{-}}

Or click the Toolbar [[File:16x16-gramps-tag.png]]{{man button|Tag}} button.

[[File:Toolbar-TagSelectedRows-Icon-DropDownMenu-overview-example-50.png|thumb|right|300px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Available Tag actions from "Tag selected rows" Toolbar icon - drop down menu overview - example]]
{{-}}
See also [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Tag_Report|Tag Report]]
{{-}}
===New Tag dialog===
[[File:NewTag-dialog-ShowingMultipleListSelection-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Attaching a "New Tag" to multiple list entry selections - example with "New Tag" dialog]]

You are able to add a new tag either a single or multiple list entries from any of the list views, by making the selection and then using the New Tag dialog.
{{stub}}

{{-}}
===== Tagging a selection of objects =====


Due to the '''static''' nature of tags, it might be useful to add a tag to a selection of objects. For example one should be able to select a number of person in the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#People_Category|Person View]], and add them a new tag or an existing one.
{{-}}

===Organize Tags Window===

[[File:MenuEditTag-OrganizeTags-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Organize Tags - dialog - example]]

The order in the {{man label|Organize Tags}} dialog defines the priority for coloring rows in the category views.

{{stub}}
{{-}}

===Tag selection dialog===
[[File:EditPersonEditor-TagSelectionWindow-50.png|thumb|right|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Tag selection in the Person Editor]]

When you use [[File:16x16-gramps-tag.png]]{{man button|Edit the tag list}} button from any of the Editor dialogs like {{man label|Person Edit}} the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Tag_selection_dialog|Tag selection]]}} dialog list is shown that lets you remove or assign existing custom tags. The tags are shown in alphabetical order.
{{-}}

=== Usage of tags ===

Here are a some ideas of operations that can be done with tags

==== Filtering ====

[[File:Sidebar-PeopleTreeView-Filter-TagDropDownList-example-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Gramps Filter SideBar - Tag list example]]

The most obvious use is that of filtering.
* Tags and filters both create subsets of the tree. However they have practical differences in usage.

Specifying your fathers family using filters is an easy thing; there are already filters based on some logic's that do it. On the other hand, specifying the people that emigrated to the USA is harder, while for the famous people in your family it is simply impossible as there is no logical rule. Tags are much more practical here.

However filters have the advantage of being '''dynamical'''. If you add an ancestor of your father in the database, it will be automatically added to the filter.

On the other hand, tags are '''static'''. When adding a famous person in the tree, you have to explicitly tag them as ''FAMOUS''.

* The most immediate object that comes to mind are the individuals, and that is also the most useful. However, other objects could be tagged:
** Places: For example "places to visit",
** Source: For example "sources in german",
** Notes: For example "notes in progess", or "notes in german",
** Media: For example "Picture belonging to Uncle Alfred".

Tags are available to use with '''all primary objects'''.
{{-}}

==== Tags Column ====

[[File:PeopleListView-ExampleTagColoredRows-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} People (List) View - Showing "Tag" column and colored tag rows - example]]

To easily see your tags, you can use the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Column_Editor|Column Editor]]}} to add the {{man label|Tags}} column to the list views of objects. The content is then displayed as a comma-separated list of the tags of the objects.
==== Tags Usage Report ====
The [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Tag_Report|Tag Usage Report]] lists [[Gramps_Glossary#primary_object|primary objects]] (person, family, notes) having the selected Tag.
===See also===
* [[Tags in Gramps]] - an introduction
* Automatic [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#General_Gramps_settings|Import timestamp Tags]]
* filtered [[Addon:RemoveTagTool|Add/Remove Tag Tool]] (Third party add-on for Gramps)

{{-}}
{{man index|Gramps 5.1 Wiki Manual - Settings|Gramps 5.1 Wiki Manual - FAQ|5.1}}
{{languages|Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters}}
{{grampsmanualcopyright}}

[[Category:Documentation]]
[[Category:Filters]]

Gramps 5.1 Wiki Manual - Settings

2020-10-29T19:52:58Z

DaveSch: /* Dates */

{{man index|Gramps 5.1 Wiki Manual - Tools|Gramps 5.1 Wiki Manual - Filters|5.1}}
{{languages|Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings}}
{{#vardefine:chapter|13}}
{{#vardefine:figure|0}}
This section deals with various settings you can manage within Gramps.

== Preferences ==
[[File:EditPreferencesTabsOnly-overview-51.png|right|thumb|650px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Overview of all Preferences tabs]]

Most of the settings in Gramps are configured in the {{man label|Preferences}} dialog. To invoke it, select the menu {{man menu|Edit ->Preferences...}}.

The tabs on the top display the available option categories as follows:
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#General|General]]}}
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Family_Tree|Family Tree]]}}
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display|Display]]}}
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Text|Text]]}}
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#ID_Formats|ID Formats]]}}
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Dates|Dates]]}}
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Researcher|Researcher]]}}
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Warnings|Warnings]]}}
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Colors|Colors]]}}
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Genealogical Symbols|Genealogical Symbols]]}}

Also ''other'' additional tabs maybe shown from any [[5.1_Addons#Addon_List|addons]] you may have installed.
{{-}}
=== General ===

[[File:EditPreferences-General-tab-example-51.png|Right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} General Preferences (Linux)]]

This tab contains two sections containing preferences relevant to the general operation of the program. Sections and options are:

==== General Gramps settings ====
*[ ]{{man label|Add default source on GEDCOM import}}: This checkbox option affects the importing of [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#GEDCOM_import|GEDCOM data]]. If this is set, each item that is imported will contain a [[Gramps_Glossary#source|Source]] reference to the imported file. '''Note - Adding a default source can significantly slow down the importing of your GEDCOM data.'''
*[ ]{{man label|Add tag on import}}: Checkbox (Default: <code>Imported %Y/%m/%d %H:%M:%S</code> ) '''Note - Adding a [[Gramps_Glossary#tag|Tag]] on import can significantly slow down the importing of your data.'''
*[ ]{{man label|Enable spelling checker}}: This checkbox option controls the enabling and disabling of the spelling checker for notes. The '''gtkspell''' package must be loaded for this to have an effect.
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Display Tip of the Day}}: This checkbox option controls the enabling and disabling of the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Tip_of_the_Day_dialog|Tip of the Day]]}} dialog at startup.
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Remember last view displayed}}: This checkbox option controls the enabling and disabling of the the display of the last [[Gramps_Glossary#view|View]]. Enabling will bring you to the view where you stopped the program the last time.
*{{man label|Max generations for relationships:}} You can enter the number of generations used to determine relationships. The default value is '''<code>15</code>'''.
*{{man label|Base path for relative media paths:}} Here you can fill in a base path for the media objects. Selecting the {{man button|Directory}} button gives you a {{man label|Select media directory}} editor where you can fill in the required path.

==== Third party addons management ====
*{{man label|Check for addon updates:}} Select the frequency that Gramps checks for updates to [[5.1_Addons#Installing_Addons_in_Gramps|Addons]]. Default: ''Never''
*{{man label|What to check:}} Default: ''New addons only''
*{{man label|Where to check:}} Default: <code>https://raw.githubusercontent.com/gramps-project/addons/master/gramps51</code>
*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Do not ask about previously notified addons}}: Checkbox selected by default
*{{man button|Check for updated addons now}}: Button to force a check for Addons, if Addons are available you will then be presented the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Available_Gramps_Updates_for_Addons|Available Gramps Updates for Addons]]}} window where you choose and install them from.
{{-}}

======Available Gramps Updates for Addons======
[[File:AvailableGrampsUpdatesforAddons-example-listing-51.png|Right|thumb|550px|"Available Gramps Updates for Addons" window showing example listing output for Gramps 5.1]]

The {{man label|Available Gramps Updates for Addons}} window you will be shown a list broken down by '''Type''' that you can view by selecting the "Select" column expand out each "Type".
* You can then select the check box of those Addons you want to install.
* Then select the {{man button|Install Selected Addons}} button to download those Addons from the ''Internet''.
* Once downloaded from the {{man label|Done downloading and installing addons}} dialog select the {{man button|Close}} button
* From the {{man label|Preferences}} dialog select {{man button|Close}} button.
* To use the Addons you need to {{man menu|Family Trees>Quit}} and restart Gramps.

{{-}}

====Tip of the Day dialog====

[[File:TipOfTheDay-dialog--example-keeping-good-records-50.png|Right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Tip of the Day dialog]]

When enabled in {{man menu|Edit > Preferences}} {{man label|General}} tab the {{man label|Tip of the Day}} dialog shows helpful hints.

The following options are available:
*{{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Display on startup}} (check box checked by default - once enabled) - uncheck to stop further tips appearing.
*{{man button|Forward}} - Advance to the next tip.
*{{man button|Close}} - exit for this session until the Gramps program is restarted.
{{-}}

=== Family Tree ===
[[File:EditPreferences-FamilyTree-tab-example-51.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: {{man menu|Edit>Preferences...}} - "Family Tree" - tab - example - defaults]]

This tab contains preferences relevant to the '''Family Tree Database settings and Backup management'''.

*{{man label|Database backend:}} -
** ''BSDDB'' - Legacy Database backend.
** '''SQLite''' (default) - the [[DB-API Database Backend]]
** ... If installed other database backends will be listed eg: PostgreSQL backend
*{{man label|Host:}} - Server address or other computer IP address for the location of the database.
*{{man label|Port:}} - Port number to access the Host database
*{{man label|Family Tree Database path:}} The default path where the Databases are stored is '''home directory<code>/.gramps/grampsdb</code>'''. Unless you absolutely want to change this, stay with the default path. This path will be located in the relevant Operating Systems [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_User_Directory|User Directory]].
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Automatically load last family tree}}: This checkbox option controls the enabling and disabling of the loading on start up of the last used database.
*{{man label|Backup path:}} - Location to save your Gramps backup files to.
*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Backup on exit}} - Backup Your family tree on exit to Backup path specified above.
*{{man label|Autobackup:}} -
** '''Never''' (default)
** ''Every 15 minutes''
** ''Every 30 minutes''
** ''Every hour''
{{-}}

See also:
* Addon [[PostgreSQL]] - this adds support for PostgreSQL databases.

=== Display ===
[[File:EditPreferences-Display-tab-default-51.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Display" - tab - defaults]]

The {{man label|Display}} tab contains preferences relevant to the display of data and names, '''Appearance and format settings'''. Options are:

*{{man label|Name format:}} This option controls the display of names in the current database (the setting is saved in the database and is not system wide). In Gramps there are two type of name display formats: the predefined formats, and the user defined custom formats. Several different predefined name formats are available: Given - Prefix Patronymic, Suffix Given - Prefix Surname, Given Patronymic Suffix etc.
** Clicking on the right hand side {{man button|Edit...}} button will bring up a {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Name_Editor|Display Name Editor]]}} window where the available list of options is shown. The format is given as well as an example. When predefined formats are not suitable one can define one's own format. You can use the {{man button|Add}} button to add a Name format to the list. Clicking once will give you a '''SURNAME,Given Suffix(call)''' format and as example : '''SMITH, Edwin Jose Sr (Ed)'''. If you added new name formats to the list the {{man button|Remove}} and {{man button|Edit}} buttons become available to change the name format list.
***{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Consider single pa/matronymic as surname}}: Checkbox unselected by default. If selected enables Gramps to consider patronymic and matronymic names as surnames.

{{man note|1=Note|2=Besides this database-wide setting Gramps allows you to decide the name display format individually for every single name via the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Name_Editor|Display Name Editor]]}} dialog}}

*{{man label|Date format:}} This option controls the display of dates. It is a global setting, requiring a restart of Gramps to take effect, and applies to the display of dates in all databases loaded within Gramps until such time as the date display format is changed again. Several different formats are available, which may be dependent on your locale. {{man menu|Please note once changed it is necessary to restart Gramps to view the new date display format}}
** '''YYYY-MM-DD (ISO)''' (Default) - Example 2020-09-30 - Displays the date using the international standard [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601 ISO 8601 Data elements and interchange formats – Information interchange] particularly useful when sharing data between countries with different conventions for writing numeric dates and times.
** Numerical
** Month Day, Year
** MON DAY, YEAR
** Day Month Year
** DAY MON YEAR

*{{man label|Place format(auto place title):}} This option controls the display of places.
** '''Full''' (Default)
*** Selecting the {{man button|Edit...}} button will show the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Place_Format_Editor|Place format editor]]}}

*{{man label|Age display precision(requires restart):}}
** '''Years'''(default)
** Years, Months
** Years, Months, Days
{{man warn|Reported Bug in version 5.1.1 Fixed in version 5.1.2|Changes made in the "Age Display Precision" in the Preferences Display tab cannot be saved in this version of Gramps. A manual workaround is detailed in the Bug Report. ''See'' bug report {{Bug|11384}}.}}

*{{man label|Calendar on reports:}} '''Gregorian'''(default). This option controls the display of calendar on reports, tools, gramplets, views. Several different calendars are available (see [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_Editing_Data:_Detailed_-_part_1#Editing_dates|Date Edition]]). Two dates with two different calendars will not properly display timeline or period, (e.g. Using the Gregorian calendar as the default displayed calendar, users will have a better coherency for displaying dates on period).

*{{man label|Surname Guessing:}} This option affects the initial family name of a child when he/she is added to the database. The default {{man label|Father's surname}} will use the family name of the father. Selecting {{man label|None}} means that no surname guessing will be attempted. Selecting {{man label|Combination of mother's and father's surname}} will use the father's name followed by the mother's name. Finally, {{man label|Icelandic style}} will use the father's given name followed by the "sson" suffix (e.g. the son of Edwin will be guessed as Edwin''sson'').

{{man tip|1=Tip |2=The {{man label|Surname Guessing:}} option only affects the initial family name guessed by Gramps when the {{man label|Edit Person}} dialog is launched.
You can modify that name the way you see fit. Set this option to the value that you will most frequently use, as it will save you a lot of typing.}}

*{{man label|Default family relationship:}}
** '''Unknown'''(default)
** Married
** Unmarried
** Civil Union

*{{man label|Height multiple surname box(pixels):}} Default:'''150'''

*{{man label|Status bar:}} This option controls the information displayed in the status bar. This can be either the '''Active person's name and ID'''(default) or '''Relationship to home person'''.

*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Show text label beside Navigator buttons (requires restart)}} ''checked'' (default) This checkbox controls whether or not a text description is displayed next to the icon in the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Navigator|Navigator]] in the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Main_Window|Main Window]]. This option takes effect after the program has been restarted.

*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Show close button in gramplet bar tabs}} ''unchecked''(default)

====Display Name Editor====

{{man note|1=Note|2=Custom name display formats are stored in the Family Trees, thus before loading any Family Tree the {{man label|Custom format details}} expander is disabled.}}

[[File:EditPreferences-Display-tab-DisplayNameEditor-dialog-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Display Name Editor - dialog (example) from Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Display" - tab]]

The following keywords are replaced with the appropriate name parts:
* Given - given name (first name)
* Title - title (Dr., Mrs.)
* Call - call name
* Initials - first letters of Given
* Primary, Primary[pre] or [sur] or [con]- full primary surname, prefix, surname only, connector
* Patronymic, or [pre] or [sur] or [con] - full pa/matronymic surname, prefix, surname only, connector
* Familynick - family nick name
* Rest - non primary surnames
* Rawsurnames- surnames (no prefixes and connectors)
* Surname - surnames (with prefix and connectors)
* Suffix - suffix (Jr., Sr.)
* Nickname - nick name
* Common - nick name, otherwise first of Given
* Prefix - all prefixes (von, de)
* Notpatronymic- all surnames, except pa/matronymic & primary

{{man menu|UPPERCASE versions of these keywords forces uppercase to be displayed.}} Extra parentheses, commas are removed. Other text appears literally.

Example: 'Dr. Edwin Jose von der Smith and Weston Wilson Sr ("Ed") - Underhills' Edwin Jose is given name, von der is the prefix, Smith and Weston surnames, and a connector, Wilson patronymic surname, Dr. title, Sr suffix, Ed nick name, Underhills family nick name, Jose callname.
{{-}}

{{stub}}

==== Place Format Editor ====
{{stub}}
{{man note|Feature - introduced in Gramps 4.1|[[Hierarchical Place Structure]]}}

[[File:EditPreferences-Display-tab-PlaceFormatEditor-dialog-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Place Format Editor - dialog (example) from Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Display" - tab]]

Accessed from the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display|Display]] tabs Place Format option.

This tab contains preferences relevant to how Places should be shown.

*{{man label|Name:}} A unique name for the place format.
*{{man label|Levels:}} The place names to be displayed.
Each level in the hierarchy is represented by a positive integer, starting with 0 for the selected place and increasing by 1 for each level up the hierarchy. The levels can also be represented by negative integers, starting with -1 for the top level (usually a country) and decreasing by 1 for each level lower in the hierarchy. In addition, the populated place (city, town, village or hamlet) is represented by the letter p; this can be used with an offset (e.g. p+1 or p-2).

The names to be displayed are defined as a comma-separated list of ranges. A range can either be a single level, or a start level and an end level separated by a colon. The start level must be less than the end level in a range. The start and end levels default to 0 and -1 if missing.

*{{man label|Street format:}} "None" (Default), "Number Street" or "Street Number". Option to concatenate the number and street in order to suppress the comma. For this option to work, the street must have the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Place_Editor_dialog|'''Type''']] ''Street'' and house number must have the '''Type''' ''Number''.
*{{man label|Language:}} (Empty by Default) A two-digit language code.
*{{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Reverse display order}} (checkbox unchecked by default)

See also:
* [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Place_Editor_dialog|Place Editor dialog]]
* [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Place_Name_Editor_dialog|Place Name Editor dialog]]
{{-}}

=== Text ===

[[File:EditPreferences-Text-tab-default-51.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Text" - tab - defaults]]

This tab contains preferences relevant to how missing and private names and records should be shown.

*{{man label|Missing surname:}} in the input field you can determine how a missing surname should be displayed. Default value is '''<code>[Missing Surname]</code>'''. You can change this to [--] or whatever is most convenient for you.
*{{man label|Missing given name}} in the input field you can determine how a missing given name should be displayed. Default value is '''<code>[Missing Given Name]</code>'''. You can change this to whatever you want.
*{{man label|Missing record:}} Default: <code>[Missing Record]</code>
*{{man label|Private surname:}} Default: <code>[Living]</code>
*{{man label|Private given name:}} Default: <code>[Living]</code>
*{{man label|Private record:}} Default: <code>[Private Record]</code>
{{-}}

=== ID Formats ===

{{man tip|ID Prefixes |The ID prefixes use formatting conventions common for C, Python, and other programming languages. For example, the <code>%04d</code> expands to an integer, prepended with zeros to have the total width of four digits. If you would like IDs to be 1, 2, 3, etc., simply set the formatting parameter to <code>%d</code>, the 'd' specifies Decimal Integer, outputting the number in base 10. See: Python [https://docs.python.org/3/library/string.html#format-specification-mini-language (String) Format Specification Mini-Language]}}

[[File:EditPreferences-IDFormats-tab-default-51.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "ID Formats" - tab - defaults]]

This tab contains preferences relevant to the automatic generation of Gramps IDs.

*{{man label|Person:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Person. Default value: <code>I%04d</code>
*{{man label|Family:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Family. Default value: <code>F%04d</code>
*{{man label|Place:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Place. Default value: <code>P%04d</code>
*{{man label|Source:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Source. Default value: <code>S%04d</code>
*{{man label|Citation:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Citation. Default value: <code>C%04d</code>
*{{man label|Media Object:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Media Object. Default value: <code>O%04d</code>
*{{man label|Event:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for an Event. Default value: <code>E%04d</code>
*{{man label|Repository:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Repository. Default value: <code>R%04d</code>
*{{man label|Note:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Note. Default value: <code>N%04d</code>

You can use the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Reorder_Gramps_ID|Reorder Gramps ID]] tool to change the format.
{{-}}

=== Dates ===

[[File:EditPreferences-Dates-tab-default-51.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Dates" - tab - defaults]]

Date settings used for calculation operations.

*{{man label|Markup for invalid date format:}} Default: <code>%s</code>
** Convenience markups are:
*** Bold (Default)
*** <big><big>Makes font relatively larger</big></big>
*** Italic
*** <s><s>Strikethrough</s></s>
*** Subscript
*** Superscript
*** Makes font relatively smaller
*** <tt><tt>Monospace font</tt></tt>
*** Underline
**** For example: %s will display Underlined bold date.
*{{man label|Date about range:}} Default: <code>50</code>
** Defines the number of years +/- of the event date "<code>about <date></code>" that the event will return as valid for a filter.
** Used in the calculation of the person's age.
*{{man label|Date after range:}} Default: <code>50</code>
** Defines the number of years after the event date "<code>after <date></code>" that the event will return as valid for a filter.
** Used in the calculation of the person's age.
*{{man label|Date before range:}} Default: <code>50</code>
** Defines the number of years before the event date "<code>before <date></code>" that the event will return as valid for a filter.
** Used in the calculation of the person's age.
*{{man label|Maximum age probably alive:}} Default: <code>110</code>
** Absent a Death event, the age by which Gramps will consider the person is no longer alive.
*{{man label|Maximum sibling age difference:}} Default: <code>20</code>
*{{man label|Minimum years between generations:}} Default: <code>13</code>
*{{man label|Average years between generations:}} Default: <code>20</code>
{{-}}
See also:
* [[Gramps 5.1 Wiki Manual - Probably Alive]]
* [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Editing_dates|Editing dates]]
{{-}}

=== Researcher ===
{{man tip|Researcher Information|This contact information is independent of the family trees you create. Most exports and reports will be filtered to protect the privacy of living people of the Tree... including yourself. This information feeds into the authoring and citation features of any publication (or archival) options.}}
[[File:EditPreferences-Researcher-tab-default-51.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Researcher" - tab - defaults]]

Allows you to {{man label|Enter your information so people can contact you when you distribute your Family Tree}} in the corresponding text entry fields. Although Gramps requests information about you, this information is used only so that Gramps can create valid GEDCOM output files. A valid GEDCOM file requires information about the file's creator. If you choose, you may leave the information empty, however none of your exported GEDCOM files will be valid.

The available text entry fields are (all blank by default):
*{{man label|Name:}}
*{{man label|Address:}}
*{{man label|Locality:}}
*{{man label|City:}}
*{{man label|State/County:}}
*{{man label|Country:}}
*{{man label|ZIP/Postal Code:}}
*{{man label|Phone:}}
*{{man label|Email:}}

The information entered under this preference acts as default value for family tree specific values that can be adjusted with the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Edit_Database_Owner_Information|Edit Database Owner Information]] tool.
{{-}}

=== Warnings ===

[[File:EditPreferences-Warnings-tab-default-51.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Warnings" - tab - defaults]]

This tab controls the display of warning dialogs, allowing the re-enabling of dialogs that have been disabled.

*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Suppress warning when adding parents to a child.}} Checkbox checked by Default (See [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Error_and_Warning_Reference#Suppress_warning_when_adding_parents_to_a_child|Dialog]])
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Suppress warning when cancelling with changed data.}} Checkbox unchecked by Default (See [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Error_and_Warning_Reference#Suppress_warning_when_cancelling_with_changed_data|Dialog]])
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Suppress warning about missing researcher when exporting to GEDCOM.}} Checkbox unchecked by Default (See [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Error_and_Warning_Reference#Suppress_warning_about_missing_researcher_when_exporting_to_GEDCOM|Dialog]])
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Show plugin status dialog on plugin load error.}} Checkbox unchecked by Default (See [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Error_and_Warning_Reference#Module_not_loaded_warnings|Dialog]])

See the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Error_and_Warning_Reference|Error and Warning Reference]] page for examples.
{{-}}

=== Colors ===

[[File:EditPreferences-Colors-tab-default-51.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Colors" - tab - defaults]]

This tab allows you to set the '''colors used for boxes in the graphical views'''.

You can select the
* {{man label|Colour scheme:}} ''Light colours''(default) or ''Dark colours''
** {{man button|Restore to defaults}} - restores themes default colors.
* Colors for Male persons
* Colors for Female persons
* Colors for Unknown persons
* Colors for Family nodes
* Other colors
{{-}}
==== Pick a Color selector ====

[[File:PickAColor-selector-dialog-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Pick a Color" - selector dialog]]

Select a color from the color pallet area, or select the {{man label|Custom}} {{man button|+}} button to create your own color either via direct 'color Hex color code'; the slider or mouse click.
{{-}}

=== Genealogical Symbols ===

{{man warn|Prerequisites exist for this feature|The Genealogical Symbols tab can only be used if the [[#Prerequisite_to_use_Genealogical_Symbols|prerequisite]] program <code>[[#Prerequisite_to_use_Genealogical_Symbols|python-fontconfig]]</code> is present that Gramps can use.}}

[[File:EditPreferences-GenealogicalSymbols-tab-activated-51.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Genealogical Symbols" - Preferences tab - activated defaults]]

Allows you to use Genealogical symbols instead of text abbreviations in reports, charts and the Gramps interface.

This tab gives you the possibility to use one font which is able to show all genealogical symbols. (Once configured see: [[#Prerequisite_to_use_Genealogical_Symbols|Prerequisite to use Genealogical Symbols]])

If you select the "use symbols" checkbox, Gramps will use the selected font if it exists.

This can be useful if you want to add phonetic in a note to show how to pronounce a name or if you mix multiple languages like Greek and Russian.

You can only configure the death symbol from this tab.

:List of Genealogical Symbols shown (listed in order shown at bottom screenshot):

* Female
* Male
* Asexuality, sexless, genderless
* Lesbianism
* Male homosexuality
* Heterosexuality
* Transgender, hermaphrodite (in entomology)
* Transgender
* Neuter

* Illegitimate
* Birth
* Baptism/Christening
* Engaged
* Marriage
* Divorce
* Unmarried partnership
* Buried
* Cremated/Funeral urn
* Killed in action
* Extinct

* Death

{{-}}

{| class="wikitable"
|-
! meaning
! symbol
! Unicode code point(s)
! name
|-
! male
| ♂
| U+2642
| Male Sign
|-
! female
| ♀
| U+2640
| Female Sign
|-
! unknown
| ⚪︎
| U+26AA
| Medium White Circle
|-
! hermaphrodite
| ⚥
| U+26A4
| Interlocked Male and Female Sign
|-
! neuter
| ⚲
| U+26B2
| Neuter

|-
! birth
| *
| U+002A
| Asterisk
|-
! baptisation, christening
| ~
| U+007E
| Tilde
|-
! death
| ✝︎
| U+271D
| Latin Cross
|-
! burial
| ⚰︎
| U+26B0
| Coffin
|-
! cremation
| ⚱︎
| U+26B1
| Funeral Urn
|-
! stillborn
| ✝︎*
| U+0086 U+002A
| Latin Cross, Asterisk
|-
! born illegitimately
| *⃝
| U+002A U+20DD
| Circled Asterisk
|-
! born illegitimately
| ⊛
| U+229B
| Circled Asterisk Operator
|-
! killed in action
| ⚔︎
| U+2694
| Crossed Swords
|-
! this line extinct
| ‡
| U+2021
| Double Dagger
|-
! approximate(ly)
| ±
| U+00B1
| Plus-Minus
|-
! before
| <
| U+003C
| Less-Than Symbol
|-
! after
| >
| U+003E
| Greater-Than Symbol

|-
! engaged
| ⚬
| U+26AC
| Medium Small White Circle
|-
! married
| ⚭
| U+26AD
| Marriage Symbol
|-
! divorced
| ⚮
| U+26AE
| Divorce Symbol
|-
! unmarried
| ⚯
| U+26AF
| Unmarried Partnership Symbol
|}
{{-}}
====Prerequisite to use Genealogical Symbols====

[[File:EditPreferences-GenealogicalSymbols-tab-default-51.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Genealogical Symbols" - Preferences tab - defaults]]

=====Initial setup=====

If the fontconfig [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Prerequisite|prerequisite has been installed]], then on the {{man label|Genealogical Symbols}} tab select the {{man button|Try to find}} button, Gramps will attempt to detect any suitable unicode text fonts that can be used.

[[File:EditPreferences-GenealogicalSymbols-FindFont-51.png|center|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Genealogical Symbols" - Finding fonts]]

When the search has completed select one of the fonts from the {{man button|Choose font}} list and then select the checkbox:

{{checkbox|1|Use symbols}}

=====Prerequisite=====
Prerequisite : '''python-fontconfig''' : Python bindings of fontconfig and its dependencies are required for displaying genealogical symbols
{{man note|Use the [[Addon:Prerequisites_Checker_Gramplet|Prerequisites Checker]]|Do you have <code>python-fontconfig</code> installed? Run the Prerequisites Checker Addon and look for something similar to the following line:<pre>* python-fontconfig 0.5.0 (Success version 0.5.x is installed.)</pre>}}

See also:
* Tamura Jones expounds on [https://www.tamurajones.net/GenealogySymbols.xhtml Genealogical Symbols] ''(the 'Unicode' section is particularly relevant)''
* [[GEPS 039: Genealogical symbols in gramps]]
* Feature request: {{bug|9098}} Gramps should be able to use genealogy symbols everywhere.
* [[Customize the Genealogical Symbols lookup table]] located in the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_User_Directory#MS_Windows|Gramps user directory]] at: [https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/blob/maintenance/gramps51/gramps/gen/utils/symbols.py gramps\gen\utils\symbols.py]
{{-}}

== Other settings ==

Besides {{man label|Preferences}} dialog, there are other settings available in Gramps. For various reasons they have been made more readily accessible, as listed below.
{{-}}
===Column Editor===

{{man tip|1=Column Editor|2=The {{man label|Column Editor}} is available and works in the same way for all list views. Specifically, it is available for People View, Family View (children list). Sources View, Citations View, Places View, Media View, Repositories View and the Notes View.}}

[[File:ConfigureTheActiveView-icon-on-toolbar-51.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Selecting the {{man button|Configure View...}} button]]

[[File:ColumnEditor-dialog-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Column Editor - Dialog - People example]]

The columns of the list views may be added, removed, or reordered in a {{man label|Column Editor}} dialog.

To use the {{man label|Column Editor }} dialog for the current view, choose via the menu {{man menu|View ➡ Configure View...}}, click on [[File:Gramps-config.png|34px]]{{man button|Configure View...}} toolbar button or press the ''Configure active view'' [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#Common_keybindings|keyboard keybinding]].

Only columns with a selected checkbox will be shown in the view. You can also change the position of a column in the View by clicking and dragging it to a new position in the Editor ([https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Drag-and-drop ''drag and drop'']). Once you have made the changes you want click {{man button|Apply}}, then click {{man button|OK}} to exit the Editor and see your changes in the View.

By default, the View List, displays several columns of information about the respective category. You can add or remove columns to and from the display

The default sort key for the view [always ascending] is the left-most field [i.e. at the top in the Column Editor], so changing which field is in that position affects default sorting.

[[File:ConfigurePersonView-51.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Column Editor - Dialog - Places example]]The {{man label|Column Editor}} dialog will have a different selection of columns for each category of View that displays a simple table.

Changes will only be enacted when the {{man button|Apply}} button is clicked.

Once the View columns changes have been applied, clicking once on the column header sorts in ascending order, clicking again sorts in descending order.

The subset of columns and the current [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters|filters]] will also constrain the data exported via the {{Man menu|Family Trees ➡ [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Export_View|Export View...]]}} operation. Hidden columns and records will not be exported.
{{-}}

=== Sorting columns ===

[[File:PeopleCategory-PeopleListView-SortedByBirthDateColumn-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Sorted by "Birth Date" column in the list mode of the People Category View - example]]

By default, each Category View presenting data in a columnated table layout will sort the rows in ascending order based on the data in the first (left-most) column. If the table has grouped rows, the grouped data will be sub-sorted. ''(Tables in tabbed subsets of data, Editors and Selectors will work similarly.)''

Click once on a different column header to sort on the data of that column in ascending order. Click the header again to sort in reverse order.

The {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Column_Editor|Column Editor]]}} dialog can be used to add, remove and rearrange the displayed columns. Choosing a different first column will make that the new default sorting column of the view [though always ascending].
{{-}}

===Setting Home person===
[[File:MenuEdit-SetHomePerson-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu showing ''Set Home Person'']]

To set (designate) the [[Gramps_Glossary#home_person|Home person]], select the People Category and select the desired person to make them into the [[Gramps_Glossary#active_person|Active Person]] and then choose {{man menu|Edit ->Set Home Person}} via the menus.

Alternately, when editing any Person, right-clicking on inactive areas (areas without a text-entry box) of the top section displays a pop-up menu which includes an option to {{man menu|Make Home Person}} of that profile.

The Home person is the persistently designated person who becomes the [[Gramps_Glossary#active_person|Active Person]] when one of the following occurs:
*By default, when the Family tree database is opened ''(The [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#General_Gramps_settings|General]] setting in [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Preferences|Preferences]] can modify this default behavior. The "Remember last view displayed" will return to the last [[Gramps_Glossary#active_person|Active Person]] of the previous session.)''
*As the toolbar {{man button|Home}} button is clicked
*When the Home menu item is selected from either the {{man button|Go}} menu or the right-click context menu in selected views
*As the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#15|keybinding]] {{Man key press|ALT|Home}} is pressed to return to the '''Home Person'''.

The toolbar {{man button|Home}} button is available in the People Category, Relationships Category, and Pedigree Category. [[File:Gramps Go-Home48x48 win.png|text-bottom]]
====See also====
* [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Setting_the_Home_Person|Setting the Home Person]]
{{-}}

===Adjusting viewing controls===

Whether the toolbar, the sidebar, or the filter (not available on Pedigree and Relationships Views) are displayed in the main window is adjusted through the View menu.

In the different views clicking the {{man menu|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#View|View]]}} menu will shows for boxes you can click:
*Navigator
*Toolbar
*Sidebar
*Bottombar
*Full Screen {{man key press|F11}}

Additionally, depending on the view you are in, other options will be available on {{man label|Configure}}.

*Gramplets:
**Set Columns to 1
**Set Columns to 2
**Set Columns to 3
*Relationships:
**Show Siblings
**Show Details
*Geography:
**Time period
**Layout

All other Views: the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Column_Editor|column editor]].

===Export View===

[[File:Menubar-FamilyTrees-overview-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menubar - "Family Trees" - overview example showing "Export View" menu entry]]

On most [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Categories_of_the_Navigator|Category List Views]], displayed data maybe be exported, choose via the {{man menu|Family Trees ->Export View...}} [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Main_Menus|menu]] command.

This Menu command only appears if the displayed data can be exported. Gramps will export data on screen according your choice: '''CSV''' or '''Open Document''' spreadsheet format.

Note that the current configuration of the View's columns will control what data will be exported. The export will contain only the displayed column data (in the same order) and be limited to records matching any [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters|filters]] you have applied.
{{-}}
====Export View as Spreadsheet dialog====

[[File:ExportViewAsSpreadsheet-CSV-file-dialog-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Export View as Spreadsheet" CSV(default) file-dialog - example]]

Gramps will then display the {{man label|Export View as Spreadsheet}} dialog where after choosing a file location to save to and a name for your file; export data on from the Category List View in one of two spreadsheet formats:
* '''CSV''' (default)
* '''OpenDocument Spreadsheet''' - ODS format.

{{-}}
[[File:ExportViewAsSpreadsheet-exampleODS-Displayed-in-LibreOfficeCalc-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Example ODS Spreadsheet - Displayed in LibreOffice Calc]]

The example screenshot shows an export to the '''OpenDocument Spreadsheet''' (ODS format) displayed as a Spreadsheet in Libreoffice Calc.

{{-}}

===Modularity and plugins===
Gramps has been designed for expansion. The Plugin (a.k.a. Plug-in, addon, Add-on, extension) framework provides a path for 3rd party development outside the normal Gramps release distributions.

The documentation for each addon is maintained outside the flow of these main wiki chapters. The interface & functionality of the software & documentation may not conform with the styles seen throughout the rest of Gramps... although we encourage Developers to try to make their additions as seamless as possible.

A brief description & screenshot of each add-on can be found in the [[5.1_Addons#Addon_List|Addon List]] section of the wiki manual. The separately maintained documentation page for the addon is linked from the 1st column of that list.

See [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Plugin_Manager|Plugin Manager]] and [[5.1 Addons|Third-Party Addons]].
{{-}}

===Customize report output formats===
[[File:TextReports-DocumentOptions-PlainText-output-settings-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Document Options - tab defaults for Text Reports (Plain Text - output selected) example]]

What kind of output customization is available? This dialog allows you to change the fonts, font sizes, font color, background color of the text and alignment of paragraphs on the report.

For most report dialogs, in the top part are option tabs specifically related that particular report. The lower part will have more broadly reusable features and is called the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Document_Options|Document Options]]}} section.

From the {{man label|Style:}} drop down list you can choose an existing custom style. Or to make your own {{man label|Style:}} select the {{man button|Style Editor...}} button to show the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Document_Styles_dialog|Document Styles]]}} dialog and then select the {{man button|Add a new style}} button to show the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Style_editor_dialog|Style editor]]}} dialog.

{{stub}}
{{-}}
====Document Styles dialog====

[[File:DocumentStyles-dialog-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Document Styles - dialog - default]]

The {{man label|Document Styles}} dialog, list the ''default'' style and any custom styles for that report and allows you to edit or delete any custom styles you have created. Select the {{man button|+ (Add a new style)}} button to show the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Style_editor_dialog|Style editor]]}} dialog.
{{-}}

====Style editor dialog====

The {{man label|Style editor}} dialog allow you to customize the document style specific to each report.

Change the {{man label|Style sheet name:}} (<code>New Style</code>default) field to a unique name as it will appear in {{man label|Document Options}} {{man label|Style:}} drop down list.

Once changes for your custom style have been finalized select the {{man button|OK}} button to save the changes or {{man button|Cancel}} to exit.

{{-}}
=====Style editor dialog tabs=====
On the left hand side you will see the {{man label|Style}} column that list the paragraph options specific to that report that you may modify. For example the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Ahnentafel_Report|Ahnentafel Report]]}} shows the style options for AHN-Entry, AHN-Generation and AHN-Title.

On the right hand side are three tabs associated with each style listed in the left hand column:
{{-}}
======Description======

[[File:StyleEditor-dialog-Description-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Description options tab - Document Styles - dialog (default styles for Ahnentafel Report) (Gramps 4.2.0 Windows 7) ]]

*{{man label|Description}} : The description describes what each paragraph is all about. For example shown here is the style used for the Ahnentafel Report ( AHN-Entry ).
{{-}}

======Font options======

[[File:StyleEditor-dialog-FontOptions-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Font options" tab - "Style Editor" dialog for "Document Styles" (default styles for Ahnentafel Report)]]

*{{man label|Font options}} : Here you can set the {{man label|Type face}} Roman or Swiss, the {{man label|Size}} of the font in pt., the {{man label|Color}} of the font and some {{man label|Options}} like Bold, Italic or Underline.
{{-}}

======Paragraph options======

[[File:StyleEditor-dialog-ParagraphOptions-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Paragraph options" tab - "Style Editor" dialog for "Document Styles" (default styles for Ahnentafel Report)]]

*{{man label|Paragraph options}} : Here you set the {{man label|Alignment}}, the {{man label|Background color}}, {{man label|Indentation}}, {{man label|Spacing}} and {{man label|Borders}} of your style.
{{-}}
===Context menu===
Used in various places in Gramps; how you access the context menu is dependent on your operating systems:
* On Microsoft windows you generally use the right button of your mouse to show the context menu or use the keyboard shortcut "Shift"+"F10". see [https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/previous-versions/windows/desktop/mpc/using-context-menus Using Context Menus - Microsoft Docs]
* On Apple macOS you generally press "Ctrl" while clicking the button of your mouse to show the context menu. see: [https://developer.apple.com/design/human-interface-guidelines/macos/menus/contextual-menus/ Contextual Menus - Menus - macOS - Human Interface Guidelines - Apple Developer]

See also:
* [[Gramps 5.1 Wiki Manual - Keybindings]]

== Customizing ==
Here are some ways that you can customize Gramps.
=== Preferences ===

See [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Preferences|Preferences]]

=== Language ===

Gramps has been translated into a number of [[Portal:Translators|languages]]. Usually Gramps automatically starts in your local language, as chosen for other applications, but sometimes this may not be right for you.

{{stub}} '''{{man warn|tbd|Describe for each main platform how the normal language is determined and how the user can [[Howto:Change_the_language_of_reports#Run_Gramps_in_a_different_language|choose a different language]].'''}}

==== Linux ====
{{stub}}

If you want to choose a locale 'variant' for sorting that is not the default variant, then you can start Gramps from the terminal (or console) with a different LC_COLLATE environment. For example, the default sorting (collation) variant for Swedish is "reformed", but you can instead choose "standard" by typing:
export LC_COLLATE="sv_SE.UTF-8@collation=standard"
python Gramps.py

==== Mac OS X ====

For Mac OS X see [[Mac_OS_X:Application_package#Advanced_setup|Advanced setup]] for details on how the language is normally chosen, and how to choose a special, non-default setting for the language, the sorting order or the format of such things as day and month names and number separators.

==== MS Windows ====
[[File:Microsoft Window Gramps AIO Installer Choose Components-Selection-51.png|right|thumb|450px|Microsoft Window Gramps AIO Installer Choose Components-Selection window.]]
If you want to run Gramps in another language other than English using the Gramps AIO installer, then you must select it during installation process.

Otherwise it will not be available.

More information can be found at [[Download#MS_Windows]] page.

{{-}}

===Add Windows OS Menu Item===
To make Gramps work in your selected language (See table below for your language code), complete the following:
* Using your mouse right button click on the "GrampsAIOxx 5.x.x" icon on Desktop and from menu choose: Copy.
* Right click anywhere on Desktop and from menu choose: Paste shortcut
* New icon will be created with name: "GrampsAIOxx 5.x.x (2)"
* Right click on that and from menu choose: Properties
* A new window will open, click on first tab called General and change text from "GrampsAIOxx 5.x.x (2)" to something more descriptive like: "GrampsAIO Danish"
** Click on second tab called Shortcut, change text in first entry called Target from (note path will vary depending on Gramps version used):
***<code>"C:\Program Files(xxx)\GrampsAIOxx-5.x.x\grampsw.exe"</code> to:
***<code>%comspec% /c set LANG=da_DK.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"</code>
* Click OK and now when you click on that icon Gramps will start in Danish.

===Change the windows LANG variables===
Another option if you want Gramps to always load in say:French Canadian language, you can go to Windows > System Properties, and add the LANG variable in the user section of the environment variables dialog with the appropriate Value.

The value to add is:
<pre>
Name: LANG
Value: fr_CA.UTF-8
</pre>

===Language codes===
Select from the following table of [[Portal:Translators|languages Gramps]] has been translated into:

{| {{prettytable}}
!Language
!ISO code
!Example
!Notes
|-
| Dutch
| nl_BE.UTF-8
|
|
|-
| English (British)
| en_GB.UTF-8
|
|
|-
| Finnish
| fi-UTF-8
|
|
|-
| French Canadian
| fr_CA.UTF-8
|
|
|-
| Russian
| ru_RU.UTF-8
|
|
|-
|}
*The language codes are two-letter lowercase ISO language codes (such as "da") as defined by [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_ISO_639-1_codes ISO 639-1].
*The country codes are two-letter uppercase ISO country codes (such as "BE") as defined by [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1 ISO 3166-1].

===Advanced manipulation of settings===
{{stub}}

{{man warn| Warning ** Make sure you have closed Gramps **|The contents of this section is outside the scope of interest of a general user of Gramps. If you proceed with tweaking the options on the low level you may damage your Gramps installation. Be careful. '''YOU HAVE BEEN WARNED!'''}}

Besides the settings available in Preferences, you may also wish to explore the advanced settings.

Gramps uses '''[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/INI_file#Keys_(properties) INI keys]''' and [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/INI_file#Sections INI sections] for managing user preferences and program settings these are stored in the text file <code>gramps.ini</code> under the <code>.gramps/gramps[XX]</code> folder in your home or user directory.

The <code>gramps.ini</code> file has following sections:
* [behavior] : typical Key names are: [https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/blob/master/gramps/gui/grampsgui.py#L502 betawarn], enable-autobackup, use-tips...
* [colors] :
* [database] : related to database settings for the Family Tree.
* [export] : export and import folders/directories
* [geography] :
* [interface] : a lot of keys regarding height and width of the different Views: e.g. event-height: 450, event-ref-height: 585, event-ref-width: 728, event-width: 712...
* [paths] : keys related to recent imported files and folders/directories
* [plugin] :
* [preferences] : keys related to preferences: all the common prefixes , todo -colors..
* [researcher] : all information regarding the researcher
* [utf8] :

====Example <code>gramps.ini</code> file====
Example contents of the <code>gramps.ini</code> file:

<pre>
;; Gramps key file
;; Automatically created at 2020/05/17 15:15:34

[behavior]
;;addmedia-image-dir=''
;;addmedia-relative-path=0
;;addons-url='https://raw.githubusercontent.com/gramps-project/addons/master/gramps51'
;;autoload=0
;;avg-generation-gap=20
;;betawarn=0
;;check-for-addon-update-types=['new']
;;check-for-addon-updates=0
;;date-about-range=50
;;date-after-range=50
;;date-before-range=50
;;do-not-show-previously-seen-addon-updates=1
;;generation-depth=15
;;last-check-for-addon-updates='1970/01/01'
;;max-age-prob-alive=110
;;max-sib-age-diff=20
;;min-generation-years=13
;;owner-warn=0
;;pop-plugin-status=0
;;previously-seen-addon-updates=[]
;;recent-export-type=3
;;runcheck=0
;;spellcheck=0
;;startup=0
;;surname-guessing=0
translator-needed=0
;;use-tips=0
;;web-search-url='http://google.com/#&q=%(text)s'
;;welcome=100

[colors]
;;border-family=['#cccccc', '#252525']
;;border-family-divorced=['#ff7373', '#720b0b']
;;border-female-alive=['#861f69', '#261111']
;;border-female-dead=['#000000', '#000000']
;;border-male-alive=['#1f4986', '#171d26']
;;border-male-dead=['#000000', '#000000']
;;border-unknown-alive=['#8e5801', '#8e5801']
;;border-unknown-dead=['#000000', '#000000']
;;family=['#eeeeee', '#454545']
;;family-civil-union=['#eeeeee', '#454545']
;;family-divorced=['#ffdede', '#5c3636']
;;family-married=['#eeeeee', '#454545']
;;family-unknown=['#eeeeee', '#454545']
;;family-unmarried=['#eeeeee', '#454545']
;;female-alive=['#feccf0', '#62242D']
;;female-dead=['#feccf0', '#3a292b']
;;home-person=['#bbe68a', '#304918']
;;male-alive=['#b8cee6', '#1f344a']
;;male-dead=['#b8cee6', '#2d3039']
;;scheme=0
;;unknown-alive=['#f3dbb6', '#75507B']
;;unknown-dead=['#f3dbb6', '#35103b']

[database]
;;autobackup=0
;;backend='sqlite'
;;backup-on-exit=1
;;backup-path='C:\\Users\\[username]\\Documents\\GrampsBackup'
;;compress-backup=1
;;host=''
;;path='C:\\Users\\[username]\\Documents\\gramps\\grampsdb'
;;port=''

[export]
;;proxy-order=[['privacy', 0], ['living', 0], ['person', 0], ['note', 0], ['reference', 0]]

[geography]
;;center-lat=0.0
;;center-lon=0.0
;;lock=0
;;map='person'
;;map_service=1
;;path=''
;;show_cross=0
;;use-keypad=1
;;zoom=0
;;zoom_when_center=12

[interface]
;;dbmanager-height=350
;;dbmanager-horiz-position=12
;;dbmanager-vert-position=85
;;dbmanager-width=780
;;dont-ask=0
;;filter=0
;;fullscreen=0
;;grampletbar-close=0
;;ignore-gexiv2=0
;;ignore-osmgpsmap=0
;;ignore-pil=0
;;main-window-height=500
;;main-window-horiz-position=15
;;main-window-vert-position=10
;;main-window-width=775
;;mapservice='OpenStreetMap'
;;open-with-default-viewer=0
;;pedview-layout=0
;;pedview-show-images=1
;;pedview-show-marriage=0
;;pedview-show-unknown-people=0
;;pedview-tree-direction=2
;;pedview-tree-size=5
;;place-name-height=100
;;place-name-width=450
;;sidebar-text=1
;;size-checked=0
;;statusbar=1
;;surname-box-height=150
;;toolbar-on=1
;;toolbar-text=0
;;treemodel-cache-size=1000
;;view=1
;;view-categories=['Dashboard', 'People', 'Relationships', 'Families', 'Ancestry', 'Events', 'Places', 'Geography', 'Sources', 'Citations', 'Repositories', 'Media', 'Notes']

[paths]
;;quick-backup-directory='C:\\Users\\[username]\\Documents\\gramps'
;;quick-backup-filename='%(filename)s_%(year)d-%(month)02d-%(day)02d.%(extension)s'
;;recent-export-dir='C:\\Users\\[username]\\Documents\\gramps'
;;recent-file=''
;;recent-import-dir='C:\\Users\\[username]\\Documents\\gramps'
;;report-directory='C:\\Users\\[username]\\Documents\\gramps'
;;website-cal-uri=''
;;website-cms-uri=''
;;website-directory='C:\\Users\\[username]\\Documents\\gramps'
;;website-extra-page-name=''
;;website-extra-page-uri=''

[plugin]
;;addonplugins=[]
;;hiddenplugins=[]

[preferences]
;;age-display-precision=1
;;calendar-format-report=0
;;cprefix='C%04d'
;;date-format=0
;;default-source=0
;;eprefix='E%04d'
;;family-relation-type=3
;;family-warn=1
;;fprefix='F%04d'
;;hide-ep-msg=0
;;invalid-date-format='%s'
;;iprefix='I%04d'
last-view='dashboardview'
last-views=['dashboardview', '', '', '', '', '', '', '', '', '', '', '', '']
;;name-format=1
;;no-given-text='[Missing Given Name]'
;;no-record-text='[Missing Record]'
;;no-surname-text='[Missing Surname]'
;;nprefix='N%04d'
;;online-maps=0
;;oprefix='O%04d'
;;paper-metric=0
;;paper-preference='Letter'
;;patronimic-surname=0
;;place-auto=1
;;place-format=0
;;pprefix='P%04d'
;;private-given-text='[Living]'
;;private-record-text='[Private Record]'
;;private-surname-text='[Living]'
;;quick-backup-include-mode=0
;;rprefix='R%04d'
;;sprefix='S%04d'
;;tag-on-import=0
;;tag-on-import-format='Imported %Y/%m/%d %H:%M:%S'
;;use-last-view=0

[researcher]
;;researcher-addr=''
;;researcher-city=''
;;researcher-country=''
;;researcher-email=''
;;researcher-locality=''
;;researcher-name=''
;;researcher-phone=''
;;researcher-postal=''
;;researcher-state=''

[utf8]
;;available-fonts=[]
;;death-symbol=13
;;in-use=0
;;selected-font=''
</pre>

====Advanced backup filename setting====
You can also define the naming pattern for the backup filename by setting the ''<code>paths.quick-backup-filename</code>'' in the <code>~/.gramps/gramps51/gramps.ini</code> key file like the following:
{{-}}
[paths]
;;quick-backup-filename='%(filename)s_%(year)d-%(month)02d-%(day)02d.%(extension)s'

by removing the two semicolons(<code>;;</code>) from the front of INI key line and using use any of the following keywords for the filenam pattern:
*filename
*year
*month
*day
*hour
*minutes
*seconds
*extension :
**'''.gpkg'''(default) if you include media.
**''.gramps'' if you exclude media.

Use the appropriate ~/.gramps/gramps{XX}/gramps.ini key file.
*Gramps version 5.1 :
~/.gramps/gramps51/gramps.ini

See also:
* [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Backup_dialog]]
* [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Command_Line#Configuration_.28config.29_option]]
* [[Install_latest_BSDDB#Make_Gramps_use_bsddb3]]
* [[Customize_the_Genealogical_Symbols_lookup_table#Genealogy_symbols_preferences]]

===Theme===
The look of Gramps can be changed.

* [[Addon:Themes]]
* [[Windows_AIO_themes]]
* [[GEPS_029:_GTK3-GObject_introspection_Conversion#GTK_3_theme|GTK 3 theme - GEPS 029: GTK3-GObject introspection Conversion]]
* [[Overrule_Gramps_Icons]] - for older Gramps versions.
* [[UI style]]

Some reports can also be changed:

* [[Website report Themes]]
{{-}}
{{man index|Gramps 5.1 Wiki Manual - Tools|Gramps 5.1 Wiki Manual - Filters|5.1}}
{{languages|Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings}}
{{grampsmanualcopyright}}

[[Category:Documentation]]

Gramps 5.1 Wiki Manual - Settings

2020-10-29T19:52:21Z

DaveSch: /* Dates */

{{man index|Gramps 5.1 Wiki Manual - Tools|Gramps 5.1 Wiki Manual - Filters|5.1}}
{{languages|Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings}}
{{#vardefine:chapter|13}}
{{#vardefine:figure|0}}
This section deals with various settings you can manage within Gramps.

== Preferences ==
[[File:EditPreferencesTabsOnly-overview-51.png|right|thumb|650px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Overview of all Preferences tabs]]

Most of the settings in Gramps are configured in the {{man label|Preferences}} dialog. To invoke it, select the menu {{man menu|Edit ->Preferences...}}.

The tabs on the top display the available option categories as follows:
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#General|General]]}}
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Family_Tree|Family Tree]]}}
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display|Display]]}}
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Text|Text]]}}
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#ID_Formats|ID Formats]]}}
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Dates|Dates]]}}
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Researcher|Researcher]]}}
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Warnings|Warnings]]}}
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Colors|Colors]]}}
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Genealogical Symbols|Genealogical Symbols]]}}

Also ''other'' additional tabs maybe shown from any [[5.1_Addons#Addon_List|addons]] you may have installed.
{{-}}
=== General ===

[[File:EditPreferences-General-tab-example-51.png|Right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} General Preferences (Linux)]]

This tab contains two sections containing preferences relevant to the general operation of the program. Sections and options are:

==== General Gramps settings ====
*[ ]{{man label|Add default source on GEDCOM import}}: This checkbox option affects the importing of [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#GEDCOM_import|GEDCOM data]]. If this is set, each item that is imported will contain a [[Gramps_Glossary#source|Source]] reference to the imported file. '''Note - Adding a default source can significantly slow down the importing of your GEDCOM data.'''
*[ ]{{man label|Add tag on import}}: Checkbox (Default: <code>Imported %Y/%m/%d %H:%M:%S</code> ) '''Note - Adding a [[Gramps_Glossary#tag|Tag]] on import can significantly slow down the importing of your data.'''
*[ ]{{man label|Enable spelling checker}}: This checkbox option controls the enabling and disabling of the spelling checker for notes. The '''gtkspell''' package must be loaded for this to have an effect.
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Display Tip of the Day}}: This checkbox option controls the enabling and disabling of the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Tip_of_the_Day_dialog|Tip of the Day]]}} dialog at startup.
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Remember last view displayed}}: This checkbox option controls the enabling and disabling of the the display of the last [[Gramps_Glossary#view|View]]. Enabling will bring you to the view where you stopped the program the last time.
*{{man label|Max generations for relationships:}} You can enter the number of generations used to determine relationships. The default value is '''<code>15</code>'''.
*{{man label|Base path for relative media paths:}} Here you can fill in a base path for the media objects. Selecting the {{man button|Directory}} button gives you a {{man label|Select media directory}} editor where you can fill in the required path.

==== Third party addons management ====
*{{man label|Check for addon updates:}} Select the frequency that Gramps checks for updates to [[5.1_Addons#Installing_Addons_in_Gramps|Addons]]. Default: ''Never''
*{{man label|What to check:}} Default: ''New addons only''
*{{man label|Where to check:}} Default: <code>https://raw.githubusercontent.com/gramps-project/addons/master/gramps51</code>
*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Do not ask about previously notified addons}}: Checkbox selected by default
*{{man button|Check for updated addons now}}: Button to force a check for Addons, if Addons are available you will then be presented the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Available_Gramps_Updates_for_Addons|Available Gramps Updates for Addons]]}} window where you choose and install them from.
{{-}}

======Available Gramps Updates for Addons======
[[File:AvailableGrampsUpdatesforAddons-example-listing-51.png|Right|thumb|550px|"Available Gramps Updates for Addons" window showing example listing output for Gramps 5.1]]

The {{man label|Available Gramps Updates for Addons}} window you will be shown a list broken down by '''Type''' that you can view by selecting the "Select" column expand out each "Type".
* You can then select the check box of those Addons you want to install.
* Then select the {{man button|Install Selected Addons}} button to download those Addons from the ''Internet''.
* Once downloaded from the {{man label|Done downloading and installing addons}} dialog select the {{man button|Close}} button
* From the {{man label|Preferences}} dialog select {{man button|Close}} button.
* To use the Addons you need to {{man menu|Family Trees>Quit}} and restart Gramps.

{{-}}

====Tip of the Day dialog====

[[File:TipOfTheDay-dialog--example-keeping-good-records-50.png|Right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Tip of the Day dialog]]

When enabled in {{man menu|Edit > Preferences}} {{man label|General}} tab the {{man label|Tip of the Day}} dialog shows helpful hints.

The following options are available:
*{{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Display on startup}} (check box checked by default - once enabled) - uncheck to stop further tips appearing.
*{{man button|Forward}} - Advance to the next tip.
*{{man button|Close}} - exit for this session until the Gramps program is restarted.
{{-}}

=== Family Tree ===
[[File:EditPreferences-FamilyTree-tab-example-51.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: {{man menu|Edit>Preferences...}} - "Family Tree" - tab - example - defaults]]

This tab contains preferences relevant to the '''Family Tree Database settings and Backup management'''.

*{{man label|Database backend:}} -
** ''BSDDB'' - Legacy Database backend.
** '''SQLite''' (default) - the [[DB-API Database Backend]]
** ... If installed other database backends will be listed eg: PostgreSQL backend
*{{man label|Host:}} - Server address or other computer IP address for the location of the database.
*{{man label|Port:}} - Port number to access the Host database
*{{man label|Family Tree Database path:}} The default path where the Databases are stored is '''home directory<code>/.gramps/grampsdb</code>'''. Unless you absolutely want to change this, stay with the default path. This path will be located in the relevant Operating Systems [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_User_Directory|User Directory]].
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Automatically load last family tree}}: This checkbox option controls the enabling and disabling of the loading on start up of the last used database.
*{{man label|Backup path:}} - Location to save your Gramps backup files to.
*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Backup on exit}} - Backup Your family tree on exit to Backup path specified above.
*{{man label|Autobackup:}} -
** '''Never''' (default)
** ''Every 15 minutes''
** ''Every 30 minutes''
** ''Every hour''
{{-}}

See also:
* Addon [[PostgreSQL]] - this adds support for PostgreSQL databases.

=== Display ===
[[File:EditPreferences-Display-tab-default-51.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Display" - tab - defaults]]

The {{man label|Display}} tab contains preferences relevant to the display of data and names, '''Appearance and format settings'''. Options are:

*{{man label|Name format:}} This option controls the display of names in the current database (the setting is saved in the database and is not system wide). In Gramps there are two type of name display formats: the predefined formats, and the user defined custom formats. Several different predefined name formats are available: Given - Prefix Patronymic, Suffix Given - Prefix Surname, Given Patronymic Suffix etc.
** Clicking on the right hand side {{man button|Edit...}} button will bring up a {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Name_Editor|Display Name Editor]]}} window where the available list of options is shown. The format is given as well as an example. When predefined formats are not suitable one can define one's own format. You can use the {{man button|Add}} button to add a Name format to the list. Clicking once will give you a '''SURNAME,Given Suffix(call)''' format and as example : '''SMITH, Edwin Jose Sr (Ed)'''. If you added new name formats to the list the {{man button|Remove}} and {{man button|Edit}} buttons become available to change the name format list.
***{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Consider single pa/matronymic as surname}}: Checkbox unselected by default. If selected enables Gramps to consider patronymic and matronymic names as surnames.

{{man note|1=Note|2=Besides this database-wide setting Gramps allows you to decide the name display format individually for every single name via the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Name_Editor|Display Name Editor]]}} dialog}}

*{{man label|Date format:}} This option controls the display of dates. It is a global setting, requiring a restart of Gramps to take effect, and applies to the display of dates in all databases loaded within Gramps until such time as the date display format is changed again. Several different formats are available, which may be dependent on your locale. {{man menu|Please note once changed it is necessary to restart Gramps to view the new date display format}}
** '''YYYY-MM-DD (ISO)''' (Default) - Example 2020-09-30 - Displays the date using the international standard [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601 ISO 8601 Data elements and interchange formats – Information interchange] particularly useful when sharing data between countries with different conventions for writing numeric dates and times.
** Numerical
** Month Day, Year
** MON DAY, YEAR
** Day Month Year
** DAY MON YEAR

*{{man label|Place format(auto place title):}} This option controls the display of places.
** '''Full''' (Default)
*** Selecting the {{man button|Edit...}} button will show the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Place_Format_Editor|Place format editor]]}}

*{{man label|Age display precision(requires restart):}}
** '''Years'''(default)
** Years, Months
** Years, Months, Days
{{man warn|Reported Bug in version 5.1.1 Fixed in version 5.1.2|Changes made in the "Age Display Precision" in the Preferences Display tab cannot be saved in this version of Gramps. A manual workaround is detailed in the Bug Report. ''See'' bug report {{Bug|11384}}.}}

*{{man label|Calendar on reports:}} '''Gregorian'''(default). This option controls the display of calendar on reports, tools, gramplets, views. Several different calendars are available (see [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_Editing_Data:_Detailed_-_part_1#Editing_dates|Date Edition]]). Two dates with two different calendars will not properly display timeline or period, (e.g. Using the Gregorian calendar as the default displayed calendar, users will have a better coherency for displaying dates on period).

*{{man label|Surname Guessing:}} This option affects the initial family name of a child when he/she is added to the database. The default {{man label|Father's surname}} will use the family name of the father. Selecting {{man label|None}} means that no surname guessing will be attempted. Selecting {{man label|Combination of mother's and father's surname}} will use the father's name followed by the mother's name. Finally, {{man label|Icelandic style}} will use the father's given name followed by the "sson" suffix (e.g. the son of Edwin will be guessed as Edwin''sson'').

{{man tip|1=Tip |2=The {{man label|Surname Guessing:}} option only affects the initial family name guessed by Gramps when the {{man label|Edit Person}} dialog is launched.
You can modify that name the way you see fit. Set this option to the value that you will most frequently use, as it will save you a lot of typing.}}

*{{man label|Default family relationship:}}
** '''Unknown'''(default)
** Married
** Unmarried
** Civil Union

*{{man label|Height multiple surname box(pixels):}} Default:'''150'''

*{{man label|Status bar:}} This option controls the information displayed in the status bar. This can be either the '''Active person's name and ID'''(default) or '''Relationship to home person'''.

*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Show text label beside Navigator buttons (requires restart)}} ''checked'' (default) This checkbox controls whether or not a text description is displayed next to the icon in the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Navigator|Navigator]] in the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Main_Window|Main Window]]. This option takes effect after the program has been restarted.

*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Show close button in gramplet bar tabs}} ''unchecked''(default)

====Display Name Editor====

{{man note|1=Note|2=Custom name display formats are stored in the Family Trees, thus before loading any Family Tree the {{man label|Custom format details}} expander is disabled.}}

[[File:EditPreferences-Display-tab-DisplayNameEditor-dialog-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Display Name Editor - dialog (example) from Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Display" - tab]]

The following keywords are replaced with the appropriate name parts:
* Given - given name (first name)
* Title - title (Dr., Mrs.)
* Call - call name
* Initials - first letters of Given
* Primary, Primary[pre] or [sur] or [con]- full primary surname, prefix, surname only, connector
* Patronymic, or [pre] or [sur] or [con] - full pa/matronymic surname, prefix, surname only, connector
* Familynick - family nick name
* Rest - non primary surnames
* Rawsurnames- surnames (no prefixes and connectors)
* Surname - surnames (with prefix and connectors)
* Suffix - suffix (Jr., Sr.)
* Nickname - nick name
* Common - nick name, otherwise first of Given
* Prefix - all prefixes (von, de)
* Notpatronymic- all surnames, except pa/matronymic & primary

{{man menu|UPPERCASE versions of these keywords forces uppercase to be displayed.}} Extra parentheses, commas are removed. Other text appears literally.

Example: 'Dr. Edwin Jose von der Smith and Weston Wilson Sr ("Ed") - Underhills' Edwin Jose is given name, von der is the prefix, Smith and Weston surnames, and a connector, Wilson patronymic surname, Dr. title, Sr suffix, Ed nick name, Underhills family nick name, Jose callname.
{{-}}

{{stub}}

==== Place Format Editor ====
{{stub}}
{{man note|Feature - introduced in Gramps 4.1|[[Hierarchical Place Structure]]}}

[[File:EditPreferences-Display-tab-PlaceFormatEditor-dialog-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Place Format Editor - dialog (example) from Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Display" - tab]]

Accessed from the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display|Display]] tabs Place Format option.

This tab contains preferences relevant to how Places should be shown.

*{{man label|Name:}} A unique name for the place format.
*{{man label|Levels:}} The place names to be displayed.
Each level in the hierarchy is represented by a positive integer, starting with 0 for the selected place and increasing by 1 for each level up the hierarchy. The levels can also be represented by negative integers, starting with -1 for the top level (usually a country) and decreasing by 1 for each level lower in the hierarchy. In addition, the populated place (city, town, village or hamlet) is represented by the letter p; this can be used with an offset (e.g. p+1 or p-2).

The names to be displayed are defined as a comma-separated list of ranges. A range can either be a single level, or a start level and an end level separated by a colon. The start level must be less than the end level in a range. The start and end levels default to 0 and -1 if missing.

*{{man label|Street format:}} "None" (Default), "Number Street" or "Street Number". Option to concatenate the number and street in order to suppress the comma. For this option to work, the street must have the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Place_Editor_dialog|'''Type''']] ''Street'' and house number must have the '''Type''' ''Number''.
*{{man label|Language:}} (Empty by Default) A two-digit language code.
*{{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Reverse display order}} (checkbox unchecked by default)

See also:
* [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Place_Editor_dialog|Place Editor dialog]]
* [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Place_Name_Editor_dialog|Place Name Editor dialog]]
{{-}}

=== Text ===

[[File:EditPreferences-Text-tab-default-51.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Text" - tab - defaults]]

This tab contains preferences relevant to how missing and private names and records should be shown.

*{{man label|Missing surname:}} in the input field you can determine how a missing surname should be displayed. Default value is '''<code>[Missing Surname]</code>'''. You can change this to [--] or whatever is most convenient for you.
*{{man label|Missing given name}} in the input field you can determine how a missing given name should be displayed. Default value is '''<code>[Missing Given Name]</code>'''. You can change this to whatever you want.
*{{man label|Missing record:}} Default: <code>[Missing Record]</code>
*{{man label|Private surname:}} Default: <code>[Living]</code>
*{{man label|Private given name:}} Default: <code>[Living]</code>
*{{man label|Private record:}} Default: <code>[Private Record]</code>
{{-}}

=== ID Formats ===

{{man tip|ID Prefixes |The ID prefixes use formatting conventions common for C, Python, and other programming languages. For example, the <code>%04d</code> expands to an integer, prepended with zeros to have the total width of four digits. If you would like IDs to be 1, 2, 3, etc., simply set the formatting parameter to <code>%d</code>, the 'd' specifies Decimal Integer, outputting the number in base 10. See: Python [https://docs.python.org/3/library/string.html#format-specification-mini-language (String) Format Specification Mini-Language]}}

[[File:EditPreferences-IDFormats-tab-default-51.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "ID Formats" - tab - defaults]]

This tab contains preferences relevant to the automatic generation of Gramps IDs.

*{{man label|Person:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Person. Default value: <code>I%04d</code>
*{{man label|Family:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Family. Default value: <code>F%04d</code>
*{{man label|Place:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Place. Default value: <code>P%04d</code>
*{{man label|Source:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Source. Default value: <code>S%04d</code>
*{{man label|Citation:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Citation. Default value: <code>C%04d</code>
*{{man label|Media Object:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Media Object. Default value: <code>O%04d</code>
*{{man label|Event:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for an Event. Default value: <code>E%04d</code>
*{{man label|Repository:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Repository. Default value: <code>R%04d</code>
*{{man label|Note:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Note. Default value: <code>N%04d</code>

You can use the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Reorder_Gramps_ID|Reorder Gramps ID]] tool to change the format.
{{-}}

=== Dates ===

[[File:EditPreferences-Dates-tab-default-51.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Dates" - tab - defaults]]

Date settings used for calculation operations.

*{{man label|Markup for invalid date format:}} Default: <code>%s</code>
** Convenience markups are:
*** Bold (Default)
*** <big><big>Makes font relatively larger</big></big>
*** Italic
*** <s><s>Strikethrough</s></s>
*** Subscript
*** Superscript
*** Makes font relatively smaller
*** <tt><tt>Monospace font</tt></tt>
*** Underline
**** For example: %s will display Underlined bold date.
*{{man label|Date about range:}} Default: <code>50</code>
** Defines the number of years +/- of the event date "<code>about <date></code>" that the event will return as valid for a filter.
** Used in the calculation of the person's age.
*{{man label|Date after range:}} Default: <code>50</code>
** Defines the number of years after the event date "<code>after<date></code>" that the event will return as valid for a filter.
** Used in the calculation of the person's age.
*{{man label|Date before range:}} Default: <code>50</code>
** Defines the number of years before the event date "<code>before<date></code>" that the event will return as valid for a filter.
** Used in the calculation of the person's age.
*{{man label|Maximum age probably alive:}} Default: <code>110</code>
** Absent a Death event, the age by which Gramps will consider the person is no longer alive.
*{{man label|Maximum sibling age difference:}} Default: <code>20</code>
*{{man label|Minimum years between generations:}} Default: <code>13</code>
*{{man label|Average years between generations:}} Default: <code>20</code>
{{-}}
See also:
* [[Gramps 5.1 Wiki Manual - Probably Alive]]
* [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Editing_dates|Editing dates]]
{{-}}

=== Researcher ===
{{man tip|Researcher Information|This contact information is independent of the family trees you create. Most exports and reports will be filtered to protect the privacy of living people of the Tree... including yourself. This information feeds into the authoring and citation features of any publication (or archival) options.}}
[[File:EditPreferences-Researcher-tab-default-51.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Researcher" - tab - defaults]]

Allows you to {{man label|Enter your information so people can contact you when you distribute your Family Tree}} in the corresponding text entry fields. Although Gramps requests information about you, this information is used only so that Gramps can create valid GEDCOM output files. A valid GEDCOM file requires information about the file's creator. If you choose, you may leave the information empty, however none of your exported GEDCOM files will be valid.

The available text entry fields are (all blank by default):
*{{man label|Name:}}
*{{man label|Address:}}
*{{man label|Locality:}}
*{{man label|City:}}
*{{man label|State/County:}}
*{{man label|Country:}}
*{{man label|ZIP/Postal Code:}}
*{{man label|Phone:}}
*{{man label|Email:}}

The information entered under this preference acts as default value for family tree specific values that can be adjusted with the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Edit_Database_Owner_Information|Edit Database Owner Information]] tool.
{{-}}

=== Warnings ===

[[File:EditPreferences-Warnings-tab-default-51.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Warnings" - tab - defaults]]

This tab controls the display of warning dialogs, allowing the re-enabling of dialogs that have been disabled.

*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Suppress warning when adding parents to a child.}} Checkbox checked by Default (See [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Error_and_Warning_Reference#Suppress_warning_when_adding_parents_to_a_child|Dialog]])
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Suppress warning when cancelling with changed data.}} Checkbox unchecked by Default (See [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Error_and_Warning_Reference#Suppress_warning_when_cancelling_with_changed_data|Dialog]])
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Suppress warning about missing researcher when exporting to GEDCOM.}} Checkbox unchecked by Default (See [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Error_and_Warning_Reference#Suppress_warning_about_missing_researcher_when_exporting_to_GEDCOM|Dialog]])
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Show plugin status dialog on plugin load error.}} Checkbox unchecked by Default (See [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Error_and_Warning_Reference#Module_not_loaded_warnings|Dialog]])

See the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Error_and_Warning_Reference|Error and Warning Reference]] page for examples.
{{-}}

=== Colors ===

[[File:EditPreferences-Colors-tab-default-51.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Colors" - tab - defaults]]

This tab allows you to set the '''colors used for boxes in the graphical views'''.

You can select the
* {{man label|Colour scheme:}} ''Light colours''(default) or ''Dark colours''
** {{man button|Restore to defaults}} - restores themes default colors.
* Colors for Male persons
* Colors for Female persons
* Colors for Unknown persons
* Colors for Family nodes
* Other colors
{{-}}
==== Pick a Color selector ====

[[File:PickAColor-selector-dialog-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Pick a Color" - selector dialog]]

Select a color from the color pallet area, or select the {{man label|Custom}} {{man button|+}} button to create your own color either via direct 'color Hex color code'; the slider or mouse click.
{{-}}

=== Genealogical Symbols ===

{{man warn|Prerequisites exist for this feature|The Genealogical Symbols tab can only be used if the [[#Prerequisite_to_use_Genealogical_Symbols|prerequisite]] program <code>[[#Prerequisite_to_use_Genealogical_Symbols|python-fontconfig]]</code> is present that Gramps can use.}}

[[File:EditPreferences-GenealogicalSymbols-tab-activated-51.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Genealogical Symbols" - Preferences tab - activated defaults]]

Allows you to use Genealogical symbols instead of text abbreviations in reports, charts and the Gramps interface.

This tab gives you the possibility to use one font which is able to show all genealogical symbols. (Once configured see: [[#Prerequisite_to_use_Genealogical_Symbols|Prerequisite to use Genealogical Symbols]])

If you select the "use symbols" checkbox, Gramps will use the selected font if it exists.

This can be useful if you want to add phonetic in a note to show how to pronounce a name or if you mix multiple languages like Greek and Russian.

You can only configure the death symbol from this tab.

:List of Genealogical Symbols shown (listed in order shown at bottom screenshot):

* Female
* Male
* Asexuality, sexless, genderless
* Lesbianism
* Male homosexuality
* Heterosexuality
* Transgender, hermaphrodite (in entomology)
* Transgender
* Neuter

* Illegitimate
* Birth
* Baptism/Christening
* Engaged
* Marriage
* Divorce
* Unmarried partnership
* Buried
* Cremated/Funeral urn
* Killed in action
* Extinct

* Death

{{-}}

{| class="wikitable"
|-
! meaning
! symbol
! Unicode code point(s)
! name
|-
! male
| ♂
| U+2642
| Male Sign
|-
! female
| ♀
| U+2640
| Female Sign
|-
! unknown
| ⚪︎
| U+26AA
| Medium White Circle
|-
! hermaphrodite
| ⚥
| U+26A4
| Interlocked Male and Female Sign
|-
! neuter
| ⚲
| U+26B2
| Neuter

|-
! birth
| *
| U+002A
| Asterisk
|-
! baptisation, christening
| ~
| U+007E
| Tilde
|-
! death
| ✝︎
| U+271D
| Latin Cross
|-
! burial
| ⚰︎
| U+26B0
| Coffin
|-
! cremation
| ⚱︎
| U+26B1
| Funeral Urn
|-
! stillborn
| ✝︎*
| U+0086 U+002A
| Latin Cross, Asterisk
|-
! born illegitimately
| *⃝
| U+002A U+20DD
| Circled Asterisk
|-
! born illegitimately
| ⊛
| U+229B
| Circled Asterisk Operator
|-
! killed in action
| ⚔︎
| U+2694
| Crossed Swords
|-
! this line extinct
| ‡
| U+2021
| Double Dagger
|-
! approximate(ly)
| ±
| U+00B1
| Plus-Minus
|-
! before
| <
| U+003C
| Less-Than Symbol
|-
! after
| >
| U+003E
| Greater-Than Symbol

|-
! engaged
| ⚬
| U+26AC
| Medium Small White Circle
|-
! married
| ⚭
| U+26AD
| Marriage Symbol
|-
! divorced
| ⚮
| U+26AE
| Divorce Symbol
|-
! unmarried
| ⚯
| U+26AF
| Unmarried Partnership Symbol
|}
{{-}}
====Prerequisite to use Genealogical Symbols====

[[File:EditPreferences-GenealogicalSymbols-tab-default-51.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Genealogical Symbols" - Preferences tab - defaults]]

=====Initial setup=====

If the fontconfig [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Prerequisite|prerequisite has been installed]], then on the {{man label|Genealogical Symbols}} tab select the {{man button|Try to find}} button, Gramps will attempt to detect any suitable unicode text fonts that can be used.

[[File:EditPreferences-GenealogicalSymbols-FindFont-51.png|center|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Genealogical Symbols" - Finding fonts]]

When the search has completed select one of the fonts from the {{man button|Choose font}} list and then select the checkbox:

{{checkbox|1|Use symbols}}

=====Prerequisite=====
Prerequisite : '''python-fontconfig''' : Python bindings of fontconfig and its dependencies are required for displaying genealogical symbols
{{man note|Use the [[Addon:Prerequisites_Checker_Gramplet|Prerequisites Checker]]|Do you have <code>python-fontconfig</code> installed? Run the Prerequisites Checker Addon and look for something similar to the following line:<pre>* python-fontconfig 0.5.0 (Success version 0.5.x is installed.)</pre>}}

See also:
* Tamura Jones expounds on [https://www.tamurajones.net/GenealogySymbols.xhtml Genealogical Symbols] ''(the 'Unicode' section is particularly relevant)''
* [[GEPS 039: Genealogical symbols in gramps]]
* Feature request: {{bug|9098}} Gramps should be able to use genealogy symbols everywhere.
* [[Customize the Genealogical Symbols lookup table]] located in the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_User_Directory#MS_Windows|Gramps user directory]] at: [https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/blob/maintenance/gramps51/gramps/gen/utils/symbols.py gramps\gen\utils\symbols.py]
{{-}}

== Other settings ==

Besides {{man label|Preferences}} dialog, there are other settings available in Gramps. For various reasons they have been made more readily accessible, as listed below.
{{-}}
===Column Editor===

{{man tip|1=Column Editor|2=The {{man label|Column Editor}} is available and works in the same way for all list views. Specifically, it is available for People View, Family View (children list). Sources View, Citations View, Places View, Media View, Repositories View and the Notes View.}}

[[File:ConfigureTheActiveView-icon-on-toolbar-51.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Selecting the {{man button|Configure View...}} button]]

[[File:ColumnEditor-dialog-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Column Editor - Dialog - People example]]

The columns of the list views may be added, removed, or reordered in a {{man label|Column Editor}} dialog.

To use the {{man label|Column Editor }} dialog for the current view, choose via the menu {{man menu|View ➡ Configure View...}}, click on [[File:Gramps-config.png|34px]]{{man button|Configure View...}} toolbar button or press the ''Configure active view'' [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#Common_keybindings|keyboard keybinding]].

Only columns with a selected checkbox will be shown in the view. You can also change the position of a column in the View by clicking and dragging it to a new position in the Editor ([https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Drag-and-drop ''drag and drop'']). Once you have made the changes you want click {{man button|Apply}}, then click {{man button|OK}} to exit the Editor and see your changes in the View.

By default, the View List, displays several columns of information about the respective category. You can add or remove columns to and from the display

The default sort key for the view [always ascending] is the left-most field [i.e. at the top in the Column Editor], so changing which field is in that position affects default sorting.

[[File:ConfigurePersonView-51.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Column Editor - Dialog - Places example]]The {{man label|Column Editor}} dialog will have a different selection of columns for each category of View that displays a simple table.

Changes will only be enacted when the {{man button|Apply}} button is clicked.

Once the View columns changes have been applied, clicking once on the column header sorts in ascending order, clicking again sorts in descending order.

The subset of columns and the current [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters|filters]] will also constrain the data exported via the {{Man menu|Family Trees ➡ [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Export_View|Export View...]]}} operation. Hidden columns and records will not be exported.
{{-}}

=== Sorting columns ===

[[File:PeopleCategory-PeopleListView-SortedByBirthDateColumn-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Sorted by "Birth Date" column in the list mode of the People Category View - example]]

By default, each Category View presenting data in a columnated table layout will sort the rows in ascending order based on the data in the first (left-most) column. If the table has grouped rows, the grouped data will be sub-sorted. ''(Tables in tabbed subsets of data, Editors and Selectors will work similarly.)''

Click once on a different column header to sort on the data of that column in ascending order. Click the header again to sort in reverse order.

The {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Column_Editor|Column Editor]]}} dialog can be used to add, remove and rearrange the displayed columns. Choosing a different first column will make that the new default sorting column of the view [though always ascending].
{{-}}

===Setting Home person===
[[File:MenuEdit-SetHomePerson-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu showing ''Set Home Person'']]

To set (designate) the [[Gramps_Glossary#home_person|Home person]], select the People Category and select the desired person to make them into the [[Gramps_Glossary#active_person|Active Person]] and then choose {{man menu|Edit ->Set Home Person}} via the menus.

Alternately, when editing any Person, right-clicking on inactive areas (areas without a text-entry box) of the top section displays a pop-up menu which includes an option to {{man menu|Make Home Person}} of that profile.

The Home person is the persistently designated person who becomes the [[Gramps_Glossary#active_person|Active Person]] when one of the following occurs:
*By default, when the Family tree database is opened ''(The [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#General_Gramps_settings|General]] setting in [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Preferences|Preferences]] can modify this default behavior. The "Remember last view displayed" will return to the last [[Gramps_Glossary#active_person|Active Person]] of the previous session.)''
*As the toolbar {{man button|Home}} button is clicked
*When the Home menu item is selected from either the {{man button|Go}} menu or the right-click context menu in selected views
*As the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#15|keybinding]] {{Man key press|ALT|Home}} is pressed to return to the '''Home Person'''.

The toolbar {{man button|Home}} button is available in the People Category, Relationships Category, and Pedigree Category. [[File:Gramps Go-Home48x48 win.png|text-bottom]]
====See also====
* [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Setting_the_Home_Person|Setting the Home Person]]
{{-}}

===Adjusting viewing controls===

Whether the toolbar, the sidebar, or the filter (not available on Pedigree and Relationships Views) are displayed in the main window is adjusted through the View menu.

In the different views clicking the {{man menu|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#View|View]]}} menu will shows for boxes you can click:
*Navigator
*Toolbar
*Sidebar
*Bottombar
*Full Screen {{man key press|F11}}

Additionally, depending on the view you are in, other options will be available on {{man label|Configure}}.

*Gramplets:
**Set Columns to 1
**Set Columns to 2
**Set Columns to 3
*Relationships:
**Show Siblings
**Show Details
*Geography:
**Time period
**Layout

All other Views: the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Column_Editor|column editor]].

===Export View===

[[File:Menubar-FamilyTrees-overview-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menubar - "Family Trees" - overview example showing "Export View" menu entry]]

On most [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Categories_of_the_Navigator|Category List Views]], displayed data maybe be exported, choose via the {{man menu|Family Trees ->Export View...}} [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Main_Menus|menu]] command.

This Menu command only appears if the displayed data can be exported. Gramps will export data on screen according your choice: '''CSV''' or '''Open Document''' spreadsheet format.

Note that the current configuration of the View's columns will control what data will be exported. The export will contain only the displayed column data (in the same order) and be limited to records matching any [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters|filters]] you have applied.
{{-}}
====Export View as Spreadsheet dialog====

[[File:ExportViewAsSpreadsheet-CSV-file-dialog-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Export View as Spreadsheet" CSV(default) file-dialog - example]]

Gramps will then display the {{man label|Export View as Spreadsheet}} dialog where after choosing a file location to save to and a name for your file; export data on from the Category List View in one of two spreadsheet formats:
* '''CSV''' (default)
* '''OpenDocument Spreadsheet''' - ODS format.

{{-}}
[[File:ExportViewAsSpreadsheet-exampleODS-Displayed-in-LibreOfficeCalc-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Example ODS Spreadsheet - Displayed in LibreOffice Calc]]

The example screenshot shows an export to the '''OpenDocument Spreadsheet''' (ODS format) displayed as a Spreadsheet in Libreoffice Calc.

{{-}}

===Modularity and plugins===
Gramps has been designed for expansion. The Plugin (a.k.a. Plug-in, addon, Add-on, extension) framework provides a path for 3rd party development outside the normal Gramps release distributions.

The documentation for each addon is maintained outside the flow of these main wiki chapters. The interface & functionality of the software & documentation may not conform with the styles seen throughout the rest of Gramps... although we encourage Developers to try to make their additions as seamless as possible.

A brief description & screenshot of each add-on can be found in the [[5.1_Addons#Addon_List|Addon List]] section of the wiki manual. The separately maintained documentation page for the addon is linked from the 1st column of that list.

See [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Plugin_Manager|Plugin Manager]] and [[5.1 Addons|Third-Party Addons]].
{{-}}

===Customize report output formats===
[[File:TextReports-DocumentOptions-PlainText-output-settings-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Document Options - tab defaults for Text Reports (Plain Text - output selected) example]]

What kind of output customization is available? This dialog allows you to change the fonts, font sizes, font color, background color of the text and alignment of paragraphs on the report.

For most report dialogs, in the top part are option tabs specifically related that particular report. The lower part will have more broadly reusable features and is called the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Document_Options|Document Options]]}} section.

From the {{man label|Style:}} drop down list you can choose an existing custom style. Or to make your own {{man label|Style:}} select the {{man button|Style Editor...}} button to show the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Document_Styles_dialog|Document Styles]]}} dialog and then select the {{man button|Add a new style}} button to show the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Style_editor_dialog|Style editor]]}} dialog.

{{stub}}
{{-}}
====Document Styles dialog====

[[File:DocumentStyles-dialog-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Document Styles - dialog - default]]

The {{man label|Document Styles}} dialog, list the ''default'' style and any custom styles for that report and allows you to edit or delete any custom styles you have created. Select the {{man button|+ (Add a new style)}} button to show the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Style_editor_dialog|Style editor]]}} dialog.
{{-}}

====Style editor dialog====

The {{man label|Style editor}} dialog allow you to customize the document style specific to each report.

Change the {{man label|Style sheet name:}} (<code>New Style</code>default) field to a unique name as it will appear in {{man label|Document Options}} {{man label|Style:}} drop down list.

Once changes for your custom style have been finalized select the {{man button|OK}} button to save the changes or {{man button|Cancel}} to exit.

{{-}}
=====Style editor dialog tabs=====
On the left hand side you will see the {{man label|Style}} column that list the paragraph options specific to that report that you may modify. For example the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Ahnentafel_Report|Ahnentafel Report]]}} shows the style options for AHN-Entry, AHN-Generation and AHN-Title.

On the right hand side are three tabs associated with each style listed in the left hand column:
{{-}}
======Description======

[[File:StyleEditor-dialog-Description-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Description options tab - Document Styles - dialog (default styles for Ahnentafel Report) (Gramps 4.2.0 Windows 7) ]]

*{{man label|Description}} : The description describes what each paragraph is all about. For example shown here is the style used for the Ahnentafel Report ( AHN-Entry ).
{{-}}

======Font options======

[[File:StyleEditor-dialog-FontOptions-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Font options" tab - "Style Editor" dialog for "Document Styles" (default styles for Ahnentafel Report)]]

*{{man label|Font options}} : Here you can set the {{man label|Type face}} Roman or Swiss, the {{man label|Size}} of the font in pt., the {{man label|Color}} of the font and some {{man label|Options}} like Bold, Italic or Underline.
{{-}}

======Paragraph options======

[[File:StyleEditor-dialog-ParagraphOptions-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Paragraph options" tab - "Style Editor" dialog for "Document Styles" (default styles for Ahnentafel Report)]]

*{{man label|Paragraph options}} : Here you set the {{man label|Alignment}}, the {{man label|Background color}}, {{man label|Indentation}}, {{man label|Spacing}} and {{man label|Borders}} of your style.
{{-}}
===Context menu===
Used in various places in Gramps; how you access the context menu is dependent on your operating systems:
* On Microsoft windows you generally use the right button of your mouse to show the context menu or use the keyboard shortcut "Shift"+"F10". see [https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/previous-versions/windows/desktop/mpc/using-context-menus Using Context Menus - Microsoft Docs]
* On Apple macOS you generally press "Ctrl" while clicking the button of your mouse to show the context menu. see: [https://developer.apple.com/design/human-interface-guidelines/macos/menus/contextual-menus/ Contextual Menus - Menus - macOS - Human Interface Guidelines - Apple Developer]

See also:
* [[Gramps 5.1 Wiki Manual - Keybindings]]

== Customizing ==
Here are some ways that you can customize Gramps.
=== Preferences ===

See [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Preferences|Preferences]]

=== Language ===

Gramps has been translated into a number of [[Portal:Translators|languages]]. Usually Gramps automatically starts in your local language, as chosen for other applications, but sometimes this may not be right for you.

{{stub}} '''{{man warn|tbd|Describe for each main platform how the normal language is determined and how the user can [[Howto:Change_the_language_of_reports#Run_Gramps_in_a_different_language|choose a different language]].'''}}

==== Linux ====
{{stub}}

If you want to choose a locale 'variant' for sorting that is not the default variant, then you can start Gramps from the terminal (or console) with a different LC_COLLATE environment. For example, the default sorting (collation) variant for Swedish is "reformed", but you can instead choose "standard" by typing:
export LC_COLLATE="sv_SE.UTF-8@collation=standard"
python Gramps.py

==== Mac OS X ====

For Mac OS X see [[Mac_OS_X:Application_package#Advanced_setup|Advanced setup]] for details on how the language is normally chosen, and how to choose a special, non-default setting for the language, the sorting order or the format of such things as day and month names and number separators.

==== MS Windows ====
[[File:Microsoft Window Gramps AIO Installer Choose Components-Selection-51.png|right|thumb|450px|Microsoft Window Gramps AIO Installer Choose Components-Selection window.]]
If you want to run Gramps in another language other than English using the Gramps AIO installer, then you must select it during installation process.

Otherwise it will not be available.

More information can be found at [[Download#MS_Windows]] page.

{{-}}

===Add Windows OS Menu Item===
To make Gramps work in your selected language (See table below for your language code), complete the following:
* Using your mouse right button click on the "GrampsAIOxx 5.x.x" icon on Desktop and from menu choose: Copy.
* Right click anywhere on Desktop and from menu choose: Paste shortcut
* New icon will be created with name: "GrampsAIOxx 5.x.x (2)"
* Right click on that and from menu choose: Properties
* A new window will open, click on first tab called General and change text from "GrampsAIOxx 5.x.x (2)" to something more descriptive like: "GrampsAIO Danish"
** Click on second tab called Shortcut, change text in first entry called Target from (note path will vary depending on Gramps version used):
***<code>"C:\Program Files(xxx)\GrampsAIOxx-5.x.x\grampsw.exe"</code> to:
***<code>%comspec% /c set LANG=da_DK.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"</code>
* Click OK and now when you click on that icon Gramps will start in Danish.

===Change the windows LANG variables===
Another option if you want Gramps to always load in say:French Canadian language, you can go to Windows > System Properties, and add the LANG variable in the user section of the environment variables dialog with the appropriate Value.

The value to add is:
<pre>
Name: LANG
Value: fr_CA.UTF-8
</pre>

===Language codes===
Select from the following table of [[Portal:Translators|languages Gramps]] has been translated into:

{| {{prettytable}}
!Language
!ISO code
!Example
!Notes
|-
| Dutch
| nl_BE.UTF-8
|
|
|-
| English (British)
| en_GB.UTF-8
|
|
|-
| Finnish
| fi-UTF-8
|
|
|-
| French Canadian
| fr_CA.UTF-8
|
|
|-
| Russian
| ru_RU.UTF-8
|
|
|-
|}
*The language codes are two-letter lowercase ISO language codes (such as "da") as defined by [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_ISO_639-1_codes ISO 639-1].
*The country codes are two-letter uppercase ISO country codes (such as "BE") as defined by [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1 ISO 3166-1].

===Advanced manipulation of settings===
{{stub}}

{{man warn| Warning ** Make sure you have closed Gramps **|The contents of this section is outside the scope of interest of a general user of Gramps. If you proceed with tweaking the options on the low level you may damage your Gramps installation. Be careful. '''YOU HAVE BEEN WARNED!'''}}

Besides the settings available in Preferences, you may also wish to explore the advanced settings.

Gramps uses '''[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/INI_file#Keys_(properties) INI keys]''' and [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/INI_file#Sections INI sections] for managing user preferences and program settings these are stored in the text file <code>gramps.ini</code> under the <code>.gramps/gramps[XX]</code> folder in your home or user directory.

The <code>gramps.ini</code> file has following sections:
* [behavior] : typical Key names are: [https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/blob/master/gramps/gui/grampsgui.py#L502 betawarn], enable-autobackup, use-tips...
* [colors] :
* [database] : related to database settings for the Family Tree.
* [export] : export and import folders/directories
* [geography] :
* [interface] : a lot of keys regarding height and width of the different Views: e.g. event-height: 450, event-ref-height: 585, event-ref-width: 728, event-width: 712...
* [paths] : keys related to recent imported files and folders/directories
* [plugin] :
* [preferences] : keys related to preferences: all the common prefixes , todo -colors..
* [researcher] : all information regarding the researcher
* [utf8] :

====Example <code>gramps.ini</code> file====
Example contents of the <code>gramps.ini</code> file:

<pre>
;; Gramps key file
;; Automatically created at 2020/05/17 15:15:34

[behavior]
;;addmedia-image-dir=''
;;addmedia-relative-path=0
;;addons-url='https://raw.githubusercontent.com/gramps-project/addons/master/gramps51'
;;autoload=0
;;avg-generation-gap=20
;;betawarn=0
;;check-for-addon-update-types=['new']
;;check-for-addon-updates=0
;;date-about-range=50
;;date-after-range=50
;;date-before-range=50
;;do-not-show-previously-seen-addon-updates=1
;;generation-depth=15
;;last-check-for-addon-updates='1970/01/01'
;;max-age-prob-alive=110
;;max-sib-age-diff=20
;;min-generation-years=13
;;owner-warn=0
;;pop-plugin-status=0
;;previously-seen-addon-updates=[]
;;recent-export-type=3
;;runcheck=0
;;spellcheck=0
;;startup=0
;;surname-guessing=0
translator-needed=0
;;use-tips=0
;;web-search-url='http://google.com/#&q=%(text)s'
;;welcome=100

[colors]
;;border-family=['#cccccc', '#252525']
;;border-family-divorced=['#ff7373', '#720b0b']
;;border-female-alive=['#861f69', '#261111']
;;border-female-dead=['#000000', '#000000']
;;border-male-alive=['#1f4986', '#171d26']
;;border-male-dead=['#000000', '#000000']
;;border-unknown-alive=['#8e5801', '#8e5801']
;;border-unknown-dead=['#000000', '#000000']
;;family=['#eeeeee', '#454545']
;;family-civil-union=['#eeeeee', '#454545']
;;family-divorced=['#ffdede', '#5c3636']
;;family-married=['#eeeeee', '#454545']
;;family-unknown=['#eeeeee', '#454545']
;;family-unmarried=['#eeeeee', '#454545']
;;female-alive=['#feccf0', '#62242D']
;;female-dead=['#feccf0', '#3a292b']
;;home-person=['#bbe68a', '#304918']
;;male-alive=['#b8cee6', '#1f344a']
;;male-dead=['#b8cee6', '#2d3039']
;;scheme=0
;;unknown-alive=['#f3dbb6', '#75507B']
;;unknown-dead=['#f3dbb6', '#35103b']

[database]
;;autobackup=0
;;backend='sqlite'
;;backup-on-exit=1
;;backup-path='C:\\Users\\[username]\\Documents\\GrampsBackup'
;;compress-backup=1
;;host=''
;;path='C:\\Users\\[username]\\Documents\\gramps\\grampsdb'
;;port=''

[export]
;;proxy-order=[['privacy', 0], ['living', 0], ['person', 0], ['note', 0], ['reference', 0]]

[geography]
;;center-lat=0.0
;;center-lon=0.0
;;lock=0
;;map='person'
;;map_service=1
;;path=''
;;show_cross=0
;;use-keypad=1
;;zoom=0
;;zoom_when_center=12

[interface]
;;dbmanager-height=350
;;dbmanager-horiz-position=12
;;dbmanager-vert-position=85
;;dbmanager-width=780
;;dont-ask=0
;;filter=0
;;fullscreen=0
;;grampletbar-close=0
;;ignore-gexiv2=0
;;ignore-osmgpsmap=0
;;ignore-pil=0
;;main-window-height=500
;;main-window-horiz-position=15
;;main-window-vert-position=10
;;main-window-width=775
;;mapservice='OpenStreetMap'
;;open-with-default-viewer=0
;;pedview-layout=0
;;pedview-show-images=1
;;pedview-show-marriage=0
;;pedview-show-unknown-people=0
;;pedview-tree-direction=2
;;pedview-tree-size=5
;;place-name-height=100
;;place-name-width=450
;;sidebar-text=1
;;size-checked=0
;;statusbar=1
;;surname-box-height=150
;;toolbar-on=1
;;toolbar-text=0
;;treemodel-cache-size=1000
;;view=1
;;view-categories=['Dashboard', 'People', 'Relationships', 'Families', 'Ancestry', 'Events', 'Places', 'Geography', 'Sources', 'Citations', 'Repositories', 'Media', 'Notes']

[paths]
;;quick-backup-directory='C:\\Users\\[username]\\Documents\\gramps'
;;quick-backup-filename='%(filename)s_%(year)d-%(month)02d-%(day)02d.%(extension)s'
;;recent-export-dir='C:\\Users\\[username]\\Documents\\gramps'
;;recent-file=''
;;recent-import-dir='C:\\Users\\[username]\\Documents\\gramps'
;;report-directory='C:\\Users\\[username]\\Documents\\gramps'
;;website-cal-uri=''
;;website-cms-uri=''
;;website-directory='C:\\Users\\[username]\\Documents\\gramps'
;;website-extra-page-name=''
;;website-extra-page-uri=''

[plugin]
;;addonplugins=[]
;;hiddenplugins=[]

[preferences]
;;age-display-precision=1
;;calendar-format-report=0
;;cprefix='C%04d'
;;date-format=0
;;default-source=0
;;eprefix='E%04d'
;;family-relation-type=3
;;family-warn=1
;;fprefix='F%04d'
;;hide-ep-msg=0
;;invalid-date-format='%s'
;;iprefix='I%04d'
last-view='dashboardview'
last-views=['dashboardview', '', '', '', '', '', '', '', '', '', '', '', '']
;;name-format=1
;;no-given-text='[Missing Given Name]'
;;no-record-text='[Missing Record]'
;;no-surname-text='[Missing Surname]'
;;nprefix='N%04d'
;;online-maps=0
;;oprefix='O%04d'
;;paper-metric=0
;;paper-preference='Letter'
;;patronimic-surname=0
;;place-auto=1
;;place-format=0
;;pprefix='P%04d'
;;private-given-text='[Living]'
;;private-record-text='[Private Record]'
;;private-surname-text='[Living]'
;;quick-backup-include-mode=0
;;rprefix='R%04d'
;;sprefix='S%04d'
;;tag-on-import=0
;;tag-on-import-format='Imported %Y/%m/%d %H:%M:%S'
;;use-last-view=0

[researcher]
;;researcher-addr=''
;;researcher-city=''
;;researcher-country=''
;;researcher-email=''
;;researcher-locality=''
;;researcher-name=''
;;researcher-phone=''
;;researcher-postal=''
;;researcher-state=''

[utf8]
;;available-fonts=[]
;;death-symbol=13
;;in-use=0
;;selected-font=''
</pre>

====Advanced backup filename setting====
You can also define the naming pattern for the backup filename by setting the ''<code>paths.quick-backup-filename</code>'' in the <code>~/.gramps/gramps51/gramps.ini</code> key file like the following:
{{-}}
[paths]
;;quick-backup-filename='%(filename)s_%(year)d-%(month)02d-%(day)02d.%(extension)s'

by removing the two semicolons(<code>;;</code>) from the front of INI key line and using use any of the following keywords for the filenam pattern:
*filename
*year
*month
*day
*hour
*minutes
*seconds
*extension :
**'''.gpkg'''(default) if you include media.
**''.gramps'' if you exclude media.

Use the appropriate ~/.gramps/gramps{XX}/gramps.ini key file.
*Gramps version 5.1 :
~/.gramps/gramps51/gramps.ini

See also:
* [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Backup_dialog]]
* [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Command_Line#Configuration_.28config.29_option]]
* [[Install_latest_BSDDB#Make_Gramps_use_bsddb3]]
* [[Customize_the_Genealogical_Symbols_lookup_table#Genealogy_symbols_preferences]]

===Theme===
The look of Gramps can be changed.

* [[Addon:Themes]]
* [[Windows_AIO_themes]]
* [[GEPS_029:_GTK3-GObject_introspection_Conversion#GTK_3_theme|GTK 3 theme - GEPS 029: GTK3-GObject introspection Conversion]]
* [[Overrule_Gramps_Icons]] - for older Gramps versions.
* [[UI style]]

Some reports can also be changed:

* [[Website report Themes]]
{{-}}
{{man index|Gramps 5.1 Wiki Manual - Tools|Gramps 5.1 Wiki Manual - Filters|5.1}}
{{languages|Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings}}
{{grampsmanualcopyright}}

[[Category:Documentation]]

Gramps 5.1 Wiki Manual - Settings

2020-10-29T16:33:29Z

DaveSch: Explanation of some date preference settings

{{man index|Gramps 5.1 Wiki Manual - Tools|Gramps 5.1 Wiki Manual - Filters|5.1}}
{{languages|Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings}}
{{#vardefine:chapter|13}}
{{#vardefine:figure|0}}
This section deals with various settings you can manage within Gramps.

== Preferences ==
[[File:EditPreferencesTabsOnly-overview-51.png|right|thumb|650px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Overview of all Preferences tabs]]

Most of the settings in Gramps are configured in the {{man label|Preferences}} dialog. To invoke it, select the menu {{man menu|Edit ->Preferences...}}.

The tabs on the top display the available option categories as follows:
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#General|General]]}}
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Family_Tree|Family Tree]]}}
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display|Display]]}}
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Text|Text]]}}
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#ID_Formats|ID Formats]]}}
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Dates|Dates]]}}
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Researcher|Researcher]]}}
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Warnings|Warnings]]}}
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Colors|Colors]]}}
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Genealogical Symbols|Genealogical Symbols]]}}

Also ''other'' additional tabs maybe shown from any [[5.1_Addons#Addon_List|addons]] you may have installed.
{{-}}
=== General ===

[[File:EditPreferences-General-tab-example-51.png|Right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} General Preferences (Linux)]]

This tab contains two sections containing preferences relevant to the general operation of the program. Sections and options are:

==== General Gramps settings ====
*[ ]{{man label|Add default source on GEDCOM import}}: This checkbox option affects the importing of [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#GEDCOM_import|GEDCOM data]]. If this is set, each item that is imported will contain a [[Gramps_Glossary#source|Source]] reference to the imported file. '''Note - Adding a default source can significantly slow down the importing of your GEDCOM data.'''
*[ ]{{man label|Add tag on import}}: Checkbox (Default: <code>Imported %Y/%m/%d %H:%M:%S</code> ) '''Note - Adding a [[Gramps_Glossary#tag|Tag]] on import can significantly slow down the importing of your data.'''
*[ ]{{man label|Enable spelling checker}}: This checkbox option controls the enabling and disabling of the spelling checker for notes. The '''gtkspell''' package must be loaded for this to have an effect.
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Display Tip of the Day}}: This checkbox option controls the enabling and disabling of the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Tip_of_the_Day_dialog|Tip of the Day]]}} dialog at startup.
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Remember last view displayed}}: This checkbox option controls the enabling and disabling of the the display of the last [[Gramps_Glossary#view|View]]. Enabling will bring you to the view where you stopped the program the last time.
*{{man label|Max generations for relationships:}} You can enter the number of generations used to determine relationships. The default value is '''<code>15</code>'''.
*{{man label|Base path for relative media paths:}} Here you can fill in a base path for the media objects. Selecting the {{man button|Directory}} button gives you a {{man label|Select media directory}} editor where you can fill in the required path.

==== Third party addons management ====
*{{man label|Check for addon updates:}} Select the frequency that Gramps checks for updates to [[5.1_Addons#Installing_Addons_in_Gramps|Addons]]. Default: ''Never''
*{{man label|What to check:}} Default: ''New addons only''
*{{man label|Where to check:}} Default: <code>https://raw.githubusercontent.com/gramps-project/addons/master/gramps51</code>
*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Do not ask about previously notified addons}}: Checkbox selected by default
*{{man button|Check for updated addons now}}: Button to force a check for Addons, if Addons are available you will then be presented the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Available_Gramps_Updates_for_Addons|Available Gramps Updates for Addons]]}} window where you choose and install them from.
{{-}}

======Available Gramps Updates for Addons======
[[File:AvailableGrampsUpdatesforAddons-example-listing-51.png|Right|thumb|550px|"Available Gramps Updates for Addons" window showing example listing output for Gramps 5.1]]

The {{man label|Available Gramps Updates for Addons}} window you will be shown a list broken down by '''Type''' that you can view by selecting the "Select" column expand out each "Type".
* You can then select the check box of those Addons you want to install.
* Then select the {{man button|Install Selected Addons}} button to download those Addons from the ''Internet''.
* Once downloaded from the {{man label|Done downloading and installing addons}} dialog select the {{man button|Close}} button
* From the {{man label|Preferences}} dialog select {{man button|Close}} button.
* To use the Addons you need to {{man menu|Family Trees>Quit}} and restart Gramps.

{{-}}

====Tip of the Day dialog====

[[File:TipOfTheDay-dialog--example-keeping-good-records-50.png|Right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Tip of the Day dialog]]

When enabled in {{man menu|Edit > Preferences}} {{man label|General}} tab the {{man label|Tip of the Day}} dialog shows helpful hints.

The following options are available:
*{{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Display on startup}} (check box checked by default - once enabled) - uncheck to stop further tips appearing.
*{{man button|Forward}} - Advance to the next tip.
*{{man button|Close}} - exit for this session until the Gramps program is restarted.
{{-}}

=== Family Tree ===
[[File:EditPreferences-FamilyTree-tab-example-51.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: {{man menu|Edit>Preferences...}} - "Family Tree" - tab - example - defaults]]

This tab contains preferences relevant to the '''Family Tree Database settings and Backup management'''.

*{{man label|Database backend:}} -
** ''BSDDB'' - Legacy Database backend.
** '''SQLite''' (default) - the [[DB-API Database Backend]]
** ... If installed other database backends will be listed eg: PostgreSQL backend
*{{man label|Host:}} - Server address or other computer IP address for the location of the database.
*{{man label|Port:}} - Port number to access the Host database
*{{man label|Family Tree Database path:}} The default path where the Databases are stored is '''home directory<code>/.gramps/grampsdb</code>'''. Unless you absolutely want to change this, stay with the default path. This path will be located in the relevant Operating Systems [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_User_Directory|User Directory]].
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Automatically load last family tree}}: This checkbox option controls the enabling and disabling of the loading on start up of the last used database.
*{{man label|Backup path:}} - Location to save your Gramps backup files to.
*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Backup on exit}} - Backup Your family tree on exit to Backup path specified above.
*{{man label|Autobackup:}} -
** '''Never''' (default)
** ''Every 15 minutes''
** ''Every 30 minutes''
** ''Every hour''
{{-}}

See also:
* Addon [[PostgreSQL]] - this adds support for PostgreSQL databases.

=== Display ===
[[File:EditPreferences-Display-tab-default-51.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Display" - tab - defaults]]

The {{man label|Display}} tab contains preferences relevant to the display of data and names, '''Appearance and format settings'''. Options are:

*{{man label|Name format:}} This option controls the display of names in the current database (the setting is saved in the database and is not system wide). In Gramps there are two type of name display formats: the predefined formats, and the user defined custom formats. Several different predefined name formats are available: Given - Prefix Patronymic, Suffix Given - Prefix Surname, Given Patronymic Suffix etc.
** Clicking on the right hand side {{man button|Edit...}} button will bring up a {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Name_Editor|Display Name Editor]]}} window where the available list of options is shown. The format is given as well as an example. When predefined formats are not suitable one can define one's own format. You can use the {{man button|Add}} button to add a Name format to the list. Clicking once will give you a '''SURNAME,Given Suffix(call)''' format and as example : '''SMITH, Edwin Jose Sr (Ed)'''. If you added new name formats to the list the {{man button|Remove}} and {{man button|Edit}} buttons become available to change the name format list.
***{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Consider single pa/matronymic as surname}}: Checkbox unselected by default. If selected enables Gramps to consider patronymic and matronymic names as surnames.

{{man note|1=Note|2=Besides this database-wide setting Gramps allows you to decide the name display format individually for every single name via the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Name_Editor|Display Name Editor]]}} dialog}}

*{{man label|Date format:}} This option controls the display of dates. It is a global setting, requiring a restart of Gramps to take effect, and applies to the display of dates in all databases loaded within Gramps until such time as the date display format is changed again. Several different formats are available, which may be dependent on your locale. {{man menu|Please note once changed it is necessary to restart Gramps to view the new date display format}}
** '''YYYY-MM-DD (ISO)''' (Default) - Example 2020-09-30 - Displays the date using the international standard [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601 ISO 8601 Data elements and interchange formats – Information interchange] particularly useful when sharing data between countries with different conventions for writing numeric dates and times.
** Numerical
** Month Day, Year
** MON DAY, YEAR
** Day Month Year
** DAY MON YEAR

*{{man label|Place format(auto place title):}} This option controls the display of places.
** '''Full''' (Default)
*** Selecting the {{man button|Edit...}} button will show the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Place_Format_Editor|Place format editor]]}}

*{{man label|Age display precision(requires restart):}}
** '''Years'''(default)
** Years, Months
** Years, Months, Days
{{man warn|Reported Bug in version 5.1.1 Fixed in version 5.1.2|Changes made in the "Age Display Precision" in the Preferences Display tab cannot be saved in this version of Gramps. A manual workaround is detailed in the Bug Report. ''See'' bug report {{Bug|11384}}.}}

*{{man label|Calendar on reports:}} '''Gregorian'''(default). This option controls the display of calendar on reports, tools, gramplets, views. Several different calendars are available (see [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_Editing_Data:_Detailed_-_part_1#Editing_dates|Date Edition]]). Two dates with two different calendars will not properly display timeline or period, (e.g. Using the Gregorian calendar as the default displayed calendar, users will have a better coherency for displaying dates on period).

*{{man label|Surname Guessing:}} This option affects the initial family name of a child when he/she is added to the database. The default {{man label|Father's surname}} will use the family name of the father. Selecting {{man label|None}} means that no surname guessing will be attempted. Selecting {{man label|Combination of mother's and father's surname}} will use the father's name followed by the mother's name. Finally, {{man label|Icelandic style}} will use the father's given name followed by the "sson" suffix (e.g. the son of Edwin will be guessed as Edwin''sson'').

{{man tip|1=Tip |2=The {{man label|Surname Guessing:}} option only affects the initial family name guessed by Gramps when the {{man label|Edit Person}} dialog is launched.
You can modify that name the way you see fit. Set this option to the value that you will most frequently use, as it will save you a lot of typing.}}

*{{man label|Default family relationship:}}
** '''Unknown'''(default)
** Married
** Unmarried
** Civil Union

*{{man label|Height multiple surname box(pixels):}} Default:'''150'''

*{{man label|Status bar:}} This option controls the information displayed in the status bar. This can be either the '''Active person's name and ID'''(default) or '''Relationship to home person'''.

*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Show text label beside Navigator buttons (requires restart)}} ''checked'' (default) This checkbox controls whether or not a text description is displayed next to the icon in the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Navigator|Navigator]] in the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Main_Window|Main Window]]. This option takes effect after the program has been restarted.

*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Show close button in gramplet bar tabs}} ''unchecked''(default)

====Display Name Editor====

{{man note|1=Note|2=Custom name display formats are stored in the Family Trees, thus before loading any Family Tree the {{man label|Custom format details}} expander is disabled.}}

[[File:EditPreferences-Display-tab-DisplayNameEditor-dialog-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Display Name Editor - dialog (example) from Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Display" - tab]]

The following keywords are replaced with the appropriate name parts:
* Given - given name (first name)
* Title - title (Dr., Mrs.)
* Call - call name
* Initials - first letters of Given
* Primary, Primary[pre] or [sur] or [con]- full primary surname, prefix, surname only, connector
* Patronymic, or [pre] or [sur] or [con] - full pa/matronymic surname, prefix, surname only, connector
* Familynick - family nick name
* Rest - non primary surnames
* Rawsurnames- surnames (no prefixes and connectors)
* Surname - surnames (with prefix and connectors)
* Suffix - suffix (Jr., Sr.)
* Nickname - nick name
* Common - nick name, otherwise first of Given
* Prefix - all prefixes (von, de)
* Notpatronymic- all surnames, except pa/matronymic & primary

{{man menu|UPPERCASE versions of these keywords forces uppercase to be displayed.}} Extra parentheses, commas are removed. Other text appears literally.

Example: 'Dr. Edwin Jose von der Smith and Weston Wilson Sr ("Ed") - Underhills' Edwin Jose is given name, von der is the prefix, Smith and Weston surnames, and a connector, Wilson patronymic surname, Dr. title, Sr suffix, Ed nick name, Underhills family nick name, Jose callname.
{{-}}

{{stub}}

==== Place Format Editor ====
{{stub}}
{{man note|Feature - introduced in Gramps 4.1|[[Hierarchical Place Structure]]}}

[[File:EditPreferences-Display-tab-PlaceFormatEditor-dialog-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Place Format Editor - dialog (example) from Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Display" - tab]]

Accessed from the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display|Display]] tabs Place Format option.

This tab contains preferences relevant to how Places should be shown.

*{{man label|Name:}} A unique name for the place format.
*{{man label|Levels:}} The place names to be displayed.
Each level in the hierarchy is represented by a positive integer, starting with 0 for the selected place and increasing by 1 for each level up the hierarchy. The levels can also be represented by negative integers, starting with -1 for the top level (usually a country) and decreasing by 1 for each level lower in the hierarchy. In addition, the populated place (city, town, village or hamlet) is represented by the letter p; this can be used with an offset (e.g. p+1 or p-2).

The names to be displayed are defined as a comma-separated list of ranges. A range can either be a single level, or a start level and an end level separated by a colon. The start level must be less than the end level in a range. The start and end levels default to 0 and -1 if missing.

*{{man label|Street format:}} "None" (Default), "Number Street" or "Street Number". Option to concatenate the number and street in order to suppress the comma. For this option to work, the street must have the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Place_Editor_dialog|'''Type''']] ''Street'' and house number must have the '''Type''' ''Number''.
*{{man label|Language:}} (Empty by Default) A two-digit language code.
*{{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Reverse display order}} (checkbox unchecked by default)

See also:
* [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Place_Editor_dialog|Place Editor dialog]]
* [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Place_Name_Editor_dialog|Place Name Editor dialog]]
{{-}}

=== Text ===

[[File:EditPreferences-Text-tab-default-51.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Text" - tab - defaults]]

This tab contains preferences relevant to how missing and private names and records should be shown.

*{{man label|Missing surname:}} in the input field you can determine how a missing surname should be displayed. Default value is '''<code>[Missing Surname]</code>'''. You can change this to [--] or whatever is most convenient for you.
*{{man label|Missing given name}} in the input field you can determine how a missing given name should be displayed. Default value is '''<code>[Missing Given Name]</code>'''. You can change this to whatever you want.
*{{man label|Missing record:}} Default: <code>[Missing Record]</code>
*{{man label|Private surname:}} Default: <code>[Living]</code>
*{{man label|Private given name:}} Default: <code>[Living]</code>
*{{man label|Private record:}} Default: <code>[Private Record]</code>
{{-}}

=== ID Formats ===

{{man tip|ID Prefixes |The ID prefixes use formatting conventions common for C, Python, and other programming languages. For example, the <code>%04d</code> expands to an integer, prepended with zeros to have the total width of four digits. If you would like IDs to be 1, 2, 3, etc., simply set the formatting parameter to <code>%d</code>, the 'd' specifies Decimal Integer, outputting the number in base 10. See: Python [https://docs.python.org/3/library/string.html#format-specification-mini-language (String) Format Specification Mini-Language]}}

[[File:EditPreferences-IDFormats-tab-default-51.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "ID Formats" - tab - defaults]]

This tab contains preferences relevant to the automatic generation of Gramps IDs.

*{{man label|Person:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Person. Default value: <code>I%04d</code>
*{{man label|Family:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Family. Default value: <code>F%04d</code>
*{{man label|Place:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Place. Default value: <code>P%04d</code>
*{{man label|Source:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Source. Default value: <code>S%04d</code>
*{{man label|Citation:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Citation. Default value: <code>C%04d</code>
*{{man label|Media Object:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Media Object. Default value: <code>O%04d</code>
*{{man label|Event:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for an Event. Default value: <code>E%04d</code>
*{{man label|Repository:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Repository. Default value: <code>R%04d</code>
*{{man label|Note:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Note. Default value: <code>N%04d</code>

You can use the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Reorder_Gramps_ID|Reorder Gramps ID]] tool to change the format.
{{-}}

=== Dates ===

[[File:EditPreferences-Dates-tab-default-51.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Dates" - tab - defaults]]

Date settings used for calculation operations.

*{{man label|Markup for invalid date format:}} Default: <code>%s</code>
** Convenience markups are:
*** Bold (Default)
*** <big><big>Makes font relatively larger</big></big>
*** Italic
*** <s><s>Strikethrough</s></s>
*** Subscript
*** Superscript
*** Makes font relatively smaller
*** <tt><tt>Monospace font</tt></tt>
*** Underline
**** For example: %s will display Underlined bold date.
*{{man label|Date about range:}} Default: <code>50</code>
** Defines the number of years +/- of the event date "about <date>" that the event will return as valid for a filter.
** Used in the calculation of the person's age.
*{{man label|Date after range:}} Default: <code>50</code>
** Defines the number of years after the event date "after <date>" that the event will return as valid for a filter.
** Used in the calculation of the person's age.
*{{man label|Date before range:}} Default: <code>50</code>
** Defines the number of years before the event date "before <date>" that the event will return as valid for a filter.
** Used in the calculation of the person's age.
*{{man label|Maximum age probably alive:}} Default: <code>110</code>
** Absent a Death event, the age by which Gramps will consider the person is no longer alive.
*{{man label|Maximum sibling age difference:}} Default: <code>20</code>
*{{man label|Minimum years between generations:}} Default: <code>13</code>
*{{man label|Average years between generations:}} Default: <code>20</code>
{{-}}
See also:
* [[Gramps 5.1 Wiki Manual - Probably Alive]]
* [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Editing_dates|Editing dates]]
{{-}}

=== Researcher ===
{{man tip|Researcher Information|This contact information is independent of the family trees you create. Most exports and reports will be filtered to protect the privacy of living people of the Tree... including yourself. This information feeds into the authoring and citation features of any publication (or archival) options.}}
[[File:EditPreferences-Researcher-tab-default-51.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Researcher" - tab - defaults]]

Allows you to {{man label|Enter your information so people can contact you when you distribute your Family Tree}} in the corresponding text entry fields. Although Gramps requests information about you, this information is used only so that Gramps can create valid GEDCOM output files. A valid GEDCOM file requires information about the file's creator. If you choose, you may leave the information empty, however none of your exported GEDCOM files will be valid.

The available text entry fields are (all blank by default):
*{{man label|Name:}}
*{{man label|Address:}}
*{{man label|Locality:}}
*{{man label|City:}}
*{{man label|State/County:}}
*{{man label|Country:}}
*{{man label|ZIP/Postal Code:}}
*{{man label|Phone:}}
*{{man label|Email:}}

The information entered under this preference acts as default value for family tree specific values that can be adjusted with the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Edit_Database_Owner_Information|Edit Database Owner Information]] tool.
{{-}}

=== Warnings ===

[[File:EditPreferences-Warnings-tab-default-51.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Warnings" - tab - defaults]]

This tab controls the display of warning dialogs, allowing the re-enabling of dialogs that have been disabled.

*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Suppress warning when adding parents to a child.}} Checkbox checked by Default (See [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Error_and_Warning_Reference#Suppress_warning_when_adding_parents_to_a_child|Dialog]])
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Suppress warning when cancelling with changed data.}} Checkbox unchecked by Default (See [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Error_and_Warning_Reference#Suppress_warning_when_cancelling_with_changed_data|Dialog]])
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Suppress warning about missing researcher when exporting to GEDCOM.}} Checkbox unchecked by Default (See [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Error_and_Warning_Reference#Suppress_warning_about_missing_researcher_when_exporting_to_GEDCOM|Dialog]])
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Show plugin status dialog on plugin load error.}} Checkbox unchecked by Default (See [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Error_and_Warning_Reference#Module_not_loaded_warnings|Dialog]])

See the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Error_and_Warning_Reference|Error and Warning Reference]] page for examples.
{{-}}

=== Colors ===

[[File:EditPreferences-Colors-tab-default-51.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Colors" - tab - defaults]]

This tab allows you to set the '''colors used for boxes in the graphical views'''.

You can select the
* {{man label|Colour scheme:}} ''Light colours''(default) or ''Dark colours''
** {{man button|Restore to defaults}} - restores themes default colors.
* Colors for Male persons
* Colors for Female persons
* Colors for Unknown persons
* Colors for Family nodes
* Other colors
{{-}}
==== Pick a Color selector ====

[[File:PickAColor-selector-dialog-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Pick a Color" - selector dialog]]

Select a color from the color pallet area, or select the {{man label|Custom}} {{man button|+}} button to create your own color either via direct 'color Hex color code'; the slider or mouse click.
{{-}}

=== Genealogical Symbols ===

{{man warn|Prerequisites exist for this feature|The Genealogical Symbols tab can only be used if the [[#Prerequisite_to_use_Genealogical_Symbols|prerequisite]] program <code>[[#Prerequisite_to_use_Genealogical_Symbols|python-fontconfig]]</code> is present that Gramps can use.}}

[[File:EditPreferences-GenealogicalSymbols-tab-activated-51.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Genealogical Symbols" - Preferences tab - activated defaults]]

Allows you to use Genealogical symbols instead of text abbreviations in reports, charts and the Gramps interface.

This tab gives you the possibility to use one font which is able to show all genealogical symbols. (Once configured see: [[#Prerequisite_to_use_Genealogical_Symbols|Prerequisite to use Genealogical Symbols]])

If you select the "use symbols" checkbox, Gramps will use the selected font if it exists.

This can be useful if you want to add phonetic in a note to show how to pronounce a name or if you mix multiple languages like Greek and Russian.

You can only configure the death symbol from this tab.

:List of Genealogical Symbols shown (listed in order shown at bottom screenshot):

* Female
* Male
* Asexuality, sexless, genderless
* Lesbianism
* Male homosexuality
* Heterosexuality
* Transgender, hermaphrodite (in entomology)
* Transgender
* Neuter

* Illegitimate
* Birth
* Baptism/Christening
* Engaged
* Marriage
* Divorce
* Unmarried partnership
* Buried
* Cremated/Funeral urn
* Killed in action
* Extinct

* Death

{{-}}

{| class="wikitable"
|-
! meaning
! symbol
! Unicode code point(s)
! name
|-
! male
| ♂
| U+2642
| Male Sign
|-
! female
| ♀
| U+2640
| Female Sign
|-
! unknown
| ⚪︎
| U+26AA
| Medium White Circle
|-
! hermaphrodite
| ⚥
| U+26A4
| Interlocked Male and Female Sign
|-
! neuter
| ⚲
| U+26B2
| Neuter

|-
! birth
| *
| U+002A
| Asterisk
|-
! baptisation, christening
| ~
| U+007E
| Tilde
|-
! death
| ✝︎
| U+271D
| Latin Cross
|-
! burial
| ⚰︎
| U+26B0
| Coffin
|-
! cremation
| ⚱︎
| U+26B1
| Funeral Urn
|-
! stillborn
| ✝︎*
| U+0086 U+002A
| Latin Cross, Asterisk
|-
! born illegitimately
| *⃝
| U+002A U+20DD
| Circled Asterisk
|-
! born illegitimately
| ⊛
| U+229B
| Circled Asterisk Operator
|-
! killed in action
| ⚔︎
| U+2694
| Crossed Swords
|-
! this line extinct
| ‡
| U+2021
| Double Dagger
|-
! approximate(ly)
| ±
| U+00B1
| Plus-Minus
|-
! before
| <
| U+003C
| Less-Than Symbol
|-
! after
| >
| U+003E
| Greater-Than Symbol

|-
! engaged
| ⚬
| U+26AC
| Medium Small White Circle
|-
! married
| ⚭
| U+26AD
| Marriage Symbol
|-
! divorced
| ⚮
| U+26AE
| Divorce Symbol
|-
! unmarried
| ⚯
| U+26AF
| Unmarried Partnership Symbol
|}
{{-}}
====Prerequisite to use Genealogical Symbols====

[[File:EditPreferences-GenealogicalSymbols-tab-default-51.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Genealogical Symbols" - Preferences tab - defaults]]

=====Initial setup=====

If the fontconfig [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Prerequisite|prerequisite has been installed]], then on the {{man label|Genealogical Symbols}} tab select the {{man button|Try to find}} button, Gramps will attempt to detect any suitable unicode text fonts that can be used.

[[File:EditPreferences-GenealogicalSymbols-FindFont-51.png|center|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Genealogical Symbols" - Finding fonts]]

When the search has completed select one of the fonts from the {{man button|Choose font}} list and then select the checkbox:

{{checkbox|1|Use symbols}}

=====Prerequisite=====
Prerequisite : '''python-fontconfig''' : Python bindings of fontconfig and its dependencies are required for displaying genealogical symbols
{{man note|Use the [[Addon:Prerequisites_Checker_Gramplet|Prerequisites Checker]]|Do you have <code>python-fontconfig</code> installed? Run the Prerequisites Checker Addon and look for something similar to the following line:<pre>* python-fontconfig 0.5.0 (Success version 0.5.x is installed.)</pre>}}

See also:
* Tamura Jones expounds on [https://www.tamurajones.net/GenealogySymbols.xhtml Genealogical Symbols] ''(the 'Unicode' section is particularly relevant)''
* [[GEPS 039: Genealogical symbols in gramps]]
* Feature request: {{bug|9098}} Gramps should be able to use genealogy symbols everywhere.
* [[Customize the Genealogical Symbols lookup table]] located in the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_User_Directory#MS_Windows|Gramps user directory]] at: [https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/blob/maintenance/gramps51/gramps/gen/utils/symbols.py gramps\gen\utils\symbols.py]
{{-}}

== Other settings ==

Besides {{man label|Preferences}} dialog, there are other settings available in Gramps. For various reasons they have been made more readily accessible, as listed below.
{{-}}
===Column Editor===

{{man tip|1=Column Editor|2=The {{man label|Column Editor}} is available and works in the same way for all list views. Specifically, it is available for People View, Family View (children list). Sources View, Citations View, Places View, Media View, Repositories View and the Notes View.}}

[[File:ConfigureTheActiveView-icon-on-toolbar-51.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Selecting the {{man button|Configure View...}} button]]

[[File:ColumnEditor-dialog-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Column Editor - Dialog - People example]]

The columns of the list views may be added, removed, or reordered in a {{man label|Column Editor}} dialog.

To use the {{man label|Column Editor }} dialog for the current view, choose via the menu {{man menu|View ➡ Configure View...}}, click on [[File:Gramps-config.png|34px]]{{man button|Configure View...}} toolbar button or press the ''Configure active view'' [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#Common_keybindings|keyboard keybinding]].

Only columns with a selected checkbox will be shown in the view. You can also change the position of a column in the View by clicking and dragging it to a new position in the Editor ([https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Drag-and-drop ''drag and drop'']). Once you have made the changes you want click {{man button|Apply}}, then click {{man button|OK}} to exit the Editor and see your changes in the View.

By default, the View List, displays several columns of information about the respective category. You can add or remove columns to and from the display

The default sort key for the view [always ascending] is the left-most field [i.e. at the top in the Column Editor], so changing which field is in that position affects default sorting.

[[File:ConfigurePersonView-51.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Column Editor - Dialog - Places example]]The {{man label|Column Editor}} dialog will have a different selection of columns for each category of View that displays a simple table.

Changes will only be enacted when the {{man button|Apply}} button is clicked.

Once the View columns changes have been applied, clicking once on the column header sorts in ascending order, clicking again sorts in descending order.

The subset of columns and the current [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters|filters]] will also constrain the data exported via the {{Man menu|Family Trees ➡ [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Export_View|Export View...]]}} operation. Hidden columns and records will not be exported.
{{-}}

=== Sorting columns ===

[[File:PeopleCategory-PeopleListView-SortedByBirthDateColumn-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Sorted by "Birth Date" column in the list mode of the People Category View - example]]

By default, each Category View presenting data in a columnated table layout will sort the rows in ascending order based on the data in the first (left-most) column. If the table has grouped rows, the grouped data will be sub-sorted. ''(Tables in tabbed subsets of data, Editors and Selectors will work similarly.)''

Click once on a different column header to sort on the data of that column in ascending order. Click the header again to sort in reverse order.

The {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Column_Editor|Column Editor]]}} dialog can be used to add, remove and rearrange the displayed columns. Choosing a different first column will make that the new default sorting column of the view [though always ascending].
{{-}}

===Setting Home person===
[[File:MenuEdit-SetHomePerson-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu showing ''Set Home Person'']]

To set (designate) the [[Gramps_Glossary#home_person|Home person]], select the People Category and select the desired person to make them into the [[Gramps_Glossary#active_person|Active Person]] and then choose {{man menu|Edit ->Set Home Person}} via the menus.

Alternately, when editing any Person, right-clicking on inactive areas (areas without a text-entry box) of the top section displays a pop-up menu which includes an option to {{man menu|Make Home Person}} of that profile.

The Home person is the persistently designated person who becomes the [[Gramps_Glossary#active_person|Active Person]] when one of the following occurs:
*By default, when the Family tree database is opened ''(The [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#General_Gramps_settings|General]] setting in [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Preferences|Preferences]] can modify this default behavior. The "Remember last view displayed" will return to the last [[Gramps_Glossary#active_person|Active Person]] of the previous session.)''
*As the toolbar {{man button|Home}} button is clicked
*When the Home menu item is selected from either the {{man button|Go}} menu or the right-click context menu in selected views
*As the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#15|keybinding]] {{Man key press|ALT|Home}} is pressed to return to the '''Home Person'''.

The toolbar {{man button|Home}} button is available in the People Category, Relationships Category, and Pedigree Category. [[File:Gramps Go-Home48x48 win.png|text-bottom]]
====See also====
* [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Setting_the_Home_Person|Setting the Home Person]]
{{-}}

===Adjusting viewing controls===

Whether the toolbar, the sidebar, or the filter (not available on Pedigree and Relationships Views) are displayed in the main window is adjusted through the View menu.

In the different views clicking the {{man menu|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#View|View]]}} menu will shows for boxes you can click:
*Navigator
*Toolbar
*Sidebar
*Bottombar
*Full Screen {{man key press|F11}}

Additionally, depending on the view you are in, other options will be available on {{man label|Configure}}.

*Gramplets:
**Set Columns to 1
**Set Columns to 2
**Set Columns to 3
*Relationships:
**Show Siblings
**Show Details
*Geography:
**Time period
**Layout

All other Views: the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Column_Editor|column editor]].

===Export View===

[[File:Menubar-FamilyTrees-overview-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menubar - "Family Trees" - overview example showing "Export View" menu entry]]

On most [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Categories_of_the_Navigator|Category List Views]], displayed data maybe be exported, choose via the {{man menu|Family Trees ->Export View...}} [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Main_Menus|menu]] command.

This Menu command only appears if the displayed data can be exported. Gramps will export data on screen according your choice: '''CSV''' or '''Open Document''' spreadsheet format.

Note that the current configuration of the View's columns will control what data will be exported. The export will contain only the displayed column data (in the same order) and be limited to records matching any [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters|filters]] you have applied.
{{-}}
====Export View as Spreadsheet dialog====

[[File:ExportViewAsSpreadsheet-CSV-file-dialog-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Export View as Spreadsheet" CSV(default) file-dialog - example]]

Gramps will then display the {{man label|Export View as Spreadsheet}} dialog where after choosing a file location to save to and a name for your file; export data on from the Category List View in one of two spreadsheet formats:
* '''CSV''' (default)
* '''OpenDocument Spreadsheet''' - ODS format.

{{-}}
[[File:ExportViewAsSpreadsheet-exampleODS-Displayed-in-LibreOfficeCalc-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Example ODS Spreadsheet - Displayed in LibreOffice Calc]]

The example screenshot shows an export to the '''OpenDocument Spreadsheet''' (ODS format) displayed as a Spreadsheet in Libreoffice Calc.

{{-}}

===Modularity and plugins===
Gramps has been designed for expansion. The Plugin (a.k.a. Plug-in, addon, Add-on, extension) framework provides a path for 3rd party development outside the normal Gramps release distributions.

The documentation for each addon is maintained outside the flow of these main wiki chapters. The interface & functionality of the software & documentation may not conform with the styles seen throughout the rest of Gramps... although we encourage Developers to try to make their additions as seamless as possible.

A brief description & screenshot of each add-on can be found in the [[5.1_Addons#Addon_List|Addon List]] section of the wiki manual. The separately maintained documentation page for the addon is linked from the 1st column of that list.

See [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Plugin_Manager|Plugin Manager]] and [[5.1 Addons|Third-Party Addons]].
{{-}}

===Customize report output formats===
[[File:TextReports-DocumentOptions-PlainText-output-settings-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Document Options - tab defaults for Text Reports (Plain Text - output selected) example]]

What kind of output customization is available? This dialog allows you to change the fonts, font sizes, font color, background color of the text and alignment of paragraphs on the report.

For most report dialogs, in the top part are option tabs specifically related that particular report. The lower part will have more broadly reusable features and is called the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Document_Options|Document Options]]}} section.

From the {{man label|Style:}} drop down list you can choose an existing custom style. Or to make your own {{man label|Style:}} select the {{man button|Style Editor...}} button to show the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Document_Styles_dialog|Document Styles]]}} dialog and then select the {{man button|Add a new style}} button to show the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Style_editor_dialog|Style editor]]}} dialog.

{{stub}}
{{-}}
====Document Styles dialog====

[[File:DocumentStyles-dialog-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Document Styles - dialog - default]]

The {{man label|Document Styles}} dialog, list the ''default'' style and any custom styles for that report and allows you to edit or delete any custom styles you have created. Select the {{man button|+ (Add a new style)}} button to show the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Style_editor_dialog|Style editor]]}} dialog.
{{-}}

====Style editor dialog====

The {{man label|Style editor}} dialog allow you to customize the document style specific to each report.

Change the {{man label|Style sheet name:}} (<code>New Style</code>default) field to a unique name as it will appear in {{man label|Document Options}} {{man label|Style:}} drop down list.

Once changes for your custom style have been finalized select the {{man button|OK}} button to save the changes or {{man button|Cancel}} to exit.

{{-}}
=====Style editor dialog tabs=====
On the left hand side you will see the {{man label|Style}} column that list the paragraph options specific to that report that you may modify. For example the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Ahnentafel_Report|Ahnentafel Report]]}} shows the style options for AHN-Entry, AHN-Generation and AHN-Title.

On the right hand side are three tabs associated with each style listed in the left hand column:
{{-}}
======Description======

[[File:StyleEditor-dialog-Description-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Description options tab - Document Styles - dialog (default styles for Ahnentafel Report) (Gramps 4.2.0 Windows 7) ]]

*{{man label|Description}} : The description describes what each paragraph is all about. For example shown here is the style used for the Ahnentafel Report ( AHN-Entry ).
{{-}}

======Font options======

[[File:StyleEditor-dialog-FontOptions-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Font options" tab - "Style Editor" dialog for "Document Styles" (default styles for Ahnentafel Report)]]

*{{man label|Font options}} : Here you can set the {{man label|Type face}} Roman or Swiss, the {{man label|Size}} of the font in pt., the {{man label|Color}} of the font and some {{man label|Options}} like Bold, Italic or Underline.
{{-}}

======Paragraph options======

[[File:StyleEditor-dialog-ParagraphOptions-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Paragraph options" tab - "Style Editor" dialog for "Document Styles" (default styles for Ahnentafel Report)]]

*{{man label|Paragraph options}} : Here you set the {{man label|Alignment}}, the {{man label|Background color}}, {{man label|Indentation}}, {{man label|Spacing}} and {{man label|Borders}} of your style.
{{-}}
===Context menu===
Used in various places in Gramps; how you access the context menu is dependent on your operating systems:
* On Microsoft windows you generally use the right button of your mouse to show the context menu or use the keyboard shortcut "Shift"+"F10". see [https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/previous-versions/windows/desktop/mpc/using-context-menus Using Context Menus - Microsoft Docs]
* On Apple macOS you generally press "Ctrl" while clicking the button of your mouse to show the context menu. see: [https://developer.apple.com/design/human-interface-guidelines/macos/menus/contextual-menus/ Contextual Menus - Menus - macOS - Human Interface Guidelines - Apple Developer]

See also:
* [[Gramps 5.1 Wiki Manual - Keybindings]]

== Customizing ==
Here are some ways that you can customize Gramps.
=== Preferences ===

See [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Preferences|Preferences]]

=== Language ===

Gramps has been translated into a number of [[Portal:Translators|languages]]. Usually Gramps automatically starts in your local language, as chosen for other applications, but sometimes this may not be right for you.

{{stub}} '''{{man warn|tbd|Describe for each main platform how the normal language is determined and how the user can [[Howto:Change_the_language_of_reports#Run_Gramps_in_a_different_language|choose a different language]].'''}}

==== Linux ====
{{stub}}

If you want to choose a locale 'variant' for sorting that is not the default variant, then you can start Gramps from the terminal (or console) with a different LC_COLLATE environment. For example, the default sorting (collation) variant for Swedish is "reformed", but you can instead choose "standard" by typing:
export LC_COLLATE="sv_SE.UTF-8@collation=standard"
python Gramps.py

==== Mac OS X ====

For Mac OS X see [[Mac_OS_X:Application_package#Advanced_setup|Advanced setup]] for details on how the language is normally chosen, and how to choose a special, non-default setting for the language, the sorting order or the format of such things as day and month names and number separators.

==== MS Windows ====
[[File:Microsoft Window Gramps AIO Installer Choose Components-Selection-51.png|right|thumb|450px|Microsoft Window Gramps AIO Installer Choose Components-Selection window.]]
If you want to run Gramps in another language other than English using the Gramps AIO installer, then you must select it during installation process.

Otherwise it will not be available.

More information can be found at [[Download#MS_Windows]] page.

{{-}}

===Add Windows OS Menu Item===
To make Gramps work in your selected language (See table below for your language code), complete the following:
* Using your mouse right button click on the "GrampsAIOxx 5.x.x" icon on Desktop and from menu choose: Copy.
* Right click anywhere on Desktop and from menu choose: Paste shortcut
* New icon will be created with name: "GrampsAIOxx 5.x.x (2)"
* Right click on that and from menu choose: Properties
* A new window will open, click on first tab called General and change text from "GrampsAIOxx 5.x.x (2)" to something more descriptive like: "GrampsAIO Danish"
** Click on second tab called Shortcut, change text in first entry called Target from (note path will vary depending on Gramps version used):
***<code>"C:\Program Files(xxx)\GrampsAIOxx-5.x.x\grampsw.exe"</code> to:
***<code>%comspec% /c set LANG=da_DK.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"</code>
* Click OK and now when you click on that icon Gramps will start in Danish.

===Change the windows LANG variables===
Another option if you want Gramps to always load in say:French Canadian language, you can go to Windows > System Properties, and add the LANG variable in the user section of the environment variables dialog with the appropriate Value.

The value to add is:
<pre>
Name: LANG
Value: fr_CA.UTF-8
</pre>

===Language codes===
Select from the following table of [[Portal:Translators|languages Gramps]] has been translated into:

{| {{prettytable}}
!Language
!ISO code
!Example
!Notes
|-
| Dutch
| nl_BE.UTF-8
|
|
|-
| English (British)
| en_GB.UTF-8
|
|
|-
| Finnish
| fi-UTF-8
|
|
|-
| French Canadian
| fr_CA.UTF-8
|
|
|-
| Russian
| ru_RU.UTF-8
|
|
|-
|}
*The language codes are two-letter lowercase ISO language codes (such as "da") as defined by [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_ISO_639-1_codes ISO 639-1].
*The country codes are two-letter uppercase ISO country codes (such as "BE") as defined by [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1 ISO 3166-1].

===Advanced manipulation of settings===
{{stub}}

{{man warn| Warning ** Make sure you have closed Gramps **|The contents of this section is outside the scope of interest of a general user of Gramps. If you proceed with tweaking the options on the low level you may damage your Gramps installation. Be careful. '''YOU HAVE BEEN WARNED!'''}}

Besides the settings available in Preferences, you may also wish to explore the advanced settings.

Gramps uses '''[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/INI_file#Keys_(properties) INI keys]''' and [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/INI_file#Sections INI sections] for managing user preferences and program settings these are stored in the text file <code>gramps.ini</code> under the <code>.gramps/gramps[XX]</code> folder in your home or user directory.

The <code>gramps.ini</code> file has following sections:
* [behavior] : typical Key names are: [https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/blob/master/gramps/gui/grampsgui.py#L502 betawarn], enable-autobackup, use-tips...
* [colors] :
* [database] : related to database settings for the Family Tree.
* [export] : export and import folders/directories
* [geography] :
* [interface] : a lot of keys regarding height and width of the different Views: e.g. event-height: 450, event-ref-height: 585, event-ref-width: 728, event-width: 712...
* [paths] : keys related to recent imported files and folders/directories
* [plugin] :
* [preferences] : keys related to preferences: all the common prefixes , todo -colors..
* [researcher] : all information regarding the researcher
* [utf8] :

====Example <code>gramps.ini</code> file====
Example contents of the <code>gramps.ini</code> file:

<pre>
;; Gramps key file
;; Automatically created at 2020/05/17 15:15:34

[behavior]
;;addmedia-image-dir=''
;;addmedia-relative-path=0
;;addons-url='https://raw.githubusercontent.com/gramps-project/addons/master/gramps51'
;;autoload=0
;;avg-generation-gap=20
;;betawarn=0
;;check-for-addon-update-types=['new']
;;check-for-addon-updates=0
;;date-about-range=50
;;date-after-range=50
;;date-before-range=50
;;do-not-show-previously-seen-addon-updates=1
;;generation-depth=15
;;last-check-for-addon-updates='1970/01/01'
;;max-age-prob-alive=110
;;max-sib-age-diff=20
;;min-generation-years=13
;;owner-warn=0
;;pop-plugin-status=0
;;previously-seen-addon-updates=[]
;;recent-export-type=3
;;runcheck=0
;;spellcheck=0
;;startup=0
;;surname-guessing=0
translator-needed=0
;;use-tips=0
;;web-search-url='http://google.com/#&q=%(text)s'
;;welcome=100

[colors]
;;border-family=['#cccccc', '#252525']
;;border-family-divorced=['#ff7373', '#720b0b']
;;border-female-alive=['#861f69', '#261111']
;;border-female-dead=['#000000', '#000000']
;;border-male-alive=['#1f4986', '#171d26']
;;border-male-dead=['#000000', '#000000']
;;border-unknown-alive=['#8e5801', '#8e5801']
;;border-unknown-dead=['#000000', '#000000']
;;family=['#eeeeee', '#454545']
;;family-civil-union=['#eeeeee', '#454545']
;;family-divorced=['#ffdede', '#5c3636']
;;family-married=['#eeeeee', '#454545']
;;family-unknown=['#eeeeee', '#454545']
;;family-unmarried=['#eeeeee', '#454545']
;;female-alive=['#feccf0', '#62242D']
;;female-dead=['#feccf0', '#3a292b']
;;home-person=['#bbe68a', '#304918']
;;male-alive=['#b8cee6', '#1f344a']
;;male-dead=['#b8cee6', '#2d3039']
;;scheme=0
;;unknown-alive=['#f3dbb6', '#75507B']
;;unknown-dead=['#f3dbb6', '#35103b']

[database]
;;autobackup=0
;;backend='sqlite'
;;backup-on-exit=1
;;backup-path='C:\\Users\\[username]\\Documents\\GrampsBackup'
;;compress-backup=1
;;host=''
;;path='C:\\Users\\[username]\\Documents\\gramps\\grampsdb'
;;port=''

[export]
;;proxy-order=[['privacy', 0], ['living', 0], ['person', 0], ['note', 0], ['reference', 0]]

[geography]
;;center-lat=0.0
;;center-lon=0.0
;;lock=0
;;map='person'
;;map_service=1
;;path=''
;;show_cross=0
;;use-keypad=1
;;zoom=0
;;zoom_when_center=12

[interface]
;;dbmanager-height=350
;;dbmanager-horiz-position=12
;;dbmanager-vert-position=85
;;dbmanager-width=780
;;dont-ask=0
;;filter=0
;;fullscreen=0
;;grampletbar-close=0
;;ignore-gexiv2=0
;;ignore-osmgpsmap=0
;;ignore-pil=0
;;main-window-height=500
;;main-window-horiz-position=15
;;main-window-vert-position=10
;;main-window-width=775
;;mapservice='OpenStreetMap'
;;open-with-default-viewer=0
;;pedview-layout=0
;;pedview-show-images=1
;;pedview-show-marriage=0
;;pedview-show-unknown-people=0
;;pedview-tree-direction=2
;;pedview-tree-size=5
;;place-name-height=100
;;place-name-width=450
;;sidebar-text=1
;;size-checked=0
;;statusbar=1
;;surname-box-height=150
;;toolbar-on=1
;;toolbar-text=0
;;treemodel-cache-size=1000
;;view=1
;;view-categories=['Dashboard', 'People', 'Relationships', 'Families', 'Ancestry', 'Events', 'Places', 'Geography', 'Sources', 'Citations', 'Repositories', 'Media', 'Notes']

[paths]
;;quick-backup-directory='C:\\Users\\[username]\\Documents\\gramps'
;;quick-backup-filename='%(filename)s_%(year)d-%(month)02d-%(day)02d.%(extension)s'
;;recent-export-dir='C:\\Users\\[username]\\Documents\\gramps'
;;recent-file=''
;;recent-import-dir='C:\\Users\\[username]\\Documents\\gramps'
;;report-directory='C:\\Users\\[username]\\Documents\\gramps'
;;website-cal-uri=''
;;website-cms-uri=''
;;website-directory='C:\\Users\\[username]\\Documents\\gramps'
;;website-extra-page-name=''
;;website-extra-page-uri=''

[plugin]
;;addonplugins=[]
;;hiddenplugins=[]

[preferences]
;;age-display-precision=1
;;calendar-format-report=0
;;cprefix='C%04d'
;;date-format=0
;;default-source=0
;;eprefix='E%04d'
;;family-relation-type=3
;;family-warn=1
;;fprefix='F%04d'
;;hide-ep-msg=0
;;invalid-date-format='%s'
;;iprefix='I%04d'
last-view='dashboardview'
last-views=['dashboardview', '', '', '', '', '', '', '', '', '', '', '', '']
;;name-format=1
;;no-given-text='[Missing Given Name]'
;;no-record-text='[Missing Record]'
;;no-surname-text='[Missing Surname]'
;;nprefix='N%04d'
;;online-maps=0
;;oprefix='O%04d'
;;paper-metric=0
;;paper-preference='Letter'
;;patronimic-surname=0
;;place-auto=1
;;place-format=0
;;pprefix='P%04d'
;;private-given-text='[Living]'
;;private-record-text='[Private Record]'
;;private-surname-text='[Living]'
;;quick-backup-include-mode=0
;;rprefix='R%04d'
;;sprefix='S%04d'
;;tag-on-import=0
;;tag-on-import-format='Imported %Y/%m/%d %H:%M:%S'
;;use-last-view=0

[researcher]
;;researcher-addr=''
;;researcher-city=''
;;researcher-country=''
;;researcher-email=''
;;researcher-locality=''
;;researcher-name=''
;;researcher-phone=''
;;researcher-postal=''
;;researcher-state=''

[utf8]
;;available-fonts=[]
;;death-symbol=13
;;in-use=0
;;selected-font=''
</pre>

====Advanced backup filename setting====
You can also define the naming pattern for the backup filename by setting the ''<code>paths.quick-backup-filename</code>'' in the <code>~/.gramps/gramps51/gramps.ini</code> key file like the following:
{{-}}
[paths]
;;quick-backup-filename='%(filename)s_%(year)d-%(month)02d-%(day)02d.%(extension)s'

by removing the two semicolons(<code>;;</code>) from the front of INI key line and using use any of the following keywords for the filenam pattern:
*filename
*year
*month
*day
*hour
*minutes
*seconds
*extension :
**'''.gpkg'''(default) if you include media.
**''.gramps'' if you exclude media.

Use the appropriate ~/.gramps/gramps{XX}/gramps.ini key file.
*Gramps version 5.1 :
~/.gramps/gramps51/gramps.ini

See also:
* [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Backup_dialog]]
* [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Command_Line#Configuration_.28config.29_option]]
* [[Install_latest_BSDDB#Make_Gramps_use_bsddb3]]
* [[Customize_the_Genealogical_Symbols_lookup_table#Genealogy_symbols_preferences]]

===Theme===
The look of Gramps can be changed.

* [[Addon:Themes]]
* [[Windows_AIO_themes]]
* [[GEPS_029:_GTK3-GObject_introspection_Conversion#GTK_3_theme|GTK 3 theme - GEPS 029: GTK3-GObject introspection Conversion]]
* [[Overrule_Gramps_Icons]] - for older Gramps versions.
* [[UI style]]

Some reports can also be changed:

* [[Website report Themes]]
{{-}}
{{man index|Gramps 5.1 Wiki Manual - Tools|Gramps 5.1 Wiki Manual - Filters|5.1}}
{{languages|Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings}}
{{grampsmanualcopyright}}

[[Category:Documentation]]